Aluminio Item

MB Building Kit System
The Comprehensive Catalogue
What makes us different
Design awards
Symbols in this catalogue

These symbols indicate which profile line(s) a product can be used with.
-JOF
This symbol indicates that a product is part of Line X.
&4%
The antistatic symbol indicates that a product cannot become

electrostatically charged.
4FSWJDF
XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
The service symbol indicates that special support is available for

complex projects.
Ask about our turnkey solution.
This symbol indicates that additional information is available for a

product in our online catalogue.
This symbol indicates that a product is a particularly innovative

development from item. A patent or utility model will either be in
place or pending for the product.
Concept, design and realization

item Industrietechnik GmbH,
Technical Documentation Department
Photographs
item Industrietechnik GmbH
Technical modifications and errors reserved.

All rights reserved. Use of texts and illustrations or reprints of any kind only permitted with our prior written consent. This applies in particular to reproduction,
translation or use in electronic systems.
is a registered trademark of item Industrietechnik GmbH.
item Industrietechnik GmbH 2012
Patents
Many of the components and products contained in this catalogue are subject
to industrial property rights. Any copying of protected products is a violation of
these rights and, as such, shall be liable to compensation. Data and illustrations
in this catalogue do not discharge the user from the obligation to carry out his
own checks to determine whether the industrial property rights of third parties
are infringed.
Product liability
item shall be liable, within the framework of the applicable legal provisions, for
the promised characteristics of the products shown in this catalogue. Any claims
for liability above and beyond such in particular relating to products created by
third parties using products included in this catalogue are expressly excluded.
Conditions of use
The products in the item MB Building Kit System are suitable for use in dry conditions and over the temperature range -20C to +70C. item must be consulted
where products are to be used for applications outside these limits.
Conformity with Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS)
item has made a voluntary undertaking to refrain from using hazardous substances as defined in Directive 2002/95/EC in the products it sells,
irrespective of their subsequent purpose which, in the majority of
cases, does not fall under this Directive. As a result, apart from a
few well-founded exceptions, the products listed in this catalogue comply with
Directive 2002/95/EC. The products to which these exceptions relate are set
out in an up-to-date list that is available to customers on request.
Profiles and Accessories

Fastening Technology
T-Slot Nuts
Screws and Universal Fasteners
Panel Fasteners
Enclosures, Guards and Partitions
Hinges and Fittings
Handles and Grips
Locks and Catches
Panel Elements
Floor Elements
Conveyors
Machine Accessories
Installation Elements
Linear Slides
Mechanical Drive Elements
Components Made of Special Materials
Jigs, Fixtures and Tools
Technical Data
W h at makes u s d iffe r ent
The item MB Building Kit System one principle,

a thousand enhancements, unlimited possibilities
The item MB Building Kit System is the solution for all design and construction
tasks involving factory equipment engineering. It can be used to build everything from simple frames to fully automated production lines.
For more than 25 years, engineers around the world have been relying on the
MB Building Kit System because it presents solutions that simply work. The
modular components can be combined in a virtually unlimited number of variations, helping you turn your ideas into reality. Reliability and extendibility ensure
that systems and structures have an extremely long useful life.
Innovation and originality

Thanks to a continuous process of innovation, the MB Building Kit System
grows with the requirements of users. In their Solingen development centre,
the engineers at item work hard to make sure you always have state-of-the-art
components at your disposal. One of our foremost objectives as we continue to
innovate is the full compatibility of our components. This compatibility is made
possible because item designs all its components itself, meaning that when you
buy a product bearing our name you are buying a true original. This catalogue
represents the sum total of all our experience and ideas.
Quality and design

Nothing is more important than reliability. Thats why designers put their trust
in products from item. We place a great deal of value on quality management
throughout every stage of production. All our components pass through a
thorough programme of testing before they can move on from the design stage.
Existing product lines are also subject to repeated testing.
For item, good design means utilising physical principles to find the optimum
technical solution. The result is a range of products that are both elegant and
functional. And that is why item regularly wins top design awards.
Service and partnership

item is always on hand to offer advice and practical support, whether with selecting products, resolving technical queries or configuring complex solutions.
item consultants are always there for you.
Databases containing detailed technical information and CAD data make it easy
to pick out the right product and interactive product configurators help users
put together parts lists in no time. If required, item can supply made-to-measure
components. Our logistics centres in various countries and continents keep
delivery times to a minimum and enable rapid access to all components.
Know-how and passion

Our core business is the development, production and supply of cost-effective
solutions for the efficient construction of machinery and factory equipment.
Every member of staff at item is committed to this goal. And that commitment
and passion comes across in our products and services.
Applications the item MB Building Kit System in use
The MB Building Kit System has been used to build innovative machinery and
factory equipment for over 25 years. Reliability, versatility and consistently high
quality are the hallmarks of these outstanding components. The enormous
product range supports design engineers in developing customised solutions
that can be continuously adapted and modified.
Machinery the foundation for efficient

production
Factory equipment outstanding productivity

from customised solutions
The components in the MB Building Kit System have been optimised for a number of different application areas. Whether slimline profiles for dynamic linear
motion or heavy-duty struts with exceptional load-carrying capacity, simple
frames or complex machinery, robust systems in demanding environments or
easy-to-clean profiles with closed surfaces the MB Building Kit System has
the right solution for every need.
The MB Building Kit System is ideal for creating ergonomic working environments in production, assembly and administration areas. While certain floor
elements keep shelving units, tables and display cases firmly in place, easyrunning castors keep mobile solutions on the move.
Automation processes for exceptional quality

Linear systems from item enable users to develop automatic solutions of the
highest standards. Dynamic elements can be assembled to produce precise
lifting and sliding doors, efficient conveyor lines and complex handling fixtures.
Turnkey solutions supplied ready for installation save on the time and money
otherwise taken up by development and assembly work.
Transport and conveyor technology for an

uninterrupted flow of goods
The versatile elements of the MB Building Kit System cover all the needs associated with a rapid-moving and precise flow of materials. They deliver outstanding stability and are extremely easy to combine. Specialised components for
transport and conveyor applications offer solutions for manual and automated
transport.
Enclosure and guard systems customised

health and safety
The modular elements of the MB Building Kit System enable you to meet the
highest standards in health, safety and security in the workplace, all in line with
the EC Machinery Directive. Tamper-proof fixtures, break-proof panels, noisereducing enclosures and stable guards all help to boost active safety systems
in production.
Service Spectrum and Sales in Germany
Numerous local service centres throughout Germany provide users with a

broad spectrum of services:
User support in resolving specific needs
CAD-assisted project engineering, tendering and the design of installations
and equipment
Rapid delivery of all system elements
Elements machined ready for assembly
Provision of construction kits
Turnkey solutions comprising system elements
CAD software support for your project management
Provision of catalogues and technical documentation
Internal and external training courses
International Sales
item is represented in several countries around the world

through a chain of branches and sales partners.
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
China
Columbia
Costa Rica
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
India
Iran
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Lithuania
Mexico
Netherlands
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Turkey
UK
Ukraine
USA
You can find contact details for your local item sales contact
on our website: www.item24.com
Other item product lines
item also offers specialised product lines that complement the MB Building Kit
System:
The cylindrical tube system Line D30 has been developed specifically to meet the
requirements associated with lean production.
The item Work Bench System focuses on the design and construction of ergo-
nomic production environments.
Both product lines can easily be combined with components from the MB Building
Kit System.
Work bench systems practical and extendible

Customised work benches can be created in next to no time with the item Work
Bench System. This product line comprises height-adjustable table models that
can be extended with table-top frames, accessories, conveyor lines and mobile
replenishing carriages. As a result, ergonomic work benches can be configured
for production, assembly and laboratory environments that meet the specific
needs of users and are compatible with the MB Building Kit System.
Line D30 simple and efficient

Line D30 is extremely easy to use. It combines outstanding cost-effectiveness
with maximum flexibility. Thanks to non-machined connections, simple joining
and a forgiving design principle, Line D30 is ideal for supporting continuous
improvement in production processes in line with the principles of lean production. Integrating the item Line 6 groove also means that the Line is compatible
with the huge range of accessories in the MB Building Kit System.
Note:
Separate catalogues are available for Line D30 and the item Work Bench
System and can be downloaded at www.item24.com or ordered from your
system partner.
item reviews and extends its product range on a regular basis. You can find
all the latest information on new and existing products on our website.
10
P r o f i l e s a n d acc e ss o r i e s
Profiles in Modular Dimensions

Profiles with a Cylindrical Cross-Section
Angled and Flat Profiles
Caps
Covers for Bores/Holes
Cover Profiles
Profiles and accessories
Overview item profile lines
12
-JOF

1
9
Profiles 5
Our most compact aluminium profiles

Modular dimension of 20 mm
Full functionality, low bulk
For applications where space is limited
Minimised edge radii make this line ideal for
building systems with closed surfaces
Compatible with Line 8

For constructions with a high-end look that are
easy to clean
Section 1
17
32
Profiles 6
Economical use of materials, generous perfor-
mance
High carrying capacity despite low dead weight
For systems with a compact design
Profiles E
materials
Profile groove remains fully functional

Available in Lines 8 and 10
Section 1
27
Profiles 8
Section 1
Profiles 12
The strongest profile line in the MB Building Kit
System
Highest load-carrying capacity and maximum
ments
Robust and strong despite small dimensions
tensile loading
Stable basis for extremely strong frames
Section 1
27
Section 1
Exceptionally light due to minimal use of
The standard material for design engineers

Huge selection of accessories and enhance-
forced profile walls
Exceptional reliability against pre-tension losses
Additional cavities help reduce weight

Profile core offers full load-carrying capacity
Available in Lines 6, 8 and 12
21
Profiles 10
45
Lightweight profiles
Section 1
Greater load-carrying capacity thanks to rein-
Section 1
21
Profiles X
47
Section 1
Special materials
The alternatives to aluminium stainless steel
or 70 percent wood composite material
For special applications

Available as Profiles 8
Section 17
563

Key:
See page
Products
in this section
Products
in other sections
13

Products in this section
Profiles 5 modular
dimension of 20 mm
Profiles 5 flat crosssections
Extremely compact dimen-
Particularly flat profiles
sions
For refined, stable and
flexible applications
17
Profiles 6 R
Ideal for building protective
hoods, frames and tables
Closed on two sides,
rounded surface
Available in various angles
26
Full functionality at a height
of just 8.5 to 14 mm
19
Profiles 8 modular
dimension of 40 mm
The universal and robust
all-rounder
Three variants for constructions with optimised loadcarrying capacity
27
Profiles 5 R
Closed on two sides,
rounded surface
Available in various angles
20
Profiles 8 Line X
Exceptionally elegant
Ideal for closed surfaces
(cleanroom)
32
Profiles 6 modular
dimension of 30 mm
The weight-optimised
Low installation height
profile line
Ideal for slimline, robust
design
21

Reduced construction
height with full groove

Suitable for use as a frame,
support or strut
34
Profiles 8 45 Angle
Profiles 8 D
Profiles 8 W
Profiles 8 D40
Elegant connection options
Large central bore
Angled profiles for mount-
Profiles with a cylindrical
for up to three profiles

Ideal for display cases,
tables and systems with an
elegant aesthetic appeal
37
14
Ideal for accommodating
shafts, spindles and axles
39
ing components
For use as a panel fixing
strip
42
cross-section
Covered grooves can be
opened up
43
For fastening lightweight
components
24
Bed Plate Profile 8

For creating panels in any
size
As a cover or fastener
36
Profiles 10 modular
dimension of 50 mm
New line for high-strength
constructions
Particularly secure fasten-
ings
45
Profiles 12 modular
dimension of 60 mm
Solid profiles and profile

edging
Reduced construction
The strongest profile line in
Profiles without grooves for
height for space-saving

frames and supports
With full Line 10 groove
46
the MB system
For particularly stable,
heavy-duty constructions
47
Cover Profiles Al
Cover Profiles PP
Creates a closed surface
One profile in various col-
Covers cables running
through the groove
use as grip rails or edging

For edging any panel
elements
50
Caps
Caps for bores
Suitable for all profiles
Dust-tight seal for profile
Made from plastic or metal
52
bores
Available in two colours
63
ours with two applications
For covering the profile
groove or fixing panel elements in place
Note:
Technical data on the profiles can be
found in Section 19.
65
66
15
Overview finding the right profile fast

1
Key features of the item profiles
Modular dimension
Each line is based on square profiles with ex- Additional cavities reduce weight but also
ternal dimensions of 20, 30, 40, 50 or 60 mm. lower maximum tensile loading. Lightweight
Continuous grooves run along all four sides. profiles use profile grooves in the relevant
modular dimension.
Profile groove
Side-by-side comparison of the profile lines
Profile variants with closed surfaces offer

more than just aesthetic advantages. They are
also easy to clean and eliminate the problem
of dirt accumulation in grooves.
Core bore
Thanks to its smooth, closed outer surfaces,

Line X has a particularly elegant appearance. It
has the same dimensions as Line 8 and can be
used to create dust and dirt-tight constructions.
Modular dimension
Max. tensile loading
Closed groove
Line X
20 mm
500 N
Yes
No
30 mm
1,750 N
Yes
No
40 mm
5,000 N
Yes
Yes
50 mm
7,000 N
No
No
60 mm
10,000 N
No
No
For refined, stable and flexible applications
21
The weight-optimised profile line

Ideal for slimline, robust design
Profiles 8 the standard material for design engineers

Line X
17
Extremely compact dimensions
Profiles 6 the lightweight alternative

Closed grooves
The size and load-carrying capacity of the

groove increases in line with the modular
dimension. Most profile connections are anchored in the groove. The groove also serves
as an anchor point for panel elements, etc.
The core bore offers a stable fastening point

at the end faces of the profiles. It can also be
used as a conduit for compressed air.
Profiles 5 the compact profile for precision work
Lightweight profiles
27
The universal and robust all-rounder

Three variants for constructions with optimised load-
carrying capacity
Profiles 10 the added-value profile with increased

load-carrying capacity

The new line for high-strength constructions

Reliability against pre-tension losses
Profiles 12 the robust option for load-carrying applications

The strongest profile line in the MB system

For particularly stable, heavy-duty frame structures
Key: See page
16
45
47
Profiles 5 modular dimension of 20 mm

The compact profile for precision work
Extremely
Available
Low
For
compact dimensions
with open or closed grooves
material usage safeguards resources
refined, stable and flexible applications
Closed grooves make

systems easier to clean and
create a more elegant appearance.
Materials used in all the following products:

Al, anodized

Profile 5 20x20
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
1.80
0.48
0.72
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
0.72
0.13
0.72
0.72
0.0.370.03
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm
0.0.611.45
0.0.448.04
black, cut-off max. 3000 mm
0.0.370.15
black, 1 pce., length 3000 mm
0.0.448.05

Profile 5 20x20 1N
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
1.85
0.50
0.74
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
0.77
0.20
0.74
0.74
0.0.437.74
0.0.437.99
Profile 5 20x20 2N90

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
1.91
0.51
0.78
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
0.78
0.42
0.76
0.76
0.0.437.66
0.0.464.01

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.90
0.51
0.74
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.82
0.32
0.74
0.82
0.0.437.67
0.0.464.02
Profile 5 20x20 3N
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.92
0.52
0.77
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.80
0.64
0.76
0.80
0.0.464.83
0.0.448.33
17

Profile 5 40x20
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.32
0.89
1.41
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.14
0.97
1.41
2.57
0.0.370.04
0.0.631.00
0.0.448.07
0.0.370.16
0.0.448.08
2
Profile 5 40x20 2N
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.38
0.91
1.47
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
5.21
1.41
1.44
2.61
0.0.437.75
0.0.464.03

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.38
0.91
1.40
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.46
1.11
1.40
2.73
0.0.437.76
0.0.464.04

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.42
0.92
1.48
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.37
1.64
1.44
2.66
0.0.437.77
0.0.464.05

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.46
0.93
1.56
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.30
2.17
1.56
2.65
0.0.437.78
0.0.464.06
Profile 5 40x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.14
1.39
9.30
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.30
5.42
4.65
4.65
0.0.370.05
0.0.448.09
Profile 5 60x20
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.76
1.28
2.06
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
16.09
1.54
2.06
5.36
0.0.425.44
0.0.448.11
Profile 5 60x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
7.67
2.07
13.52
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
28.14
8.15
6.76
9.09
0.0.425.45
0.0.448.12
Profile 5 80x20
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.19
1.67
2.72
18
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
36.08
2.38
2.72
9.02
0.0.370.86
0.0.448.14
Profiles 5 flat cross-sections

Particularly
Full
functionality at a height of just 8.5 to 14 mm
Suitable
For
flat profiles
as support profiles or anchor points
lightweight clamping and mounting surfaces
Flat profiles from item can

be used to make handles of
virtually any length.
High-precision linear slides

use profiles with a flat crosssection as carriage profiles.

Al, anodized
16
Profile 5 16x8.5
8.5
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
0.82
0.22
0.06
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.23
0.04
0.12
0.28
0.0.265.91
0.0.448.02

20
13
10
A [cm2]
3.5
3.3
Profile 5 20x10
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.29
0.35
0.12
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.53
0.07
0.22
0.53
0.0.391.02
0.0.448.03

40
33
10
A [cm2]
3.5
3.3
Profile 5 40x10
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
2.39
0.65
0.24
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.63
0.27
0.44
1.81
0.0.391.06
0.0.448.06
4.3 20 20
Profile 5 80x14
A [cm2]
10
14
10
80
20 20 20
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.64
1.79
1.11
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
40.69
0.86
1.54
10.17
0.0.370.85
0.0.448.13
19
Profiles 5 R
Closed
on two sides, rounded surface
External
Ideal
angles of 30, 45, 60 and 90 available
for building protective hoods and frames
Profiles R can also be used to add bracing to profile constructions. Calculating the appropriate length for the struts is easy.
Connection at 45
Connection at 30
Profile 2
Profile 1
Profile 5 R20/40-30
Profile 3
Profile 5 R20/40-60
2(a - 30)/3
(a - 30)/3+ 30
Profile 5 R20/40-45
__
(a - 30).2
__
__

Al, anodized
R2
0
Profile 5 R20-90
A [cm2]
4.3
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.71
0.46
0.58
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.58
0.41
0.53
0.53
0.0.425.43
0.0.448.19

3.3
R2
0
30
12
20
3.5
Profile 5 R20/40-30
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
1.68
0.45
0.43
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
0.68
0.22
0.38
0.57
0.0.425.39
0.0.448.15

4.3
R20
45
60
R20
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
0.98
0.43
0.79
0.75
0.0.425.40
0.0.448.16

Profile 5 R20/40-60
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.16
0.85
2.48
10
20
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
1.65
1.14
1.31
1.09
0.0.425.41
0.0.448.17
90
10
4.3
R2
0
A [cm ]
4.3
20
2.38
0.64
1.26
10
20
10
20
Profile 5 R20/40-45
Profile 5 R20/40-90
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.38
1.18
5.38
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
5.38
2.14
2.68
2.68
0.0.425.42
0.0.448.18
Profiles 6 - modular dimension of 30 mm

The lightweight alternative
The
weight-optimised profile line
Ideal
for slimline, robust design
Available
Closed grooves are easy to

clean and have a particularly
elegant appearance. They
create functional and attractive display cases, tables and
cover hoods.

Al, anodized

Profile 6 30x30 light

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.43
0.93
2.90
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
2.90
0.27
1.94
1.94
0.0.419.06
0.0.451.07
Profile 6 30x30
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.67
1.26
4.15
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
4.15
0.40
2.77
2.77
0.0.419.01
0.0.451.03
Profile 6 30x30 1N light

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.49
0.94
2.91
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.01
0.73
1.94
1.98
0.0.439.43
0.0.451.04
Profile 6 30x30 2N90 light

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.54
0.96
3.02
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.02
1.68
1.98
1.98
0.0.439.45
0.0.451.06

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.54
0.96
2.90
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.14
1.41
1.93
2.09
0.0.439.44
0.0.451.05

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.60
1.00
3.02
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.14
2.40
1.98
2.09
0.0.478.27
0.0.451.67
21


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.13
1.65
5.54
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
21.22
3.02
3.69
7.07
0.0.419.07
0.0.451.14
Profile 6 60x30
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.47
2.29
7.92
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
29.30
4.81
5.28
9.77
0.0.419.02
0.0.451.09

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.24
1.68
5.77
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
21.47
5.32
3.78
7.16
0.0.439.46
0.0.451.10

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.24
1.69
5.54
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
22.21
4.03
3.69
7.40
0.0.439.49
0.0.451.11

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
6.30
1.70
5.77
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
21.97
6.26
3.78
7.26
0.0.439.48
0.0.451.12

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.36
1.72
6.01
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
21.74
7.88
4.00
7.25
0.0.439.47
0.0.451.13

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
10.01
2.70
39.47
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
39.47
20.43
13.16
13.16
0.0.419.09
0.0.451.16
Profile 6 60x60
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
13.33
3.60
53.77
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
53.77
29.27
17.92
17.92
0.0.419.03
0.0.451.15

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
10.24
2.76
40.71
22
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
40.71
30.18
13.43
13.43
0.0.491.31
0.0.491.30


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.53
3.11
10.82
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
152.65
9.29
7.21
25.44
0.0.419.08
0.0.451.39
Profile 6 120x30
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
16.00
4.32
15.42
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
210.94
12.23
10.28
35.16
0.0.419.04
0.0.451.17

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
18.70
5.05
76.61
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
259.65
62.87
25.54
43.27
0.0.419.10
0.0.451.19
Profile 6 120x60
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
24.84
6.71
102.71
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
347.62
84.85
34.24
57.94
0.0.419.05
0.0.451.18
23
Profiles 6 flat cross-sections

Low
For
installation height
fastening lightweight components
Products
from Line X also available

Al, anodized


2
A [cm ]
12
30
23
3.3
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
1.58
0.43
0.25
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
1.46
0.11
0.39
0.98
0.0.478.05
0.0.451.63

60
53

2
12
A [cm ]
3.3
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
2.98
0.81
0.53
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
10.00
0.48
0.83
3.34
0.0.478.07
0.0.451.65

30
15
24
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
2.82
0.76
1.69
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
2.27
0.20
1.36
1.51
0.0.608.88
0.0.608.87

60
15
24
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.98
1.34
3.14
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
17.10
2.46
2.53
5.70
0.0.608.91
0.0.608.90
-JOF
3.3 5
-JOF
Profile X 6 60x12
2
A [cm ]
12
60
53
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.82
1.30
0.71
24
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
15.56
0.55
1.11
5.18
0.0.609.32
0.0.609.20
Profiles 6 45 Angle
Create
For
stylish designs
hoods, tables and display cases
item supplies Fastening Set 6 30x30-45

specifically for use with these 45 profiles.
It combines two or three profiles to form an
attractive right-angled corner unit.
Fastening Set 6
30x30-45
5
30
30
30
100
Profile 6 30x30-45 light

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.12
0.84
2.21
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
2.21
0.72
1.33
1.33
0.0.434.72
0.0.451.08
25
Profiles 6 R
Closed
Various
external angles available
Ideal
for building protective hoods, frames and tables
Connection at 30
Connection at 45
Profile 2
Profile 6 R30/60-45
_
(a-45). 2
Profile 1
Profile 6 R30/60-30
Profile 3
Profile 6 R30/60-60
_
2(a - 45)/3
_
(a - 45)/3+ 45
c
d

Al, anodized
R3
0
Profile 6 R30-90 light

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.07
0.83
2.16
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
2.16
0.83
1.32
1.32
0.0.434.73
0.0.451.20

5
R3
0
30
7.5
15
30
Profile 6 R30/60-30
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
3.27
0.88
1.95
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
2.77
1.01
1.16
1.57
0.0.459.54
0.0.451.62
R3
0
45
60
Ix [cm ]
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
4.15
3.93
2.42
2.31
0.0.459.57
0.0.451.64

Profile 6 R30/60-60
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
R30
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
6.34
6.07
3.48
2.86
0.0.459.35
0.0.451.66
90
15
R30
m [kg/m]
5.28
1.43
10.01
15
30
26
A [cm ]
15
30
4.52
1.22
5.81
15
30
Profile 6 R30/60-45
Profile 6 R30/60-90
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.06
2.18
22.94
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
22.94
14.51
7.57
7.57
0.0.459.38
0.0.451.68
Profiles 8 - modular dimension of 40 mm

The standard material for design engineers
The
universal and robust all-rounder
Three
variants for constructions with optimised load-carrying capacity
Available
Products
The MB Building Kit System from item is

a tried-and-tested basis for machines and
systems of all sizes. Profiles 8 are the most
frequently used profiles of all the lines worldwide. Thanks to their design, these aluminium
profiles are light, robust and versatile with a
service life of many years. Due to the wide
selection of modules available, Profiles 8 can
satisfy virtually all your construction needs.
The profiles in Line X can be

built into elegant constructions with closed surfaces.
The minimised edge radius
results in a seamless connection between profiles and
eliminates protruding edges.
As a result, dirt and deposits
have no chance of ruining the
striking aesthetic appeal of
Line X.
Profiles with closed grooves

are particularly easy to clean
and can be combined with
conventional profiles as
required.
The profiles in Line X use Line

8 grooves, ensuring they are
compatible with all the accessories in that line.
Some cross-sections incorporate closed grooves that can

be easily opened.

Al, anodized

Profile 8 40x40 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.07
1.37
7.38
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.38
0.99
3.69
3.69
7.0.000.09
0.0.452.79

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.46
1.74
9.00
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.00
1.12
4.50
4.50
0.0.026.33
0.0.452.81
0.0.452.80
0.0.026.35
0.0.452.83

Profile 8 40x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
9.16
2.47
13.96
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
13.96
1.93
6.98
6.98
0.0.026.03
0.0.452.65
0.0.452.66
27


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.61
1.78
9.54
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.01
2.99
4.66
4.50
0.0.422.72
0.0.452.68
Profile 8 40x40 2N90 E

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.83
1.30
8.06
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
8.06
4.33
3.87
3.87
7.0.000.06
0.0.452.69

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.80
1.84
9.64
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.64
4.91
4.70
4.70
0.0.404.50
0.0.452.71
0.0.406.43
0.0.452.73


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.95
1.33
8.40
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
8.10
3.86
4.30
4.05
7.0.000.03
0.0.452.74

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.78
1.83
9.10
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.10
4.88
4.55
5.05
0.0.404.51
0.0.452.76

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
6.96
1.90
9.62
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
10.22
6.95
4.70
5.11
0.0.480.26
0.0.454.37

Profile features easy-to-open groove(s)
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.86
1.86
9.79
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.79
1.12
4.89
4.89
0.0.489.11
0.0.488.88
Profile 8 80x40 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.93
2.42
15.15
28
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
57.81
8.77
7.58
14.45
7.0.000.26
0.0.452.39


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.38
3.04
16.60
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
69.54
10.05
8.30
17.38
0.0.026.34
0.0.452.41
0.0.452.40
0.0.026.36
0.0.452.43

Profile 8 80x40
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
16.76
4.53
26.87
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
101.19
20.84
13.44
25.29
0.0.026.04
0.0.452.95
0.0.452.94


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.53
3.11
16.92
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
72.13
12.50
8.46
17.81
0.0.607.75
0.0.607.26

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
11.60
3.13
17.73
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
70.87
18.51
8.63
17.72
0.0.422.75
0.0.452.97

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.44
2.28
15.85
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
54.51
21.82
7.93
13.63
7.0.000.23
0.0.452.98

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.24
2.22
15.32
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
54.69
16.53
7.51
13.40
7.0.000.20
0.0.452.99

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
8.04
2.17
15.12
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
55.41
11.89
7.56
13.85
7.0.000.17
0.0.452.34

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.87
3.20
18.09
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
74.31
10.05
9.04
18.58
0.0.489.18
0.0.488.82
Profile 8 80x80 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
14.86
4.01
100.69
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
100.69
46.35
25.17
25.17
7.0.000.29
0.0.453.01
29


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
19.75
5.33
134.06
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
134.06
82.91
33.51
33.51
0.0.265.80
0.0.453.03
0.0.453.02

Profile 8 80x80
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
26.66
7.19
187.70
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
187.70
136.98
46.92
46.92
0.0.026.27
0.0.452.35

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
20.08
5.42
139.00
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
135.00
104.97
34.25
33.68
0.0.457.52
0.0.452.45

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
20.39
5.50
140.00
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
140.00
122.46
34.48
34.48
0.0.457.59
0.0.452.47

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
19.43
5.25
134.24
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
134.24
82.91
33.56
33.56
0.0.489.19
0.0.488.84

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
16.12
4.35
24.22
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
220.54
18.14
12.11
36.76
0.0.416.66
0.0.453.13
Profile 8 120x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
24.38
6.58
39.80
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
322.66
35.15
19.90
53.77
0.0.416.29
0.0.453.11

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
30.13
8.13
201.89
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
421.67
128.39
50.47
68.34
0.0.416.65
0.0.453.17
Profile 8 120x80
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
40.05
10.81
274.86
30
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
574.86
255.63
68.71
92.72
0.0.416.30
0.0.453.15

Profile 8 120x120
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
45.92
12.39
798.83
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
798.83
510.00
133.13
133.13
0.0.609.79
0.0.609.71

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
20.90
5.64
31.81
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
500.32
29.19
15.90
62.54
0.0.418.35
0.0.453.26
Profile 8 160x40
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
32.00
8.64
52.72
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
739.62
51.34
26.36
92.45
0.0.265.23
0.0.453.22

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
21.50
5.80
33.90
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
512.66
55.98
16.52
64.08
0.0.429.04
0.0.453.24

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
37.80
10.21
267.07
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
907.88
261.72
66.77
113.48
0.0.411.18
0.0.453.32
Profile 8 160x80
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
50.07
13.52
360.89
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
1,228.33 398.58
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
90.22
153.54
0.0.265.26
0.0.453.28

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
38.34
10.35
275.91
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
919.80
315.79
68.97
114.97
0.0.429.05
0.0.453.30
Profile 8 160x160
A [cm2]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
74.20
20.04
2,355.00 2,355.00 2,500.00 294.40
294.40
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
0.0.480.75
0.0.480.76
0.0.465.85

Profile 8 160x160 8EN

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
59.34
16.05
1,876.10
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
1,876.10
2,000.00 234.51
234.51
0.0.474.58
0.0.454.30
31

Profile 8 200x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
39.60
10.69
65.62
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
1,411.47
65.00
32.81
141.14
0.0.473.82
0.0.454.20
Profile 8 200x80
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
55.74
15.05
427.59
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
2,181.99
470.00
106.90
218.20
0.0.483.35
0.0.483.34
Profile 8 240x40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
47.21
12.69
78.54
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
2,400.72 80.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
39.27
200.22
0.0.473.84
0.0.454.22

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
15.52
4.19
42.18
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
1,098.70 94.40
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
20.28
91.56
0.0.629.44
0.0.629.41
Profile 8 240x160 8EN

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
74.00
19.98
2,492.10 5,177.20
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3,950.00 310.60
436.70
0.0.474.57
0.0.615.30
Profile 8 320x160
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
125.55
33.90
4,398.20 14,194.10 6,900.00 549.80
887.30
0.0.480.77
0.0.465.86
-JOF

-JOF
Profile X 8 40x40 light

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.61
1.78
9.47
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.47
1.12
4.73
4.73
0.0.492.91
0.0.492.90
-JOF
Profile X 8 40x40 1N light

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.68
1.80
9.74
32
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.47
1.12
4.82
4.73
0.0.611.87
0.0.611.86

-JOF
Profile X 8 40x40 2N90 light

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.75
1.82
9.74
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.74
1.12
4.82
4.82
0.0.611.90
0.0.611.89
-JOF
Profile X 8 40x40 2N180 light

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.75
1.82
10.03
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.47
1.12
5.01
4.73
0.0.611.92
-JOF

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.82
1.84
9.75
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.03
1.12
4.82
5.01
0.0.611.95
-JOF

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.90
1.86
10.03
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.03
1.12
5.01
5.01
0.0.492.87
-JOF

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.46
3.09
17.18
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
71.65
10.05
8.59
17.91
0.0.492.93
-JOF

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.89
3.21
18.30
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
75.12
10.05
9.15
18.78
0.0.492.99
-JOF

A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
19.37
5.23
132.82
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
132.82
82.91
33.20
33.20
0.0.492.97
0.0.492.96
-JOF

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
19.96
5.39
138.57
A [cm2]
0.0.493.01
0.0.492.94
A [cm2]
0.0.492.88
A [cm2]
0.0.611.96
A [cm2]
0.0.611.93
A [cm2]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
138.57
82.91
34.64
34.64
0.0.493.04
0.0.493.03
33
Profiles 8 Flat Cross-Sections

Full
groove despite low construction height
For
attaching elements
Suitable
for use as a frame, support or strut
Profile 8 40x16 E can be

used in conjunction with
Hand Grip Element 8 to construct grip rails and handles.
Profiles 8 80x16 and 160x28

are suitable for building the
sliding carriages of roller
guides 8 D6 and D14.
When using the centre groove

of Profile 8 80x16, an access
hole must be provided at the
envisaged fastening position.
Profile 8 160x28 can also

be used as a clamping
and mounting surface or
edgewise as a heavy-duty
supporting profile.
Profiles 8 40x32 and 80x32
light are particularly suitable
for use as frames and struts in
table, shelving and cabinet constructions. They are then used
to connect profiles of modular
dimension 40 mm.

Al, anodized
40
28
Profile 8 40x16 E
2
8
16
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
2.24
0.60
0.64
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.34
0.35
0.78
1.67
7.0.000.01
0.0.452.64

40
28
8
16
A [cm ]
80
68
34
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.24
1.13
1.05
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
6.89
1.09
1.22
3.45
0.0.026.84
0.0.492.75
0.0.452.62
0.0.026.25
0.0.452.63

Profile 8 80x16 E
2
A [cm ]
8
16
4.3
Profile 8 40x16
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.86
1.31
1.49
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
29.28
1.53
1.78
7.32
7.0.000.15
0.0.452.93
80
68
Profile 8 80x16
8
16
A [cm2]
4.2
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.13
2.20
2.15
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
50.76
2.20
2.69
12.69
0.0.364.72
0.0.452.91

160
10
A [cm2]
5
160
40
A [cm2]
40
40
40
240
40
40
40
40
20
28
40
40
0.0.265.90
0.0.453.18
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
726.82
21.81
14.33
90.85
0.0.026.85
0.0.453.20

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
1,383.53 25.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
17.74
138.35
0.0.473.86
0.0.454.24

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
45.70
12.29
30.25
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
2,347.38 30.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
21.30
195.62
0.0.473.88
0.0.454.26

40

20
32
40
m [kg/m]
38.39
10.37
25.37
A [cm2]
6.8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.97
1.34
5.06
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.19
0.81
3.14
3.59
0.0.494.97
0.0.494.95

80

20
32
40
38.48
Profile 8 240x28
40
6.8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.65
2.33
9.27
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
53.73
8.20
5.76
13.43
0.0.494.98
0.0.494.96
-JOF
80
68
4.2 6.8
-JOF
Profile X 8 80x16
2
A [cm ]
8
16
6.8
Wy [cm3]
4.25
20
40
40
Wx [cm3]
2.37
31.07
8.39
20.49
A [cm2]
20
28
40
6.8
It [cm4]
Profile 8 200x28
40
20
40
Iy [cm4]
307.83
200
40
Ix [cm4]
Profile 8 160x28
40
20
28
6.8
m [kg/m]
13.88
3.75
3.80
20
40
Profile 8 160x16
16
20
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
9.23
2.49
2.33
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
52.01
2.27
2.74
13.00
0.0.609.34
0.0.609.21
35
Bed Plate Profile 8

For
creating panels in any size
Can
be fastened to all types of substructures
Options for connecting the plate to the frame

structure (using Button-Head Screw M8x16,
washer DIN 125-8.4 and T-Slot Nut 8 St M8).

Al, anodized
152
16
Bed Plate Profile 8 152x20
40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
18.39
4.97
7.39
145
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
350.50
7.20
46.12
0.0.465.79
0.0.454.09

20
55
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.71
1.54
2.12
36
Bed Plate Connection Profile 8 55x20

Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
11.30
1.98
4.10
0.0.465.80
0.0.454.11
Profiles 8 45 Angle
Connect
For
up to three profiles
sophisticated tables, display cases and systems
The 45 profiles bring a sophisticated aesthetic appeal to a

whole range of constructions. Fastening Set 8 40x40-45 creates particularly elegant corner units.
Fastening Set 8
40x40-45
#R01#
100

Al, anodized
40
6.8
A [cm2]
40
Profile 8 40x40-45 E
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.35
1.17
5.70
40
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.70
2.49
2.51
2.51
7.0.000.12
0.0.452.86

40
6.8
40
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
5.58
1.50
6.50
40
40
6.8

3
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
6.50
2.59
2.90
2.90
0.0.404.52
0.0.452.88
0.0.406.45
0.0.452.90

Profile 8 40x40-45
A [cm ]
40
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
7.30
1.97
9.39
40
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
9.39
2.70
4.08
4.08
0.0.373.45
0.0.452.84
A [cm ]
40
80
6.8
80
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
18.86
5.09
109.11
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
109.11
68.71
24.97
24.97
0.0.416.89
0.0.453.07
Profile 8 80x80-45 4N90 light
40
A [cm2]
84
.9
84
.9
80
40
40
80
6.8
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
19.48
5.25
106.20
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
106.20
78.54
24.69
24.69
0.0.422.54
0.0.453.05
37
Profiles 8 120 Angle

Three
Ideal
grooves in one profile
as a stand profile when building partition systems
Grooves 8 are positioned at

angles of 120 to each other.
The relevant side faces have
a width of modular dimension
40 mm for attaching Line 8
profiles and accessories.
27.
0
22

2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
6.59
1.73
10.65
38
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
10.71
6.92
3.98
5.33
0.0.480.59
0.0.480.58
Profiles 8 D
With
large central bore
Ideal
for the mounting of bearings
Ideal
for accommodating shafts, spindles and axles
Profile 8 80x80-45 D60 is the basis for Coupling Housings

8 D30 and 8 D55, Profile 8 120x120-45 D87 is used for
Coupling Housing 8 D80. The profiles can be used to produce
Coupling Housings of special lengths or housings for synchronising shafts between mechanical drive elements.

Al, anodized

Profile 8 80x80 D40

0.5
0+
40
80
6.8
40
80
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
37.20
10.04
222.00
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
222.00
189.65
55.50
55.50
0.0.408.28
0.0.452.29

64
A [cm ]
0.5
0-
20
Profile 8 80x80-45 D60

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
15.26
4.12
109.56
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
109.56
98.17
27.39
27.39
0.0.463.24
0.0.452.55
80
40
Profile 8 120x120-45 D87

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
0.5
7+
31.29
8.45
465.86
60
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
465.86
647.23
77.64
77.64
0.0.463.25
0.0.453.91
80
120
39
Profiles 8 R
Closed
Various
external angles available
Ideal
for building protective hoods, frames and tables
Connection at 30
Connection at 45
Profile 8 R40/80-45
__
(a - 60).
2
Profile 2
b
Profile 1
Profile 8 R40/80-30
Profile 3
Profile 8 R40/80-60
2(a - 60)/3
(a - 60)/3+ 60
__
__

Al, anodized

Profile 8 R40-90 light
R4
0
6.8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.72
1.54
6.65
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
6.65
2.93
3.04
3.04
0.0.436.33
0.0.453.39

6.8
R4
30
10
Profile 8 R40/80-30
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
6.20
1.67
6.42
20
40
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
8.90
3.18
2.84
3.80
0.0.427.66
0.0.453.33
R40
45
6.8
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
10.23
2.76
21.33
20
40
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
16.06
12.41
6.74
6.14
0.0.409.14
0.0.453.35
Profile 8 R40/80-60
6.8
R40
60
20
40
40
Profile 8 R40/80-45
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
10.50
2.83
22.64
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
34.92
19.18
5.96
11.56
0.0.427.67
0.0.453.36

Profile 8 R40/80-90
90
6.8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
20
R4
0
15.00
4.05
76.25
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
76.25
45.84
18.69
18.69
0.0.427.68
0.0.453.37
20
40
52.8
20
Profile 8 R26-270
Al, anodized
6.8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.45
1.75
12.08
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.96
12.41
4.62
5.40
0.0.474.48
0.0.454.29
41
Profiles 8 W
Angled
profiles with grooves
For
use as panel fixing strips
For
supporting shelves
The inside corner of the angled profiles is provided with

an undercut. Attachments
with sharp edges can therefore be screwed flush with the
surface on both sides.

Al, anodized
16
40
28
4.3
6
28
40
Profile 8 W40x40 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.09
1.10
5.40
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.40
0.71
2.22
2.22
7.0.001.10
0.0.453.40
A [cm2]
16
80
68
4.3
Profile 8 W80x80 E
68
80
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.60
2.32
48.52
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
48.52
3.05
8.92
8.92
7.0.001.12
0.0.453.41
40
80
Profile 8 W80x80x40 light
40
80
42
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
17.77
4.79
95.32
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
95.32
31.41
20.54
20.54
0.0.458.92
0.0.454.02
Profiles 8 D40
Edge-free elegance
Profiles
Can
with a cylindrical cross-section
be combined with square profiles
Available
Closed
grooves can be subsequently opened up
The cylindrical cross-section, which is 40 mm

in diameter, is the main feature of Profiles 8
D40. Their four Line 8 grooves are arranged
at 90 angles to each other and can be
either open or closed, as required. Cylindrical
profiles are ideal for use in hand rails, tables,
shelves and ancillary factory equipment such
as signage.
Cylindrical and angular profiles from the MB

Building Kit System can be combined to suit
the task at hand. This compatibility is made
possible by Adapter 8 D40. The connections
meet the same standards in stability and
reliability that design engineers have come to
expect from all item products.

Al, anodized

Profile 8 D40
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
5.45
1.47
5.63
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
5.63
1.08
2.88
2.88
0.0.493.36
0.0.493.37
Profile 8 D40 1N
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.51
1.48
5.87
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.63
1.08
3.00
2.80
0.0.493.39
0.0.493.40
Profile 8 D40 2N90

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.58
1.50
5.88
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.88
1.08
2.90
2.90
0.0.489.40
0.0.489.39
43

Profile 8 D40 2N180

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.58
1.50
6.13
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
5.63
1.08
3.07
2.92
0.0.493.42
0.0.493.43
Profile 8 D40 3N
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.64
1.53
5.88
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
6.13
1.08
2.97
3.07
0.0.493.45
0.0.493.46
Profile 8 D40 4N
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.71
1.54
6.13
44
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
6.13
1.08
3.07
3.07
0.0.493.48
0.0.493.49

The added-value profile with increased load-carrying capacity
The
new line for high-strength constructions
Reliability
Tensile
Also
against pre-tension losses
loading up to 7,000 N per screw connection
available in lightweight versions as Profiles 10 E


Al, anodized

Profile 10 50x50 E
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
8.47
2.29
20.34
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
20.34
3.00
8.14
8.14
0.0.624.93
0.0.624.92

Profile 10 50x50
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
13.31
3.59
30.68
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
30.68
4.50
12.27
12.27
0.0.624.52
0.0.624.51

Profile 10 100x50 E
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
13.40
3.62
36.40
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
143.75
18.00
14.56
28.75
0.0.625.14
0.0.625.13

Profile 10 100x50
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
24.70
6.67
61.28
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
227.47
45.00
24.51
45.49
0.0.624.60
0.0.624.59

Profile 10 100x100 E
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
21.74
5.87
237.98
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
237.98
90.00
47.60
47.60
0.0.625.18
0.0.625.17

Profile 10 100x100
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
39.57
10.68
431.41
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
431.41
270.00
86.28
86.28
0.0.624.56
0.0.624.55

Profile 10 200x100
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
74.36
20.08
838.55
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
2,840.55 870.00
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
167.71
284.06
0.0.624.68
0.0.624.67
45
Profile 10 50x20 E
Lightweight
Full
thanks to flat cross-section
Profile 10 groove on one side, closed surface on the other
Ideal
for stable, space-saving struts and frames

Thanks to its flat cross-section, Profile 10 50x20 E takes up

little space when integrated into constructions. The Line 10
groove leaves open all the fastening options associated with
Profiles 10, providing a secure hold for all fastening elements.
The closed surface on the rear of the profile is easy to clean.
This profile makes it easy to add flat struts to a construction or
build stable lightweight frames.
50
36
20
10
6.8

Profile 10 50x20 E
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.69
0.99
1.70
46
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.08
1.70
3.63
0.0.632.54
0.0.632.53

Profiles 12

The robust option for load-carrying applications
The
strongest profile line in the MB system
Exceptional
Tensile
For
reliability against pre-tension losses
loading up to 10,000 N per screw connection
particularly stable, heavy-duty frame structures


Al, anodized


2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
14.50
3.91
46.02
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
46.02
5.00
15.36
15.36
0.0.001.16
0.0.001.06

Profile 12 60x60
2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
20.60
5.55
70.50
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
70.50
10.00
23.50
23.50
0.0.001.11
0.0.001.01


2
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
26.15
7.10
88.15
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
355.50
50.00
29.40
59.40
0.0.001.17
0.0.001.07

Profile 12 120x60
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
37.58
10.15
135.40
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
509.70
105.00
45.10
85.10
0.0.001.12
0.0.001.02


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
44.45
12.00
679.60
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
679.60
410.00
113.50
113.50
0.0.001.18
0.0.001.28

Profile 12 120x120
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
60.40
16.30
948.00
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
948.00
690.00
159.00
159.00
0.0.001.13
0.0.001.23


A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
49.10
13.25
170.65
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
2,585.50 140.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
57.02
215.90
0.0.001.20
0.0.001.30
47

Profile 12 240x60
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
72.60
19.60
269.38
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
3,777.20 250.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
89.60
314.80
0.0.001.15
0.0.001.25


A [cm2]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
83.60
22.60
1,329.50 4,529.80 1,320.00 221.80
378.10
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
0.0.001.19
0.0.001.29

Profile 12 240x120
A [cm2]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
112.00
30.24
1,815.20 6,168.90 2,010.00 302.00
514.10
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
48
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
0.0.001.14
0.0.001.24
Profile 12/8 240x40

Special
For
building carriages for linear slides
8.3
240
8
30
60

6.8
20

Profile 12/8 240x40

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
40
profile with Line 8 and 12 grooves
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
57.94
15.70
83.90
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
2,904.15 57.22
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
41.60
242.15

0.0.001.04
0.0.001.03
49
Solid profiles and profile edging

Profiles
Used
without grooves
as edging or grip rails
For
edging any panel elements
For
special constructions of all types
Can be used as a grip rail or edging and for

stabilising panel elements.

Al, anodized
14.9
4
Profile Edging 15x8

2.3
8
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
0.56
0.15
0.09
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.16
0.16
0.17
0.0.431.16
0.0.453.43
18.9
6

Profile Edging 19x11.5
3
11.5
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.14
0.30
0.41
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.13
0.30
0.17
0.0.196.30
0.0.453.45
20
R2
Profile M 20x4 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
0.78
0.21
0.24
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.01
0.24
0.05
7.0.001.14
7.0.002.62
R1
.5

Profile M 30x3 E
30
A [cm2]
R2
40
50
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.65
0.01
4.30
0.0.609.60
0.0.609.59

Profile M 40x4 E
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
0.89
0.24
0.01
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.57
0.42
2.06
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.02
1.03
0.10
7.0.001.18
7.0.002.66
R3
Profile M 60x6 E
60
A [cm2]
Ix [cm4]
m [kg/m]
3.56
0.96
0.10
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.46
0.35
3.49
0.0.609.62
0.0.609.61
R4
Profile M 80x8 E
80
A [cm2]
Ix [cm4]
m [kg/m]
6.32
1.70
33.05
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.33
8.26
0.81
7.0.001.22
7.0.002.67

8
20
R2
Profile M W20x20x4 E
4
20
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.41
0.38
0.48
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.48
0.35
0.35
7.0.001.26
7.0.002.68
20
R2
4
40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
2.21
0.59
0.59
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.52
0.38
1.40
7.0.001.28
7.0.002.69

R2
40
A [cm2]
Ix [cm4]
m [kg/m]
3.01
0.81
4.51
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
4.51
1.58
1.58
7.0.001.30
7.0.002.70
40
30
R3
6
60
A [cm2]
Ix [cm4]
m [kg/m]
4.98
1.34
8.73
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
18.82
3.84
4.99
0.0.609.64
0.0.609.63
R3
60
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.78
1.83
22.86
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
22.86
5.34
5.34
0.0.609.66
0.0.609.65
6
60
R4
40
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.85
2.39
9.48
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
56.54
3.12
11.25
7.0.001.32
7.0.002.71
80
R4
80
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
12.05
3.25
72.27
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
72.27
12.66
12.66
7.0.001.34
7.0.002.72
8
80
51
Caps for Profiles in modular dimensions

Robust
Caps made from glass-fibre-reinforced plastic
Vibration-proof
and temperature-resistant
Protection
against sharp cut edges
Numerous
designs also available in grey
Products

2.5

PA-GF
20
20
Cap 5 20x20
a = 20 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 1.2 g
0.0.370.09

Cap 5 40x20
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 2.2 g
0.0.370.11

Cap 5 40x40
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 5.0 g
0.0.370.13

Cap 5 60x20
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 3.3 g
0.0.425.53

Cap 5 60x40
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 7.0 g
0.0.425.56

Cap 5 80x20
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 2.5 mm
m = 4.4 g
0.0.370.92

Cap 6 30x30
a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 30 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 2.6 g
0.0.419.22

Cap 6 60x30
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 30 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 5.2 g
0.0.419.23

Cap 6 60x60
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 60 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 9.4 g
0.0.419.24

Cap 6 120x30
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 30 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 10.2 g
0.0.419.25

Cap 6 120x60
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
52
b = 60 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 20.8 g
0.0.419.26

Cap 8 40x40
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 4.8 g
0.0.026.01
0.0.627.16
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce.
Cap 8 80x40
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 9.6 g
0.0.026.02
0.0.627.18
Cap 8 80x80
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 19.4 g
0.0.026.37
0.0.627.20
Cap 8 120x40
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 15.2 g
0.0.418.54
0.0.627.27
Cap 8 120x80
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 30.4 g
0.0.418.57
0.0.627.28
Cap 8 120x120
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 120 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 43.4 g
0.0.609.88

Cap 8 160x40
a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 21.4 g
0.0.265.39
0.0.627.30
Cap 8 160x80
a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 37.0 g
0.0.265.40
0.0.627.31
Cap 8 200x40
a = 200 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 29.0 g
0.0.474.01

Cap 8 200x80
a = 200 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 60.0 g
0.0.485.94

Cap 8 240x40
a = 240 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 36.0 g
0.0.474.04

Cap 8 40x40 N
a = 40 mm
1 set
b = 40 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 9.0 g
0.0.624.47
53
-JOF

-JOF
Cap X 8 40x40
a = 40 mm
b = 40 mm
c = 2.0 mm
m = 5.0 g
0.0.489.60
-JOF
Cap X 8 80x40
a = 80 mm
b = 40 mm
c = 2.0 mm
0.0.489.61
-JOF
c = 2.0 mm
0.0.489.98

b = 50 mm
c = 5.0 mm
m = 8.5 g
0.0.625.09
0.0.632.25

Cap 10 100x50
a = 100 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 50 mm
c = 5.0 mm
m = 18.0 g
0.0.625.10
0.0.632.26

Cap 10 100x100
a = 100 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 100 mm
c = 5.0 mm
m = 36.0 g
0.0.625.11
0.0.632.27

Cap 10 200x100
a = 200 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 100 mm
c = 5.0 mm
m = 87.0 g
0.0.625.12
0.0.632.28

Cap 12 60x60
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 60 mm
c = 6.0 mm
m = 14.7 g
0.0.005.01

Cap 12 120x60
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 60 mm
c = 6.0 mm
m = 28.0 g
0.0.005.02

Cap 12 120x120
a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 120 mm
c = 6.0 mm
m = 54.0 g
0.0.005.03

Cap 12 240x60
a = 240 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 60 mm
c = 6.0 mm
m = 54.0 g
0.0.005.05

Cap 12 240x120
a = 240 mm
black, 1 pce.
54
m = 16.0 g
Cap 10 50x50
a = 50 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 8.0 g
Cap X 8 80x80
a = 80 mm
b = 80 mm
b = 120 mm
c = 6.0 mm
m = 106.0 g
0.0.005.04
The machining required is

limited to counter boring and
countersinking of the Caps.
Screw for reinforcing the

retention force of Caps 8
(PA-GF) in the core bores of
Profiles 8.
9.3
14
Fastening Screw 8 5x14
St
m = 1.6 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.427.08
Caps 8 St
Robust
steel plates
Screws
ensure a secure hold
Closes
large Profiles 8
Caps Zn and St must be secured with screws into the profile

core bore. Plastic caps can also be secured in this way if
desired.
Cap 8 160x160
St
4 dome-head screws M8x14, St
a = 160 mm
b = 160 mm
black, 1 set
m = 624.0 g
0.0.475.15

Cap 8 240x160
St
a = 240 mm
b = 160 mm
black, 1 set
m = 907.0 g
0.0.475.16

Cap 8 320x160
St
a = 320 mm
b = 160 mm
black, 1 set
m = 1.2 kg
0.0.476.64
55
Cap 8 40x40, rubber coated

Steel
cap with rubber coating
Closes
With
and cushions at the same time
self-tapping screw for rapid installation
Cap 8 40x40, rubber coated
40
56
40
Steel plate, coated, NBR 80 Sh A

Countersunk Screw 8 SF M7.1, St, black
m = 24.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.626.90
Caps 8 Zn
Sturdy
caps made from zinc
Screws
ensure a secure hold
Closes
Profiles 8 and protects against impacts
Die-cast zinc
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
Cap 8 40x40 Zn
b = 40 mm
m = 26.0 g
0.0.427.09

Cap 8 80x40 Zn
Die-cast zinc
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
m = 49.0 g
0.0.427.11

Cap 8 80x80 Zn
Die-cast zinc
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
m = 96.0 g
0.0.427.13
Self-threading screw for

securing Caps Zn in the core
bore of Profiles 8.
12
Countersunk Screw 8 SF M7.1

16
M7.1
St
Slide coating
Head shape to DIN 7991 (M6)
m = 4.3 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.428.05
57
Caps for Flat Cross-Sections

Simply
push in to safely cover cut edges
Neatly
close side areas and end faces
Suitable
for profiles with flat cross-sections
Products


PA-GF
m = 0.7 g
black, 1 pce.
Cap 5 20x10
a = 20 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.364.60
16
2.5
8.5
Cap 5 16x8.5
b = 10 mm
m = 0.6 g
0.0.391.12

Cap 5 40x10
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 10 mm
m = 1.0 g
0.0.391.14

Cap 5 80x14
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 3.4 g
0.0.370.91

Cap 6 30x12
a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 14 mm
b = 12 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 1.0 g
0.0.478.09

Cap 6 30x24
a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 24 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 2.2 g
0.0.610.29

Cap 6 60x12
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 12 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.478.11

Cap 6 60x24
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
58
b = 24 mm
c = 3.0 mm
m = 4.3 g
0.0.610.30

Cap 8 40x16
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 16 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 2.5 g
0.0.026.79
0.0.627.21
Cap 8 40x32
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 32 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 4.1 g
0.0.610.23

Cap 8 80x16
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 16 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 4.6 g
0.0.265.98
0.0.627.25
Cap 8 80x32
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 32 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 8.5 g
0.0.610.22

Cap 8 160x16
a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 16 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 8.6 g
0.0.373.00

Cap 8 160x28
a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 28 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 16.1 g
0.0.026.80
0.0.627.29
Cap 8 200x28
a = 200 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 28 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 22.0 g
0.0.474.07

Cap 8 240x28
a = 240 mm
black, 1 pce.
-JOF
b = 28 mm
c = 4.0 mm
m = 27.0 g
0.0.474.10

-JOF
Cap X 6 60x12
a = 60 mm
b = 12 mm
c = 2.0 mm
m = 2.5 g
0.0.609.29
-JOF
Cap X 8 80x16
a = 80 mm
b = 16 mm
c = 2.0 mm
m = 6.0 g
0.0.609.28

Cap 10 50x20
PA-GF
a = 50 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.632.55
0.0.632.56
59
Caps with Radiused Outside Surface

Aesthetically
No
need to deburr cut edges
Suitable
appealing
for various angle measurements: 30, 45, 60, 90 and 270
Rounded Cap for the profile

end face, suitable for all
Profile 8 D40 versions. No
deburring of the cut edge is
required.
2.5

PA-GF

Cap 5 R20-90
m = 0.9 g
black, 1 pce.
2.5
R20
Cap 5 R20/40-30
R40
= 30
black, 1 pce.
R20
0.0.425.59
0.0.425.62
3
R30
60
m = 1.5 g
0.0.425.65
Cap 5 R20/40-90
= 90
black, 1 pce.
m = 1.2 g
Cap 5 R20/40-60
= 60
black, 1 pce.
m = 0.7 g
Cap 5 R20/40-45
= 45
black, 1 pce.
0.0.425.71
m = 2.7 g
Cap 6 R30-90
m = 2.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.425.68

0.0.434.75
Cap 6 R30/60-30
R60
= 30
black, 1 pce.
R30
m = 2.0 g
0.0.459.39
Cap 6 R30/60-45
= 45
black, 1 pce.
0.0.459.40
R40
0.0.459.41
0.0.459.42

m = 4.4 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.436.34
0.0.627.56
Cap 8 R40/80-30
R80
0.0.427.69
Cap 8 R40/80-45
= 45
black, 1 pce.
0.0.427.70
Cap 8 R40/80-90
0.0.627.54

m = 11.0 g

R26
Cap 8 R26-270
4
0.0.627.53
m = 7.8 g
m = 5.6 g
black, 1 pce.
Cap 8 D40
4
0.0.409.15
Cap 8 R40/80-60
= 90
black, 1 pce.
0.0.627.52
m = 5.8 g
= 60
black, 1 pce.
m = 4.2 g
40
m = 6.0 g
Cap 8 R40-90
= 30
black, 1 pce.
R40
m = 4.0 g
Cap 6 R30/60-90
= 90
black, 1 pce.
m = 3.0 g
Cap 6 R30/60-60
= 60
black, 1 pce.
0.0.427.71
0.0.627.55

0.0.474.46
PA-GF
m = 4.3 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.489.53
0.0.627.32
61
Caps with 45 and 120 angles

PA-GF

Cap 6 30x30-45
a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 30 mm
c = 3 mm
m = 1.9 g
0.0.434.74

Cap 8 40x40-45
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 4.5 g
0.0.373.48
0.0.627.24
Cap 8 80x80-45
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 17.6 g
0.0.418.36

Cap 8 3x40-120
m = 5.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
0.0.482.39
Caps W Angle Geometry

PA-GF
c
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
a
Cap 8 W40x40 E
b = 40 mm
c = 16 mm
m = 4.2 g
0.0.429.51

Cap 8 W80x80 E
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 16 mm
m = 9.2 g
0.0.429.54

Cap 8 W80x80x40
a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
62
b = 80 mm
c = 40 mm
m = 14.0 g
0.0.465.50
Caps for bores

Safe and clean
Seal
profile bores to stop dust getting inside
Available
in two colours
Grey Caps can be used to seal the holes in the sides of

profiles with closed grooves. The grey blends in well with the
aluminium.
Cap 8 D7-D40 can be used to seal the 7 mm dia. through hole

for the Standard Fastener 8 tool in Profiles 8 D40 with closed
grooves. The grey colour is matched to the surface of the
natural anodized profiles.
8
5
Cap 5 D4.3
4.3
10
6
PA
m = 8 g/100
black, 1 pce.
0.0.437.89
0.0.484.34
Cap 6 D5.5
5.5
1
5.5
Cap 8 D15 covers Countersink 8 DIN 974 T1 - Row 1

(e.g. connection of Clamp
Profiles 8).
PA
m = 14 g/100
black, 1 pce.
0.0.439.86
0.0.478.99
Cap 6 D5.5-45
PA
m = 18 g/100
black, 1 pce.
0.0.439.87
0.0.491.03
63
13
6
Cap 8 D7
1
7
13
0.0.432.06
0.0.489.47
Cap 8 D7-45
PA
m = 36 g/100
black, 1 pce.
0.0.432.96
0.0.489.50
PA
m = 30 g/100
20
Cap 8 D15
15
PA
m = 83 g/100
6.3
64
PA
m = 27 g/100
black, 1 pce.
Cap 8 D7-D40
40
0.0.493.88

0.0.492.55
Cover Profiles Al
Dust-tight
For
Cover Profiles can also be printed or engraved for labelling

modules.
and easy to clean
covering cables running through the groove

Whenever it is especially important that constructions are

kept clean and look good, Cover Profiles Al neatly close over
the groove, either in sections or along the entire length of the
profile.
7.2
Cover Profile 6 Al
4.3
Al, anodized
m = 30 g/m
12.2
4.4
9.7
Cover Profile 8 Al
0.0.439.70

Al, anodized
m = 32 g/m
0.0.452.03
0.0.452.04
Cover Profile 10 Al
Al, anodized
m = 40 g/m
14.6
Cover Profile 12 Al
Al, anodized
m = 62 g/m

0.0.632.63

0.0.003.25
65
Cover Profiles PP
One profile, two applications
Protection
Securing
Various
from dirt and dust when used as cover profiles
of panel elements in the groove when used as panel-fixing profiles
colours for creating aesthetic effects
ESD-safe
versions also available
&4%

Cover Profile
a [mm]
1.52.0
2.03.5
8 (ESD)
4.05.5
10 (ESD)
4.08.0
12
6.09.5

Cover Profile can be used as a cover for the profile groove or

as a panel-fixing profile for panel elements.
5
6.3
PP/TPE
m = 13.5 g/m
0.0.391.74
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.639.02

9.1
PP/TPE
m = 20.4 g/m
0.0.419.48
0.0.431.01
11
Cover Profile 8
PP/TPE
m = 26 g/m
8
11
0.0.391.73
Cover Profile 6
66
Cover Profile 5
0.0.422.23
0.0.422.26
green, similar to RAL 6016, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.44
red, similar to RAL 3003, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.46
yellow, similar to RAL 1018, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.43
blue, similar to RAL 5010, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.481.01
0.0.489.45
Cover Profile 8 ESD

PP/TPE
m = 26 g/m
&4%
0.0.617.80
10
14.3
PP/TPE
m = 31.5 g/m
10
14.3
17
Cover Profile 10 ESD

PP/TPE
m = 31.5 g/m
12

Cover Profile 10
Cover Profile 12
0.0.632.10
&4%
0.0.632.04

PP/TPE
m = 58 g/m
0.0.005.08
0.0.005.28
67
Cover Profiles R, WR and F

Stylish
cover for profile sides
Rounded
For
and flat versions available
constructions with a high-end look
Cover Caps R and F integrate the cap of the basic profile.
6.5
1.5
Cover Profile WR creates

a uniformly wavy pattern
around the main profile,
neatly integrating the four
corners.
6.5
1.5
R26.4
33.9
R26.5
31.9
6.5
68
74
Cover Profile 8 WR40 Al

Al, anodized
m = 200 g/m
Cap 8 R40
0.0.422.76

0.0.457.72

0.0.429.60
0.0.627.50
4.7
R5
PA-GF
m = 0.6 g
black, 1 pce.
Al, anodized
m = 550 g/m
4
14.
Al, anodized
m = 190 g/m
Cover Profile 8 R80 Al
40
74.1
Cover Profile 8 R40 Al
1.5
14.7
33.
The round and flat Cover Profiles R, W and F are inserted

into the grooves of Profiles 8
in conjunction with Clip 8 St.
Cap 8 R80
0.0.422.77

PA-GF
m = 2.3 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.429.61
0.0.627.51
1. 5
33.9
Al, anodized
m = 170 g/m
1. 5
40
73.9
Cover Profile 8 F80 Al
Al, anodized
m = 370 g/m
Cap 8 F80
PA-GF
m = 0.8 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.428.95
0.0.429.62

0.0.428.96

0.0.429.63
74
20
Clip 8 St
13
Cap 8 F40
PA-GF
m = 0.4 g
black, 1 pce.
4
33.
Cover Profile 8 F40 Al
9.3
St
Recommended amount: 5 pce./m
m = 2.5 g
bright zinc-plated, 1 pce.
0.0.428.97
69
Cover Profiles NBR

Elastic
Creates
a non-slip surface
Suitable
as a buffer strip for sliding doors
2.2
Cover Profile 5 16x3

5.3
7.5
16
NBR
Hardness 80 Shore A, oil and water resistant
m = 57 g/m
black, cut-off max. 20 m
11

6.4
9.3
24
NBR
m = 119 g/m
13.1
3.5
8.5
12
31.1
70
covering for profile grooves
NBR
m = 180 g/m
0.0.425.23

0.0.439.34

0.0.429.02
Fastening technology
Right-Angled Connections
Angled Connections
Cross-Profile Connections
Butt Fasteners
Parallel-Profile Connections
Secure Connections
Application example fastening technology

Connecting profiles
1
72
1 6
Right-angled connections
Fastening sets for the rapid and stable assem-
Additional hold without profile machining for
bly of profiles
Numerous variants for each application
Innovative fastening sets for power-locking connections without profile machining
load-bearing supports
Wide selection ranging from simple angle
brackets to heavy-duty anchor points
Models with caps for a closed look and easy
cleaning
Section 2
77
90
Cross-profile connections
Power-lock connection between profiles that
130
Angle Fasteners
Hinges and fasteners for constructions with
Section 2
Connect up to three profiles to form one corner
Products
in this section
Parallel fasteners
ally stable unit
Available in various sizes and strengths

Connection Profiles for extremely strong struts
Section 2
See page
Section 2
Connect parallel profiles to make an exception-
unit
For building tables, display cases and hoods
Versatile design options thanks to various
angles and caps
Key:
Butt fasteners
118
Corner fasteners
99
Section 3
For extending profiles

Simple end-face connections
Also suitable for use with mitre cuts
non-standard angle measurements

Angle elements for stable and lightweight
latticework
Adjustable solutions for the rapid installation of
supporting struts
T-Slot Nuts
as required for specific applications
Section 2
105
Section 2
For fastening components

Suitable for appropriate profile size
Versions with different load-carrying capacities
cross
Adjustable to desired angle
Solutions for rapid angle adjustment
112
Angle Bracket Sets
123
Section 2
Products
in other sections
73
Overview finding the right fastener fast

Configuration
Application
Product
Right-angled profile connections
Extremely rapid and repositionable profile connections with no machining
Automatic-Fastening Sets
77
High-strength and repositionable screw connections with minimal assembly requirements
Universal-Fastening Sets
79
Cost-effective and fixed connection
Standard-Fastening Sets
82
Flexible and rapid construction of frames for panel elements
Central-Fastening Sets
123
Rapid profile connection with simple angle adjustment system
Click-Fastening Set 90
88
Right-angled profile connections at any angle of rotation
Direct-Fastening Set 90
89
Extra hold for load-bearing support profiles without additional profile machining
Angle Bracket Zn
90
Simple connection of three profiles to form one corner unit
Corner Fastening Sets
99
Construction of load-carrying latticework and supporting struts at a 45 angle
Angle Elements
105
Construction of fixable tool rails or load-carrying hinges
Hinges, heavy-duty
107
Permanent swivel capability and secure connection
Ball-Bearing Hinge
109
Easily adjustable fastening for lightweight attachments
Ball joint
110
Movable profile connections at any angle
Mitre-Fastening Sets
111
Power-lock connection between profiles that cross
Direct-Fastening Sets
112
Connections at various angles
Cross-profile connections
Rapid fixing of struts at any (variable) position with minimal assembly requirements
Click-Fastening Sets
113
Cost-effective angled fixing
Face Fastening Set
114
Secure and fixed connection between profiles that cross
Angle Clamp Brackets
116
Shelves with high load-carrying capacity and extremely easy-to-use angle adjustment system
Angle Locking Bracket
117
High load-carrying capacity with average machining requirements
Universal-Butt-Fastening Sets
118
Medium load-carrying capacity with no profile machining
Automatic Butt-Fastening Sets
120
Fastening mitre-cut profiles to frames
Mitre-Butt-Fastening Sets
122
Gap-free assembly with moderate profile machining
123
Partition assembly with small gaps and no profile machining
Parallel-Fastening Sets
124
Strong, continuous struts for profile constructions with exceptional load-carrying capacity
Connecting Profiles
125
Butt fasteners for extending lengths
Parallel fasteners for adjoining profiles
Note:
Technical data on fastening technology can be found in Section 19.
In addition to fasteners for profiles, the catalogue also contains additional
fastening elements:
74
T-Slot Nuts for universal fastening to the profile groove
Section 3
Panel Fasteners for installing panels in profile constructions
Section 5
Floor elements for fastening profiles to a floor or wall.
Section 11
No profile machining
For stable, repositionable
For a fixed profile con-
required
For stable, repositionable
connections
77
connections
Minimal assembly requirements
79
nection
Outstanding resistance to
displacement and torsion
82
Automatic-Fastening Set
8N
For profiles with closed
grooves
Surfaces stay easy to clean
86
For building frames for
panel elements
Repositionable connection
with a stand profile
87
Click-Fastening Set 8 90
Direct-Fastening Set 8 90
Angle Brackets
Angle Elements
Connect profiles at any
Right-angled connection at
Reinforcement for profile
Connect three profiles to
Latticework reinforcement
Ideal for prototypes and
Power-locking profile con-
Power-lock connection with
Stylish covers in various
Profile connection at a 45
angle of rotation
temporary structures
88
Hinges, heavy-duty
Stable connection at any
angle of adjustment from

0 to 180
Clamp lever enables rapid
adjustment
107
any angle of rotation

nection
89
Ball-Bearing Hinge 8
40x40
Enables movement through
up to 180
Wear-resistant and robust
109
connections
no profile machining
90
form one corner unit
shapes
99
for profile constructions
angle
105
Ball Joint 8
Two-dimensional pivoting
At any angle from 30 to
For fitting profiles that
Available with optional
clamp lever for rapid

adjustment
110
90
The profile groove stays
free to accommodate panel
elements
111
cross at any position
For assembling struts
quickly, no machining
required
113
75
Face Fastening Set 8

Toothed fastener for in-
clined working and storage

surfaces
Angle adjustment in 5
increments
114
Angle Hinge Brackets,

Angle Locking Bracket 8

80x40
Simple fixing for profiles
Angular adjustment without
that cross
Angle adjustment via Angle
Clamp Bracket
115
tools
Secure, rigid connection
117
Butt-Fastening Sets
Connect identical profiles
Connect two profiles with
Overall angle of 60 to
via their end faces

necessary
120
Central-Fastening Set P 8
Parallel Fastener
Connecting Profiles
Pin Elements
Connect two parallel
Connect two parallel
Simple engineering for
Additional rigidity from
Profiles 8
Flush connection for partitioning and room dividers
123
Profiles 8
No machining required
Easy to use thanks to snapin function
124
Note:
Technical data on fastening technology can be found in Section 19.
76
stable composite profiles

For open and closed
supports
No machining required
125
dowel pin
Excellent resistance against
impact and overload
127
the same mitre angle

180 possible
122
The fastest and most flexible profile connection
No
additional profile machining required
For
a profile connection that is stable and can also be repositioned
Outstanding
resistance to displacement, torsion and deflection

XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
The Automatic-Fastening Set is an innovative solution for

power-lock connections between profiles. Because no profile
machining is required, it can be fitted quickly and easily.
Due to the special design of the fasteners in the set, screw
connections are all that is needed to fix them in place. They
can be retrofitted to structures and repositioned in a matter of
moments.
Automatic Fasteners can withstand the heaviest loads. A stainless steel version is also available for special requirements.
The Fastener is screwed into a profile groove in the end face,

the thread being cut automatically. Use of a lubricant is recommended.
L-Keys from item are the ideal tool for tightening the screws of the Automatic-Fastening Set
(tightening torque M).
The Automatic-Fastening Set ensures that design engineers

benefit from maximum design flexibility without having to
compromise on stability.
Automatic-Fastening Sets should always be

used in pairs.
Note: All Fasteners with a through bore for the fastening screw
have a counter-clockwise thread on the outside in order to
prevent the Fastener twisting when the screw is tightened.
Automatic-Fastening Set
5
10
12
a [mm]
6.8
9.5
13.2
16.2
19.5
s1
4 A/F
5 A/F
6 A/F
8 A/F
8 A/F
s2
3 A/F
4 A/F
5 A/F
5 A/F
6 A/F
Automatic-Fastening Set 5
should be inserted so that
the flattening on the thread is
flush with the outer edge of
the profile.
Automatic-Fastening Sets 6,
8, 10 and 12 also have an
anti-torsion feature. Once
the profile has been preassembled, this feature can be
deployed by unscrewing the
fastener sufficiently so that
the end of it projects into the
profile groove.
A special version of the

Automatic-Fastening Set is
available for Profile 8 with
closed grooves (which can be
opened up).
Automatic-Fastening
Set 8 N
85
77
The following applies to all the sets below:

Automatic Fastener, St
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw, St
T-Slot Nut St
Mbright zinc-plated = 2.5 Nm
m = 8.0 g
0.0.391.60
b = 7 mm
c = 24 mm
bright zinc-plated, 1 set
b = 7 mm
stainless, 1 set
c = 24 mm
Mstainless = 2.5 Nm
m = 8.0 g
0.0.437.46

b = 10 mm
c = 27 mm
m = 18.0 g
0.0.419.71

b = 10 mm
stainless, 1 set
c = 27 mm
Mstainless = 6.5 Nm
m = 18.0 g
0.0.441.67

b = 12 mm
c = 31 mm
Mbright zinc-plated = 14 Nm
m = 35.0 g
0.0.388.08

b = 12 mm
stainless, 1 set
c = 31 mm
Mstainless = 11 Nm
m = 35.0 g
0.0.440.58

b = 15 mm
c = 39 mm
m = 69.5 g
0.0.624.74

b = 18 mm
c = 47 mm
m = 125.0 g
0.0.003.50
A cover is available for Automatic-Fastening

Set 8. It is fitted after the fastening has been
installed.
44
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 Cap
7.8
10
78
PA-GF
m = 0.7 g
black, similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce.
0.0.388.66
0.0.616.31
The high-strength and flexible profile connection
For
a profile connection that is stable and can also be repositioned
Outstanding
Minimal
assembly requirements just one hole to cut
When it comes to creating flexible and strong profile connections, the Universal-Fastening Sets from item are an excellent
choice. They are anchored via a single hole cut into one profile,
while the fastening in the second profile can be repositioned
at any time. As a result, they can also be installed in existing
constructions.
resistance to displacement, torsion and deflection

Universal Fasteners made from cast stainless steel are exceptionally resistant to strong forces, changes in temperature and
vibrations. They are also ideal for use in outdoor areas and
cleanrooms.
Where required, the anti-torsion pin of the

Universal Fastener can be broken off at a
specified breakpoint. This Universal-Fastening
Set can thus also be used to secure profiles to
e.g. panels.
Universal-Fastening Sets should

always be used in pairs.
Universal-Fastening Set
5
10
12
a1
10.0 mm
15.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
b1
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
c1
8.5 mm
12.7 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
24.0 mm
d1
4.3 mm
5.5 mm
7.0 mm
9.0 mm
12.0 mm
e1
5.8 mm
8.7 mm
12.0 mm
15.1 mm
17.8 mm

Universal Fastener, die-cast zinc
Screw, St
T-Slot Nut, St
e
a [mm]
c
b
Universal-Fastening Set 5
b [mm]
c [mm]
5
12
17.2
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
8.5
7.0
0.0.370.27

a [mm]
b [mm]
5
12
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm]
m [g]
17.2
8.5
2.4
7.0
0.0.437.52
79

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
6.2
16
25.2
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
12.6
18.0
0.0.419.52

a [mm]
b [mm]
6.2
16
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm]
m [g]
25.2
12.6
6.5
18.0
0.0.441.74

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
8
20
33.5
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
16
25
41.0
0.0.026.92

a [mm]
b [mm]
8
20
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm]
m [g]
33.5
16
20
41.0
0.0.444.18

Universal-Fastening Set 8 St
Universal Fastener St, stainless
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
8
20
32.5
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
16
25
45.0
0.0.488.60

Universal-Fastening Set 8 St
Universal Fastener St, stainless
a [mm]
b [mm]
8
20
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm]
m [g]
32.5
16
20
45.0
0.0.488.51

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
10
25
41
49.5
30
80
e [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
46
97.4
24
12
d [mm]
20
Universal Fastener 12, die-cast zinc

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 7984-M12x45, St
Washer DIN 433-13, St
T-Slot Nut 12 St M12
m = 155.0 g
0.0.632.07

0.0.003.57
Universal-Fastening Sets 5/8 and 8/5

For
connecting together profiles from Lines 5 and 8
Suitable
for retrofitting and repositionable
For universal power-lock interconnection of Profiles 5 and

Profiles 8. Suitable for profiles which need to be moved subsequently, since only one profile is processed. These Fastening
Sets can be installed easily into existing constructions.
Connection processing of the profiles is the same as for the
Universal-Fastening Sets.
Universal-Fastening Sets should always be used in pairs.

Where required, the anti-torsion pin of the Universal Fastener
can be broken off at a specified breakpoint.
17.2
12
Universal-Fastening Set 5/8

Universal Fastener 5, die-cast zinc
Special T-Slot Nut 8 Zn M4
m = 9.0 g
8.5
9.5
0.0.370.34
7.8
3
31.1
20
Universal-Fastening Set 8/5
15.5
Universal Fastener 8/5, die-cast zinc

Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M5x25, St
T-Slot Nut 5 St M5
m = 18.0 g
0.0.370.25
5
8
81
Stable, fixed screw connection for profiles
For
a fixed profile connection
Outstanding
resistance to displacement and torsion
&4%
The necessary thread is

tapped directly into the core
bore of the profiles.

Standard-Fastening Set ESD is used in the same way as a

conventional Standard-Fastening Set. The special design of the
fastening screw partially destroys the insulating anodized layer
on the profile groove and creates an electrical contact between
the connected profiles.
Position of the through holes

for the key.
For better identification, fastening elements ESD are given

a yellow passivation layer in compliance with Directive
2002/95/EC (RoHS).
Standard-Fastening Set
5
a 4.3 mm
8E
10
12
5.5 mm
7 mm
7 mm
9 mm
11.5 mm
M5
12 mm deep
M6
15 mm deep
M8
16 mm deep
M10
22 mm deep
M12
30 mm deep
20 mm
30 mm
40 mm
40 mm
50 mm
60 mm
d 10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
20 mm
25 mm
30 mm
1.1
4.5
The standard connecting plates can be arranged in the required direction to match the
way in which the profiles are fitted.
Large profiles with high load-bearing capabilities can be connected using a larger number
of Standard Fasteners.
10
19
Standard-Fastening Set 5
Standard connecting plate 5, St
Special Button-Head Screw similar to ISO 7380-M5x12, St
m = 4.0 g
0.0.370.08

Mstainless = 3.6 Nm m = 4.0 g
stainless, 1 set
Standard-Fastening Set 5 ESD
82
0.0.437.49
&4%
m = 4.0 g
0.0.612.14
1.8
7.3
13
27.

m = 9.0 g
0.0.419.14

Mstainless = 8 Nm m = 9.0 g
stainless, 1 set
10.2
35
&4%
0.0.612.04

0.0.026.07

stainless, 1 set
12.7
45.
14.6
10
26
12
55
0.0.388.79
&4%
m = 21.0 g
m = 43.2 g
2.6
21
m = 9.0 g

m = 21.0 g
2.2
17
0.0.439.10
m = 70.0 g
0.0.610.11

0.0.625.08

0.0.003.35
83
2.2
10.2
For connections with slightly reduced loading,

Line 8 features Standard-Fastening Set 8 E with
a self-threading special screw which further
reduces the machining requirement.
17
35
Standard-Fastening Set 8 K is a special version of the proven

Standard-Fastening Set. It is employed for right-angled connection of Line 8 Profiles in which the profile grooves are used for
holding panel elements.
Standard-Fastening Set 8 E
Self-threading, Button-Head Screw, head shape similar to ISO 7380-M7.3x20, St
m = 20.0 g
0.0.421.75
We recommend that panel

elements be inserted to a
depth of 10 mm into a Profile
8 groove.
Panel elements can be slid into the profile groove without

needing cutouts in the corners.
Standard-Fastening Set 8 K
18.4
Spacer, POM, black

Washer ISO 7089-8, St, bright zinc-plated
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.0 g
M = 25 Nm
1 set
Standard-Fastening Set 8 K ESD
Spacer, POM, black
Washer D9/D16-1.6, St, bright zinc-plated
Button-Head Screw M8x20 ESD, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 25 Nm
m = 11.0 g
1 set
84
0.0.488.07
&4%
0.0.625.33
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N
For
rectangular profiles with closed grooves
Surfaces
stay easy to clean
XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
Special form of the Automatic-Fastening Set for installation in

profiles with closed grooves. The groove is opened as shown
below.
should always be used in
pairs.
Opening the closed groove

of a Line 8 Profile in order to
insert the T-Slot Nuts of two
8 N.
The fastener is located inside the profile cavity. To access the

fastening screw just drill a hole into the profile. The grey Cap is
used to close the hole.
A T-Slot Nut is inserted into the groove in the second profile
and forms the counterpart for the Automatic Fastener screw.
If this groove in the second profile is also closed, the T-Slot Nut
must be inserted from either the profiles end face or through a
larger opening in the groove cover created beforehand.
Note:
A special 5 A/F N L-Key is available for tightening the screw
connection of Automatic-Fastening Sets 8 N.
594
12
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N
19.5
2
0
Automatic Fastener 8 N, St, black

Cap, PA grey
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut V 8 St M6, bright zinc-plated
M = 14 Nm
m = 27.0 g
1 set
0.0.489.96
85
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40

Connect
cylindrical Profiles 8 D40
Suitable
for open and closed grooves
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40 can be used for connecting

Profiles 8 D40 to other Profiles 8 D40 or if an Adapter 8 D40
is used to Profiles 8 with rectangular cross-sections.
When used with Profiles 8 that have closed grooves, a hole
with a diameter of 20 mm must be cut into the profile, 40 mm
from the profile end face, for the fastening screw.
XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
However, when used with profiles that have open grooves,

there is no need to machine the profiles. The self-tapping
Automatic Fastener is simply driven into the profile groove
from the end face.
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40 can be

used to connect Profiles 8 with both open and
closed grooves (where designed for opening).
To cover the mounting bore in the side face of
profiles with closed grooves, Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40 contains Caps for Profiles
8 with rectangular and round cross-sections.
Depending on the profile attached, the Cap
with a rounded or flat outer contour will be
used. In the case of Profiles 8 with open
grooves, no bore is needed. Consequently, the
Caps are not required in this instance.
The length of the screw in Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40 is matched to the thickness of
Adapter 8 D40. The full length of the thread is
therefore available in order to ensure that the
maximum fastening force is applied.
Adapter 8 D40
104
Note:
A special 5 A/F N L-Key is available for tightening the screw
connection of Automatic-Fastening Sets 8 N.
594
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N D40
0
12
86
19.5
2
0
Automatic Fastener 8 N, St, black

2 caps, PA grey
M = 14 Nm
m = 28.5 g
1 set
0.0.493.91
Central-Fastening Set
For
building frames for panel elements
Flexible
connection with a stand profile
Medium
resistance to displacement

The Central-Fastening Set connects profiles at right angles to

each other and leaves the grooves that are facing each other
completely free. This is useful when the profile grooves are
to accommodate a panel element. It eliminates the need to

specially machine the corner areas of the panel element, which
instead can be inserted directly into the grooves.
The profile to be connected via its end face
needs to be machined before the CentralFastening Set can be used.
a
b
The hole to accommodate Central-Fastening

Set 8 should be produced with Step Drill D14.2
(0.0.492.60).
The hole to accommodate Central-Fastening

Set 10 should be produced with Step Drill
D18.2 (0.0.632.75).
Due to the reduced clamping force and the lack of any antitorsion feature between the profiles, this fastening set should
only be used in combination with panel elements in the profile
groove and only for profile connections subject to low loads.
Where more stringent requirements need to be satisfied and
parts are important for safety considerations, it is advisable
to use the proven fastening techniques for basic constructions (Standard-Fastening, Universal-Fastening or AutomaticFastening Sets).
a
20 mm
7 mm
8.2 mm
26.7 mm
14.2 mm 12/11 mm*
10
25 mm
9 mm
10.5 mm 34 mm
28
14
Clamping pin, St, bright zinc-plated

Clamping spring, St, stainless
Sleeve with bore, St, bright zinc-plated
Grub screw M10, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap, PA grey
M = 15 Nm
m = 35.0 g
1 set
Central-Fastening Set 10
35.8
19.5
18
18.2 mm 15 mm
*W
hen using Radius Seals in combination with Central-Fastening Set 8, the distance between
the hole and the end face of the profile should be reduced from 12 mm to 11 mm.
Central-Fastening Set 8
15

Spring element, St, stainless
M = 22 Nm
m = 87.0 g
0.0.494.15

0.0.632.74
87
For
simple and flexible constructions
Connect
profiles at any angle of rotation
Repositionable
Ideal
for prototypes and temporary structures

*OOPWBUJPO
One click and its ready it really can be that easy to fit a strut.
The practical Click Fastening Set connects together profiles at
any point and at virtually any angle of rotation. Profile sections
can be easily added to existing constructions and used as
reusable, variable struts. That makes the Click-Fastening Set
particularly useful when building temporary structures. Modifications can also be made quickly and easily.
To use Click-Fastening Set 8 90, the core

bore of the Profile 8 connected via the end
face must have an M8x20 tapped hole. In this
case, the distance between the end face of
the profile and the side of the second profile
is 24 mm.
3
6
20
M8
88
40
Clamping profile Al, natural

Clamping elements, St, stainless
Locking strip, St, stainless
Hex. Socket Head Cap Screw M6x25, St, bright zinc-plated
Tensioning screw M8, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap 8 40x40, die-cast zinc, white aluminium
m = 125.0 g
1 set
0.0.606.94
Right-angled
profile connections
Connections
possible at any angle of rotation
*OOPWBUJPO
Direct-Fastening Set 8 90 is used for right-angled connection

of Profiles 8. The profile can be secured at the end face and at
any angle. The core bore must have an M8x16 thread.
Direct-Fastening Set 8 90 is particularly

suitable when a repositionable connection is
required with a profile that has one or more
closed grooves and Universal or Automatic
Fasteners cannot be used.
8
19
28
Fastener, die-cast steel

Countersunk Screw M8x27, St
O-ring, NBR, black
stainless, 1 set
0.0.388.67
89
Angle Bracket Zn
Simple, stable connection
Reinforcement
Power-lock
Can
connection with no profile machining
be retrofitted rapidly
Products
for profile connections

To ensure Angle Bracket installation is particularly straightforward, it is advisable to use the Angle Bracket Sets containing
the corresponding screws and special washers.
Angle Brackets are ideal for connecting cable conduits. The

rounded internal edge prevents damage to the cables.
When used to reinforce the joints of large profiles or conduits,

several Angle Brackets can be used in parallel.
Note: Ensure the maximum permissible tensile load on the
Profile Groove is not exceeded!
Note: For Angle Brackets of Lines 6, 8 and 12, special square
washers are used to improve the application of the clamping
force.
90
Specially designed Angle Brackets X 8 are available for profile

constructions built with Line X.
Angle Bracket 5
20x20 Zn
F < 250 N ^ F x l < 5 Nm
Angle Bracket 5
40x40 Zn
F < 500 N ^ F x l < 25 Nm
Angle Bracket 6
30x30 Zn
F < 500 N ^ F x l < 12 Nm
Angle Bracket 6
60x60 Zn
F < 1,000 N ^ F x l < 36 Nm
Angle Bracket (X) 8 40x40 Zn
F < 1,000 N ^ F x l < 50 Nm
Angle Bracket (X) 8 80x80 Zn
F < 2,000 N ^ F x l < 150 Nm
Angle Bracket 8 160x80 Zn
F < 2,000 N ^ F x l < 150 Nm
F < 1,500 N ^ F x l < 75 Nm
F < 3,000 N ^ F x l < 200 Nm
F < 2,000 N ^ F x l < 100 Nm
F < 4,000 N ^ F x l < 250 Nm
The load-carrying capacity is to be checked to ensure both

conditions are met.

Die-cast zinc
d
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
20
20
20
10
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 1 pce.
f [mm]
m [g]
5.3
14.0
0.0.425.03

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
40
40
20
10
20
f [mm]
m [g]
5.3
39.0
0.0.425.06


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
30
30
30
15
f [mm]
m [g]
6.6
47.0
0.0.419.63


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
60
60
30
15
30
f [mm]
m [g]
6.6
130.0
0.0.419.65


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
40
40
40
20
f [mm]
m [g]
8.2
119.0
0.0.411.24


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
80
80
40
20
40
f [mm]
m [g]
8.2
270.0
0.0.411.23


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
80
160
40
20
40
f [mm]
m [g]
8.2
530.0
0.0.436.23


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
60
60
60
30
f [mm]
m [g]
12.5
350.0
0.0.003.20


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
120
120
60
30
60
f [mm]
m [g]
12.5
900.0
0.0.003.21
91
Angle Bracket
Item No.
6 30x30
0.0.491.43
6 60x60
0.0.491.43
8 40x40
0.0.494.45
8 80x80
0.0.494.45
8 160x80
0.0.416.11
Angle Brackets should always be used with

the appropriate washers.
Washer 10.5x10.5x1.3
St
m = 0.6 g
0.0.491.43
Washer 13.5x9x1
St
m = 0.6 g
0.0.416.11
Washer 13.9x13.9x2
St
m = 1.7 g
m = 175 g/100
0.0.494.45

PA-GF
Angle Bracket Cap 5 20x20
a = 2.5 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 1.0 g
0.0.425.04

a = 2.5 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.425.07
0.0.419.64
0.0.419.66
0.0.411.26
0.0.627.57

m = 13.0 g
92
m = 6.0 g
a = 4.0 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 7.0 g

a = 4.0 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 4.0 g

a = 3.0 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 3.0 g

a = 3.0 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.411.25
0.0.627.58

a = 4.0 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 23.0 g
0.0.436.25

a = 5.4 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.627.59

m = 20.0 g
0.0.005.06

a = 5.4 mm
black, 1 pce.

m = 40.0 g
0.0.005.07

Angle Bracket Zn, die-cast zinc, RAL9006
Angle Bracket Cap, PA, black
Fastening elements and washers, St, bright zinc-plated
Angle Bracket Set 5 20x20
m = 23.0 g
1 set
m = 58.0 g
1 set
m = 66.0 g
1 set
m = 166.0 g
1 set
m = 163.0 g
1 set
m = 360.0 g
1 set
m = 662.0 g
1 set
m = 520.0 g
1 set
m = 1.2 kg
1 set
0.0.425.02

0.0.425.05

0.0.419.67

0.0.419.68

0.0.411.15

0.0.411.32

0.0.436.24

0.0.003.53

0.0.003.54
93

Angle Bracket Zn, die-cast zinc, RAL9006
Angle Bracket Cap, PA, grey
Fastening elements and washers, St, bright zinc-plated


m = 335.0 g
1 set
0.0.625.23


m = 826.0 g
1 set
-JOF
20
40
40
40
20
80
40
40
94
Angle Bracket Set X 8 40x40

m = 150.0 g
1 set
Angle Bracket Set X 8 80x80

m = 360.0 g
1 set
80
20
20
0.0.625.26
-JOF
0.0.601.62
-JOF
0.0.601.61
Angle Bracket V Zn
Simple,
For
medium loads
No
machining required
Angle Brackets V Zn are very easy-to-use fastening elements

for right-angled profile connections. The profiles do not need to
be processed. Angle Brackets V Zn have an anti-torsion feature
which locates them in the correct position in the profile groove.
torsion-resistant profile connections
The integral anti-torsion lugs are present on one face only,

so that the Brackets can also be used for fastening any other
parts to profiles.
The Clamp Profiles light are connected using Angle Bracket V

8 40 Zn.

Angle Bracket, die-cast zinc, RAL 9006 white aluminium
2 T-Slot Nuts, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991, St, bright zinc-plated
b
Angle Bracket V 5 20 Zn
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
20
1 set
18.0
0.0.612.79

c
a
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
30
1 set
68.5
0.0.612.78

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
40
1 set
167.0
0.0.486.28
95
Angle Bracket Al and St

Maximum load-carrying capacity for large profile cross-sections
Heavy-duty
For
fastening heavy-duty components
Power-lock
fastening elements for profiles

connection with no profile machining

The substantial web gives the Angle Bracket

its high load-carrying capacity but the screws
are still readily accessible, thereby ensuring
easy installation.
These Angle Brackets are heavy-duty fastening elements that

produce power-lock, non-machined connections between large
profiles. They can also be used as screw connections between
profiles and floors or walls and for fastening heavy parts that
are not part of the MB Building Kit System.
The Angle Brackets can be screwed to the profile with up to
four Fastening Sets, according to requirements. They support
the load-bearing component above them without the need for
further machining.
Angle Bracket 8 160x160-40 Al
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 Al
F < 4,000 N ^ F x l < 400 Nm

F < 8,000 N ^ F x l < 800 Nm
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 St
F < 8,000 N ^ F x l < 1,200 Nm
Angle Bracket 10 200x200-50 Al
F < 5,000 N ^ F x l < 500 Nm
Angle Bracket 12 240x240 Al
F < 16,000 N ^ F x l < 4,200 Nm
The load-carrying capacity is to be checked to ensure both conditions are met.
e
e
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
160
80
24
7.5
40
d
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 Al M8

Die-cast aluminium
0.0.602.36

b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
160
80
24
7
40
f [mm]
m [kg]
2.4
0.0.475.21

Angle Bracket 12 240x240 Al M12

Die-cast aluminium
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
240
120
26
9.5
60
96
m [kg]
1.1
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 St M8

High-strength cast iron
a [mm]
f [mm]
f [mm]
m [kg]
13.5
2.7
0.0.007.79
e
e
Angle Bracket 8 160x160-40 Al M8

Die-cast aluminium
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
160
40
24
7.5
40
f [mm]
m [g]
480.0
0.0.619.56

Angle Bracket 10 200x200-50 Al M10

Die-cast aluminium
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
200
50
30
10
50
f [mm]
m [g]
11
899.0
0.0.624.78
a
a
a
Fastening Set for Angle Bracket 8 160x160 M8

Profile Bar 8 St M8, bright zinc-plated
4 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
4 washers DIN 1441-9.0, St, bright zinc-plated
a [mm]
b [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
40
1 set
150
25
132.0
0.0.479.96

Profile Bar 10 St M10, bright zinc-plated
a [mm]
b [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
50
1 set
190
46
112.0

0.0.632.41

Profile Bar 12 St M12-60, bright zinc-plated
a [mm]
b [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
60
1 set
230
80
400.0

0.0.609.16
97
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 St M12 is used for

screw attachment with Fasteners 8 M12. A
particularly heavy-duty connection is possible
for the profiles by using an M12 bolt with
Profile 8 grooves. Alternatively, Angle Bracket
8 St M12 can also be screw attached using
bolts and T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8.
*OOPWBUJPO
Two-part Fastener for heavy-duty securing of parts to the Profile 8 groove.

The two halves of the Fastener are fitted into the groove at any point where they are then slid
together. The integrated spring ball holds the Fastener in place and facilitates screw attachment.
80 0
4
20
40
The tightening torque for

the nut of Fastener 8 M12 is
M = 80 Nm.
Angle Bracket 8 160x160 St M12
160
High-strength cast iron

m = 2.2 kg
0.0.475.20
160
7.5
20
13
13
24
M12
25.5
Fastener 8 M12
17.7 40
98
Fastener half, cast steel, stainless

Fastener half with spring ball, cast steel, stainless
Nut DIN 934-M12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer DIN 125-12, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 80 Nm
m = 70.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.02

Connect
Stylish
three profiles to form one corner unit
covers in two colours
Fastening Sets can be used to construct a corner unit with

three profiles or one corner angle with two profiles, ensuring a
continuous profile geometry.
Fastening Sets are ideal for constructing attractive display
cases, tables, cover hoods etc.
The profiles must be provided with threads in the core bores.

Fastener, die-cast zinc, black
Fastener Cap
3 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380
Fastening Set 5 R20-90
a
a = R20
black, 1 set
m = 21.0 g
0.0.425.97
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set

a = R30
black, 1 set
0.0.642.11

m = 54.0 g
0.0.434.87

a = R40
black, 1 set
0.0.642.13

m = 120.0 g
0.0.436.35
0.0.640.33
99
Fastening Set 5 20x20x20
a = 20 mm
black, 1 set
m = 22.0 g
0.0.437.96

a = 30 mm
black, 1 set
0.0.434.88
0.0.642.15

m = 133.0 g
0.0.416.08
Fastening Set 6 30x30-45

a = 30 mm
black, 1 set
0.0.642.12
m = 59.0 g
a = 40 mm
black, 1 set
0.0.640.32
m = 54.0 g
0.0.434.86
0.0.642.14

a
Fastening Set 8 40x40-45

a
a = 40 mm
black, 1 set
m = 127.0 g
0.0.388.68
Fastening Set 8 40x40-2x45
a = 40 mm
black, 1 set
100
0.0.640.34
m = 128.0 g
0.0.436.63

PA-GF
a
Fastener Cap 5 R20-90

a = R20
black, 1 pce.
0.0.425.94
a
a
Fastener Cap 8 40x40-45
0.0.636.18

m = 9.0 g
0.0.373.52
Fastener Cap 8 40x40-2x45
0.0.434.85
0.0.628.69
m = 3.0 g
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.415.97
Fastener Cap 6 30x30-45
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.636.19
m = 16.0 g
0.0.434.84
Fastener Cap 8 40x40x40
0.0.641.46
m = 8.0 g
a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.437.73
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.627.60
m = 1.0 g

a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.436.32
0.0.636.17
m = 8.0 g
0.0.434.83
a = 20 mm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.641.48
m = 3.0 g
a = R40
black, 1 pce.
m = 0.7 g
a = R30
black, 1 pce.
0.0.628.68
m = 10.0 g
0.0.436.62
101
Radius Seals
Sealing
for the end face of a profile
Protection
Ideal
against dirt and dust
for cleanroom applications
The plastic Radius Seals ensure a continuous transition for the

external contour of 90 profile connections. The gap between
the straight end-face saw cut of the profile and the profile edge
radius is filled by the seal. The Radius Seals can be used in
combination with all fastening elements in the MB Building Kit
System.
Note:
When using the Radius Seal with Standard, Universal and
Automatic Fasteners the power-lock connection is achieved by
an intermediate plastic element. It is advisable to double the
safety factor at the design stage.
The designations R30, R40, R60 and R80 refer to the length
of the side of the seal facing the profile radius.
In calculating the length of the cross profiles between two

profiles, the thickness of the Radius Seals on each side must
be taken into account.
Where a radius seal is already
fitted to a perpendicular
connection, a Radius Seal 1R
should be used.

PA
b
Radius Seal 6 30x30
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
30
30
1
m [g]
1.1
0.0.478.73

Radius Seal 8 40x40

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
40
40
1
102
m [g]
2.0
0.0.480.01
Radius Seal 6 30x30 1R
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
30
30
1
m [g]
1.0
0.0.491.37

Radius Seal 8 40x40 1R

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
40
40
1
b
m [g]
2.0
0.0.494.46

Radius Seal 6 60x30 R30
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
60
30
1
m [g]
1.7
0.0.478.75


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
80
40
1
m [g]
4.0
0.0.480.03

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
30
60
1
a
m [g]
2.1
0.0.478.74


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
40
80
1
m [g]
4.0
0.0.480.02

Radius Seal 6 60x30 1R60
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
30
60
1
a
m [g]
2.0
0.0.491.40

Radius Seal 8 80x40 1R80

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
40
80
1
m [g]
4.0
0.0.494.49
103
Adapter 8 D40
Connect
Combine
together cylindrical Profiles 8 D40

rectangular Profiles 8 with Profiles 8 D40
Profiles 8 D40 can be connected with other Profiles 8 D40

or with Profiles 8 40x40 or 80x40 using Line 8 fastening elements. In contrast to connecting two profiles with rectangular
cross-sections, suitable adapters must be used for Profiles 8
D40.
Standard-Fastening Set 8 and the Automatic-Fastening Set 8 N
D40 are well suited for right-angled profile connections. When
calculating the cut-off length of the profiles, the 2 mm wall
thickness of Adapters 8 D40 must be taken into account.
The gap that would result when connecting the rounded outer
surface of Profiles 8 D40 and the straight profile end faces (or
any other flat components) is closed off completely by Adapter
8 D40. A smooth transition is made from the outer contour of
the profile to the connecting face of the second profile.
40
40
Die-cast zinc
m = 28.0 g
40
Adapter 8 40x40/D40
40
40
40
104
80
Adapters 8 D40 also serve

as radial seals. In completely
covering the end face of the
profile, they seal the openings
of the profile cross-section.
Adapter 8 D40/D40
40
Universal-Fastening Set 8 can also be used when connecting

the rectangular end face of a Profile 8 to a Profile 8 D40. It
is important to ensure that, due to the wall thickness of the
adapter, the distance from the centre of the 20 mm dia. mounting bores of the Universal Fastener to the end of the profile
must not exceed 18 mm. In addition, the anti-torsion feature of
Universal Fastener 8 must be removed.
Die-cast zinc
m = 42.0 g
Adapter 8 80x40/D40
Die-cast zinc
m = 84.0 g
0.0.489.88

0.0.489.86

0.0.489.87
Angle Elements T1
Latticework
Profile
reinforcement for profile constructions
connection at a 45 angle
Angle Elements T1 create 45 angle connections either between two profiles or between themselves. They are fastened
using Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 and DIN 125 washers.
The profile to be connected via its end face can be screwed
into place using two Universal Fasteners (anti-torsion feature
removed) and Button-Head Screws ISO 7380.
a
b
a
b
Button Head Screws ISO 7380-M6x12

Washers DIN 125-6.4
UniversalFasteners 6
Washers DIN 125-8.4
UniversalFasteners 8
The ends of the Angle
Elements can be covered
with Caps 6 30x30-45 or 8
40x40-45.
27.
M6
17.4
30
45
36.
M8
M6
45
Al, anodized
m = 73.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
0.0.459.70
0.0.388.00
24
40
7.4
4
47.
60
M8
64
45
Al, anodized
m = 23.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
Angle Element 8 T1-40
45
36.

Al, anodized
m = 40.0 g
natural, 1 pce.

Al, anodized
m = 148.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
0.0.459.74
0.0.388.01
80
105
Angle Elements T2
Connect
two profiles at a 45 angle
Latticework
design produces greater stability
a Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M6x16

UniversalFastener 6
b Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M6x22
T-Slot Nut 6 St 2xM6-28 or 6 St 2x M6-58
Automatic Fastener 6; Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M5x35
a Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x16
Angle Elements T2 are fastened with Button-Head Screws,

Universal Fasteners or Automatic Fasteners and a special
T-Slot Nut (see table).
27.4
16.8
The ends of the Angle

Elements can be covered
with Caps 6 30x30-45 or 8
40x40-45.
UniversalFastener 8
b Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x30
Automatic Fastener 8; Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M6x40
45
30
10.6
20
Al, anodized
m = 23.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
36.6
22.4

Al, anodized
m = 67.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
27.4
16.8
26.
60
36.6
22.4
Al, anodized
m = 135.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
45
80
106
Al, anodized
m = 44.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
40
0.0.388.02
0.0.459.76
10.6
20
14.
45
0.0.459.72
40
14.
30
26.
0.0.388.03
Hinges, heavy-duty
Stable
connection at any angle of adjustment from 0 to 180
Clamp
lever enables rapid adjustment
Fixing
also possible using a dowel pin
Products
The Hinges with Clamp Lever can be locked in position or released. Particularly suitable for adjustable holders, swivel-type
arms for Parts Containers and other similar equipment.
Specially designed Hinges

X 8 with or without a clamp
lever are available for profile
constructions built with
Line X.
A Hinge heavy-duty can be

fixed at any angle by pinning
(a).
Calculation of the strut length L:
_____
L=
x2 + y2 - 2z
Hinge,
heavyduty
520x20
Dowel
Screw
Nut
Connection
DIN 6325
rigid
movable
F1
F2
F1
F2
2m6x20
7 mm
Hex. Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M5
DIN 557 M5
3.3 mm
500 N
200 N
200 N
100 N
630x30
4m6x30
10 mm
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M6x14
DIN 439 M6
3.5 mm
1,750 N
500 N
500 N
500 N
840x40
4m6x40
12 mm
DIN 439 M8
5.0 mm
5,000 N
1,000 N
750 N
750 N
880x40
6m6x40
24 mm
DIN 439 M8
5.0 mm
10,000 N
2,000 N
1,500 N
1,500 N

2 hinge halves, die-cast zinc, white aluminium
4 anti-torsion lugs
2 thread bushes
2 spacer rings
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
20
15
15
39.0
0.0.464.39
Hinge 5 20x20, heavy-duty
107

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
30
1 pce.
30
22.5
22.5
125.0
0.0.419.80


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
40
1 pce.
40
30
30
320.0
0.0.265.31


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [kg]
40
1 pce.
80
50
50
1.0
-JOF
0.0.373.91

-JOF
Hinge X 8 40x40, heavy-duty

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
40
1 pce.
40
30
30
310.0
0.0.601.12

2 hinge halves, die-cast zinc, white aluminium
4 anti-torsion lugs
Thread bush
Bush liner
Spacer collar
Clamp lever

Hinge 5 20x20, heavy-duty with Clamp Lever

Max. holding torque = 5 Nm
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
20
15
15
45
81.0
0.0.464.43


a [mm]
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
30
1 pce.
30
22.5
22.5
45
163.0
0.0.419.85


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
40
1 pce.
40
30
30
63
410.0
-JOF
0.0.373.93

-JOF
Hinge X 8 40x40, heavy-duty with Clamp Lever

108
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
40
1 pce.
40
30
30
63
390.0
0.0.601.13
Ball-Bearing Hinge 8 40x40

Enables
Two
movement through up to 180
ball bearings provide excellent load-carrying capacity
Wear-resistant
and robust
Permissible load:
F2
F1max = 2500 N
F2max = 750 N
Mmax = 45 Nm
M
F1
Where there is a combination of radial (F1) and axial

(F2) load, the total load must
satisfy the following equation:
F
F
____
F1 +____
F 2 1
1max
2max
The Ball-Bearing Hinge can be screwed to any components

using the integrated M8x16 fastening screws. These screws
are driven through the holes in the bearing block using a 5 A/F
hexagon key. To access the screws, simply remove the retaining
screw from the bearing block. The Ball-Bearing Hinge does not
need to be disassembled.
F
Fmax F1max _ba
Fmax F2max /2
9.5
30
30
Ball-Bearing Hinge 8 40x40
40
40
Ball-Bearing Hinge fork, die-cast zinc, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Ball-Bearing Hinge bearing block, die-cast zinc, RAL 9006 white aluminium
4 anti-torsion lugs, die-cast zinc
2 fastening screws M8x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap, PA-GF, grey
Retaining screw M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 510.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.494.11
109
Ball Joint 8
Two-dimensional
Available
pivoting
with clamp lever for rapid adjustment
90
MB
T
90
30
360
100
70
MA
Each Ball Joint 8 requires two balls that are suitable for the
profiles being connected:
Max. tightening torque of central securing screw M8:

MA = 25 Nm
- Ball 40x40 for connection to Profiles 8 with right-angled

cross-sections
Permissible loading moments for Ball Joint 8:

Deflection MB = 2 Nm
Torsion T = 3 Nm
- Ball D40 for connection to Profiles 8 D40 (with cylindrical

cross-section)
Ball Joint 8, Socket
83
2 hinge halves, die-cast aluminium, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Hexagon Nut M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 200.0 g
1 set
0.0.608.69
0
4
83
Ball Joint 8, Socket with Clamp Lever
0
4
24
Ball Joint 8, Ball End 40x40
Ball, die-cast aluminium, RAL 9006 white aluminium

m = 55.0 g
1 set
8
0.0.611.00
0.0.610.95
40
24
Ball Joint 8, Ball End D40

Ball, die-cast aluminium, RAL 9006 white aluminium
m = 51.0 g
1 set
110
2 hinge halves, die-cast aluminium, RAL 9006 white aluminium

Clamp Lever M8x32
Spacer sleeve, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Nut M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 272.0 g
1 set
8
0
4
0.0.610.98
Profile
The
connection at any angle from 30 to 90
profile groove stays free to accommodate panel elements
4FSWJDF
XXXJUFNDPN
Using the Mitre-Fastening Set:

1. Mitre-cut profile at angle .
2. Drill a counterbore ( d1 ) for the fastener
sleeve into the side of the mitre-cut profile.
3. Drill a hole ( d2) into the mitred face of
the profile
4. Insert the T-Slot Nut into the profile groove
of the continuous profile and screw in the
clamping pin until the mark around the
perimeter is level with the profile surface.
5. Insert the fastener sleeve into the counterbore of the mitred profile and fit the
assembly over the clamping pin.
6. Drive the grub screw into the fastener
sleeve and clamp the profile connection.
7. Fit the cap onto the fastener sleeve (Line 8).
580
d1
t1
d2
t2
M [Nm]
9.1
21
5.5
10
3.5
12
15
Drill
0.0.628.25
Drilling Jig
0.0.616.77
0.0.616.89
Drilling Jig and Step

Drill, Mitre Connection
14.2
26.7
0.0.492.60
Drilling Jig
0.0.493.72
0.0.493.71
Your item dealer can provide the required mitre cuts and profile processing as a service.
Clamping pin M5x23, St, bright zinc-plated

T-Slot Nut 6 St M5, bright zinc-plated
m = 17.0 g
1 set
14
Mitre-Fastening Set 8
28
Drill
Mitre-Fastening Set 6
20.
Note: Despite the optimised design, the flow

of forces across the inclined contact faces
of the profiles is such that only part of the
pretension of the screw connection is utilized.
Mitre connections therefore have a lower
load bearing capacity than other, right-angled
profile connections (Standard-Fastening,
Universal-Fastening or Automatic-Fastening
Set). Mitre-Fastening Sets should therefore
not be used for constructing basic frames and
safety-related parts that are subject to high
loads.
Clamping pin M8x28.5, St, bright zinc-plated

Cap, PA grey
m = 40.0 g
1 set
0.0.627.12

0.0.492.30
111
Power-lock
Profile
Power-lock connection (without machining) of two Profiles 8

that touch along their outer faces. The profiles can also run in
parallel over a certain distance.
Both profiles can be moved in the direction of the groove.
connection for profiles that cross
sides abut against each other
*OOPWBUJPO
The Direct-Fastening Set is particularly suitable for connecting the profiles of ball-bush block
guides with other profiles, so that the profiles can be moved and no machining is required.
Note: Where anodized surfaces are to be fitted together, we recommend greasing the contact
points. This minimises the level of noise generated.
Installation note:
Loosen the Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screw to free up the maximum
adjustment range of the small wedge,
then tighten the Countersunk Screw
so that the profiles can only just be
moved by hand.
After positioning both profiles,
tension the Direct-Fastening Set by
tightening the Hex. Socket Head Cap
Screw.
8
19
28
Fastener, cast steel

Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M6x20, St
Spacer sleeve, POM, black
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6
m = 37.0 g
stainless, 1 set
112
0.0.388.63

0.0.440.65
Adjustable and fast
For
profiles that cross, can be fitted at any position
For
assembling struts without the need for machining
Particularly
Ideal
quick to fit
for temporary structures

*OOPWBUJPO
The item MB Building Kit System opens up a whole new dimension in flexibility. Profiles can be connected to other profiles at
any position and at virtually any angle without machining.
Profile sections are attached to existing constructions and
are employed as re-usable, variable struts. Thanks to the
Click-Fastening Set, profiles no longer need to be cut off with
absolute accuracy!
The Click-Fastening Set is particularly attractive for temporary
structures - modifications can be made quickly and easily!
Connect the CLICK-Fastening Set with the second

profile.
Align the CLICK-Fastening Set and tighten the tensioning

screw.
3
6
20
Mount the CLICK-Fastening

Set onto the profile groove
and lock in position (CLICK!).
Clamping profile Al, natural

Clamping elements, St, stainless
Locking strips, St, stainless
Hex. Socket Head Cap Screw M6x25, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 105.0 g
1 set
Dismantling: Loosen the tensioning screw, lift the locking

strip out of the profile groove
and swivel it back.
The CLICK-Fastening Set
does not need to be taken
apart and is immediately
ready for use again.
0.0.489.79
113

Toothed
For
fastener reinforces the rigid angled connection
inclined working surfaces
Adjustment
in 5 increments with anti-torsion feature
Face Fastening Set 8 is used to create a rigid angled connection between two profiles whose grooved sides face each
other.
It can also be used to connect the end face of one profile to the
grooved side of another profile.
The anti-torsion blocks must be removed when attaching to

panel elements.
Position of the fixing bores in the panel elements and profiles.
These fixing bores are predrilled in the fastener ( 5.8 mm).
8.4
21.2
5.8
3.9
114
A clamp lever extending all the way through may be used with
Face Fastening Set 8 to facilitate adjustment.
The angle between the profiles can be selected in 5 increments. The toothing ensures
that the two halves fit together securely at the
correct angle.
The two halves must be pinned together if a
moment of M > 10 Nm is applied to the Face
Fastening Set.
The permissible load is Mmax. = 20 Nm.
7.9
40
The two halves of the Face Fastening Set are located between
the profiles being connected.
40
Die-cast zinc
m = 71.0 g
black, 1 set
Two Line 8 Profiles are screw-connected using

screw ISO 7380-M8x25, Washer DIN 125-8,4
and T-Slot Nut 8 St M8.
An access hole must be made in one of the
profiles to accommodate the Allen key.
0.0.474.44
Angle Hinge Brackets, Angle Clamp Brackets

Simple,
secure fixing for profiles that cross
Adjustable
For
via angle bracket with clamp lever
creating any angle
The Angle Hinge Brackets and Angle Clamp Brackets are used
for connecting two profiles of the same Line whose side faces
are in contact and which cross at an angle.
Angle Hinge
Bracket
a
10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
The Angle Hinge Bracket serves as a fixed point of rotation

for profiles crossing each other. When the screws are tight,
the rotational position around the bearing bush can still be
selected at will.
The Angle Clamp Bracket can be used in combination with

an Angle Hinge Bracket or a second Angle Clamp Bracket to
provide a simple connection between two crossing profiles.
Combination of Angle Hinge Bracket and Angle Clamp Bracket, e.g. for adjusting the angle
of a shelf around a fixed point of rotation.
Combination of two Angle Clamp Brackets,

e.g. for adjusting a rest (in terms of height,
lateral location and angle).
Loosening the screw or clamp lever releases the tension in the

two profile grooves and allows rotation at any angle and movement along the grooves.

Angle bracket, die-cast zinc, RAL 9006 white aluminium
Fastening materials

Angle Hinge Bracket 5

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
18
1 set
18
16
20.0
0.0.437.83


a
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
27
1 set
27
24
65.0
0.0.441.97


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
36
1 set
36
32
135.0
0.0.457.76
115

Angle Clamp Bracket 5

b
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
18
1 set
18
16
19.0
0.0.437.84


a
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
27
1 set
27
24
66.0
0.0.441.98


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
36
1 set
36
32
130.0
0.0.457.77
Angle Clamp Bracket 5 with Clamp Lever

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
18
1 set
18
16
51.0
0.0.437.85

a
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
27
1 set
27
24
103.0
0.0.441.99
116
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
36
1 set
36
32
225.0
0.0.457.78
Angle Locking Bracket 8 80x40

Secure fixing and rapid adjustment
Toothed
For
fastener reinforces rigid angled connection
inclined ledges and shelves
Adjustment
Easy
in 2.5 increments
to adjust without the need for tools
Angle Locking Bracket 8 80x40 is an ideal fastening element

for adjustable fixtures. It enables the set-up and easy adjustment of ergonomic work benches. Typical areas of application
include stand-alone shelves, shelving units, material trolleys,
etc.
The Angle Locking Bracket is

supplied preassembled and
is screwed easily to Profiles 8
using the enclosed fastening
elements without processing.
The Angle Locking Bracket is incredibly easy to adjust: When

the knurled screw is loosened, spring pressure lifts the disc
out of the toothing and enables adjustments to be carried
out easily without the need for tools. The toothing creates an
extremely strong rigid angled fixing. The angle of incline can be
adjusted in 2.5 increments.
F
8
40 0
80
40
An adjustable profile frame

with 2 Angle Locking Brackets 8 80x40 can withstand a
force Fmax. = 2000 N.
This profile frame has a permissible loading moment of:
M = 100 Nm

Bracket and locking discs, die-cast aluminium, RAL 9006 white aluminium
Knurled screw M8x18, St, bright zinc-plated
2 compression springs, St
2 Button-Head Screws M8x18, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws M8x18, St, bright zinc-plated
3 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
4 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, bright zinc-plated
m = 290.0 g
1 set
0.0.615.59
117
Connect
identical profiles via their end faces

Extend the profiles only with the aid of the corresponding

fastening elements and, where possible, support them at the
joints.
Universal-Fastening Sets should

always be used in pairs.
5
10
12
a1
10.0 mm
15.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
b1
12.0 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
25.0 mm
30.0 mm
c1
8.5 mm
12.7 mm
16.0 mm
20.0 mm
24.0 mm
d1
4.3 mm
5.5 mm
7.0 mm
9.0 mm
12.0 mm
e1
5.8 mm
8.7 mm
12.0 mm
15.1 mm
17.8 mm

2 Universal Fasteners, die-cast zinc
Screw, St
Hexagon nut, St
d
Universal-Butt-Fastening Set 5
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
12
32
8.5
d [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
3.0
10.0
0.0.370.32

c
118
a [mm]
b [mm]
12
32
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
8.5
2.5
10.0
0.0.437.55

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
16
46
12.6
d [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
8.0
27.0
0.0.419.53

a [mm]
b [mm]
16
46
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
12.6
6.5
27.0
0.0.441.77

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
20
60
16
d [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
25
60.0
0.0.265.46

a [mm]
b [mm]
20
60
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
16
20
60.0
0.0.440.94

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
30
90
24
d [mm]
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
60
200.0
75
25
Universal Fastener 10, St

Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M10x50, St
Universal Butt-Fastener 10, St
m = 148.5 g
0.0.003.61

0.0.632.08
20
119

Connect
No
identical profiles via their end faces
profile machining required

The Automatic Butt-Fastening Sets can be used to connect the

end faces of two profiles from the same Line without mechanical processing.
Automatic Butt-Fastening Sets should always be used in pairs.
Depending on the profile size and load, several pairs may be
necessary.
When driving the Fastener
with internal thread into a
profile, additional anti-torsion
protection can be provided
by leaving the end protruding
out so that it projects into
the groove opposite. The
Fastener with through bore
will then need to be driven
far enough into the adjoining
profile to accommodate it.
Automatic Butt-Fastening Set

s1
12
4 A/F
5 A/F
6 A/F
8 A/F
should be inserted so that
the flattening on the thread is
flush with the outer edge of
the profile.
The Fastener is screwed into a profile groove in the end face,

the thread being cut automatically. Use of a lubricant is recommended.
Note: All Fasteners with a through bore for the fastening screw
have a counter-clockwise thread on the outside in order to
prevent the Fastener twisting when the screw is tightened. The
Fasteners with internal threads have a clockwise thread on the
outside.

Automatic Fastener with through bore, St
Automatic Fastener with threaded bore, St
Hex. Socket Head Cap Screw, St
a
Automatic Butt-Fastening Set 5

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
3
24
7
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
2.5
11.0
0.0.464.19


a [mm]
120
b [mm]
3
24
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
2.5
11.0
0.0.464.18


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
4
27
10
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
8.0
23.0
0.0.419.74


a [mm]
b [mm]
4
27
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
10
6.5
23.0
0.0.441.71


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
5
31
12
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
14
43.0
0.0.406.80


a [mm]
b [mm]
5
31
stainless, 1 set
c [mm]
Mstainl. [Nm] m [g]
12
11
43.0
0.0.444.15


a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
6
47
18
Mbz-p [Nm]
m [g]
34
140.0
0.0.003.51
A cover is available for Automatic-Fastening

Set 8. It is fitted after the fastening has been
installed.
44
Automatic-Fastening Set 8 Cap
7.8
10
PA-GF
m = 0.7 g
black, similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce.
0.0.388.66
0.0.616.31
121
Connect
Overall
Mitre-Butt-Fastening Sets are suitable for connecting two

profiles at an angle. They are used primarily when constructing
frame elements and panel edging. The profile grooves facing
each other inside the frame remain unobstructed so they can
be used for holding panel elements.
Two mitred profiles (each with an identical angle between
30 and 90) are connected together. This gives a possible
angle between the profiles of (2) between 60 and 180.
The position of the clamping pins at right angles to the cut
profile edge generates particularly high clamping forces on the
two profiles with the same mitre angle
angle of 60 to 180 possible
4FSWJDF
fastening elements. The clamping screws are

accessed from the side of the profile frame.
Note:
Despite the optimized design, the flow of
forces across the inclined contact faces of the
profiles is such that only part of the pretension
of the screw connection is utilized. Mitre
connections therefore have a lower load bearUsing the Mitre-Butt-Fastening Set:
1. Mitre-cut profile at angle .
2. Drill counterbores for the fastener sleeves
into the side of each profile (use of drilling
jig recommended).
3. Drill a hole into the mitred face of both
profiles (use of drilling jig recommended).
4. Insert the fastener sleeve with lateral thread
into the counterbore of one of the profiles
and screw in the clamping pin until the
perimeter mark is level with the cut profile
edge.
Connection processing of the profiles is the same as for the

Mitre-Fastening Set.
Your item dealer can provide the required mitre cuts and profile
processing as a service.

ing capacity than other, right-angled profile

connections (Standard-Fastening, UniversalFastening or Automatic-Fastening Set).
Mitre-Fastening Sets should therefore not be
used for constructing basic frames and safetyrelated parts that are subject to high loads.
5. Use grub screw DIN 915 to tighten the

clamping pin in the fastener sleeve with
thread.
6. Insert the fastener sleeve with bore into the
second profile, and fit the assembly over
the clamping pin.
7. Drive the special grub screw into the
fastener sleeve and clamp the profile connection.
8. Fit the caps onto the fastener sleeves
(Line 8).
580
Mitre-Butt-Fastening Set 6
20.

Threaded sleeve, St, bright zinc-plated
Grub screw DIN 915-M6x10, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 20.0 g
1 set
14
Mitre-Butt-Fastening Set 8
28
122

Threaded sleeve, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Caps, PA grey
m = 58.0 g
1 set
0.0.606.47

0.0.492.25
Connect
Flush
two parallel Profiles 8
connection for partitioning and room dividers
Central-Fastening Set P 8 can be used to quickly connect

together individual, inherently stable partitions or partition
elements side by side without time-consuming alignment
procedures.
Unevenness in the ground can be compensated for by adjusting the position of the T-Slot Nut in the profile groove.
26.7
8.2
14.2
20
8.2
14.2
Profile processing: To accommodate the fastener sleeve, a

14.2 mm counterbore is drilled into the side of one of the
profiles being connected (using Step Drill 0.0.492.60) along
with a 8.2 mm fastening hole located perpendicular to this.
T-Slot Nut V 8 St M8 is fitted into the facing groove of the
second profile and the clamping pin is screwed into this T-Slot
Nut as far as the marking.
After the clamping pin has been inserted into the fastener
sleeve, the profile connection is tightened with an M10 grub
screw (tightening torque M = 15 Nm).
580
14
28
N.B.: At least 2 grooves

always remain free for fitting
panel elements into the profile grooves. Frame elements
can also be connected to
each other at an angle of 90
by positioning Central-Fastening Set P 8 appropriately.

Threaded sleeve with bore, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap, PA, grey
m = 44.0 g
1 set
0.0.619.69
123
Parallel Fastener 8
Holds by itself
Connect
No
machining required
Easy
Element for fastening two parallel Line 8 Profiles at a distance

of 12 mm.
two parallel Profiles 8
to use thanks to snap-in function
*OOPWBUJPO
each other. This fixes the profiles in position. The fastener is

then clamped by tightening an internal screw.
Parallel Fastener 8 is very easy to use: Both halves of the

spring loaded fastener engage in the profile grooves facing
Using the Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile:
The gap (12 mm wide) between the profiles
which is generated when Parallel Fastener 8
is used can be covered in full using this profile.
The Cover Profile must be fitted over at least
2 Parallel Fasteners 8.
Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile Cap covers
the end-face gap between the profiles when
using Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profiles.
Max. torque for the tensioning
screw:
M = 2.5 Nm
Permissible loading force per

Fastener:
Fx = 1,000 N
Fz = 100 N
32
20
22
Parallel Fastener 8
12
16.2
5.3
124
Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile

Al, anodized
m = 50 g/m
Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile End Cap
40
12
2 clamping elements, Al, anodized natural

Housing, PA-GF, black
Compression spring
Tensioning screw, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 21.0 g
1 set
PA-GF
m = 2.5 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.476.58

0.0.476.59

0.0.476.60
Connection Profiles
Connection Profiles
Connect Profiles 8 to make extra strong supports
Simple
For
engineering for stable composite profiles
open and closed supports
Suitable
Connection Profile 8 40 is supplied in pairs and machined

with 11 mm bores (bore spacing 200 mm) for the fastening
screws.
The use of Captive Nuts (designed to fix positions and prevent
Cover Profile for easy-to-clean surfaces
XXXJUFNDPN
torsion) allows the Connection Profile to

be fitted from one side. DIN 912-M10x60,
M10x100 or M10x140 Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screws (tightening torque M = 34 Nm)
Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screw DIN 912
M10x60
6.8
19
37
A [cm2]
6.9
0.9
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
natural, 1 pair, length 6000 mm
32
A [cm2]
7.4
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
4.53
2.90
6.96
0.0.422.35
0.0.453.90

Cover Profile 32
Al, anodized
m [kg/m]
0.41
0.11
0.0.420.43
Captive Nut M10
12.5
2.5
153
8.97
2.42
5.73
19.85
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm, 1 pair
28.6
Captive Nuts
are inserted at the relevant predetermined

positions to join Connection Profiles.
The joint and/or screw heads and Captive
Nuts can be covered over with a dust-tight
Cover Profile 32.
Connection Profile 8 40
Al, anodized
(The values apply for an individual profile section and not for a pair)
40
Cover Profile 32 (for Connection Profile 8)
*OOPWBUJPO
M10
Cage and square nut, St

m = 8.0 g
8.0.004.02
17.8
Connection Profiles 8 160 and 8 240 are

supplied in pairs and machined with bores for
the DIN 912-M8x60 fastening screws and DIN
934-M8 Hexagon Nuts.
The Connection Profile Braces 8 are ready-toinstall kits complete with screws and nuts.
Hexagon Socket Head

Cap Screw DIN 912
M8x60
153
125
The Connection Profile Braces (45 sections of the Connection

Profiles) are suitable for constructing lightweight, open composite profiles. These Connection Profile Braces consist of left
and right diagonal sections together with the corresponding
nuts and bolts. They can be retrofitted at any point and any
distance (dimension a / b) along the profiles which are being
joined. With a fixed spacing of 160 or 240 mm, the Connection
Profiles Braces represent an inexpensive alternative to the
latticework construction.
160
116
142

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
17.80
4.76
16.70
606.30
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
67.80
6.70
0.0.458.03
0.0.458.08

35.
40
x)
(37
160
Connection Profile Brace 8 160-45

142
Connection Profile Braces
160
45
Al, anodized, natural

Brace right
Brace left
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M8x60, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Nuts DIN 934-M8, St, bright zinc-plated
amin. = 33 mm (recommended 40 mm)
bmin. = 65 mm (recommended 80 mm)
m = 488.0 g
1 set
0.0.458.18
32

Al, anodized
222
240
196
A [cm2]
40
160
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.10
45
40
0.0.458.17
0.0.458.14
x)
(37
Connection Profile Brace 8 240-45
222
240
Ix [cm4]
35.
126
m [kg/m]
26.00
6.97
19.20
1,804.00 139.30

Brace right
Brace left
amin. = 38 mm (recommended 40 mm)
bmin. = 76 mm (recommended 80 mm)
m = 846.0 g
1 set
0.0.458.21
Pin Elements
Excellent
resistance against impact and overload
Additional

rigidity from dowel pin

The Pin Element is used to add extra rigidity to power-lock

connections, e.g. between horizontal braces and continuous
vertical profiles which are subject to heavy load. Preferably
used in pairs, Pin Elements can provide additional support for
Standard, Universal and Automatic Fasteners.
The Pin Element is inserted into the profile

groove through the end face and, after applying the Standard, Universal or Automatic
Fasteners, is then pushed to the end of the
profile and fixed in position. A hole (Line 8:
5.9 mm; Line 12: 9.9 mm) is drilled in
the profile to accommodate the dowel.
M6x12
Pin Element 8
3.8
8.4
15
40
M4x6
10
36
M10x16
Body, St, bright zinc-plated

Dowel ISO 8735-6m6x16, St, hardened
m = 34.0 g
1 pce.
Pin Element 10
Basic unit, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 48.3 g
1 pce.
Pin Element 12
5.4
12.4
Each element that is deployed increases the

displacement resistance of the connection to
a maximum of 3,000 N (Line 8) or 6,000 N
(Line 12).
46
Body, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 100.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.265.37

0.0.624.87

0.0.010.06
127
128
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts
T-Slot Nut Profiles
Screw Strips
T - S l o t N u ts
Overview finding the right T-Slot Nut fast

3
Type
max. F [N] Type
max. F [N] Type

max. F [N] Type

max. F [N] Type
T-Slot Nuts St and V St the stable fastening that is suitable for all profile fasteners
132
5 St M5
500 6 St M6
1,750* 8 St M8
5,000* 10 St M10
7,000* 12 St M12
10,000*
5 St M5, stainless
400 6 St M6, stainless
1,400* 8 St M8, stainless
4,000* 10 St M8
6,000* 12 St M10
10,000*
5 St M4
500 6 St M5
1,750* 8 St M6
3,500* 10 St M6
3,500* 12 St M8
6,000*
5 St M4, stainless
1,400* 8 St M6, stainless
2,800*
12 St M6
3,500*
5 St M3
500 6 St M4
1,750* 8 St M5
2,500*
6 St M3
2,000*
8 St M4
2,500*
8 St M4, stainless
2,000*
V 8 St M8
4,000*
V 8 St M6
3,500*
V 8 St M5
2,500*
V 8 St M4
2,500*
T-Slot Nuts Zn simple installation and a fixed hold in the groove

5 Zn M3
50 6 Zn M4
137
150 8 Zn M5
250
8 Zn M4
250
8 Zn M3
250
8 PA
150
T-Slot Nuts PA for lightweight attachments
138
T-Slot Nuts St/PA cost-effective and easy to install
139
8 St/PA M6
1,000
8 St/PA M5
1,000
8 St/PA M4
500
8 St/PA M3
500
T-Slot Nuts F ST electrostatically dissipative and fixed in position
140
F 6 St M6
1,750* F 8 St M6
3,500*
F 6 St M5
1,750* F 8 St M5
2,500*
F 6 St M4
1,750* F 8 St M4
2,500*
T-Slot Nuts St, heavy duty for the ultimate loads
* take load-carrying capacity of profile groove into account!
130
max. F [N]
141
8 St M8, heavy
duty
5,000* 10 St M10, heavy

duty
8,000* 12 St M12, heavy

duty
10,000*
8 St M6, heavy
duty
3,500* 10 St M8, heavy

duty
6,000* 12 St M10, heavy

duty
12 St M8, heavy
duty
10,000*
6,000*
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts
3
T-Slot Nuts St
For universal in-groove
fastening
Practical, secure and tried
and tested
132
T-Slot Nuts St with 2

Threads
Easy to fit for dual screw
connections
135
T-Slot Nuts F
T-Slot Nuts St, heavy-duty
For conductive profile con-
Effective transferral of ten-
Fixed in position by grub
More supporting threads
nections
screw
sile loads into the profile

for stronger screw connections
141
140
Hammerhead Nut 8 M6
T-Slot Nuts Zn
T-Slot Nut PA
Rapid hold with a flick of
Simple fastening for
For fastening lightweight
the wrist
ESD contact as standard
136
Profile Bars and Groove

Profiles
For anchoring entire mod-
ules in the profile groove

Threads can be positioned
at will according to requirements
142
components
Automatically locked when
screw is tightened
137
components with low loads
Easy to fit, fixed positioning
138
Screw Strips Al
Screw channel for creating
fastenings at any position

using Self-Tapping Screws
Strips are simply pressed
into the profile groove
144
Note:
Technical data on the T-Slot Nuts
can be found in Section 19.
131
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts St
Practical, secure and tried and tested
The
T-Slot Nut with the broadest product diversity
Available
in seven thread sizes
Available
with anti-torsion feature (V)

A secure hold in all positions. T-Slot Nut St is available for all

profile lines. Its key feature is the thrust piece on the underside, which incorporates a spring that enables the user to roll
the T-Slot Nut into the groove. The thrust piece then holds the
T-Slot Nut securely in place, making assembly much easier.
T-Slot Nut St is available in a range of thread sizes from M3 to
M12 to suit various applications and loads.
Note regarding T-Slot Nut V 8 M8:
The load-carrying capacity of this T-Slot Nut with anti-torsion
feature is 20 percent lower than that of the comparable T-Slot
Nut 8.
T-Slot Nuts St are inserted into the profile groove where they
are secured in position by means of thrust pieces.

St
4.5
11.5
T-Slot Nut 5 St M3
a = M3
b = 3 mm
M = 1.5 Nm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.437.19

T-Slot Nut 5 St M4
a = M4
b = 3 mm
M = 3 Nm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.370.06

T-Slot Nut 5 St M5
a = M5
b = 4 mm
a
11.5
M = 4.5 Nm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.370.01

T-Slot Nut 5 St M4
a = M4
b = 3 mm
stainless, 1 pce.
M = 2.4 Nm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.425.10

T-Slot Nut 5 St M5
a = M5
b = 4 mm
stainless, 1 pce.
10.6
m = 2.0 g
0.0.425.11

T-Slot Nut 6 St M3
a
M = 3.6 Nm
17
a = M3
b = 4.5 mm
M = 1.5 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.459.44

T-Slot Nut 6 St M4
a = M4
b = 4.5 mm
M = 4 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.419.46

T-Slot Nut 6 St M5
a = M5
b = 4.5 mm
132
M = 8 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.419.43
T - S l o t N u ts

T-Slot Nut 6 St M6
a = M6
b = 5.5 mm
b
6.4
17
10.6
M = 14 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.419.40

T-Slot Nut 6 St M5
a = M5
b = 4.5 mm
stainless, 1 pce.
M = 6.5 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.439.72

T-Slot Nut 6 St M6
a = M6
b = 5.5 mm
stainless, 1 pce.
b
7.5
23
13.3
M = 11 Nm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.439.75

T-Slot Nut V 8 St M4
a = M4
b = 7.5 mm
M = 4 Nm
m = 11.1 g
0.0.480.57

a = M5
b = 7.5 mm
M = 8 Nm
m = 10.6 g
0.0.480.54

a = M6
b = 6.5 mm
M = 14 Nm
m = 10.3 g
0.0.480.50

a = M8
b = 7.5 mm
b
7.3
13.8
23
M = 20 Nm
m = 9.3 g
0.0.480.48

T-Slot Nut 8 St M4
a = M4
b = 7.5 mm
M = 4 Nm
m = 11.0 g
0.0.420.06
0.0.428.54
stainless, 1 pce.
T-Slot Nut 8 St M5
a = M5
b = 7.5 mm
M = 8 Nm
m = 11.0 g
0.0.420.05
0.0.428.55
stainless, 1 pce.
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6
a = M6
b = 6.5 mm
M = 14 Nm
m = 10.0 g
0.0.026.23
0.0.388.51
stainless, 1 pce.
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8
a = M8
b = 7.5 mm
stainless, 1 pce.
M = 25 Nm
m = 10.0 g
0.0.026.18
0.0.388.49
133
T - S l o t N u ts
b
9.7
28.
16.5

T-Slot Nut 10 St M6
a = M6 mm
b = 8.5 mm
M = 14 Nm
m = 22.4 g
0.0.625.06

T-Slot Nut 10 St M8
a = M8 mm
b = 8.5 mm
M = 34 Nm
m = 21.1 g
0.0.625.04


a = M10 mm
b = 8.5 mm
b
11.2
20.
5
34.
M = 46 Nm
m = 19.4 g
0.0.625.02

T-Slot Nut 12 St M6
a = M6
b = 11.3 mm
M = 14 Nm
m = 38.0 g
0.0.003.72

T-Slot Nut 12 St M8
a = M8
b = 11.3 mm
M = 34 Nm
m = 35.0 g
0.0.003.63


a = M10
b = 11.3 mm
M = 46 Nm
m = 33.0 g
0.0.003.64


a = M12
b = 11.3 mm
134
M = 80 Nm
m = 31.0 g
0.0.003.65
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts St with 2 Threads

Second
thread provides additional hold
Extremely
easy to use
T-Slot Nuts St with 2 Threads are primarily intended for use

with Angle Elements T2 and Universal and Automatic Fasteners (see section on fastening technology) to construct stable
latticework structures. However, they can also be used with all
other profile connections.
With a suitable grub screw in one of their threaded bores,
these T-Slot Nuts create a non-slip thread in the profile groove.

St
c
4.5
T-Slot Nut 5 St 2xM4-18

b [mm]
M4
18
c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
11.6
3.0
0.0.614.40


a
b [mm]
M4
20
a
b [mm]
M5
28
10.6
b [mm]
M5
58
a
3.3
0.0.614.42

c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
19
8.0
0.0.459.78

c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
49
17.0
0.0.459.82


a
m [g]

a
10.6
M [Nm]
13.6

a
c [mm]
b [mm]
M6
28
c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
17
14
7.0
0.0.610.10


a
b [mm]
M6
58
c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
47
14
16.0
0.0.610.72
135
T - S l o t N u ts
b [mm]
M6
36
7.3

c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
26.4
14
16.0
0.0.406.77

13.8
b [mm]
M6
76
a
7.3
M [Nm]
m [g]
66.4
14
38.0
0.0.406.78


a
b [mm]
M8
36
c [mm]
c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
24
25
14.0
0.0.610.80

13.8
b [mm]
M8
76
c [mm]
M [Nm]
m [g]
64
25
36.0
0.0.611.08
Hammerhead Nut 8 M6
Rapid
hold with a flick of the wrist
Secure
&4%
ESD contact as standard
For the fastest possible fastening in the profile groove

insert a screw that has already been fitted with Hammerhead
Nut 8 St. When the screw is tightened, the Hammerhead Nut
rotates around 90 and is clamped in the groove.
A safe contact is made by partially destroying the anodized
layer, making the fastening ESD dissipative.
Note
The Hammerhead Nut has a self-locking thread. This generates the drag torque (2 Nm) when tightening the screw.
7.8
136
M6
4.7
16.3
8.1
Permissible operating load

F = 1,000 N
Hammerhead Nut 8 M6
St
M = 6 Nm
m = 2.8 g
&4%
0.0.626.06
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts Zn
Straightforward fixing due to preassembly
Simple
fastening for components
Automatically
locked when screw is tightened
The ideal solution when speed is of the essence. T-Slot Nut Zn

is provisionally screwed into place on the component that is to
be fastened and then inserted anywhere along the groove of
the supporting profile. When the screw is tightened, T-Slot Nut
Zn automatically locks into place and creates a secure thread.
Note:
T-Slot Nut Zn is not suitable for connecting profiles to other
profiles.
T-Slot Nuts Zn can, if required, be prefitted (with the
screw) to the component to
be secured and are inserted
at any position in the profile
groove.
Tightening the screw automatically locks the T-Slot Nut

in the groove.
Pulling the screw fixes T-Slot
Nuts 6 Zn and 8 Zn in the
groove by means of the conical flanks.
The following applies to all the products below:

Die-cast zinc
M3
M4
T-Slot Nut 6 Zn M4
6.5
15
M3;M4;M5
M = 1.5 Nm
m = 2.2 g
T-Slot Nut 8 Zn M3
19
8.5
T-Slot Nut 5 Zn M3
M = 1 Nm
m = 1.0 g
5.2
10
M = 1 Nm
m = 5.0 g
T-Slot Nut 8 Zn M4
M = 1.5 Nm
m = 5.0 g
T-Slot Nut 8 Zn M5
M = 1.5 Nm
m = 5.0 g
0.0.391.20

0.0.441.45

0.0.373.59

0.0.373.58

0.0.373.44
137
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nut PA
For
fastening lightweight components with low loads
Straightforward
assembly
T-Slot Nut PA can, if required,

be prefitted (using the screw)
to the component to be
secured and is inserted at any
position in the profile groove.
Tightening the screw automatically locks the T-Slot Nut

in the groove.
4/1.5
3.2
Button-Head Screw T4 from

item has been specially designed for use with T-Slot Nut
8 PA. This screw cuts its own
thread in the plastic body.
T-Slot Nut 8 PA
10.5
19
8
2.5
2.2
7.5
PA-GF
M = 1.5 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 1.0 g
0.0.436.52
Button-Head Screw T4x12

St
a = 12 mm
m = 1.0 g
0.0.440.39

St
a = 14 mm
m = 1.1 g
0.0.440.40

St
a = 16 mm
m = 1.2 g
0.0.440.41

St
a = 18 mm
m = 1.3 g
0.0.440.42

St
a = 25 mm
m = 1.6 g
138
0.0.440.43
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts St/PA

Plastic
For
housing prevents slipping in the groove
rapidly installing non-supporting elements
*OOPWBUJPO
T-Slot Nuts St/PA are particularly easy to use because their

patented plastic coating holds them firmly in the groove.
However, they can still be moved along a groove with ease.
Once they have been screwed into place they provide a lasting,
secure hold. T-Slot Nuts St/PA are not designed for connecting
one profile to another.

Body PA-GF
Square nut insert St
8
T-Slot Nut 8 St/PA M3
7.8
M3;M4;
M5;M6
12.6
24
M = 1 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 2.0 g
0.0.416.26

M = 2 Nm
black, 1 pce.
0.0.416.23

m = 2.0 g
0.0.416.20

M = 8 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 2.0 g

M = 4.5 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 2.0 g
0.0.416.17
139
T - S l o t N u ts
T-Slot Nuts F
For
conductive profile connections
Securely
&4%
held in position
T-Slot Nut F combines the advantages of T-Slot Nut St with the

requirements of ESD-safe systems. It produces a permanent
conductive connection between the T-Slot Nut and the profile.
This establishes an electrically conductive profile connection
without the need for any additional elements. This is made possible by partially destroying the electrically insulating anodized
surface covering of the profile at the base of the T-slot.
DIN 916

St
Grub screw DIN 916 M5x5, St, bright zinc-plated
4.5
M4;M5;M6
5.5
22
10.6
T-Slot Nut F 6 St M4
M = 4 Nm
m = 7.0 g
M = 4 Nm
m = 6.7 g
M = 4 Nm
m = 6.4 g
&4%
0.0.613.23
&4%
0.0.613.22
&4%
0.0.613.21

St
Grub screw DIN 916 M6x6, St, bright zinc-plated
7.5
5.5
13.3
7.5
28
M5;M6;M8
M = 4 Nm
m = 12.7 g
M = 4 Nm
m = 12.3 g
M = 4 Nm
m = 11.4 g
140
&4%
0.0.613.20
&4%
0.0.613.19
&4%
0.0.613.18
T - S l o t N u ts

The heavyweights for constructions with exceptionally high loads
Effective
More
supporting threads for stronger screw connections
Ideal
for heavily loaded connections

transferral of tensile loads into the profile


are inserted into the profile
groove in the end face where
they are secured in position
by means of a thrust piece.

St
b
6.8
23
17.8
a = M6
b = 6.5 mm
M8;M10
28.
21
10.2
M = 34 Nm
T-Slot Nut 10 St M8, heavy-duty

M = 34 Nm
m = 32.0 g

M8;M10;M12
34.
m = 17.0 g
0.0.427.75
M = 65 Nm
m = 30.5 g
11.3
26.
M = 14 Nm

a = M8
b = 7.5 mm
8.5
M = 34 Nm
m = 50.0 g
M = 65 Nm
m = 47.0 g
M = 100 Nm
m = 45.0 g
m = 16.0 g
0.0.420.83

0.0.624.97

0.0.624.95

0.0.003.66

0.0.003.67

0.0.003.68
141
T - S l o t N u ts
Profile Bars and Groove Profiles

For
anchoring entire modules in the profile groove
Threads
The ability to customise the Profile Bars and

Groove Profiles mean that fastening elements
can be produced which are geared to the
needs of specific applications.
8
4.5
4
5
4.8

Profile Bars St are swivelled

into the profile groove.

Profile Bars St, heavyduty are slid into the groove

profile.
Profile Bar 5 St
Profile Bar 5 St
St
Threaded bore max. M5
m = 89.0 g
stainless, 1 pce., length 500 mm
9.5
10.6
Groove Profile 5 Al
Al, anodized
m = 89 g/m
Profile Bar 6 St
St
m = 170.0 g
bright zinc-plated, 1 pce., length 500 mm
10.6
Profile Bar 6 St
6.4
St
m = 170.0 g
6
Groove Profile 6 Al
13
Al, anodized
m = 200 g/m
St
m = 89.0 g
8
142
can be positioned at will according to requirements
0.0.370.56

0.0.425.18

0.0.425.82

0.0.431.04

0.0.439.03

0.0.434.29
T - S l o t N u ts
7.3
13.8
17.8
0.0.388.48
Profile Bar 8 St, heavy-duty
6.8
16
Al, anodized
m = 290 g/m
9.5
2.8
Groove Profile 8 Al
Groove Profile 8 St
16
St
m = 440.0 g
10
3.8
0.0.026.70
7.9
Locating Profile 8 Al
16.5
Profile Bar 10 St
14.5
7.7
17.8
Al, anodized
m = 900.0 g
9.7
St
m = 438.0 g
21
St
m = 615.4 g
20.3
Profile Bar 12 St
11.2
St
m = 600.0 g
26.7
St
m = 270.0 g
St
m = 410.0 g
10.2
Profile Bar 8 St

St
m = 840.0 g
0.0.427.23

0.0.427.39

0.0.444.32

0.0.009.20

0.0.624.81

0.0.624.85

0.0.003.74

0.0.003.75
143
T - S l o t N u ts
Screw Strips Al
3
Screw
channel for creating fastenings at any position using Self-Tapping Screws
Strips
are simply pressed into the profile groove
Example of how a cable conduit is secured with Screw Strip 8

Al and Self-Tapping Screws DIN 7981 St 4.2x13.
The required screw length L must be selected to match the
workpiece thickness s.
3
9
8.2
Screw Strip 6 Al
6.1
Al, anodized
m = 70 g/m
0.0.439.17
0.0.451.50
Screw Strip 8 Al
Al, anodized
m = 130 g/m
0.0.411.44
0.0.453.47
10.5
3
11.5
144
Screws and universal fasteners
Screws
Locating Washers
Bracket Flat and Angle Bracket Right-Angled
Adapter Profiles
S cr e w s a n d u n iv e rsal fast e n e rs

Button-Head Screws ISO

7380
Caps, Button-Head
Screws
Hexagon Socket Head

Cap Screws
Countersunk Screws DIN

7991
High-strength standard
Protect screws and screw
Screws for universal use
For screw connections that
screws for the MB Building

Kit System
Specifically suitable for use
in the profile groove
147
Angle Bracket Zn
Variable angle brackets for
fastening components
Slots for wide adjustment
range
157
146
heads from dirt and corrosion

For use with item ButtonHead Screws M6 and M8
151
Bracket flat and Angle

Bracket right-angled
Universal fastening ele-
ments
For panel elements, lightweight shelving, etc.
158
High property class of 10.9
152
are flush with the surface

of components and panel
elements
Secure hold for panels
154
Flat Bracket 8 D40/D40
Adapter Profile 12/8
Connect two cylindrical
For fitting elements from
For constructing room
The Adapter Profile makes
Profiles D40
dividers, partitions and

sound protection walls
160
Line 8 to a Line 12 groove

a Line 12 groove smaller
161
Locating Washers
Rear fastening of screws in
the groove
Suitable for use with

7390
155
Button-Head Screws ISO 7380

High-strength
Specifically
standard screws for the MB Building Kit System
suitable for use in the profile groove

St
Property class 10.9 (bright zinc-plated designs)
7.6
2.2
2.5
M4
Button-Head Screw M4x8

a = 8 mm
m = 1.1 g
8.0.001.98

a = 10 mm
m = 1.3 g
8.0.002.01

a = 12 mm
m = 1.5 g
8.0.002.04

a = 14 mm
m = 1.6 g
8.0.002.07

a = 16 mm
m = 1.8 g
8.0.000.05

a = 18 mm
m = 2.0 g
8.0.002.10

a = 20 mm
m = 2.2 g
8.0.002.13

a = 22 mm
m = 2.4 g
8.0.002.16

a = 25 mm
m = 2.7 g
8.0.002.19

a = 30 mm
m = 3.1 g
8.0.002.22
147
9.5
2.8
M5

a = 8 mm
m = 1.8 g
8.0.000.24

a = 10 mm
m = 2.0 g
8.0.000.06

a = 12 mm
m = 2.3 g
8.0.005.45

a = 14 mm
m = 2.6 g
0.0.417.30

a = 16 mm
m = 2.8 g
8.0.000.07

a = 18 mm
m = 3.0 g
8.0.002.25

a = 20 mm
m = 3.2 g
0.0.404.11

a = 25 mm
m = 3.8 g
8.0.000.25

a = 30 mm
m = 4.4 g
8.0.002.31

a = 35 mm
m = 5.0 g
8.0.002.34

a = 40 mm
m = 5.6 g
0.0.391.26

a = 45 mm
m = 6.2 g
10.5
3.3
M6

a = 10 mm
m = 2.8 g
8.0.002.37

a = 12 mm
m = 3.2 g
148
8.0.005.24
8.0.002.40

a = 14 mm
m = 3.6 g
0.0.417.26

a = 16 mm
m = 3.8 g
8.0.000.63

a = 18 mm
m = 4.2 g
8.0.002.45

a = 20 mm
m = 4.5 g
8.0.000.08

a = 22 mm
m = 4.9 g
8.0.002.48
stainless, 1 pce.
8.0.005.56

a = 25 mm
m = 5.4 g
8.0.000.01

a = 30 mm
m = 6.2 g
8.0.000.15

a = 35 mm
m = 7.1 g
8.0.000.16

a = 40 mm
m = 7.9 g
8.0.001.15

a = 45 mm
m = 8.8 g
8.0.002.53

a = 50 mm
m = 9.6 g
14
4.4
M8
8.0.002.56

a = 10 mm
m = 4.4 g
8.0.000.17

a = 12 mm
m = 5.1 g
8.0.002.59

a = 14 mm
m = 6.1 g
8.0.000.18
149

a = 16 mm
m = 7.2 g
8.0.000.19

a = 18 mm
m = 7.4 g
8.0.000.02

a = 20 mm
m = 8.6 g
8.0.009.11

a = 25 mm
m = 10.1 g
8.0.000.04

a = 30 mm
m = 12.0 g
8.0.000.09

a = 35 mm
m = 13.9 g
8.0.002.65

a = 40 mm
m = 15.8 g
8.0.000.10

a = 45 mm
m = 17.9 g
8.0.000.20

a = 50 mm
m = 19.6 g
8.0.002.68

a = 55 mm
m = 21.5 g
8.0.002.71

a = 60 mm
m = 23.5 g
8.0.000.11

a = 80 mm
m = 27.7 g
150
8.0.000.12
Cap, Button-Head Screw

Protect
For
screws and screw heads from dirt and corrosion
use with item Button-Head Screws M6 and M8
4

The Caps cover the hexagon socket of the screw head and the
gap around the screw connection. They are suitable for ButtonHead Screws and button-head flange screws.
Application of the Cap,

Button-Head Screw M6 on
Button-Head Screws used
to fasten panel elements to
Multiblocks.
PA-GF
m = 0.4 g
6
16
20
Cap, Button-Head Screw M6
Cap, Button-Head Screw M8

PA-GF
m = 0.9 g
0.0.606.61

0.0.606.67
151
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws

Screws
for universal use
Various
diameters and lengths
High
property class of 10.9

St
property class 10.9
5.5
b
a
2.5
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M3x50

a = 50 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 18 mm
m = 2.9 g
8.0.004.61
M3
a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
7
b
a
b = 18 mm
m = 3.3 g
8.0.004.83

a = 14 mm
b = 14 mm
m = 2.0 g
8.0.000.21
M4
a = 16 mm
b = 16 mm
m = 2.1 g
8.0.000.28

a = 18 mm
b = 18 mm
m = 2.2 g
8.0.000.22

a = 20 mm
b = 20 mm
10
b
a
M6
m = 2.4 g
8.0.000.23

a = 12 mm
b = 12 mm
m = 5.0 g
8.0.007.16

a = 14 mm
b = 14 mm
m = 5.4 g
8.0.007.99

a = 20 mm
b = 20 mm
m = 6.0 g
8.0.000.92

a = 28 mm
b = 24 mm
152
m = 7.5 g
0.0.411.59

a = 100 mm
b = 24 mm
m = 23.0 g
8.0.004.70

a = 140 mm
b = 24 mm
13
m = 31.5 g
8.0.004.74
a = 60 mm
b = 28 mm
16
8.0.006.36

a = 180 mm
b = 28 mm
M8
m = 29.0 g
m = 66.5 g
8.0.008.88
b
a
10
M10
a = 60 mm
b = 32 mm
m = 44.0 g
8.0.003.98

a = 100 mm
b = 32 mm
m = 68.5 g
8.0.004.47

a = 140 mm
b = 32 mm
8.5
b
a
3.5
m = 92.5 g
8.0.004.50

a = 8 mm
b = 8 mm
m = 2.6 g
8.0.004.34
M5
10

a = 40 mm
b = 24 mm
m = 9.5 g
8.0.007.43
b
a
M6
153
Countersunk Screws DIN 7991

For
screw connections that are flush with the surface of components

and panel elements

St
property class 10.9
3
a
2.8
10
M5
12
3.3
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991 M5x10

a = 10 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 1.8 g
8.0.001.84

a = 10 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 2.7 g
8.0.007.48
M6
a = 14 mm
m = 3.2 g
16
4.4
M8
8.0.005.17

a = 14 mm
black, 1 pce.
m = 7.1 g
8.0.007.07

a = 16 mm
m = 7.4 g
8.0.001.09

a = 18 mm
black, 1 pce.
154
m = 7.7 g
8.0.001.85
Locating Washers
Rear
fastening of screws in the groove
Suitable
for use with Button-Head Screws ISO 7390
4

In addition, the Locating

Washers allow Standard Connections (without anti-torsion
element) between profiles of
different Lines or they may
be used simply to centre
attachments.
4.9
1.6
3.2
Locating
Washer
5 D3
3.0
5 D4
3.5
6 D3
3.0
6 D4
3.5
6 D5
4.0
8 D4
3.5
8 D5
4.0
8 D6
5.0
amin.
Locating Washer 5 D3
St
m = 0.6 g
4.9
9.5
St
m = 0.6 g
6.1
1.6
3.3
3.3
9.5
4.2
3.2
13
St
m = 2.3 g
6.1
4.2
13
St
m = 2.3 g
6.1
5.2
3.3
Locating Washers can be

used to conceal the component securing mechanism
(screw head in profile groove,
thread in component).
13
St
m = 2.4 g
0.0.444.48

0.0.444.47

0.0.444.46

0.0.444.45

0.0.444.44
155
3.4
7.9
4.2
16
St
m = 3.7 g
7.9
3.4
5.2
16
7.9
3.4
6.3
156
16
St
m = 3.8 g
St
m = 3.8 g
0.0.444.43

0.0.444.42

0.0.444.41
Angle Bracket Zn
Variable
Slots
angle bracket for fastening components
for wide adjustment range
4

Profile

Screw
ISO 7380
M5x16
M5x20
M6x20
M6x22
M6x25
Locating Washer
6 D5
c
T-Slot Nut
6 St M5
10
5 St M5
8 St M6
10 St M6
12 St M6
Bracket 40x40x20 Zn
Die-cast zinc
m = 63.0 g
black, 1 pce.
13
40
Washer
DIN 9021-6,4
0.0.474.60
6.1
40
20
8
33 10
Bracket 60x40x20 Zn
60
Die-cast zinc
m = 77.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
0.0.474.61
6.1
20
8
33 10
Bracket 60x60x20 Zn
60
Die-cast zinc
m = 92.0 g
black, 1 pce.
60
0.0.474.62
6.1
20
8
10
Bracket 80x40x20 Zn
80
53
Die-cast zinc
m = 92.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
0.0.474.63
6.1
20
157
Bracket flat and Angle Bracket right-angled

Universal
For
fastening elements
panel elements, lightweight shelving, etc.
4

Fastening elements suitable for connecting and attaching

cable conduits, Support and Wall Profiles, panel elements or
any other components.
When connecting Bracket flat and Angle Bracket right-angled

to components without profile grooves, these must be provided
with appropriate through bores or threads.
Angle Bracket 8 40 right-angled can also be used to support a
table top on a profile structure.
DIN74
Am5
3.5
20
3.5
10
40
20
20
10
DIN74
Am5
20 20
Bracket 5 20 flat
St
m = 16.4 g
black, 1 pce.
Angle Bracket 5 20 right-angled
St
m = 15.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Fastening Set 5 for Bracket / Angle Bracket 5 20 / profile side for Hinge 5 PA
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M5x8, St, black
m = 2.5 g
1 set
DIN74
Am6
30
60
30
4
15
30
St
m = 38.4 g
black, 1 pce.
15
30
DIN74
Am6
Bracket 6 30 flat
St
m = 37.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.464.23

0.0.464.22

0.0.370.70

0.0.459.11

0.0.459.12
30
Fastening Set 6 for Bracket / Angle Bracket 6 30

m = 7.0 g
1 set
158
0.0.459.26
DIN74
Am8
4.5
40
80
40
DIN74-Am8
Bracket 8 40 flat
St
m = 91.1 g
black, 1 pce.
Bracket 8 120x40 flat

St
m = 173.0 g
black, 1 pce.
80
0.0.196.86
4
0.0.640.54
120
40
4.5
40
20
DIN74
Am8
20
40
St
m = 90.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.196.87
40
Fastening Set 8 for Angle Bracket 8 40 / Bracket 8 40 flat

m = 16.0 g
1 set
0.0.350.17
159
Flat Bracket 8 D40/D40

Connect
For
two cylindrical Profiles 8 D40
constructing room dividers, partitions and sound protection walls
4

Note
You can create partition elements made from Profiles D40
using just the accessories returned by a search for D40 in
the online catalogue at www.item.info.
M8x20
4
Bracket 8 D40/D40 flat
40
160
42
82
St
2 Countersunk Screws M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 102.0 g
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 1 set
0.0.628.63

For
fitting elements from Line 8 to a Line 12 groove
The
Adapter Profile makes a Line 12 groove smaller
4

Adapter Profile with and without drilled holes for fastening various attachments from Line 8 to a Line 12 groove.
Hinges, heavy-duty hinges, multiblocks and many other elements are equipped with anti-torsion elements and centring
aids that are intended for use with the Line 8 groove. These
can be attached to Line 12 profiles using Adapter Profile 12/8
without losing the centring effect.
Application example:
Connecting a Hinge 8 40x40, heavy duty with a Profile 12 using Adapter Profile 12/8 Al. The antitorsion features of the heavy-duty Hinge in the groove remain effective.
5.5
Adapter Profile 12/8 Al

8
11.9
Al, anodized
m = 75 g/m

0.0.003.24
161
Adapter Plate Profiles

For
fastening functional elements to profile constructions
Secure
Can
hold thanks to clamping elements
be machined to suit requirements
4

b Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
Torque M
DIN 912 M5x14
4.5 Nm
DIN 912 M6x16
10.0 Nm
DIN 912 M8x16
10.0 Nm
3.4
1.8
16
5
Adapter Plate Profile 80x16 N5
80
3.4
1.8
Al, anodized
m = 3.34 g/m
0.0.444.81
0.0.444.06
16
5
120
3.4
1.8
Al, anodized
m = 5.07 g/m
0.0.444.82
0.0.444.07
16
5
160
9/5.7
5.3
Al, anodized
m = 6.79 g/m
0.0.444.83
0.0.444.08
Adapter Plate Clamp 5 N5

20
11/6.8
6.4
Al, anodized
m = 15.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
24
14/9
8.4
Al, anodized
m = 17.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
14.8
32
Al, anodized
m = 22.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
0.0.444.03

0.0.444.04

0.0.444.05
Adapter Plate Clamping Profile N5

19.5
162
Al, anodized
m = 0.82 g/m
0.0.444.84
0.0.444.09
Panel fasteners
Fastenings for Panels in the Groove

Fastenings for Panels on the Groove
P a n e l faste n ers
Panel fasteners
Cover Profiles PP
Lip Seals
Multiblocks PA
Multiblocks Zn
Ideal for covering grooves
Durable elastic hold for
Variable thanks to two
Exceptionally stable
or fixing panels
Available in several colours
165
panel elements
Cover edges to prevent dirt
and dampness getting in
167
contact faces and height

adjuster
Screw attachment ensures
a firm hold
169
fasteners
Easy adjustment for mate-
rial thickness
172
Safety Fastening Set

Multiblock 8
The captive panel fastener
For use with Multiblock 8
PA and 8 Zn
173
Multi Bracket 12 Zn
Quick Multiblocks
Clamp Multiblocks PA
Panel-Clamping Strips
Double Panel Profiles
For fastening panel ele-
Prevent inadvertent open-
For fastening panels on the
Retrofit panels in closed
For building double-walled
Simple adjustment to the
Secure panel fastening
Holds all types of panels on
Straightforward assembly
ments to Profiles 12
height of the element
174
ing of fixings
cannot be released without

being destroyed
176
groove without the need for

machining
Flexible locating lug
securely holds panels of
different thicknesses
178
frames
the groove
180
frame elements
182
Rebate Profiles Al
Panel/Glass Clamp
Support Arm X 6-8
Table-Top Fastening Set
Flange
Flexible panel fastening
Fasten panel elements
Shelf support with clamp-
Secure table tops to profile
Mounting plate for table
anchored in the groove

Also suitable as a rebate
strip for doors
185
164
without needing to machine

them
Continuous air gap between
frame and panel
188
ing system for the panel

element
Clean, elegant design
190
frames
Self-tapping screws for all
types of wooden panels
191
columns
Used with Column Profile
D110
192
Cover Profiles PP
The multi-purpose solution
Ideal
for covering grooves or fixing panels
Available
Also
ESD-safe
&4%
Cover Profile can be used as a cover for the profile groove or

as a panel-fixing profile for panel elements.

Cover Profile
a [mm]
1.52.0
2.03.5
8 (ESD)
4.05.5
10 (ESD)
4.08.0
12
6.09.5
Cover Profile 5
6.3
PP/TPE
m = 13.5 g/m
0.0.391.73
0.0.391.74
0.0.639.02

9.1
Cover Profile 6
PP/TPE
m = 20.4 g/m
0.0.419.48
0.0.431.01
11
Cover Profile 8
PP/TPE
m = 26 g/m
8
11
in several colours
0.0.422.23
0.0.422.26
green, similar to RAL 6016, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.44
red, similar to RAL 3003, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.46
yellow, similar to RAL 1018, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.489.43
blue, similar to RAL 5010, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.481.01
0.0.489.45
Cover Profile 8 ESD

PP/TPE
m = 26 g/m
&4%
0.0.617.80
165
10
14.3
PP/TPE
m = 31.5 g/m
10
14.3
17
166
Cover Profile 10 ESD

PP/TPE
m = 31.5 g/m
12

Cover Profile 10
Cover Profile 12
0.0.632.10
&4%
0.0.632.04

PP/TPE
m = 58 g/m
0.0.005.08
0.0.005.28
Lip Seals
Lip Seals
Long-term elasticity and resistance
Fix
panel elements in the groove
Neatly
cover over edges
Resistant
The Assembly Tool facilitates

the process of pressing the Lip
Seal into the profile groove in
the right orientation.

The Lip Seals are best wetted

with soapy water prior to
assembly to ensure they are
fitted easily and correctly.
Careful pressure must be
applied to lock them into the
profile groove.
587
1.8
9
3
15
4.5
10
11
4.5
12
18
6.6
Assembly Tool Lip

Seal
to cleaning agents
Lip Seal
5 2-3
6 2-4
8 2-4
8 4-6
12 6-8
Lip Seal 5 2-3mm
a [mm]
23
24
24
46
68
b [mm]
5.3
8.7
11.2
11.2
17.3
TPE
m = 13 g/m
black, 1 roll length 20 m
0.0.437.12
grey, similar to RAL 7040, 1 roll length 20 m
0.0.484.39
Lip Seal 6 2-4mm
TPE
m = 20 g/m
0.0.439.20
0.0.491.08
Lip Seal 8 2-4mm
TPE
m = 52 g/m
0.0.436.85
0.0.489.91
Lip Seal 8 4-6mm
TPE
m = 26 g/m
0.0.436.88
0.0.489.94
Lip Seal 12 6-8mm

TPE
m = 58 g/m
0.0.005.33
0.0.005.37
167
Double-Lip Seal 8 4-6mm

For
panels made from plastic or safety glass
Prevent
direct contact with the aluminium profile
Absorb
vibrations and seal the groove
5
Double-Lip Seal 8 is used for fitting panel elements directly
into grooves of Profiles 8. It provides a sealing function and
prevents direct contact with the aluminium profile. Double-Lip
Seal 8 completely encloses panel elements of thickness 4 to 6
mm in the profile groove.
Double-Lip Seal 8 4-6mm is ideal for all types of panel elements including those made of plastic or safety glass.
N.B.: Double-Lip Seal 8 is

best installed using soapy water. It is then slipped onto the
panel element and pushed
into the profile groove. The
profile frame is assembled
around the panel element.
17
Double-Lip Seal 8 4-6mm

8.4
168
TPE
m = 50 g/m
0.0.495.08
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 roll length 20 m
0.0.611.40
Multiblocks PA
Variable
Screw
One
thanks to two contact faces and height adjuster
attachment ensures a firm hold for panel elements
fastening four positions

*OOPWBUJPO
Multiblock PA is inserted into the profile groove at any position. Light cladding
panels and panel elements made from Acrylic Glass, Plastic or Compound
Material must be provided with a bore at the appropriate location and screwed
to the Multiblock.
Multiblock PA has two mounting locations plus a height adjuster which combine
to give four offset positions from the edge of the profile. This allows different
distances to be set to the edge of the profile so that panel elements of varying
thicknesses can be screwed on flush.
The panels are secured by screw connection with the square nut inserted in the
Multiblock. This nut can be moved within a slot, a fact that allows a considerable degree of tolerance for the position of the bores in the panel element.
Twisting the Multiblock PA

into the profile groove.
The Multiblocks can be
moved within the groove in
order to align them with the
bore in the panel element.
The contact face can be

varied thanks to two different
mounting orientations and the
movable height adjuster.
Multiblock
F [N]
5 PA
100
6 PA
150
8 PA
250
10 PA
400
Recommendation for mounting the panel element and

permissible loading forces for
Multiblocks PA.
Multiblock
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Possible offset distances between the mounting locations
and the edge of the profile.
5 PA
2
4
6
8
2
6 PA
3
6
9
9
3
8 PA
5
10
15
10
5
10 PA
5
10
15
15
5
The length of the fastening screw depends on the

thickness of the panel
element and use of the height
adjuster.
169
Multiblock 5 PA
6
2
12
4.9
8
4.2
12
12
2
6.2
12
Basic unit and height adjuster, PA-GF

Square nut DIN 562-M4, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 2.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.370.71
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.641.58
Multiblock 6 PA
15
7
5.3
18
15

m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.419.58
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.635.68
3
8
23.5
10
3.8
Multiblock 8 PA
15
20
6.2
20
0.0.026.72
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.630.28
23.4
10
3.8
Multiblock 10 PA
20
30
6.2
170

Spring clip, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 14.0 g
black, 1 pce.
5
10
20

Spring clip, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 19.1 g
grey, 1 pce.

0.0.635.09
Multiblocks X 8 PA
Compatible
Easy-to-use
Variable
Screw
-JOF
with Profiles X
fastening for pre-drilled panel elements
thanks to two contact faces
attachment ensures a firm hold for panel elements
The shape and colour of Multiblocks X 8 PA matches

Profiles X 8.
Multiblocks X 8 PA each have two contact faces for panel elements of different thicknesses.
t
t
17
14
12
To insert Multiblock X PA in profiles with closed grooves, it is

recommended to remove the groove cover at the relevant location using a counterbore. The Step Drill, Universal Connection
6 (Art. No. 0.0.431.19) is ideal for this purpose. The required
counterbore depth is just 2 mm!
22
20
22
25
10
When using a thick panel element, the Multiblock can be

secured from the inside by drilling and tapping a blind hole in
the panel. In such a case, the square nut can be removed from
the Multiblock.
Basic unit, PA-GF

Spring, St, stainless
m = 18.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
Multiblock X 8 PA 5/10 mm
15
15
12.5
The length of the fastening screw depends on the thickness of

the panel element.
Multiblock X 8 PA 0/12 mm
20
28
20
Recommendation for mounting the panel element. The

permissible load for Multiblocks X 8 PA is F = 250 N.
Basic unit, PA-GF

m = 15.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
-JOF
0.0.603.14
-JOF
0.0.603.15
171
Multiblocks Zn
High-strength panel fastening
Exceptionally
Panel
Easy
5
For fixing panel elements to profile grooves, particularly where
heavy loads are involved.
Multiblock Zn is screwed to the profile groove with a screw
and T-Slot Nut. The anti-torsion pin, which is adjustable in
millimetre increments, ensures flush attachment for panels of
stable fixings
elements are securely held by screw fixings
adjustment for material thickness

different thicknesses. The panel elements must be drilled

in the appropriate position to line up with either the through
bore or the square nut (which is secured against falling out
by a leaf spring) incorporated in the Multiblock.
F1 [N]
F2 [N]
1,000
500
2,000
1,000
Recommended mounting arrangement and load data across and along the groove.
Multiblock 6 Zn
Multiblock 8 Zn
6.6
2.5
Multiblock 6 Zn
22
5.2
5.2
14
24
22
8.2
3.5
Multiblock 8 Zn
30
6.2
8
6.8
20
172
30
30
Basic unit and locating lug, die-cast zinc, black

Leaf spring, St, stainless
m = 44.0 g
1 pce.
Basic unit and locating lug, die-cast zinc, black

Leaf spring, St, stainless
m = 66.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.439.85

0.0.373.23
Safety Fastening Set Multiblock 8

Safe and secure.
a permanently joined unit after fitting
$)*/&3
:
Creates
&$

%*3
&$5*
7&
use with Multiblock 8 PA and 8 Zn
."
For
Panel fastening in line with Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC:

Safety Fastening Set Multiblock 8. After fitting, the screw and
retaining spring form a single, permanently joined unit that
is secured in the through hole. You will always be able to tell
when a screw has become loose by the position of the panel
element.
Suitable for use with Multiblocks 8 PA and Zn and with Multi
Bracket 12 Zn for panel thicknesses from 2 to 10 mm.
Security L-Key Set
596
M6
15.5

Security flanged button head screw M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
Retaining spring M6, St, stainless
m = 7.5 g
1 set
0.0.626.63
30
173
Multi Bracket 12 Zn
For
fastening panel elements to Profiles 12
Simple
adjustment to the height of the element

5
Universal element for fastening panels to Line 12 profiles.
Since the location lug can be adjusted in various positions
within the bracket across the profile groove, panels can be
positioned virtually flush with the outer face of the profile
irrespective of their thickness.
Multi Bracket 12 can be moved along the profile groove so that
it can be easily aligned with the hole in the panel element.
The panel element with through hole is

secured by means of an M6 bolt fitted into the
square nut of Multi Bracket 12 Zn.
6.2
Multi Bracket 12 Zn
10
48
Bracket, die-cast zinc, RAL9006 white aluminium

Locating lug, die-cast zinc, RAL9006 white aluminium
Retaining plate, St
m = 120.0 g
1 set
12
48
174
If the panel element is of sufficient thickness, Multi Bracket 12 can also be secured
internally so that the fastening is not visible
and cannot be detached.
9
28

0.0.007.18
Anti-Loss Washer
Hold
screws securely and permanently in their holes
Simply
Can
push on and screw into place
be easily combined with Multiblocks or Angle Brackets
5
Create captive screws for a whole range of fasteners such as
Multiblocks and Angle Brackets using the universal Anti-Loss
Washers (M4, M5 and M6). Simply place these onto a screw
that has been inserted into its through hole and, when the
screw connection is dismantled, the screw will be held safely
and securely in the through hole of the panel element.
a
A mounting aid and safety device in one.
Note: the thickness of the

washer (a) determines the
position of the panel element.
Anti-Loss Washer M4
b
PA
a = 1.2 mm
natural, 1 pce.
b = 9.0 mm
m = 0.1 g
0.0.627.71
Anti-Loss Washer M5
PA
a = 1.65 mm
natural, 1 pce.
b = 10.1 mm
m = 0.1 g
0.0.627.70
Anti-Loss Washer M6
PA
a = 1.3 mm
natural, 1 pce.
b = 12.5 mm
m = 0.2 g
0.0.627.69
175
Quick Multiblocks with Securing Pin and with Slotted Pin

For
rapid opening and closing
No
tools required
Plastic
or metal pin, as required
5
Quick Multiblocks 8 offer the option of fastening a panel
element securely in a profile frame in such a way that it can
easily be removed. The securing pin is operated either by hand
without the need for a tool or using a coin (Quick Multiblock 8
with Slotted Pin).
Quick Multiblocks can be used for panel

elements of any thickness (up to 8 mm). They
can be adapted to the thickness of the panel
thanks to two different mounting positions
(4 or 8 mm from the edge of the profile).
The spring clip is to be inserted in the Quick
Multiblock according to the direction in which
the load is applied.
The concave side of the spring must face the
panel and pin. Locking the pin also tightens
the spring.
Lightweight metal sheet and panel elements made from

Acrylic Glass, Plastic or Compound Material must be provided
with a drill hole at the appropriate location. They are locked in
place using the securing pin.
Plastic securing pins are suitable for very occasional operation
and die-cast zinc pins for more frequent use or high loads.
Quick Multiblocks 8 can be moved within the groove in order to
align them with the hole in the panel element.
Recommendation for mounting the panel element.

The permissible load for
Quick Multiblocks 8 is F =
250 N.
20
16
22
12
18
9.5
Quick Multiblock 8 is inserted

in the profile groove and
locked in place with a 90
turn to the right.
Quick Multiblock 8 with Securing Pin PA

Basic unit, PA-GF
Spring clip, St, stainless
O-ring 12x2, NBR, black
Securing pin PA
m = 14.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
Quick Multiblock 8 with Securing Pin Zn
Basic unit, PA-GF
Securing pin die-cast zinc
m = 23.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
20
16
22
12
18
176
Quick Multiblock 8 with Slotted Pin Zn

Basic unit, PA-GF
Slotted pin die-cast zinc, white aluminium
m = 20.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
A wrench 20 A/F is recommended for this operation.
0.0.604.10

0.0.603.41

0.0.603.42
Quick Multiblock 8 with Non-Removable Pin

The quick-action non-removable fastening
Prevent
inadvertent opening of fixings
Secure
panel fastening cannot be released without being destroyed
."
:
$)*/&3
&$

&$5*
7&
%*3
It doesnt get any faster: push the non-removable pin through

the hole in the panel element and into the Quick Multiblock
thats it, the secure panel fastening cannot be released without
destroying it.
Safe and sound: say goodbye to unauthorised access!
1-2
11
1.
Recommendation for mounting the panel element.

Permissible loading force for
Multiblocks 8 is F = 250 N.
20
16
22
12
18
2.
Quick Multiblocks can be used for panel

elements of any thickness (up to 8 mm). They
can be adapted to the thickness of the panel
thanks to two different mounting positions
(4 or 8 mm from the edge of the profile).
The spring clip is to be inserted in the Quick
Multiblock according to the direction in which
the load is applied: the convex side of the clip
must face away from the panel and pin.
Pressing in the pin also tightens the spring.
Quick Multiblock 8 with Non-Removable Pin
The head of the pin needs to be broken off

before the pin can be removed.
Quick Multiblock 8, PA
Non-removable pin, PA
m = 14.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.625.91
grey, 1 set
0.0.625.90
177
Clamp Multiblocks PA
For
machining-free panel fastening
Flexible
securing clip securely holds panels of different thicknesses
Clamp Multiblocks secure panel elements in profile frames

without need for further machining.
Clamp Multiblock PA is inserted into the profile groove; a
locating lug secures lightweight panel elements of different
thicknesses, such as cladding panels, panel elements made
from Acrylic Glass, etc.
The securing clip can be detached again by means of a

screwdriver.
F1 [N]
F2 [N]
100
20
150
30
250
50
The basic unit is twisted into the groove, the panel element
fitted and clamped in position by means of the securing clip.
Clamp Multiblock
5 PA
Clamp Multiblock
6 PA
Clamp Multiblock
8 PA
178
Two mounting dimensions are available depending on the

orientation of the Multiblock.
15
12
12
17.5
11.3
15
6
20
15
15
23.8
6.1
16.3
20
12
25
20
31
20
21.3
25
16.5
Clamp-Multiblock 5 PA
PA-GF
Basic unit and securing clip
m = 2.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.437.24
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.641.59
PA-GF
m = 4.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.439.66
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.636.22
PA-GF
m = 10.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.196.63
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.641.45
179
Retrofit
Existing
constructions do not need to be opened up
Virtually
flush with the outer surface of the profile
panels in closed frames

Panel-Clamping Strips are ideal for retrofitting panel elements

(primarily made of Acrylic Glass, PET-G or Polycarbonate) into
an assembled profile frame. Apart from straight saw cuts, no
further machining of the panel element or Panel-Clamping
Strips is required.
Al
b [mm] c [mm]
s [mm]
24
1.6
24
46
34
2.0
24
46

42
2.0
68
810
46
Panel-Clamping Strips secure the panel element so that there

is a minimal offset of 2 mm to the outer edge of the profile.
This produces a smooth outer wall for protective enclosures
and helps reduce turbulence caused by air flows.
Panel-Clamping Strips consist

of two components. The
first of these, an aluminium
strip, locates into the profile
groove and holds the panel
element in place. A second
strip, made of flexible plastic,
is then used to secure both
the panel element and the
aluminium strip in the groove.
If necessary, the plastic strip
can be levered out in order
to remove the panel element
from the frame.
A screwdriver is used to lever

out the Panel-Clamping Strip
so as to enable removal of
the panel element from the
frame.
The thickness of the panel element (s) determines which

Panel-Clamping Strip is required:
s = 2 - 4/4 - 6/6 - 8/8 - 10 mm
12
13.5
Panel-Clamping Strip 6 Al
Al, anodized
m = 124.0 g/m
0.0.615.01
0.0.615.00
Panel-Clamping Strip 6 2-4mm
PP/TPE
a = 21.4 mm
m = 85.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 3000 mm
0.0.614.94
0.0.614.93
180
PP/TPE
a = 19.4 mm
m = 78.5 g/m
0.0.614.91
0.0.614.90
16
18
Al, anodized
m = 238 g/m
0.0.495.05
0.0.493.53
0.0.495.04
0.0.493.75
0.0.495.03
0.0.494.64

PP/TPE
m = 127 g/m
a = 27 mm
0.0.495.02
0.0.493.73
16
PP/TPE
a = 28.2 mm
m = 142 g/m
38
PP/TPE
a = 30 mm
m = 151 g/m
22
PP/TPE
a = 25 mm
m = 135 g/m
0.0.614.76
0.0.614.71

Al, anodized
m = 306 g/m
0.0.632.89
0.0.632.88

PP/TPE
m = 178 g/m
0.0.632.91
0.0.632.90
181
Double Panel Profile 8 Al E

For
building double-walled frame elements
Extremely
easy to fit
*OOPWBUJPO
Double Panel Profile 8 Al E can be locked into the groove of

Profiles 8 without the need for screw connections.
Panel elements can be secured to both sides of the Double
Panel Profile using Self-Tapping Screws.
Assembling Double Panel

Profile 8 Al E.
Disassembling Double Panel

Profile 8 Al E.
s [mm]
<3
3-6
6-9
9 -12
12 -15
15 -18
L [mm]
4.2 x 9.5
4.2 x 13
4.2 x 16
4.2 x 19
4.2 x 22
4.2 x 25
The length of the screws for fixing the panel elements depends
on the elements thickness.
20
12.1
8
182
Double Panel Profile 8 Al E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
1.35
0.36
7.0.001.65
0.0.453.71
Double Panel Profile 8 Al

For
building double-walled frame elements
Fastening
still possible when the groove is already partially in use
*OOPWBUJPO
Double Panel Profile 8 Al is ideal for profile constructions in

which the groove cannot be used along its entire length.
Fastening to the profile groove is via Clip 8 PA.
Matching to the wall thickness of the Panel Element by adjusting the positions of Double Panel
Profile 8 Al and Clip 8 PA.
Double Panel Profile in conjunction with Lip Seal 6x3 sk

and Sound-Insulating Material
20 mm.
L [mm]
4.2 x 9.5
4.2 x 13
4.2 x 16
4.2 x 19
4.2 x 22
4.2 x 25
20
24
17
e=1
s [mm]
<3
3-6
6-9
9 -12
12 -15
15 -18
10
20
18
.4
19
Double Panel Profile in

conjunction with Sealing Strip
6x3 sk when used for doublewalled constructions.
Double Panel Profile 8 Al

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
15
4
1 Clip 8 PA
2 Double Panel Profile 8 Al
3 Sealing Strip 6x3 sk
4 Panel element
5 Self-Tapping Screw
Sealing Strip, self-adhesive

on one side, for sealing frame
elements. Can also be used
as a damping element on
mating surfaces, particularly
in combination with Double
Panel Profile 8 Al.
m [kg/m]
1.62
0.44
0.0.420.99
0.0.453.70
Clip 8 PA
PA-GF
Recommended number: 4 pce./m
m = 3.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.422.38
183

Cellular rubber
closed-cell, self-adhesive on one side
Temperature range: -30C to +110C
Resistant to many oils, fuels, acids and alkaline solutions
2
Sealing Strip 3x2 sk

m = 1.6 g/m
Sealing Strip 6x3 sk

6
0.0.479.98
m = 3 g/m
0.0.422.66
Panel-Fixing Strip
Fasten
No
panels rapidly on Double Panel Profile 8 AL
need to machine the panel element
184
Panel-Fixing Strip 8
2.7
12.6
20.2
PVC
m = 55 g/m
0.0.429.64
F issaggi per e l eme n ti pia n i
Listelli angolari Al
il
fissaggio variabile per elementi di qualsiasi tipo
molto
resistente grazie al sicuro ancoraggio nella scanalatura
utilizzabile
Il fissaggio per elementi piani, scalini o apparecchi di montaggio

tra i profilati: il listello angolare passante consente di realizzare
costruzioni a tenuta, ad esempio per elementi piani, oppure
listelli di battuta per porte.
Elevata capacit di carico grazie ad una distribuzione delle
forze ideale e uniforme.
Il listello angolare si inserisce

nella scanalatura e si fissa
mediante perni filettati.
I listelli angolari 8 alluminio
16 M5, 8 alluminio M6 e 10
alluminio M6 sono gi provvisti
dei fori e dei perni filettati
necessari.
(27.5)
18
2.5
come listello di battuta per porte

Il listello angolare 8 Al 19 serve per il montaggio di piastre frontali da 19, involucri da 19 o

altri componenti piani. In tal caso il fissaggio avviene mediante dadi a gabbia che possibile
inserire nelle aperture passanti quadrate del listello angolare.
1 HE corrisponde a una lunghezza di 44,45 mm
Misure per laccoppiamento del listello angolare di alluminio
ai profilati.
Listello angolare
a [mm]
b [mm]
qmax. [N/m]
8 Al (M6; 19")
10,5
27,0
1.000
8 Al 16 (M5)
16,5
21,5
1.000
10 Al
10,5
36,5
1.200
Listello angolare 8 Al
Al, anodizzato
m = 310 g/m
naturale, 1 pezzo da 2000 mm
Listello angolare 8 Al M6
100
100
19x
Alluminio, anodizzato, naturale

completamente lavorato con 20 filettature M6
inclusi grani filettati DIN 913-M6x12, acciaio, zincati
m = 540,0 g
Carico parziale ammissibile

dei listelli angolari.
0.0.411.14

0.0.444.89
185
F issaggi per e l eme n ti pia n i
8
204
H
1 E
45x
9.5
7
9.5
Listello angolare 8 Al 19
completamente lavorato con fori e 21 filettature M6 inclusi grani filettati DIN
913-M6x12, acciaio, zincati
m = 576,0 g
0.0.398.19
1HE
31.7
8 9
15.
1HE
100
100
20x
24
2.8
2
Listello angolare 8 Al 16
(26)
16.5
Al, anodizzato
m = 268 g/m
Listello angolare 8 Al 16 M5
100 19x10

incluse le viti senza testa DIN 913-M5x6
m = 554,0 g
Listello angolare 10 Al M6
(33.8)
22
100
13.5
186
00
1
19x

inclusi grani filettati DIN 913-M6x14, acciaio, zincati
m = 1000,0 g
0.0.607.10
0.0.605.21

0.0.625.30
Captive Nuts
Nut
clips into Rebate Profile 8 Al 19
Quickly
fitted and removed
5
Universal usage for installation in Rebate Profile 8 Al 19 or in
panel elements. The Captive Nuts can be installed by snapping
the latch springs into the corresponding recess.
The recesses can be either:

- Square - with anti-torsion feature
- Round - no anti-torsion feature
6.3
9.5
2.5
Captive Nut M5
M5;M6
.5
13
St
Cage and square nut
m = 5.0 g
0.0.411.62
Captive Nut M6
St
Cage and square nut
m = 5.0 g
0.0.411.63
187
Panel Clamp
Fasten
panel elements without needing to machine them
Clamping
screw fastens the panel and Panel Clamp to a profile
5
For securing panel elements to Profiles 8 without the need for
additional machining. Tightening the clamping screw fixes the
Panel Clamp to both the panel element and the profile.
Particularly suitable for attachment of unframed panels etc.
Not suitable for mesh and corrugated mesh.
The panel elements of thickness 4 - 10 mm can be clamped
in position by the asymmetrical spacer washers. Depending
on the particular application, it may be necessary to invert the
spacer washers in the housing.
Max. loading for each Panel

Clamp without pinning.
Fmax = 100 N
9
27
Panel Clamp 8
9.5
69.5
40
188
14.
Possible pinning position for

securing the panel element
against movement.
2 housing halves, PA-GF, black

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Nut DIN 934-M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 spacer washers, NBR, black
m = 56.0 g
1 set
0.0.388.91
Panel Clamp X 6-8

Elegant
Elastic
Rigid
-JOF
support that holds panels without the need for machining work
inserts dampen vibrations
fastening thanks to internal bolts
Panel Clamp X 6-8 is a fastener for unframed panels (4 - 8 mm

thick) that does not require any further machining of the panel
element. The panel element is held securely by elastic inserts.
Fitting the panel element securely using internal bolts is also
an option.
The Panel Clamp is fastened

in the groove in Profiles 8
using a screw connection
with T-Slot Nut 8. When using
the Panel Clamp with Line 6
profiles, a T-Slot Nut 6 St M6
with a Button-Head Screw
M6x14 is required.
The anti-torsion elements are
also to be removed as appropriate for this purpose.
10
14
18
8
The Panel Clamp can be

adapted to panel elements
between 4 and 8 mm thick by
turning the elastomer inserts.
A window in the insert shows
the selected panel thickness.
Panel Clamp X 6-8
50
32
A clearance of 15 mm is to
be ensured when cutting the
panel element.
When using fastening bolts,
through bores with a diameter
of 11 mm also need to be cut.
Max. load for each Panel
Clamp without a fastening
bolt Fmax. = 100 N.
2 housing components, die-cast zinc, white aluminium

2 inserts, PUR, transparent
Bolt D6x21.5, St, bright zinc-plated
Collar D6/D10, PUR, grey
2 square nuts similar to DIN 557-M5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 175.0 g
1 set
0.0.605.41
189
Support Arm X 6-8

Aesthetically
Concealed
-JOF
appealing support for shelving
clamping system provides a secure fixing
Support Arm X 6-8 is a support for glass shelves or other

inherently stable panel elements. Rear clamping of the panel
element allows cantilever fastening to a Line 6 or Line 8 profile
structure. The form of Support Arm X 6-8 corresponds to the
clean contour of profile form X.
The load-carrying capacity of the shelf and the holding force
indicated for the Support Arms must not be exceeded. The
total load applies to the indicated distances between supports
with an even distribution of weight!
Support Arms X 6-8 are suitable for clamping

panel elements 4 to 10 mm thick.
The tightening torque for the tensioning screw
must not exceed 3 Nm.
Support Arm X 6-8 is fastened in the groove
in Profiles 8 using a screw connection with
T-Slot Nut 8. When using Support Arm X 6-8
with Line 6 profiles, a T-Slot Nut 6 St M6 with
a Button-Head Screw M6x14 is required.
The permissible depth of the

shelf is lmax. = 200 mm with a
load Fmax. = 80 N.
The distance between two
Support Arms should not
exceed 500 mm.
Support Arm X 6-8

30
57
57
190
Angle Bracket, die-cast zinc, white aluminium

Cap, PA-GF, grey
Washer DIN 125-6.4, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer 10.5x10.5x1.3, St, bright zinc-plated
Clamping element, die-cast zinc, white aluminium
Support, PUR, grey
m = 198.0 g
1 set
0.0.496.01

Secure
table tops to profile frames
Self-tapping
screws for wooden panels included
22
Table-Top Fastening Set 8 is a robust fastening element for

table tops made of solid wood or chipboard on profile frame
constructions. Clamping in the profile groove is achieved by
tightening the self-tapping screw.
The table top does not

need to be processed. The
self-tapping screw can be
screwed directly into the
table top using a screwdriver
(TX30 bit). The tolerance is
adjusted by means of a slot in
Table-Top Fastening Set 8.
12
4
32
Table-Top Fastening Set 8
25
25
Clamping device, St, bright zinc-plated

Cap, PA-GF, black
Screw 6x25-TX30, self-tapping, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 24.0 g
1 set
0.0.617.63
191
Flange
Mounting
Stable
plate for table columns
fastening, particularly for Column Profile D110
Flange 8 D130 can be used as a mounting plate for table columns with Column Profile D110. It can be screwed to a table
top, a base plate or directly to the floor.
8 130
0
40
10
DIN74-Bm6
DIN74-Bm8
192
Flange 8 D130 is screwed to Column Profile D110 by means of

2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7981-M8x25.
To do this, M8 threads must be tapped into the core bores
( 6.8 mm) in the Column Profile.
Flange 8 D130
Die-cast zinc
2 anti-torsion lugs, die-cast zinc, galvanized
m = 399.0 g
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 1 set
0.0.474.82
Enclosures, guards and partitions
Clamp Profiles
Hangers
Dual-Rod Mesh Hanger
Lifting-Door System
Door Security
Application example system solutions for enclosures and guards

Components for building enclosures and guards
1
194
4 5
10
Handles and grips
Safe opening and closing suited to the working
Wide range of fixings to suit different panel
environment
Handles in any sizes thanks to flexible profiles
elements
Safety functions compliant with Machinery
Directive
Section 8
263
163
Lifting doors
Complete solution in widths of up to 2 m

Manual and automatic operation
Made from metal, plastic, composite material

Numerous special applications such as noise
Section 10
On easy-running castors, up to 6000 mm wide

Also available in customised dimensions as a
Section 7
Locks
Mechanisms for controlling access

Various lock systems available
corner entrance or folding door
Swing doors
225
Sliding doors
Section 7
242
Section 11
With profiles and hinges from item

Can be planned to suit individual needs
Door panel can be chosen to suit requirements
reduction, impact protection and access

prevention
Floor elements
317
Panel elements
295
Section 5
Knuckle Feet, castors and floor fasteners to size

A secure hold for all applications
Section 6
215
Panel fasteners
277
Section 9
10 Safety Hangers
Clamp Profiles
Hold panel elements securely in the profile
without the need for machining

Models designed specifically for various applications
Hangers and fasteners from item ensure rapid
and safe construction
Easily reused and adapted to suit special ap-
plications
Compliant with the EC Machinery Directive
Section 6
197
Key:
See page
Products
in this section
209
Section 6
Products
in other sections
195

Clamp Profile 8 32x18
Clamp Profiles E
Clamp Profiles light
Clamp Profiles
Clamp-Profile Fasteners E
Slim frame profile
For building frame ele-
For building gap-free
For building particularly
For suspending panels
For building guards, enclo-
sures and sliding doors
198
Clamp-Profile Cross Connector

For inside corners, cut-outs
and openings in panels

Connect up to four Clamp
Profiles
207
ments
Rapid to fit and secured
against movement
202
protective enclosures
203
stable frame elements

Suitable for large-area
guards and enclosures
204
Safety Hanger 8/8 and 8/6
Hanger 6-8
Hanger 8
Intelligent hanging system
The slim Hanger for frame
Robust connection between
Tamper-proof in line with EC
Combine Line 6 and 8
accommodates panel elements up to 14 mm thick

For particularly robust
enclosures and guards
208
allows one-man assembly
Machinery Directive
209
elements
Profiles
211
Lifting-Door Guide Set
Security Limit Switch/Lock
Stable hold for Dual-Rod
Complete solution for auto-
Guide runs along the Line
Compact, secure latching
196
206
Profiles 8 F14 light
Lifting-Door System
213
thanks to rapid installation

and removal
Groove in special width

Mesh panels
Fasten rod meshes at any
angle
within frame structures
Ensures easy access
matic or manual operation

Easy-running door, balanced by counterweights
215
8 groove
Can also be connected to
a drive
218
function, detects when

doors have been opened
For swing, lifting and sliding doors
219
frame elements and Stand

Profiles 8
Secured against removal by
screw attachment
212
Special profiles for fastening panel elements

Exceptionally
Design
Fully
secure hold for panel elements
guard panels to suit specific requirements
compatible with Hangers and Hinges
Special Clamp Profiles are available for the construction of

inherently stable enclosures and guards. They provide an
exceptionally secure hold for panel elements including Acrylic
Glass, Steel Mesh and Sound-Insulating Material. As a result, it
couldnt be easier to build partitions, guards and enclosures to
precise specifications.
Alternatively, when assembling lightweight panels or table
tops, fastenings can be used that sit in or on the groove of
stand profiles.
Clamp Profiles can also be used to erect flexible guards, with

individual panels fastened to load-carrying stands made from
standard profiles. The range of Hangers from item can then be
used to install the panels in the guard as fixed, removable or
mobile (e.g. door) elements.
This catalogue contains a wide range of panel elements and
the ideal Clamp Profiles for each type of material.
Panel Element
Frame Profile
Acrylic Glass / Sheet Metal Al Compound

Material
Polycarbonate
Plastic
Corrug. Mesh Corrug. Mesh

Al
St
Steel Mesh Perforated Sheet
Clamp Profile
Clamp Profile E
Clamp Profile 832x18
Profiles (Line 8)
+ well suited
The strength of a protective enclosure is also determined by
the strength of the connection between panel element and
profile. Thanks to their deep slot, the special Clamp Profiles
offer clear advantages over standard profiles, particularly with
regard to panel such as Corrugated Mesh or thin Sheet Material, which are not inherently stable.
Large, free-standing machine guards in production plants and
room dividers in offices, warehouses or sales areas also
benefit from the use of special profiles. Clamping the panel
element in the profile frame improves rigidity while keeping
the material weight low. This makes it easier to build,
o assembly possible
- not recommended
reconfigure and disassemble the walls. Alternatively, guards

and enclosures can also be erected using inherently stable
panel elements such as Dual-Rod Meshes, which can be
mounted directly on stands without the need for special Clamp
Profiles. Special Hangers are available for this application, too.
The Hangers item supplies for frame elements balance out
assembly tolerances and make it easy to remove panels as
well as secure them firmly in place.
197

Holds
For
panel elements with the appropriate Clamping Spring
building lightweight guards, enclosures and sliding doors
Clamp-Profile Fastening Set 8 32x18 ensures a correctly

positioned corner connection for the profiles.
The number of Clamping

Springs required depends on
the load, the inherent stability and the size of the panel
element.
32
12.2 12.2
10
8
18
4.2
18
32
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
2.49
0.67
1.88
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
1.10
1.16
1.23
0.0.631.05
0.0.452.24
Cap 8 32x18
11
10
PA-GF
m = 2.2 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.388.87
0.0.627.23
Clamp-Profile Fastening Set 8 32x18

8 19
14
0.0.373.67
St
m = 5.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
11
Instead of Clamping Spring 8,

a Lip Seal 8 can also be used
for securing inherently stable
panel elements.

Al, anodized
Clamping Spring 8
80
198
10 mm thick panel elements

can be fitted into the groove
without using Clamping
Springs.
Fastener, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated

m = 11.0 g
1 set
0.0.406.21

0.0.404.09
Corner-Fastening Set Clamp-Profile 8 32x18

Simple
assembly of a frame using Clamp Profiles 8
Additional
components can be added to produce hinges or

castors for sliding doors
4FSWJDF
XXXJUFNDPN
Corner-Fastening Set Clamp-Profile 8 32x18 is

used for stable profile connections.
The rigid screw fastening to the end faces
of the profiles being connected produces a
frame that is ideal for use within lightweight
enclosures and for door frames.
contains all components required for a profile
connection. An M5 thread must be tapped into
the core bore of each Clamp Profile 8 32x18.
The Corner-Fastening Sets are multifunctional.
They can be used in a variety of ways when
used with special add-on elements:
- Roller Set 32x18 can be fitted directly into
the corner fastener. This turns the frame into
a smooth-running sliding door element that
can be employed e.g. in the Sliding-Door
Guide Profile 8 40x10.
18
The maximum permissible weight of a door

is 10 kg.
11
2
3
Die-cast zinc, white aluminium similar to RAL 9006

m = 54.5 g
1 set
28
Cap for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18

17
-H
inge Sets 32x18 come with an insert for
the corner fastener which forms a door
hinge in conjunction with a hinge bearing in
the frame of the surrounding construction.
This provides an easy means of constructing a stylish, lightweight swing door with
a particularly low door gap and without
needing to fit additional hinges.
PP
m = 1.3 g
0.0.494.73

0.0.494.71
199
Sliding-Door Guide Profile 8

40x10 is fitted with Clip 8 St
at the top and bottom of the
surrounding profile frame. It
forms the guide for two door
leaves of Clamp Profile 8
32x18.
6
The sliding doors can also
be run directly in the grooves
of a Line 5 profile. This produces a particularly compact
frame construction.
Spring-loaded Roller Set 32x18 is fitted

into the corner fasteners of the previously
constructed clamp profile frames. A Roller
Set must be installed in each fastener so as to
guide the sliding door leaf.
A limit stop can be installed to prevent the
roller insert from springing. The corner fasteners at the bottom of a sliding door frame are
always installed with rigid rollers. Springloaded rollers in the corner fasteners at the
top enable the door leaves to be fitted into a
profile frame which has already been built.
If required, all four roller inserts may be
blocked by limit stop inserts and the outer profile frame finished after the sliding door leaves
have been fitted. This effectively prevents the
doors from being removed without dismantling the frame.
After the rollers have been fitted, a plastic end
cap closes the fastener at the side and serves
as a door stop in the terminal positions.
12.4
Roller for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18
23.
Roller insert
Compression spring
Llimit stop
Cap, PP grey
Notes on Use and Installation
m = 10.5 g
1 set
2
40
20
10
Sliding-Door Guide Profile 8 40x10

Al, anodized
5.4
200
A [cm2]
0.0.494.74

m [kg/m]
2.48
0.67
0.0.495.13
0.0.495.12
10
+1
18

+1
18

The hinge inserts are also fitted into the corner fasteners after the clamp profile
frame has been closed.
The Hinge Sets for installing swing doors in frame constructions of Line 5 or 8
contain all the parts required for one hinge.
A hinge bearing is attached to both the upper and the lower frame profile and
functions as a rotary bearing for a door. During installation, the spring-loaded
Hinge Pin engages in the bearing plate, whose position in the groove can be
adjusted when the swing door is open. This provides an effective means of
preventing a closed door from being dismantled.
23.
Hinge insert
Bearing plate 5
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M4x6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.5 g
1 set
12.4
23.
12.4
Hinge 5 for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18
Hinge 8 for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18

Hinge insert
Bearing plate 8
m = 23.0 g
1 set
0.0.495.33

0.0.494.76
201
Clamp Profiles E
For
building frame elements
Flexible
Rapid
steel strip holds even Corrugated Mesh Al in place
to fit and secured against movement
*OOPWBUJPO
Producing frames:
1. Cut-off of panel element = inside frame
dimension + 2 x insertion depth (t).
2. Fit the Clamp-Profile Fastener loosely onto

the upright frame profiles.
3. Place the horizontal frame profiles centrally
onto the panel element so as to ensure
initial gentle clamping by the steel strip.
The panel element must not yet be pressed
all the way into the groove.
Installation sequence:
1. Insert the Clamp-Profile Strip into the spring cavity in the
Clamp Profile.
4. Assemble the frame and tighten the bolts.

The panel element will be pressed into the
groove by varying amounts (depending on
the tolerance position) when the bolts are
tightened.
2. Press in the panel element.
Clamp Profile Fasteners E
6.2
30
18
A [cm2]
30
Clamp Profile 6 30x30 E

Al, anodized
3.4
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
3.58
0.97
2.77
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.24
1.81
2.14
0.0.439.42
0.0.451.49
0.15
Clamp-Profile Strip 6 23x0.15 E

St
m = 27 g/m
stainless, 1 roll length 20 m
23
9
5
6.8
40
24.5
40
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.50
1.76
8.79
0.15
Clamp-Profile Strip 8 30x0.15 E
30
202
0.0.441.52

Clamp Profile 8 40x40 E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
St
m = 35 g/m
stainless, 1 roll length 20 m
206
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.67
4.29
5.25
0.0.436.92
0.0.452.21

0.0.440.48
Clamp Profiles light

The
cost-effective solution for building gap-free protective enclosures
Stand
profile and clamp profile in one
66
The Clamp Profiles light are connected using Angle Bracket V

8 40 Zn.
Angle Bracket V 8
40 Zn
95
A special clamping effect is achieved using

Clamp-Profile Strip 8 30x0.15 E (0.0.440.48).
In such cases, the Clamp Profiles first have
to be pushed onto the panel element. The
frame is then connected together using Angle
Brackets V 8 40 Zn.
Lip Seals 8 ensure inherently stable panel elements are secured firmly without rattling.
b = max. 6 mm
Lip Seal 8 2-4mm
167
b = max. 6 mm
Using a Clamp Profile as a stand allows you to construct

protective enclosures without gaps.
9
5
6.8
40
18.5
A [cm2]
40
6.8
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
11.20
4.29
5.51
0.0.483.36
0.0.454.45
Clamp Profile 8 80x40-180 light

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
40
18.5
m [kg/m]
6.51
1.77
8.57
9
5
Clamp Profile 8 40x40-180 light

Al, anodized
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.77
3.18
17.37
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
70.29
8.69
17.41
0.0.480.44
0.0.454.38
80
18.5
6.8
40
Clamp Profile 8 W80x80x40 light

Al, anodized
80
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
17.51
4.73
97.40
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
97.40
21.18
21.18
0.0.483.57
0.0.483.56
203
Clamp Profiles
For
building particularly stable frame elements
Suitable
for large-area guards and enclosures
Clamp Profiles can be connected together to

form frames using Clamp-Profile Fasteners E
or by screwing the Clamp Profiles directly to
each other.
Where the panels are to be divided by a central strut (Clamp

Profile 180), this should always be tapped at the ends and
bolted between the outer frame profiles.
The Profile Edging (i.e. clamping strip) will need to be interrupted accordingly.
When designing a frame, it is important to ensure that horizontal Clamp Profiles are always connected via their end faces. An
appropriate bore should be drilled through the vertical profiles.
Clamp Profile 6
30x30
30x30-180
40x40
40x40-180
12 mm
15+1 mm
15+1 mm
20+2 mm
-1
2 Nm
8 Nm
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380
150 mm
200 mm
2-6 mm
2-8.5 mm
Mmax.
a
204
Clamp Profile 8
M6x30
M8x40


Al, anodized
Cap Screws DIN 912-M4x12, St, bright zinc-plated
A [cm2]
6.5
3.4
30
17
150 0
15
39x
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.14
1.27
3.20
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.54
2.04
2.34
0.0.431.11
0.0.451.01
30
80
Clamp Profile 6 30x30-180

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
6.5
30
12.7
3.4
150 50
1
39x
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.64
1.55
3.88
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.53
2.54
2.35
0.0.431.14
0.0.451.02
30
80

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
6.8
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
7.49
2.30
9.58
40
23
40
200 00
2
29x
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
11.96
4.55
5.93
0.0.196.50
0.0.452.25
105
Clamp Profile 8 40x40-180

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
6.8
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
8.38
2.56
11.40
40
17
40
200 00
2
29x
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
13.00
5.70
6.20
0.0.429.95
0.0.452.26
105
205
Clamp-Profile Fasteners E
Clamp-Profile Fastener E
For
suspending panels within frame structures
Ensures
easy access thanks to rapid installation and removal
*OOPWBUJPO
Suspended frame elements

can also be locked if required
by subsequently moving the
lower ClampProfile Hanger.
210
Connection of Clamp-Profiles
E with Clamp-Profile Fasteners E.
Clamp-Profile Fastener 6 30x30 E
30
Clamp-Profile
Hangers E
The Clamp-Profile Fastener

can be combined with any
desired Profiles 6 30x30 or 8
40x40 and also with the existing Clamp Profiles 6 30x30
or 8 40x40. The fact that the
Clamp-Profile Fastener has
a special cavity means that
the panels to be fitted in the
profile grooves do not need to
be notched.
30
30

2 Cap Screws DIN 912-M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 78.0 g
1 set
40
Clamp-Profile Fastener 8 40x40 E
40
206
40

m = 187.0 g
1 set
0.0.441.80

0.0.444.76

Connect
up to four Clamp Profiles
Versatile
design options
For
inside corners, cut-outs and openings in panels
Installation note:
The following screws are required for securing the ClampProfile Cross Connectors to the Clamp Profiles:
- Clamp Profile 6 30x30: Screw ISO 7380 M6x14
- Clamp Profile 8 40x40: Screw ISO 7380 M8x20
Button-Head Screws
ISO 7380
Inside corner with a ClampProfile Cross Connector and

two Clamp Profile Connectors.
Central aperture with four

Clamp Profile Cross Connectors.
Cut-out with two Clamp Profile Cross Connectors and two

Clamp Profile Connectors.
147
Clamp-Profile Cross
Connector
12 -1 mm
15 +1 mm
When planning panel element

cut-outs, the penetration
depth (a) specified here must
be taken into account irrespective of the penetration
depth specified for the Clamp
Profiles.
Clamp-Profile Cross Connector 6 30x30
12.7
6.5
St
m = 74.0 g
30
3.4
30
17
Clamp-Profile Cross Connector 8 40x40
St
m = 168.0 g
40
40
0.0.459.09
40
30
0.0.457.92
207
Profiles 8 F14 light

Groove
in special width
Secure
panel elements up to 14 mm thick
For
particularly robust enclosures and guards
s
12
Profiles 8 F14 can be fastened together without any profile

machining by using Angle Brackets V 8 40 Zn (0.0.486.28).
These Angle Brackets have an anti-torsion feature on one side
which locates them in the correct position in the profile groove.
Depending on the thickness of the panel element used, it is

advisable to use the following Lip Seals:
s = 10 12 mm
=> Lip Seal 8 2-4 mm
s = 12 14 mm
=> Lip Seal 8 4-6 mm
167
Lip Seals
12
16
40
A [cm2]
40
16
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.39
1.73
8.25
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.24
2.85
4.62
0.0.617.97
0.0.617.96
12
Profile 8 80x40 F14-180 light

Al, anodized
40
A [cm2]
80
208
Profile 8 40x40 F14 light

Al, anodized
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
10.90
2.93
15.10
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
68.05
7.54
13.89
0.0.617.99
0.0.617.98
Safety Hanger 8/8 and 8/6

Safety made convenient
It complies with the Machinery Directive and it is also extremely convenient to use the new Safety Hanger for protective
fence panels from item.
Its reinforced steel design is also break-proof in crash
scenarios. And the tamper-proof pin hex button head screws
surpass Machinery Directive requirements, since a special key
(0.0.627.48) is needed to release the locking mechanism. As a

be adjusted and evens out tolerances

result, no unauthorised persons can access hazard areas.

Panels consisting of Profile 6 (Safety Hanger 8/6) or Profile 8
(Safety Hanger 8/8) frames can be fitted to Stand Profiles 8 by
a single fitter working alone: slot in at the bottom, tilt into place
at the top and then fasten with the security bolt. Safety really
can be this simple.
$)*/&3
&$

%*3
&$5*
7&
Can
hanging system allows one-man assembly
:
Intelligent
unbreakable and tamper-evident design
."
Practically
596
Security L-Key Set
One Safety Hanger set is required for each profile frame.

7.6
12-26
M=8Nm
The captive security bolt: simply insert into the profile groove
and tighten.
Safety Hanger 8/6

80
100
22
54
2 Safety Hangers with bolts St, bright zinc-plated

2 support hooks, St, bright zinc-plated
2 support angle brackets, St, bright zinc-plated
8 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6
4 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M8
8 security bolts M6x12, St. stainless
4 security bolts M8x16, St, stainless
m = 912.0 g
1 set
0.0.627.78
40
Safety Hanger 8/8

2 Safety Hangers with bolts St, bright zinc-plated
2 support hooks, St, bright zinc-plated
2 support angle brackets, St, bright zinc-plated
12 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M8
12 security bolts M8x16, St. stainless
m = 992.0 g
1 set
0.0.626.00
209
Clamp-Profile Hangers E
For
suspending frame elements assembled with Clamp-Profile Fasteners E
The clearance dimension between frame and Stand Profile is

12 mm. Dimensional tolerances of 3 mm can be accommodated by the Clamp-Profile Hanger E.
To match Clamp-Profile
Hangers E, item supplies
Clamp-Profile Fasteners E,
which also hold together the
frame elements. This means
that a smaller gap (12 mm)
can be achieved between the
frame and the stands.
4.75 mm
8.25 mm
Installation sequence:
1. Hook the frame element into the existing construction.
2. Fix the height of the frame element using the upper hangers
(a).
3. Move the lower Clamp-Profile Hangers to lock the frame
element in position (if required).
30
7.6
13
33
8
13
210
Clamp-Profile Hanger 6 E
a = 4.75 mm
4 bolts, St, black
4 washers DIN 9021-6.4, St, black
m = 76.0 g
1 set
Clamp-Profile Hanger 8 E
a = 8.25 mm
4 bolts, St, black
4 washers DIN 9021-8.4, St, black
m = 112.0 g
1 set
0.0.441.11

0.0.440.05
Hanger 6-8
Connect
Combine
Compact hanger for especially rigid fastening of frame elements to Stand Profiles. Profiles from Lines 6 and 8 can be
connected together as required.
lightweight frame elements and stand profiles

Line 6 and 8 Profiles
If required, the Hangers can be screwed together front and

rear using the supplied grub screw in order to prevent lifting.
The two-sided anti-torsion blocks can be configured to suit

various combinations of Profiles 6 and 8.
Fastening to Profile 6 using Button-Head Screw ISO 7380M6x14 and T-Slot Nut 6 St M6.
Fastening to Profile 8 using Button-Head Screw ISO 7380M6x16 and T-Slot Nut 8 St M6.
Hanger 6-8 allows two variations of frame assembly:

1. Very easy 1-man assembly: the frame element is lowered
from above onto the hangers on the Stand Profiles, lugs on the
hangers engaging to ensure stability. They are then secured by
the grub screws provided.
2. The frame element is slid into the hanger on the Stand Profile from below and secured with the grub screw. Removal of
the grub screws results in the frame element dropping down.
Hanger 6-8 can be used to

maintain very small gaps (12
mm) between the frame and
the Stand Profile.
F = approx. 400 N
24
Hanger 6-8
39
30
Attaching the Hanger from

the front ensures that the
frame and panel elements
can be fitted without gaps.
6.2
2 hangers, die-cast zinc, black

2 anti-torsion blocks, die-cast zinc, black
Grub screw DIN 913-M5x10, black
m = 70.0 g
1 set
0.0.441.33
6.6
11
10
211
Hanger 8
Particularly
Secured
robust connection between frame elements and Stand Profiles 8
against removal by screw attachment
If the upper Hanger 8 is fitted

to the Stand Profile and the
lower Hanger 8 to the frame
element, removal of Hexagon
Socket Head Cap Screw M6
will result in the frame element being released.
Hanger 8 in conjunction with Clamp Profile 8 40x40.
Hanger 8 in conjunction with Clamp Profile 8 32x18.
Hanger 8 allows two variations of frame assembly:

1. Very easy 1-man assembly: the frame element is lowered
from above onto the hangers on the Stand Profiles, lugs
on the hangers engaging to ensure stability. They are then
secured by the Cap Screws provided.
Attaching the Hanger from

the front ensures that the
frame and panel elements
can be fitted without gaps.
2. The frame element is slid into the hanger on the Stand Profile from below and secured with the Cap Screw. Removal of
the screw results in the frame element dropping down.
20
54.5
14.5/8.5
The clearance dimension

between frame and Stand
Profile is 25 mm. Dimensional
tolerances of 5 mm can be
adjusted through Hanger 8.
Hanger 8
6.4
M6
F = approx. 750 N
Hanger, die-cast zinc, black

Washer DIN 125-6.4 St, bright zinc-plated
m = 87.0 g
1 set
0.0.196.44
25
Fastening Set 8 for Hanger 8

Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M8x25, St, bright zinc-pl.
2 spring washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 21.0 g
1 set
212
0.0.265.05

Stable
hold for Dual-Rod Mesh
Fasten
rod meshes at any angle
Integrated
hinge function for swing doors

The Dual-Rod Mesh Hanger accommodates the Dual-Rod Mesh

elements on the cross-rods ( 8 mm) at any angle between
0 - 270 to the Stand Profile.
Even after the fastening screws have been tightened, the
fastening can still be rotated. This also forms a hinge for a
swing door.
Dual-Rod Mesh
310
Dual-Rod Mesh Lock

System
293
Average dimensions for connecting the Dual-Rod Mesh to the

Stand Profile.
Thanks to the swivel action of the Dual-Rod Mesh Hanger,
corner zones can be constructed with an extremely wide
angular range.
The Dual-Rod Mesh is first hung from a preassembled Dual-Rod Mesh Hanger, and then screwed
into position with further Hangers. Recommended spacing of Hangers: 3 section heights, corresponding to 600 mm.
The slotted hole fastening on the Stand Profile enables adjustment of the position and angle.
The ability to move the mesh horizontally (depending on the mesh width) in the Dual-Rod Mesh
Hanger helps compensate for minor assembly errors.
6.2
69
39
30
55
26.
Body, St, black

Clamping elements, die-cast zinc, black
2 Button-Hd. Screws ISO 7380-M6x10, St, bright zinc-pl.
2 Button-Hd. Screws ISO 7380-M6x22, St, bright zinc-pl.
4 Washers DIN 9021-6.4, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 279.0 g
1 set
0.0.446.04
213
Dual-Rod Mesh Clamping Element

Simple
Dual-Rod Mesh Clamping Elements for universal fastening of

any components to Dual-Rod Mesh elements.
Also suitable for fastening cylindrical components ( 8 mm)
to profiles or panel elements.
12.5
30.4
6.6
and practical fixing
214

St
m = 11.0 g
black, 1 pce.
8.5 22
0.0.446.10
Lifting-Door System
Easy running and pre-configured to suit customised requirements
Turnkey
solution with coordinated components
Easy-running
Configured
Manual
door, balanced by chain with counterweights
and produced to suit customer requirements
or automatic operation as required
Arrester
mechanism for complete safety
4FSWJDF
XXXJUFNDPN
The lifting-door system from item is a modular solution that adapts to suit the specific requirements for a system. Your sales partner will design a customised configuration that meets
your needs, which can be delivered to you either as complete, ready-to-install lifting doors or
construction kits.
The lifting-door system comprises vertical lifting guides, door hanging system, counterweight,
drive and arrester mechanism. The lifting door is constructed to suit the users needs from
a frame made using Line 6 Profiles which encloses any chosen panel element. Lifting doors
should be a maximum of 2 m wide and not weigh more than 35 kg in total.
To ensure smooth operation, the lifting door uses a chain and counterweight. This runs entirely
within the stand profile, thus ensuring there is no risk of injury from moving parts. An arrester
mechanism halts the lifting door if it inadvertently falls. The Chain Reverse Units are designed to
permit the lifting door to be driven automatically.
0.0.196.41
Support Profile 80
0.0.431.11
0.0.485.10
Lifting-Door Guide Profile 8 80x80
0.0.485.18
Lifting-Door Chain Reverse Unit VK14
0.0.485.19
Lifting-Door Counterweight Guide Set
0.0.487.07
Lifting-Door Bearing Set
0.0.487.08
Lifting-Door Arrester Set
0.0.487.18
Lifting-Door Chain Connector
0.0.487.45
Conduit Profile U 80x80 SE
0.0.487.59
Lifting-Door Counterweight 60x40 St
215
6.8
40
80
Lifting-Door Guide Profile 8 80x80
Al, anodized
m = 5.51 kg/m
0.0.485.10
0.0.474.99
80
DIN 912
M8x80
Lifting-Door Chain Reverse Unit VK14
8
0
12
64
80
DIN 912
M6x90
22
Chain Reverse Unit, Al, coated, white aluminium (RAL9006)

Ball-bearing sprocket wheel, z = 16 (z = number of teeth)
One revolution corresponds to 203.2 mm
Hub with multi-spline DIN ISO 14-6x11x14,
hub length 30 mm, Max. load MD = 20 Nm
Chain length in Reverse Unit 182.3 mm
Cap Screw DIN 912-M8x80, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Automatic Fasteners 8, threaded bore, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
Lifting-Door Chain Reverse Unit E
80
Chain Reverse Unit, Al, anodized

Reversing wheel, slide bearing, PA
3 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M8x80,
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.0 kg
1 set
0.0.485.18

0.0.487.14
16
145
38
Lifting-Door Bearing Set
Lifting-Door Counterweight Guide Set
M4
15
2 Slide Guides, POM, black

3 threaded rods DIN 975-M4x1000, St
Chain fastener, St, bright zinc-plated
2 retaining plates, St, bright zinc-plated
Nuts and washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 442.0 g
1 set
20
41.5
61.5
216
2 castor units, with ball bearing

Special T-slot nut 6 St
m = 129.0 g
1 set
0.0.487.07
0.0.485.19
40
Lifting-Door Counterweight 60x40 St
60
Bar steel DIN 1017-60x40, cold-rolled

m = 18.84 kg/m
cut-off max. 3000 mm
0.0.487.59
1 pce., length 3000 mm
0.0.487.57
80
Lifting-Door Arrester Set
12.3
26
Lifting-Door Chain Connector

Chain fastening, St, bright zinc-plated
Washers, St, bright zinc-plated
Chain pin with lock washer, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M6x30, bright zinc-plated
m = 65.0 g
1 set
Chain
7.2
"
p=
8.7
Housing and brake lever, St, bright zinc-plated

Chain pin with lock washer, St, bright zinc-plated
Washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 307.0 g
1 set
0.0.487.08
25
30
20
0.0.487.18

St, nickel-plated
Pitch p = 12.7 mm corresponding to
Operating load = max. 1.400 N
Elongation at 1,400 N = 2.5 - 3
m = 215 g/m
cut-off max. 25 m in 1 intervals
0.0.465.17
1 roll length 25 m
0.0.602.31
217

Guide
For
runs along the Line 8 groove
connecting door panel and counterweights
Manual
drive or Timing-Belt Reverse Unit drive possible
The use of Timing-Belt Reverse Units is a basic requirement

for using drive units. The process of opening and closing lifting
doors can thus be automated and integrated into manufacturing systems or transport sequences.
80
26
25
218
32
Lifting-Door Guide Set 8

Housing halves, POM, black
Steel insert, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 94.0 g
1 set
0.0.388.70
Security Limit Switch / Lock compact

For
swing, lifting and sliding doors
Know
when doors are being opened
Ensure
doors latch securely when in use
Failsafe
locking system
The actuator is available in two models the fixed design is

suitable for medium-sized sliding and swing doors (door width
greater than 500 mm and smaller than 1000 mm), while the
movable actuator is recommended for swing doors of width <
500 mm (angle compensation) and for particularly large doors.
Design complies with EN ISO 13849-1
B10d
MTTFd = _____
1 n
0,
op
dop hop 3600 s/h
nop = __________
tcycle
Both switching units are

equipped with screw-secured
plug connectors, which make
the electrical connection
particularly easy. In the case
of Security Limit Switch
compact, this is done using
Proximity Switch Connecting
Cable Code A, 0.0.473.25.
In the case of Security Lock
compact, the Proximity
Switch Connecting Cable
Code B, 0.0.473.93 is also
required.
Illustration of circuits:
Security Limit Switch
compact
30
Security Limit Switch compact
23
31
Casing, PA-GF, black

Positive break
Rated voltage: 24 V AC/DC / 230 V AC, 4A
Protection: IP 67, EN 60529
Test certification to BG-GS-ET-15
Washers
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
B10d switch (NO) 1,000,000
Note: at 10% and with ohmic load
Service life: 20 years
m = 80.0 g
1 pce.
22
60
A
M12x1
19
Wiring diagram:
Security Limit Switch
compact
0.0.473.90
219
Security Limit Switch compact 2NC
30
60
22
6
A
M12x1
23
31
19

Positive break
Rated voltage: 24 V AC/DC / 230 V AC, 4A
Washers
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
m = 80.0 g
1 pce.
Security Lock compact
30
22
90
37 20
B
M12x1
15.5
220
23
31
0.0.489.85
Wiring diagram:
Security Lock compact, 230 V AC
60
A
M12x1
Wiring diagram:

Positive break
Rated control supply voltage: 230 V AC
Triangular socket wrench DIN 22417 M5
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
m = 305.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.27
Security Lock compact, 24 V AC/DC

Positive break
Rated control supply voltage: 24 V AC/DC
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
m = 305.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.26
Security Lock compact 2NC
30
Security Lock compact 2NC, 230 V AC

22
60
37 20
90
A
M12x1
B
M12x1
23
31
15.5
Wiring diagram:
Security Lock compact 2NC

Positive break
Rated control supply voltage: 230 V AC
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
m = 305.0 g
1 set
0.0.489.83
Security Lock compact 2NC, 24 V AC/DC

Positive break
Rated control supply voltage: 24 V AC/DC
B10d switch (NC) 2,000,000
m = 305.0 g
1 set
0.0.489.82
22
Fixed Actuator for Security Limit Switch / Lock compact
11
St, corrosion-resistant
2 security button-head screws M4x10, St, bright zinc-plated
2 square nuts similar to DIN 557-M4-5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 16.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.23
22
Movable Actuator for Security Limit Switch / Lock compact
41.5
14.5
PA-GF / St, corrosion-resistant

3 security button-head screws M4x14, St, bright zinc-plated
3 square nuts similar to DIN 557-M4-5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 22.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.24
Security Switch Connecting Cable M12x1 Code A

Connecting cable 4x0.75 mm2
m = 317.0 g
1 pce.
l=5m
d = 6 mm
0.0.473.25
Security Switch Connecting Cable M12x1 Code B

Connecting cable 4x0.75 mm2
m = 317.0 g
1 pce.
l=5m
d = 6 mm
0.0.473.93
221
Fastening Set 6-8 is suitable for universal fastening of the

Security Limit Switch/Security Lock compact and the actuator
to Profiles 6 and/or 8. The slots allow customised adaptation
to the direction of actuation and the position of the elements in
relation to each other.
Security L-Key Set
Fastening Set 6-8 for Security Limit Switch / Lock compact
60
M4x35
80
4.2
M5x18
12.5
222
Angle bracket 6-8, die-cast zinc, similar to RAL 9006

Angle bracket cap 6-8, PA-GF, black
Fastening plate 6-8, die-cast zinc, similar to RAL 9006
Fastening elements: security button-head screws and T-Slot Nuts
m = 349.0 g
1 set
48
60
40
40
M4x14
596
0.0.473.22
H i n g e s a n d f i tt i n gs
Hinges
Door Rabbets and Seals
Sliding-Door Guide Sets
T-Slot Sliders/T-Slot Rollers
Slide Guides
Castors
Roller Shutter System
H i n ges a n d f i tt i n gs
Hinges and fittings

Hinges PA
Hinges Al light
Hinge Leaf Profiles
Modular Hinge System 8
Hinges St
Made from durable plastic
Made from aluminium, also
For assembling Hinges Al
For particularly strong
Slim and made from steel
For lightweight doors and
lids
225
suitable for heavyweight

doors
Can be installed to produce
a very small door gap
228
light in any size

Suitable for continuous
hinge strips
231
doors and lids

Carefully designed hinge
leaves that can be combined as required
233
For doors and lids sub-
jected to standard loads
236
Hinges Zn
Door Rabbet 8
Door Stop Seal
Sliding-Door Guide Set 8
Sliding-Door Guide Profile
Secure fixing for heavily
The secure stop for swing
Elastic lip seal has cushion-
Easy-running sliders on the
For retrofitting sliding doors
Durable metal design
Safety thanks to robust
Protects against dust and
Guidance along the profile
For frameless panel ele-
loaded doors and lids
237
doors
design
240
ing effect
dampness
241
panel element
groove
242
to profile constructions
ments made from plastic
244
T-Slot Slider
Slide Guide Strip
T-Slot Slider
Runway Profiles
Glides in the groove and
For the Slide Guides of
Strong metal slide
System solutions compris-
Space-saving protection
enables free rotation

Guide for folding, lifting and
sliding doors
246
224
doors and fixtures

Plastic strips for guidance
248
Plastic inserts for low-wear
and low-friction movement
250
ing Castor Units and

Runway Profiles
For use with high-loadcarrying customised slides
254
provided by a flexible door

as a turnkey solution
Aluminium or plastic roller
shutters
258
Hinges PA
Made
For
from durable plastic
lightweight doors and lids
Products

7
Hinges PA have an anti-torsion feature that
engages with the profile grooves. Before the
Hinges can be fastened to a panel element,
through-holes need to be drilled into the panel.
The shape and colour of Hinges X 8 PA match

Profiles X 8.
Double Hinges PA can only be used on 20 mm wide profiles in

Line 5, on 30 mm wide profiles in Line 6 and on 40 mm wide
profiles in Line 8.
Hinge / Double Hinge

a Screw DIN 7991

b T-Slot Nut
Line 6, 8 and 10 door elements can be attached either permanently or in such a way that they can be lifted off subsequently.
For the lift-off version, the doors must be equipped only with
right-hand or left-hand Hinges.
For the permanently fixed version, right-hand and left-hand
Hinges must be combined.
1.5 6
20
DIN74-Bm5
20.
4
32
X8

M5x8
M5x14
M6x16
M6x16
M6x20
5 St M5
6 St M5
8 St M6
8 St M6
V8 St M6
c [mm]
6.3
8.2
8.2
8.2
d [mm]
15
22
23.8
30
24
e [mm]
14
18
18
18
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
F [N]
50
75
100
100
100
Hinge 5 PA
PA-GF
cannot be lifted out
m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.370.18
0.0.641.54
225
1.5 6
Double Hinge 5 PA
20.
PA-GF
cannot be lifted out
m = 10.0 g
black, 1 pce.
20
DIN74-Bm5
22
0.2
52
Fastening Set 5 for Bracket / Angle Bracket 5 20 / profile side for Hinge 5 PA
m = 2.5 g
1 set
2.5 6
Hinge 6 PA, right
30
DIN74-Bm5
30.
3
48
2.5 6
DIN74-Bm5
30.
48
2.5
DIN74-Bm5
30.
78.
30.
7.5
32
DIN74-Bm6
40.
60
7.5
32
DIN74-Bm6
40.
60
226
0.0.641.53

Hinge halves, PA-GF

Pin, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer, PA
m = 14.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.431.25
0.0.641.52
Fastening Set 6 profile side for Hinge 6 PA

m = 7.0 g
1 set
0.0.370.70
0.0.431.23
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 25.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Double Hinge 6 PA
30
0.0.437.33
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 14.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Hinge 6 PA, left
30
Hinge 8 PA, right
0.0.431.27

0.0.434.65

Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 21.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.026.12
0.0.630.89
Hinge 8 PA, left
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 21.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.026.10
0.0.630.45
7.5
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 40.0 g
black, 1 pce.
DIN74-Bm6
40.
4
100 40.4
7.5
32
20.
25.
2
66
7.5
10
4
DIN74-Bm6
25.
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 34.0 g
Hinge 10 PA 10/8, left

8
32
Hinge 10 PA 10/8, right
8
10
DIN74-Bm6
Hinge halves, PA-GF

Washer, PA
m = 34.0 g
0.0.026.28

0.0.641.96

0.0.641.94
20.
2
66
-JOF
7.4
Hinge X 8 PA, right

2 Hinge Leaves, PA
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
Grooved pin, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 28.0 g
40
6.4
0.0.373.42
Fastening Set 8 profile side for Hinge 8 PA

m = 14.0 g
1 set
Double Hinge 8 PA
32
DIN74-Bm6
-JOF
0.0.601.52
40.
70
7.4
Hinge X 8 PA, left

2 Hinge Leaves, PA
m = 28.0 g
40
6.4
DIN74-Bm6
-JOF
0.0.601.97
40.
70
227
Hinges Al
Strong, adjustable and elegant
Made
Can
from aluminium, also suitable for heavyweight doors
be installed to produce a very small door gap
Versions
with a 270 opening angle are available

7
F = 500 N
0.1
270
Irrespective of line or version, all Hinges Al

light duty, have the connection dimensions
shown here.
Hinges Al FP0-270 feature hinge leaves in different lengths.

This enables an opening angle of 270. The surface-mounted
hinges secure both frameless panels and profile frames
containing panel elements. Thanks to precision guidance that
prevents the door leaf from sinking down, doors can be easily
installed with virtually no gap between door and frame.
0.3
15.2
27.2
228
Hinges Al light duty are supplied in sets with

screws and T-Slot Nuts for securing to profiles
of the relevant line.
Hinge 6 Al PP0, light duty

Hinge Leaf, Al, anodized, natural
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991-M5x12, bright zinc-plated
Hinge Al light, Pin Set D6
m = 84.0 g
1 set
0.0.488.98
0.3
Hinge 6 Al FP0, light duty
15

m = 78.0 g
1 set
27.2

m = 86.0 g
1 set
22.5
34.5
4.1
0.3
34.5
13
27.2

m = 79.0 g
1 set
Hinge 6 Al FP0-270 light
0.1
15
57.5
0.8

2 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M6, bright zinc-plated
m = 110.0 g
1 set
20.4
36.2
0.6

m = 94.0 g
1 set
20
36.2
4
43.5
27.5

2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991-M5x12, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 101.0 g
1 set

m = 113.0 g
1 set
0.0.489.01

0.0.489.03

0.0.489.05

0.0.615.43

0.0.488.90

0.0.488.92

0.0.488.94
229
4.2
0.4
43.5
18
36.2

m = 96.0 g
1 set
0.0.488.96

Hinge 8 Al FP0-270 light

m = 128.0 g
1 set
0.1
19.7
76.5
4
0.0.615.45

Hinge 10 Al PP4 light
7
52.5
32.5
Hinge leaves, Al, anodized, natural

m = 144.0 g
1 set
4.2
0.0.632.86

Hinge 10 Al FP4 light
0.4
52.2
18
Hinge leaves, Al, anodized, natural

m = 134.0 g
1 set
0.0.632.87
36.2
0.6

m = 98.0 g
1 set
15.2 20.4
27.2
36.2
Hinge 6/8 Al PP4, light duty

43.5
34.5
230
Hinge 6/8 Al PP0, light duty

m = 101.0 g
1 set
0.0.489.07

0.0.489.09
Hinge Leaf Profiles

Individual
hinge leaves in various designs
Continuous
Suitable
&4%
a [mm]
b+ 0.2 [mm]
5.4
11
6.4
13

6.4
13
90
b
a
hinge strips possible
pins for customised hinges

The Hinge Leaf Profiles must be provided with a countersink

for screw fastening. The correct position of the hole is marked
by a guide notch on the back of the hinge.
Pin Set D6 makes the fitting
of all Hinges Al light childs
play!
14
8
14.5
7.5
3.8
Hinge Leaf Profile 6 e light
15.2
34.2
14
8
Al, anodized
m = 0.54 kg/m
0.0.478.96
0.0.451.80
14.5
7.5
3.8
Hinge Leaf Profile 6 e 60 light
15.5
45.5
64.5
14
8
3.8
2
14.5
7.5
Al, anodized
m = 0.83 kg/m
0.0.615.38
0.0.615.37
Hinge Leaf Profile V 6 e light
6.2
Al, anodized
m = 0.57 kg/m
0.0.478.95
0.0.451.78
15.2
34.2
231
14
8
6.2
3.8
Hinge Leaf Profile V 6 z light
22.5
41.5
14
8
3.8
14.5
7.5
14
8
0.0.478.94
0.0.451.76
3.8
20.2
60.5
83.2
14
8
0.0.488.36
0.0.454.58
3.8
3.3
14.5
7.5
14
8
0.0.615.40
0.0.615.39
3.8
3.3
27.5
50.5
14
8
0.0.488.35
0.0.454.56
3.8
3.6
32.5
59.5
0.0.488.34
0.0.454.54
32
60
0.3
0.9
8
232

Al, anodized
m = 0.84 kg/m
0.0.632.92
0.0.632.84
Al, anodized
m = 0.73 kg/m
Hinge Leaf Profile V 10 z
10
Al, anodized
m = 0.71 kg/m
Hinge Leaf Profile V 8 z light
Al, anodized
m = 1.03 kg/m
Hinge Leaf Profile V 8 e light
20.4
43.2
Al, anodized
m = 0.64 kg/m
Hinge Leaf Profile 8 e 80 light
14.5
7.5
Al, anodized
m = 0.60 kg/m
Hinge Leaf Profile 8 e light
20.2
43.2

2 bearing sleeves, PA, black
Washer, St, stainless
2 caps, PA, grey
m = 25.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.0.621.16
Modular Hinge System 8

For
particularly strong doors and lids
Carefully
Suitable
designed hinge leaves that can be combined as required
pins for hinge combinations
Modular Hinge System for high-strength aluminium hinges.

Suitable for heavy doors, lids and swivel-type devices.
Hinge Leaves of various heights and widths support heavy-duty
hinges of virtually any length which the user can adapt to the
specific situation. Hinges with an opening angle of up to 270
can be achieved using a suitable combination of sets.
A hinge consists of at least two Hinge Leaves and a suitable

Hinge Pin. The Hinge Leaves and Pin are available in different
lengths. When selecting these components, the minimum
depth which the pin is inserted into the eye of the Hinge Leaf
must always be taken into account.
Defined sets always contain all components necessary for a
complete Hinge Leaf or Hinge Pin.
The use of slots and stepped locating lugs for screwing the
Hinge Leaves facilitates the process of aligning the doors in
the surrounding door frame. The locating lugs also serve as an
anti-torsion device in the groove, thus preventing the hinges
from becoming displaced under load.
Fastening is also possible to the end face of the profile. The
slots are sealed with the enclosed Caps after installation has
been completed, as are the drill holes of the hinge eyes.
The required hinge can be assembled easily from the following sets:
a = Hinge Leaf 8 40x40
b = Hinge Pin D8x51
c = Hinge Pin D8x76
d = Hinge Leaf 8 80x40
e = Hinge Leaf 80x80
f = Hinge Pin D8x116
Various Hinge Leaves and Hinge Pins can be combined to

construct hinge strips.
For example: Constructing a hinge strip with Hinge Leaves 8
80x40.
Example of a hinge opening around 270.

The combination of Hinge Leaf 8 80x80 and two Hinge Leaves
8 40x40 (using a Hinge Pin D8x116) can be used to construct
a hinge with a 270 angle of swing. This may be required,
first and foremost, when constructing wide-opening doors in
machine panelling.
233
Application
Fr perm.
Fax perm.
150 N
750 N
350 N
750 N
350 N
450 N
Fax x r = Fr x h
The data apply for at least two hinges per door - one hinge
assumed to be supporting.
40
40
19.6
12
19.6
40
234

Locating lug, Al, anodized, natural
T-Slot Nut V 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
Caps, PA-GF, black
m = 68.0 g
1 set
Hinge Leaf 8 80x40
80
40
Hinge Leaf 8 40x40
12

2 Locating lugs, Al, anodized, natural
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x18, St, bright zinc-pl.
2 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
Caps, PA-GF, black
m = 125.0 g
1 set
0.0.483.60

0.0.483.59
Hinge Leaf 8 80x80
80
40
0.0.485.22
80

2 Locating lugs, Al, anodized, natural
2 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
Caps, PA-GF, black
m = 225.0 g
1 set
13.5
19.6
Hinge Pin D8x51
7
51
12
Pin, St, stainless

Locking ring, St, black
Grub screw DIN 916-M4x4, St, black
m = 32.0 g
1 set
Hinge Pin D8x76
Pin, St, stainless
2 locking rings, St, black
2 grub screws DIN 916-M4x4, St, black
L = 76 mm
m = 55.0 g
1 set
19.6
13.5
19.6
0.0.483.62
0.0.483.61
Hinge Pin D8x116

8
Pin, St, stainless

2 locking rings, St, black
2 grub screws DIN 916-M4x4, St, black
L = 116 mm
m = 70.0 g
1 set
0.0.486.16
235
Hinge St
Hinge St
For
lightweight doors and lids
Can
be installed to prevent disassembly from outside
7
Note: T-Slot Nuts 8 Zn M5 is recommended for screwing Hinge
St to the Line 8 Profile.
F = 250 N
137
T-Slot Nuts Zn
40
20
5.2
14
64
11 1
5.7
Hinge St
9
DIN125-5.3
M5
5.5
M5x16
20
M5x8
236
These attachment versions of Hinge St cannot be unscrewed

from the outside.
Hinge halves, St, black

3 dome-head screws M5x8, St, black
Hexagon Nut DIN 934-M5, St, black
Washer DIN 125-5,3, St, black
Cup square bolt DIN 603-M5x16, St, black
m = 51.0 g
1 set
0.0.373.82
Hinges 6 Zn
For
medium-weight doors and lids
Durable
metal design
7
Hinge 6 30 Zn 6/6
Possibilities for mounting the anti-torsion block with profiles
line 6.
Hinge 6 30 Zn 6/8
Possibilities for mounting the anti-torsion block with profiles
line 6 and 8.
Hinge 6 30 Zn 8/8
Possibilities for mounting the
anti-torsion block with profiles
line 8.
F = 300 N
6.2
6.2
6
M5x14
30
35. .8/
6/4
0.4
8
6
35
35. .4/
8/4
0.6
8
60.
5.5
8
6
30
35. .4/
6/4
0.8
Hinge, die-cast zinc, black

Anti-torsion block 6, die-cast zinc, black
Anti-torsion block 8, die-cast zinc, black
m = 63.0 g
1 set
Hinge 6 30 Zn 8/8
60.
29.8
M5x16

2 anti-torsion blocks 6, die-cast zinc, black
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991-M5x14, St, black
m = 62.0 g
1 set
Hinge 6 30 Zn 6/8
29.8
M5x14
M5x16
0.0.441.58
5.5
6.2
M5x16
60.
29.8
M5x14
Hinge 6 30 Zn 6/6

2 anti-torsion blocks 8, die-cast zinc, black
m = 63.0 g
1 set
0.0.441.61

0.0.441.81
5.5
237
Hinge 8 Zn
For
heavily loaded doors and lids
Durable
metal design
Products
7
If required, e.g. when fitting
to a panel element, the
anti-torsion pin should be
removed with a screwdriver.
Attaching Hinge 8 40 Zn to
the profile grooves of Line 8.
Hinges X 8 are used on Profiles X 8 when high loads come

into play (large lids, doors, etc.). Hinges X 8 Zn can be used
on the right or left and can be attached to the outer surfaces
or end faces of Profiles. The integrated anti-torsion feature for
additional fixing in the groove can be left out when screwing
Hinge X 8 Zn to level surfaces.
Hinge 8 40 Zn can be screwconnected to the end face or

to the profile groove.
F = 750 N
Hinge X 8 Zn can be screwed

onto the end face or profile
groove.
Fastening Hinge X 8 Zn to Line X 8 Profiles. For Profiles with

closed grooves, the groove cover is to be removed to insert the
T-Slot Nuts and positioning guides.
Fmax. = 500 N
238
Hinge halves, die-cast zinc, black

m = 180.0 g
1 pce.
14
0.0.196.36
R10
.5
40
24
8
Hinge 8 40 Zn
66
40
4.4
8.2
80
-JOF
Hinge X 8 Zn
81
53
41
-JOF
Hinge, die-cast zinc, white aluminium

2 Caps, PA-GF, grey
2 positioning guides, St, bright zinc-plated
12
m = 212.0 g
1 set
0.0.603.59
8.5
40
20
10
239
Door Rabbet
Stop
Door Rabbet 8
For
partitions with swing doors
Safety
thanks to robust design
Application example for door construction:

Clearance on left 28 mm with Hinges 8 40 Zn
and on right 22 mm with Door Rabbets 8, in
combination with Door Lock 8.
Door Locks 8
14.5/8.5
Door Rabbet 8
75
2 Door Rabbets, die-cast zinc, black

4 spring washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 190.0 g
1 set
288
0.0.265.15
14.5/8.5
8
25
20
Door Stop 8
Flexible
No
plastic Door Rabbet
scratching of doors and frames
Can
be combined with Integrated Lock System 8
40
42
20
20
240
4.5
Door Stop 8
2 Door Stops, PA-GF, black
4 Hex. Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912-M4x12, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 76.0 g
1 set
0.0.486.72
Door Stop Seal

Elastic
lip seal has cushioning effect
Protects
against dust and dampness
40
s
6.5
40
40
30
s
The Door Stop Seals are used in Line 8 frame structures. They
are suitable for doors made of Profiles 6 (modular dimension
30 mm) or Profiles 8 (modular dimension 40 mm) with a door
gap all-round (recommended: s > 4 to 8 mm).
8
12
Door Stop Seal 8 30
16.5
25
8
12
Door Stop Seal 8 40
3
26.5
35
PP/TPE
m = 127 g/m
PP/TPE
m = 154 g/m
0.0.616.57
0.0.617.31
241

Easy-running
Guidance
Two
sliders on the panel element
in Line 8 groove
sliding doors can be installed in one groove
7
There can be either 1 or 2 sliding doors in a single Profile 8
groove.
The slide pieces function as stops or catches for the second
door at the terminal position.
The maximum permissible weight of one door is 10 kg.
32
27
32
16
5.5
242
14
7.9
5.5
4 slide pieces (2xright, 2xleft), POM, black

4 spacer pieces, POM, black
8 threaded bushings, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 58.0 g
1 set
0.0.406.66
Sliding-Door Guide Set 8/8

Plastic
slide pieces
Designed
Two
for use with Clamp Profile 8 32x18
sliding doors can be installed in one Line 8 groove
7
There can be either 1 or 2 sliding doors in a single Profile 8
groove.
The slide pieces function as stops or catches for the second
door at the terminal position.
For sliding door constructions with n door elements of
the same size, the following equation can be used to
calculate the profile length l:
L + 32 (n-1) - 8
l = ___________
n
A side overlap of Caps 8 32x18 of 4 mm is taken into
account.
The maximum permissible weight of one door is 10 kg.
32
14
7.8
20.
6.9

4 slide pieces (2x right, 2x left), POM, black
Spring bolt, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 49.0 g
1 set
28.5

is held securely in the profile
groove by a spring bolt. For
example, it locks into the
mounting bore of Clamp
Profile 8 32x18, which is
ideal for use with Sliding-Door
Guide Set 8/8. However, a
separate hole with a diameter
of 7 mm can also be created.
0.0.404.87
7.8
243

For
retrofitting sliding doors to profile constructions
For
frameless panel elements made from plastic
Three
guide tracks for door combinations
Use Clip 8 St to fasten the Sliding-Door Guide Profile to the

frame profiles at the top and bottom. Next, insert the sliding
doors as set out below:
1. Insert the panel element up into the desired top guide track
of the Sliding-Door Guide Profile.
2. Lower the panel element into the corresponding bottom
guide track.
3. Position the catch at the top to prevent the doors from being
inadvertently knocked out.
Clip 8 St
69
The sliding-door catches

must be fitted correctly, so as
to ensure that hands cannot
become trapped in Handles
or Recessed Grips.
244
Rubber rings are mounted

on the catches as shock
absorbers.
Typical arrangement of a 3-part sliding door with equal-sized door segments.

The sliding-door catches are attached directly to the panel element if two or three sliding-door
panels are to be moved together. Their position can be selected individually, in order to determine the required opening path of the accompanying door panels and the overlap of the doors x
(xmin. = 25 mm).
20
6.1
Sliding-Door Guide Profile 8 40x20, Top

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
8.7
40
8.7
20
14
12
0.0.473.42

m [kg/m]
3.43
0.93
0.0.473.74
0.0.473.41
Sliding-Door Catch Set

9
20
0.0.473.75
A [cm2]
4.2
m [kg/m]
2.76
0.75
Sliding-Door Guide Profile 8 40x20, Bottom

Al, anodized
40

2 nuts DIN 934-M3, St, bright zinc-plated
2 damping rings, NBR, black
m = 4.0 g
1 set
7
0.0.473.81
245
T-Slot Slider
Glides
in the groove and enables free rotation
Guide
for folding, lifting and sliding doors
Low-friction
plastic
7
Construction of a folding door with T-Slot
Sliders
Unrestricted rotation of the

T-Slot Slider around the hub
also compensates for possible alignment errors.
T-Slot Slider 8 can also be

fitted to the end faces of
Profiles 8 40x40.
4.8
4.2
4.8
20 18
27
10.5
30
3.6
7.8
40
246
40
11 mm
30 N
13 mm
40 N
10 mm
60 N
T-Slot Slider 5
T-Slot Slider, POM, black
T-Slot Slider hub, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 5 St M3
m = 6.0 g
1 set
T-Slot Slider 6
T-Slot Slider hub, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M4
m = 21.0 g
1 set
T-Slot Slider 8
Adapter washer DIN 988-8x14x1, St, stainless
m = 24.0 g
1 set
0.0.437.98

0.0.459.07

0.0.601.23
T-Slot Roller
For
pull-outs of all types
Roller
uses Line 8 groove as guide
Fixed
and floating bearing rollers prevent binding in the guide
7
The T-Slot Rollers connect
Profile 8 with the moving
component without any
central offset.
Special T-Slot Nut 8 Zn

M4e with a central offset of
1 mm is available for moving
elements made of Line 8
components. This ensures no
collisions can occur during
movement.
F
T-Slot Roller 8L
50 N
T-Slot Roller 8F
50 N
12.7
7.8
4.1
8
10.2
15
4.1
7.5
0.0.457.60
T-Slot Roller 8 F
2
M4
Floating bearing roller, POM, black

Bearing hub, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 4.0 g
1 set
15
12.7
9.2
T-Slot Roller 8 L
Fixed bearing roller, POM, black

Bearing hub, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 5.0 g
1 set
0.0.457.51
15
1
8
31.4
T-Slot Nut 8 Zn M4e

Die-cast zinc
M = 1.5 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 5.0 g
0.0.457.47
247
Slide Guide Strips

For
the Slide Guides of doors and fixtures
Plastic
strips for guidance in the profile groove
Fasten
to a frame or sliding element
7
Slide Guide L (A = floating bearing) and Slide Guide F
(B = fixed bearing) as guide elements, secured to a moving
component.
Required machining and fastening elements for fixing a Slide

Guide Strip of any required length at the floating bearing end.
The distance between the fastening elements should be
chosen to reflect the load.
Slide Guide Strip

Required machining and fastening elements for fixing the Slide

Guide Strip at the fixed bearing end.
9.6
2 2.5 2.5
Slide Guide Strip 5/5e must be counterbored by c = 2 mm in

the area of the screw head.
40
40
248
26
26
4.9
0.8
16
M2.5
M3
M4
M2.5x8 DIN 916
M3x12 DIN 916
M4x16 DIN 916
2.0 mm
DIN 9021-2.7
DIN 9021-3.2
DIN 9021-4.3
0.8 mm
1.0 mm
2.0 mm
M2.5x8 DIN 912
M3x12 ISO 7380
M4x16 ISO 7380
5.5+0.5
7.0+0.5
9.5+0.5 mm
mm
mm
Slide Guide Strip 5/5e

PE-UHMW
m = 80 g/m
Slide Guide 5/5e L
PE-UHMW
with threaded bores
2 grub screws DIN 916-M2.5x8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 5.0 g
1 set
Slide Guide 5/5e F
PE-UHMW
with through bores
2 T-Slot Nuts 5 St M3, stainless
2 O-rings 3x1
m = 8.0 g
1 set
0.0.464.24

0.0.464.29

0.0.464.27
5.9
12.5
3
3.2
1
24
60
Slide Guide 6/6e L

40
PE-UHMW
with threaded bores
2 grub screws DIN 916-M3x12, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.0 g
1 set
Slide Guide 6/6e F
40
PE-UHMW
with through bores
2 O-rings 3x1
m = 19.0 g
1 set
7.9
17.8
4
60
PE-UHMW
m = 150 g/m
4.8
PE-UHMW
m = 260 g/m
0.0.459.27

0.0.459.32

0.0.459.30

0.0.458.58
32
80
Slide Guide 8/8e L

52
80
PE-UHMW
with threaded bores
m = 22.0 g
1 set
Slide Guide 8/8e F

52
PE-UHMW
with through bores
2 O-rings 4x1.5
m = 44.0 g
1 set
0.0.465.26

0.0.465.24
249
T-Slot Slider
The solution for robust and easy-running slides
Strong
metal slide carrier
Plastic
slider for low-wear and low-friction movement
For
durable, reliable linear motion along a Line 8 groove
Also
available with clamp attachment
F
F
F
L
7
Slide guides with several slides must be designed as a combination of fixed
bearing (F) and floating bearing (L). This compensates for tolerances and
ensures ease of movement. The average coefficient of sliding friction of a T-Slot
Slider is = 0.22.
The slides must always be connected to the Profile 8 grooves using only the
specially prepared Fastening Sets,part No 0.0.619.62.
The maximum permissible load for a T-Slot Slider 8 80x40 is:
Fmax. = 50 N
a
l
6.4
The length of the threaded stud (l) for the clamp lever must be appropriate to the height of the structure (a).
250
Maximum length of threaded

stud:
l = a + 26.5
80 20
20
6.2
13
32
T-Slot Slider 8 80x40

Slide, die-cast zinc
Slide inserts, POM
3 nuts M6
m = 44.0 g
1 set
80
20
20
32
T-Slot Slider 8 80x40 with Slide Clamp

Slide, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated
2 slide elements, POM
2 nuts ISO 4035-M6, St, bright zinc-plated
Special T-Slot Nut 8 St M6 heavy duty, bright zinc-plated
Threaded stud DIN 913-M6x65, St, bright zinc-plated
Clamp Lever M6-45, black
m = 145.0 g
1 set
T-Slot Slider 8 80x40, Fastening Set Floating Bearing

Button-Head Screw M5x25, St, bright zinc-plated
O-ring 5x1.2
m = 17.0 g
1 set
T-Slot Slider 8 80x40, Fastening Set Fixed Bearing
2 O-rings 6x2
m = 34.0 g
1 set
0.0.607.39

0.0.626.68
0.0.619.53

0.0.619.62
251
Castors
Versatile
and easy running
Guidance
along the profile groove
Versatile Castors which can be mounted in the profile grooves.

Using screws M5 (Line 5) and M6 (Lines 6 and 8), the Castors
can be secured to any chosen components in order to move
these along the profile groove.
7
Castor
50 N
100 N
150 N
5.0 mm
8.5 mm
12.0 mm
4.0 mm
5.5 mm
10.0 mm
Light, intrinsically stable panel elements can be used as sliding

doors in conjunction with the Castors.
11
19.5
Castor 5
15
5.1
16
Castor 6
29
6.1
24
6.2
18
26
39.5
252
Castor, POM, black

Bearing hub, St, black
m = 16.0 g
1 pce.
Castor 8
Castor, POM, black

Bearing hub, St, black
m = 4.0 g
1 pce.
Castor, PA-GF, black

2 deep-groove ball bearings, sealed
m = 32.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.370.97

0.0.419.79

0.0.026.83
Castor Unit 8 PA
Fully
enclosed castor
Door
runs alongside the guide profile
Ball-bearing,
load-carrying castor
The mounting slots in the

flange can be used to adjust
the height of the Castor Unit.
Castor 8 is asymmetrical.
This means that the offset
between the profiles can be
altered (0 or 2 mm) depending on how it is installed.
F = max. 75 N
25
36
Castor Unit 8 PA
8
36
50
Flange, PA-GF, black

Cap, PA-GF, black
Castor 8, PA-GF, black
2 hexagon screws DIN 933-M5x16, St, bright zinc-plated
2 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 66.0 g
1 set
0.0.458.85
253
Runway Profiles
Easy-running turnkey solutions
System
For
use with high-load-carrying customised slides
Runs
For
solutions comprising Castor Units and Runway Profiles
smoothly, easily and reliably
automated and manual motion
Is building a sliding door really so involved? Perhaps it was in

the past. The new Runway Slide Set 8 40x40 easily turns a
panel of a protective fence into a sliding door.
Simply insert the runway slides into the Runway Profile, attach
the door and thats it.
Maximum door weight: 30 kg

A sliding door must always be guided above and below.
The 4 ball-bearing castors can accommodate tensile and compressive loads. The enclosed limit stops with locking function
4
30
Runway Profile 8 40x40 with universal Profile

8 groove is easy to fasten and guides the
sliding elements.
40
24-27
5
The hanger has broad adjustment ranges for door frames made from Profiles 8.
12
For covering the gap between a door and

Runway Profile: Profile M W40x25x2 E blocks
access to the door hanging system. This
enhances security and ensures a seamless
appearance.
254
24-27
24-27
10
24-27
bring the sliding door to a stop and hold it in place.
4.7
63
5.3
20
80.8
63
80.8
98.2
10.3
98.2
Processing of Profile M W 40x25x2 E for maximum slide

adjusting range
7

Runway Profile 8 40x40

Al, anodized
40
A [cm2]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
10.63
3.43
5.32
0.0.623.61
0.0.623.58
4.5
Castor Rail 8 Cap 40x40
40
10.5
m [kg/m]
5.27
1.42
8.00
St, stainless, black

4 Hex. Socket Head Cap Screws DIN7984-M4x16, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 60.0 g
1 set
Runway Slide Set 8 40x40

2 slides, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hangers, St, bright zinc-plated
2 limit stops, PA, black
Fastening elements, St, bright zinc-plated
Spanner, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 510.0 g
1 set
110
25
0.0.622.29
0.0.624.45
25
31.3
40
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
1.26
0.34
0.38
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
2.40
0.19
0.89
0.0.626.77
0.0.626.76
255
Track Profile 8 80x40

Rollers D60 PU
The stable track for higher loads
Ball-bearing
Complete
castors with durable PU coating
Castor Units for easy installation
The system solution for constructing heavy-duty transport

equipment consists of a special Track Profile and guided
Rollers. Track Profile 8 80x40 is used as a guide rail for
customised carriages equipped with Roller Units. Rollers D60
PU are ball-bearing mounted and are fitted with wear-resistant
polyurethane tyres to ensure smooth and quiet running.
constructed for the given application. The result is a system

for manual or automatic transportation of even heavy products
that is particularly robust and insensitive to ambient factors
(dust and knocks).
The pre-assembled Roller Units D60 PU can be fitted to

workpiece carriers or frames constructed from profiles (preferably Line 8). The freely selectable support widths and axle
distances of the carriage construction enable the guide to be
Track Profiles and Roller Units are also ideal for constructing overhead suspension units.
An additional guide roller on the base plate guides Roller Unit D60 PU laterally in the Track
Profile.
Rollers D60 PU can also be used as universal guide and

support elements for pull-outs, as guide elements for sliding
doors, and for all linear movements where flexibility and high
load-bearing capacity are particularly important. They can be
screwed from the outside (Countersunk Screw DIN 7981-M8)
or inside (via the M10 internal thread) as required.
Roller D60 must always be fitted with the circlip facing
outwards.
FR = 800 N
256
3.4
40
24
Track Profile 8 80x40

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
80
40
10.92
2.84
76.68
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
It [cm4]
12.79
17.76
7.94
3.20
0.0.606.69
0.0.494.77
20
20
40
2
Cap Set, Track Profile 8 80x40

80
4 caps, St, black

m = 49.3 g
1 set
0.0.608.95
Roller Unit D60 PU

140
120
50
16
Connecting Plate, Al, anodized

Roller D60 PU
Guide roller with compression spring and fastening material
m = 430.0 g
1 set
0.0.606.90
12
20
60
Roller D60 PU
Roller D60, St
Tyre PU, 92 Sh A, yellow
Bearing sleeve, St, bright zinc-plated
Axial securing device, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap, POM, black
C = 9,360 N
C0 = 5,000 N
m = 270.0 g
1 set
0.0.608.94
257

Turnkey
solution with customised components
Aluminium
or plastic roller shutters
Space-saving
4FSWJDF
Roller Shutters can be used primarily as moving panel

elements for locking cabinet systems, control panels and
operating consoles etc. The major advantage of the system is
its flexibility, allowing it to be housed within the cabinet, and
requiring far less space than swing or sliding doors.
The Roller Shutter System is suitable for constructing
manually-operated vertical and horizontal roller shutters on
frames built from Profiles 8. The system consists of the Roller
Shutter Guide and the Roller Shutter itself, both of which are
of modular design. The Roller Shutter is available in aluminium
or plastic.
Detailed installation instructions are included with the Roller
Shutter Curved Guide Set 45.
258
protection provided by a flexible door
XXXJUFNDPN
RS Guide
The
flexible and universal guide for the Roller Shutter System
Suitable
Can
for plastic and aluminium roller shutters
be installed vertically and horizontally
69
Clip 8 St
15.1
18.9
6.1
RS Guide Profile 8
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
32.5
m [kg/m]
2.28
0.61
0.0.465.63
0.0.458.76
18.8
6
RS Curved Guide Set 45

2 Curved Guides 45, PA, black
4 Countersunk Screws DIN 965-M2.5x5, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 135.0 g
1 set
45
R78
5.7
12.8
15.5
19.8
5.8
RS Slide Strip
PE-HD
A [cm2]
0.0.465.70

m [g/m]
0.45
44.0
0.0.458.64
259
Aluminium Roller Shutters

Stable
roller shutters made of aluminium
Dividing
insulators eliminate rattle
7
Aluminium Roller Shutters are constructed as Slat Profiles Al
with Slat Insulators between them. Each slat must be provided
with Slat Sliding Shoes at each end. Weight of aluminium
Roller Shutter: 8 kg/m2
Length of aluminium Roller Shutter Slats:
l = X - 24 mm
20
RS Slat Profile Al
Al, anodized
8
0.8
9.2
19.4
m [kg/m]
0.58
0.16
0.0.465.69
0.0.458.75
RS Slat Insulator
30
260
A [cm2]
PA
Recommended usage: 4 per 1m
m = 40 g/100
transparent, 1 pce.
RS Slat Sliding Shoe
4.3
PA
m = 60 g/100
black, 1 pce.
0.0.458.66

0.0.458.77
Plastic Roller Shutters

Lightweight
slats with integrated fastener
No
additional Slat Sliding Shoe required
For
lightweight Roller Shutters
7
Roller Shutter Slat Profile K is connected to a Roller Shutter by
means of the integrated locking segments.
No Slat Insulators or Slat Sliding Shoes are required.
Weight of plastic Roller Shutter: 3.2 kg/m2
Length of plastic Roller Shutter Slats:
l = X - 16 mm
95
RS Slat Profile K
PS/TPE
grey, aluminium-coloured coating
m = 306 g/m
0.0.629.26
261
Roller Shutter End Strip

Roller
Can
Shutter guidance and terminating mechanism
be fitted with grip and lock as required
7
The Roller Shutter End Strip is used to terminate the Roller
Shutter.
Handles or a Grip System can be secured to it. Roller Shutter
Locking System 8 is inserted into a drill hole in the Roller
Shutter End Strip.
Detailed installation instructions are included with the Roller
Shutter Curved Guide Set 45.
Length l of the Roller Shutter End Strip:

l = X - 48.4 mm
46.1
RS End Strip
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
5
18
m [kg/m]
2.95
0.79
0.0.465.66
0.0.458.78
40
RS End Strip Guide Set
3.5
6.5
M4x16
1-9
26
4.5
262
End Strip cap, left, PA, black

End Strip cap, right, PA, black
2 End Strip rollers, POM/St, black
m = 8.0 g
1 set
RS Locking System 8
Cylinder Lock, all keys identical
Key, locking bar, nab
Headless screw
m = 105.0 g
1 set
0.0.465.58

0.0.465.57
Handles and grips
Handles
Grip Systems
H a n d les a n d g r i p s
Handles and grips

Handles PA
Handles AI
Handles AI
Handle, light duty
Recessed Grip D50
Universal handles made
Sturdy handles made from
Long design for moving
Slim aluminium grip
For opening and closing
from robust plastic
Wide range of fastening
options
265
solid aluminium in standard

sizes
Angled version minimises
risk of crushing
267
heavy loads safely and

securely
With non-slip coating
269
Grip systems
Grip Rail Profiles
Grip Cover Profile
Customised length and
Long grip strips for easy
Rubber covering for a
Ergonomic grips due to
Angled cavity produces a
Suitable for grips of any
design
variable positioning
272
264
opening and closing

comfortable feel
274
secure grip
size made using standard

profiles
275
Easy to attach
sliding doors
Closed rear wall protects
fingers
270
271
Handles PA
Universal
Wide
For
range of fastening options
sliding and swing doors
Products
handles made from robust plastic

Handles PA for highly versatile application;

they can be attached from the front or rear
(concealed) and are particularly suitable for
sliding and swing doors.
80
Handle PA 80
90
32
7
4.2
0.0.391.34
12
Handle PA 120
48
120
PA-GF
m = 30.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.391.35
10
8.5
5.3
134
PA-GF
m = 9.0 g
black, 1 pce.
16
Handle PA 160
160
60
PA-GF
m = 93.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.196.57
14
8
12
188
28
48
Cap for Handle PA 160

187
PA-GF
m = 20.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.475.38
18
265
-JOF
Handle X 160 PA can be

attached to profiles using a
screw (max. M8) and T-Slot
Nut.
Handle X 160 PA can be fastened from the

front or back (hidden) and is suitable for sliding and swing doors.
The top part of the grip of Handle X 160 PA is
snapped on after the grip has been fitted.
An M8 nut can be inserted in

the lower part of the grip for
fastening from the back of
the door.
Handle X 160 PA
182
51.2
4
2
160
20
24
266
-JOF
PA-GF
m = 83.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.495.37
0.0.494.86
Handles Al
Sturdy
handles made from solid aluminium
Angled
version minimises risk of crushing
For
The cranked Handles are particularly suitable for sliding and

swing doors to reduce the risk of fingers being crushed.

Handles Al can be secured from the rear (concealed). They can

also be fitted from the front when used with the Fastening Sets.
Handle Al 120
120
10
Al
m = 37.0 g
black, 1 pce.
10
0.0.416.85
40
M5
Handle Al 120 cranked
120
10
Al
m = 43.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
M5
0.0.416.87
10
40
12
Fastening Set for Handle Al 120

16
2 connection elements 120, die-cast zinc, black

m = 21.0 g
1 set
0.0.418.81
267
Handle Al 200
Al
m = 261.0 g
black, 1 pce.
16
200
0.0.416.81
80
M8
2
0
Handle Al 200 cranked

200
0.0.416.83
16
Al
m = 312.0 g
black, 1 pce.
80
M8
80
2
0
Fastening Set for Handle Al 200
20
32
268
2 connection elements 200, die-cast zinc, black

m = 130.0 g
1 set
0.0.418.82
Handles Al
Large
handles for machine doors and mobile factory equipment
Non-slip
&4%
coating
The Handles are available in various lengths. They make it

easier to transport even heavy loads manually. Robust die-cast
handle mounts ensure a secure connection with the mobile
equipment. A special grip profile with a non-slip coating supports smooth pulling and pushing motions.
All the Handles Al are ESD-safe.
Handle Al 350
b
30
c
a
2 handle mounts, black

Handle profile, Al, powder-coated, black
2 handle caps, PA, black
4 handle mount caps, PA, black
2 Hammerhead Nuts 8 M6, St, bright zinc-plated
a = 380 mm
b = 350 mm
c = 320 mm
m = 0.8 kg
1 set
Handle Al 550
2 handle mounts, die-cast zinc, black
a = 580 mm
b = 550 mm
c = 520 mm
m = 0,9 kg
1 set
Handle Al 750
2 handle mounts, die-cast zinc, black
a = 780 mm
b = 750 mm
c = 720 mm
m = 1.1 kg
1 set
&4%
0.0.644.01
&4%
0.0.644.02
&4%
0.0.644.03
269
Handle X 160 Al
Exceptionally
For
stylish
constructions built with Profiles X
-JOF
Handle X 160 Al is a light-duty handle with the same design as

Line X Profiles. It can be fastened from behind (hidden).
When using screws to attach

these Handles to profile
grooves, it is advisable to
use the appropriate Locating
Washers.
The M4 thread in Handle X
160 Al is used to fasten it in
place.
Handle X 160 Al
174
Al
m = 94.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
160
0.0.600.70
29
14
-JOF
.6
13
Handle, light duty

Slim
aluminium grip
Suitable
for universal use
The Handle can also be

secured from the rear (concealed) with M5 screws.
Suitable Locating Washers
are used to adapt the Handle
for profiles from a range of
Lines.
Handle, light duty
39
180
Al, anodized
m = 87.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
10
190
270
M5x15
15
0.0.026.44
Recessed Grip D50

Safe, practical and space saving
For
opening and closing sliding doors
Closed
rear wall to protect fingers
Self-Tapping
t [mm]
Screws DIN 7982
2.2x9.5
56
2.2x13
78
Required hole size in panel

element to fit the Recessed
Grip D50.
Recessed Grip D50
3.5
4.6
3
6
5
PA-GF
4 Self-Tapping Screws DIN 7982-2.2x9.5, St, black
4 Self-Tapping Screws DIN 7982-2.2x13, St, black
m = 16.0 g
1 set
0.0.479.59
271
Grip systems
Customised
Ergonomic
Additional
Products
length and design
grips due to variable positioning
reinforcement for door constructions
a [mm] b [mm]
8

Hand-Grip Elements, in conjunction with

profiles and Caps, can be used to construct
handles which when attached to the panel
elements, have a supplementary stabilising
effect.
20
44
4
272
31
Hand-Grip Element 8
40
20
PA-GF
m = 28.0 g
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
Screw
Washer
Screw
ISO 7380
DIN 125
ISO 7380
M8x60
8.4
M8x(t+56)
0.0.196.60
-JOF
Grip System X D25 consists of Hand Grip

Elements X D25 and cylindrical Profile D25.
These components can be used to create handles of any length, but the distance between
two Hand Grip Elements must not exceed
1000 mm.
Profile sections D25 are inserted in Hand Grip Element X D25

from one or both sides. Any hole not required is covered using
the Cap provided.
M6x20 threads are provided in the core bore of the Profile D25
which is then press-fitted in the correct position in the Hand
Grip Elements. All M6 screw connections of Hand Grip Element
X D25 should be tightened with a torque of M = 4 Nm.
For longer Grip Systems X

D25, an additional Hand Grip
Element should be used to
provide central support.
Before being inserted in
this Hand Grip Element, the
second Profile D25 must be
countersunk around the core
bore.
8
3
Hand Grip Element X D25
60
Hand grip, PA-GF, grey

Cap for hand grip, PA-GF, grey
Cap D25, PA-GF, grey
m = 44.0 g
1 set
25
-JOF
0.0.601.65
28
Profile D25
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
25
-JOF
m [kg/m]
2.32
0.57
0.0.601.63
0.0.601.36
273
Grip Rail Profiles

Long
grip strips for easy opening and closing
Angled
cavity produces a comfortable feel
Added
stability for panel elements
Products

Using Grip Cover Profile 5 20x4 (0.0.437.03)

on the inside gives Grip Rail Profile X
extremely good non-slip and tactile properties.
The integrated Line 5 grooves are used for
simple fastening to any given structure and for
mounting the Grip Cover Profile.
45
Grip Rail Cap Set X is also

designed for use with Grip
Cover Profile.
Grip Rail Profile

Al, anodized
40
A [cm2]
22
30
m [kg/m]
2.80
0.76
0.0.432.09
0.0.452.17
40
Grip Rail Cap Set
4
30
Grip Rail Cap, right, PA-GF, black

Grip Rail Cap, left, PA-GF, black
m = 3.5 g
1 set
0.0.432.28
-JOF
40
Grip Rail Profile X

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
32
51
m [kg/m]
3.43
1.01
0.0.494.59
0.0.494.58
40
Grip Rail Cap Set X
2
51
274
-JOF
-JOF
Grip Rail Cap right, PA-GF

Grip Rail Cap left, PA-GF
m = 3.2 g
0.0.495.09
black, 1 set
0.0.613.12
Grip Cover Profile

Rubber
covering for a secure grip
Suitable
Ideal
Can be connected using

Standard or Universal Fastening Set.
10
4.1
19.5
4.8
7.5
10.4/5.5
29.4
14
6.2
28.3
6
9.5
12.6/6.6
4
Discontinuation of the Grip

Cover Profile for right-angled
profile connections.
42.4
for grips of any size made using standard profiles
for heavy-duty doors
Can be connected from the

inside of the door using T-Slot
Nut St and Button-Head
Screw ISO 7380.
Grip Cover Profile 5 20x4
TPE
Hardness 73 Sh A
Oil, UV and water resistant
m = 78.2 g/m
0.0.437.03
0.0.437.05
Grip End Cap 5 D28

PA-GF
m = 1.9 g
black, 1 pce.
Grip Cover Profile 6 30x6
0.0.437.06

TPE
Hardness 65 Sh A
Oil, UV and water resistant
m = 170 g/m
0.0.441.84
0.0.441.86
Grip End Cap 6 D42

PA-GF
m = 4.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.441.87
275
276
Lo cks a n d catch e s
Door Catches
Locking Systems
Door Locks
L o c k s and ca t ch e s
Locks and Catches

Magnetic Catches
Magnetic Door Stop
Ball Latch
Catch Mounting Bracket
Door Latch
Simple latch for sliding and
Combination of Door Stop
Low-wear door catch
Universal fastening for
Construction height of just
swing doors
Some catches with variable
holding force
279
and Magnetic Catch

Lead-in wedge, Limit Stop
and buffer in one
280
Holds firm with an audible
click
281
Magnetic Latches and Ball

Latches
Suitable for all modular
dimensions
282
12 mm for narrow door gap
Simple and effective door
closure
283
Locking Systems with

escutcheons/grips
Lock and grip can be
combined in one unit

For frameless panel elements
284
Dual-Rod Mesh Lock

System
Special mechanism to
enable secure fitting to dual

rod meshes
Uses conventional mortise
locks in line with DIN 18251
293
278
Door Lock 6-8 Zn
Door Locks 8
Integrated Lock System 8
Lock System 6-8
Particularly stable Lock
A simple means of securing
Can be converted from a
Universal fastening system
Fitted on the outside, to the
Locks at up to three points
System
surround and door frames
287
Sliding-Door Pin Lock

Pin locks sliding doors
together
Installed directly into the
panel element
294

required
288
pawl latch to a rod latch
289
for right and left-handed

doors
Uses conventional mortise
locks in line with DIN
18251
291
Magnetic Catches
Magnetic Catch X
Simple
Some
latch for sliding and swing doors
catches with variable holding force
Products
Magnetic Catches are particularly suitable for latching swing

and sliding doors. Turning the Magnetic Catch through 180
enables users to choose between two different holding forces
(this does not apply to Magnetic Catch X).
The Magnetic Catches can be adjusted to the thickness of the
panel element using the mounting slots. In conjunction with
Catch Mounting Brackets, they can also be used on doors with
profile frames.
a Screw DIN 912
4.3
20
12
12
M5x16
ISO 7380
d [mm]
14
M4
M5
M5
10
F1 [N]
10
20
F2 [N]
20
20
PA-GF
Flat head screw DIN 921-M4x5, St, bright zinc-plated as holding plate
m = 9.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.391.32
grey, 1 pce.
0.0.642.28
6.1
30
Magnetic Catch 8
2.7
10
PA-GF
Flat head screw DIN 921-M5x6, St, bright zinc-plated as holding plate
m = 34,0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.196.48
18
40
27.
20
-JOF
22
20
2.7
16
M6x20
DIN 912
14
12.5
16
M4x12
DIN 912
Magnetic Catch 5
28
2.4
-JOF
c [mm]
f [mm]
15
b [mm]
7.7
10
24
Magnetic Catch X
Housing base, die-cast zinc
Housing cap, PA-GF, grey
Flat head screw DIN 921-M5x6, St, bright zinc-plated as a holding plate
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M5x16, St, stainless
m = 38.0 g
1 set
-JOF
0.0.601.70
279
Magnetic Door Stop 8

Combination
Lead-in
wedge, Limit Stop and buffer in one
Protects
-JOF
profile edges
The Door Stop is fastened to

a Line 8 groove in the outer
frame and forms a lead-in
wedge, a buffer and the limit
stop (limiting the penetration
depth for the modular dimension 40 mm).
18.5
Closing force F = 40 N
51.5
15
28
280
40
4.5
2.5
19.5
27.5
of Door Stop and Magnetic Catch
-JOF
Housing, PA-GF
Insert plate, St, bright zinc-plated
Stop plate, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M5x12, St, bright-zinc-plated
m = 76.0 g
grey, 1 set
0.0.600.73
black, 1 set
0.0.601.30
Ball Latch
The powerful solution for virtually any type of door
Low-wear
Holds
door catch
firm with an audible click
Use of Catch Mounting

Bracket permits narrow door
gap.
The mounting slots in the Ball

Latch casing mean that the
sliding door and Stand Profile
can be offset. Recommended
fastening to the profile: Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
DIN 912-M5 and washer DIN
125-5.3.
13
5
Ball Latch 8 PA
33
27.
43
10
20
13
M8
PA-GF, black
Ball pin St, bright zinc-plated
Holding forcemax. = 75 N
m = 25.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.388.20
12.5
2
28
281

For
easy fastening of Magnetic Latches and Ball Latches
Suitable
Application examples of a Catch Mounting Bracket with Ball

Latch 8 for swing and sliding doors.
49

By combining two Catch

Mounting Brackets it is also
possible to use latches to
lock together profiles of the
same size, minimising the gap
between them.
If the Catch Mounting Bracket
is adjusted to the extreme of
the slots, it may be necessary
to use an appropriate washer
between it and the profile to
prevent tilting.
St
m = 88.0 g
black, 1 pce.
31
75
282
The connection is made on

the profile side using M5
screws fitted into slots. DIN
125 washers must be used.
37
Depending on the particular application, either the ball pin

(Ball Latch 8 PA), the holding plate (magnetic catch) or the
housings of the relevant latches can be secured to the Catch
Mounting Bracket.
for all modular dimensions
0.0.475.06
Door Latch
Construction
Holding
Profile
height of just 12 mm for narrow door gap
force 40 N
T-Slot Nut
6 St M4
Screw DIN 912-M6x12

T-Slot Nut 6 St M6
T-Slot Nut
8 Zn M4
Screw DIN 912-M6x14

T-Slot Nut 8 St M6
Hexagon Socket Head

Cap Screws
152
T-Slot Nuts St
132
T-Slot Nuts Zn
137
The Door Latch Zn can be attached to any combination of Line

6 and 8 Profiles.
The length of the Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw (s)
depends on the profile line used.
The T-Slot Nuts (n) with thread M4 for fastening the Door Latch
Zn should be selected according to the profile line used.
70
93
Door Latch Zn
9.2
Die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated

Cap PA-GF, black
m = 66.0 g
1 set
0.0.473.62
20
283
Locking Systems with Escutcheons/Grips

Lock
For
frameless panel elements
With
Cylinder or Double-Beard Lock
The panel element is

processed for fitting the Lock
System with escutcheon/grip.
1-2
22
20
37
and grip can be combined in one unit
8.2
1-8
52
Locking System 5, Cylinder Lock with escutcheon

7.6
32
1-8
52
32
1-8
52
32
1-8
left-hand application, 1 set
0.0.619.43
52
Cylinder Lock, keys identical

m = 100.0 g
right-hand application, 1 set
0.0.619.33
0.0.619.35


m = 118.0 g
0.0.619.26
0.0.619.63
Locking System 5, Double-Beard Lock with escutcheon

7.6
284
0.0.619.42
7.6
32

m = 96.0 g

7.6
Double-beard insert
m = 126.0 g
0.0.619.50
0.0.619.52
1-8
52

7.6
32
1-8
52
32
24
52
1-8
68
24
1-8
52
1-8
52
52
1-8
68
0.0.619.39

Double-beard insert
m = 148.0 g
0.0.619.27
0.0.619.64
Locking System 5, Cylinder Lock with grip

m = 108.0 g
0.0.619.44
0.0.619.45


m = 112.0 g
0.0.619.36
0.0.619.37
68
24
0.0.619.38
68
24
Double-beard insert
m = 130.0 g

7.6

m = 130.0 g
0.0.619.28
0.0.619.65
Locking System 5, Double-Beard Lock with grip
Double-beard insert
m = 138.0 g
0.0.619.55
0.0.619.57
285
24
52
1-8
68
24
52
1-8
68
286
Double-beard insert
m = 142.0 g
0.0.619.40
0.0.619.41
Double-beard insert
m = 160.0 g
0.0.619.29
0.0.619.66
Door Lock 6-8 Zn

Particularly
Fitted
stable Lock System
on the outside, to the surround and door frames
Door Lock 6-8 Zn is a lock system for swing doors that can be
screwed onto door frames and fixed door frames constructed
from Line 6 or 8 Profiles.
Fitted with an ergonomic swivel handle, Door Lock 6-8 Zn is
the perfect solution for doors that are opened and closed
frequently. The spring-loaded latch engages in the lock case
secured to the outer frame.
An integrated cylinder lock can be used to lock the latch in
position.
Washer
DIN 125-6.4
(0.0.482.12)
Button Head Screw

DIN ISO 7380-M6x10
(8.0.002.37)
Button Head Screw

DIN ISO 7380-M6x16
(8.0.000.63)
Door Lock 6-8 Zn screwed to

profile door frame and fixed
outer frame
Profile bore grids for attaching Door Lock 6-8

Zn
64.5
75
80
35
30
38
89
87-
Door Lock 6-8 Zn

Cylinder lock (all keys identical)
Lock housing, die-cast zinc, black
Lock case, die-cast zinc, black
4 Square nut inserts M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 560.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.488.45
287
Door Locks 8
A
simple means of securing sliding and swing doors
No
profile machining required
With
Cylinder or Double-Beard Lock
Application example for door construction:

Clearance on left 28 mm with Hinges 8 40 Zn and on right 22
mm with Door Rabbets 8, in combination with Door Lock 8.
Depending on the application, the anti-torsion blocks in the

housing can be repositioned.
The nabs have two different mounting positions for sliding and
swing doors.
9
44
Door Lock 8 with Cylinder Lock
11.5
16
21 24
44
Door Lock 8 with Double-Beard Insert
11.5
13
Double-beard insert
Housing and anti-torsion blocks, PA-GF, black
m = 237.0 g
1 set
288
46
64
120
8
21 24
0.0.265.08
46
64
120
13
Cylinder lock (all keys identical)

Housing and anti-torsion blocks, PA-GF, black
m = 204.0 g
1 set
16
0.0.265.09

From a pawl latch to a rod latch
Locking
Locks
Installed
Can
system in a Line 8 groove
at up to three points
directly in the door profile
be operated from both sides

4FSWJDF
XXXJUFNDPN
l = a - 60 mm
The basic version of the door lock with Integrated Lock System
8 consists of Rotating Pawl Latch 8 and at least one Door
Knob.
A Rod Latch 8 is required for the rod for both the upper and
lower ends of the door.
The gap between the door

profile and the lateral door
frame must not exceed 5 mm.
The rods of the Rod Latches

move out of the core bore in
the door profile and engage
in the Profile 8 groove of the
door frame profile adjacent.
A countersink with a diameter of 30 mm must be drilled into the The pawl latch engages into
door profile for holding the Integrated Lock System.
the Profile 8 groove of the
A commercially available countersinking drill (3-cutter with
door frame adjacent.
11 mm guide pin or larger) or Step Drill, Universal Connection 12 is required for this purpose. The 30 mm countersink
must be 25 mm deep.
The gap between the door

profile and the upper door
frame must not exceed
7 mm.
289
8
7
25
0
Double-beard key insert, PA-GF, black

Double-beard key, GD-Zn, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts 8 Al M5
Lock body, POM, black
Lock body cover, PA, black
m = 80.0 g
1 set
68
43
32
Door Knob
50
43
68
40
32
10
68
50
43
32
10
Door Knob, PA, black, with lock insert

2 keys
Square pin 56 mm long, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 131.0 g
1 set
Rod Latch 8
Cap, PA-GF, black
Locking pin, St, stainless
Rod actuator pin, St
O-ring DIN 3771 5.5x1.5, NBR, black
Self-tapping screw DIN 7982-4.2x16, St, black
m = 30.0 g
1 set
6.3
40
290
Door Knob, PA, black

m = 128.0 g
1 set
Door Knob, Lockable
40
7
Pawl, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated

2 alternating stops, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated
Crank, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated
Connecting plate, St
Glide bush, POM, black
m = 50.0 g
1 set
Double-Beard Insert
10
Rotating Pawl Latch 8
0.0.476.96

0.0.486.48

0.0.486.79

0.0.486.80

0.0.476.98
3.2
Tube D6.3x1.6 5.5 A/F
5.5
Al, anodized
m = 58 g/m
0.0.476.72
0.0.454.36
Lock System 6-8

Universal
Uses
fastening system for right and left-handed doors
conventional mortise locks in line with DIN 18251
Concealed
Swing door with inner-mounted lock, stop

provided by the lock housing rabbet.
screws prevent unauthorised disassembly
XXXJUFNDPN
Lock System 6-8 fitted to a sliding door.
The panel element may

need to be drilled for fitting
door handles and standard
cylinder locks. The lock housing contains the preformed
openings for the holes.
The distance to the edge of
the door determines the position of the through holes in
the panel element which are
required for the door handle
and profile cylinder.
The door gap does not depend on the profile line used.
Depending on the thickness of the panel element and frame profile used, it may be necessary to select a longer standard profile
cylinder than the one in this catalogue (0.0.458.42).
291
Lock System 6-8
278
72
9.5
65
110
35
Lock housing, PA-GF, black

Lock case, PA-GF, black with nab, St
Lock housing rabbet, St, black
2 angle brackets, Al, anodized
2 door handles, PA, black
Spacer sleeve, PA, black
2 flange nuts M4, St, black
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991-M4x12, St, bright zinc-pl.
4 sleeves, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
0.0.458.33
44
77
Cylinder matt nickel-plated, all keys identical

Countersunk Screw M5x80, St
3 keys
m = 250.0 g
1 pce.
27
8
Sliding-Door Lock
Lock insert, St, suitable for standard cylinder locks
2 drive nuts M4, St, black
m = 812.0 g
1 set
72
Profile Cylinder
0.0.458.42

0.0.458.34
65
8
Swing-Door Lock
72
Lock insert with movable latch, St, suitable for standard cylinder locks
m = 850.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.458.35
65
Fastening Set 6 for Lock System 6-8

2 Counters. Screws DIN 7991-M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 15.0 g
1 set
Fastening Set 8 for Lock System 6-8
2 Counters. Screws DIN 7991-M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 27.0 g
1 set
292
0.0.459.05

0.0.458.36
Dual-Rod Mesh Lock System

Universal
Uses
fastening system for right and left-handed doors
conventional mortise locks in line with DIN 18251
Special
mechanism to enable secure fitting to dual rod meshes
XXXJUFNDPN
9
Thanks to its universal fastening options, the Dual-Rod Mesh
Lock System allows left-handed or right-handed fitting. A hole
may need to be made in the Dual-Rod Mesh to allow the door
handle to be fed through.
The Dual-Rod Mesh Lock System includes all required fixing
elements. Clamping Elements and pressed steel plates enable
secure mounting on all types of dual rod mesh.
9.5
278
72
65
110
Lock housing, PA-GF, black

Lock case, PA-GF, black with nab, St
Lock housing rabbet, St, black
2 door handles, PA, black
4 Dual-Rod Mesh Clamping Elements, St, black
4 Dual-Rod pressed steel plates, St, black
4 sleeves, St, bright zinc-plated
Fastening elements
m = 1.7 kg
1 set
0.0.446.09
35
44
293

Pin
locks sliding doors together
Installed
directly into the panel element
XXXJUFNDPN
Mounting dimensions, locked and unlocked.
9
Processing the panel elements for accommodating the SlidingDoor Pin Lock and pin.
To lock a sliding-door system with n door elements, n-1 SlidingDoor Pin Locks will be required.
The Sliding-Door Pin Lock should be installed in close proximity
to the guide profiles in order to offer maximum protection
against the door being opened by force.
The different thicknesses of panel element (from 4 to 8 mm)
can be compensated by using Spacers (2 and 0.7 mm thick).
9.5
7
19
.7
294
Die-cast zinc/St, black

Washer, PA, black
2 keys, identical
m = 86.0 g
1 set
0.0.474.59
10
Panel elements
Closed Panels
Transparent Panels
Non-Transparent Panels
Mesh Panels
Accessories for Panel Elements
10
P a n el eleme n ts
Panel elements
Acrylic Glass
Polycarbonate
PET-G
Sheet Material Al
Compound Material Al
Available in transparent,
Maximum protection for man
Transparent and
Excellent dimensional
Impact-proof and available in
Impact-proof and the best
Stable and durable

Available in two surface
Lightweight and insulating

Anodized sheets with a PE
tinted and frosted versions

stability
297
10
and machine
clear and tinted versions
299
deformation-free
optical properties
301
finishes
302
core
302
Compound Material St
Plastics
Chequer Sheet
Corrugated Mesh Al
Corrugated Mesh St
Steel with a white plastic
For surfaces and panelling
Stable and non-slip

For steps and platforms
For lightweight guards and
For high-strength fixtures

Available in three mesh
coating, suitable for use with

magnets
303
that have to take a lot of

punishment
Wear resistant and resistant
to impacts
Also available in ESD-safe
version
304
307
enclosures
Particularly easy to machine
308
widths
309
Dual-Rod Mesh
Steel Mesh
Perforated Sheet
Sound-Insulating Material
Edge Profile S3 Al
Stable even without a frame

Two mesh widths available
Welded wires ensure excep-
Stylish and air-permeable

Suitable as screening and
Create a peaceful environ-
Attractive finish
310
296
tional stability
Can be inserted directly into
the profile groove
312
ventilation covering
313
ment in offices and production halls

For partitions in open-plan
offices or as a panel element
in hoods and enclosures
314
Covering for sharp cut
edges
315
P a n el eleme n ts
Acrylic Glass
Cast acrylic glass with scratch-resistant surface is suitable for

doors and casings. The panels can be polished to a high gloss.
Acrylic Glass XT in extruded quality has slightly lower
mechanical and thermal load bearing capabilities and optical
characteristics than cast panels. But in many applications, it
can represent a cost-effective alternative.
Whether double-frosted, tinted, opal-white or glass-look, Acrylic
Glass is ideal for use as translucent partitions designed to
restrict visibility and for the stylish design of wall and ceiling
elements. It exhibits excellent dimensional stability at higher
temperatures coupled with good light diffusion and transmission characteristics, which also make it ideal for light boxes
and backlit advertising areas.
Available
in transparent, tinted and frosted versions
Excellent
dimensional stability
Property
Density
Water absorption
Tensile strength
Elongation at tear
Modulus of elasticity in tension
Impact resistance (without notch)
Vicat softening temperature
Coefficient of thermal expansion
Construction material class
Refractive index
Luminous transmission index clear / tinted
Surface resistance
Value
1.19 g/cm3
30 mg
82 N/mm
5.6 %
3300 N/mm
2 kJ/m
110 C
70 x10-6 K-1
B2
1.49 nD20
93.7% / 41%
1014 Ohm
Test Standard
ISO 1183
ISO 62
ISO 527
ISO 527
ISO 527
ISO 179
ISO 306
DIN 52612
DIN 4102
ISO 489
DIN 5036-T3
DIN 53482
10

PMMA
Acrylic Glass 4mm XT
Panel dimensions approx. 3050x2050 mm
Thickness tolerance 5%
m = 4.60 kg/m2
clear, cut-off max. 3020x2020 mm
0.0.492.09
clear, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3050x2050 mm
0.0.492.05
Acrylic Glass 5mm XT

m = 5.75 kg/m2
0.0.492.16
0.0.492.15
Acrylic Glass 2mm

m = 2.30 kg/m2
0.0.476.21
0.0.476.13
297
P a n el eleme n ts
Acrylic Glass 5mm

m = 5.90 kg/m2
0.0.428.21
0.0.457.06
tinted, cut-off max. 3020x2000 mm
0.0.388.97
tinted, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3050x2030 mm
0.0.404.79
Acrylic Glass 8mm

m = 9.44 kg/m2
0.0.428.22
0.0.457.07
0.0.026.46
0.0.404.74
Acrylic Glass 4mm double-frosted
10
298

m = 4.60 kg/m2
opal-white, cut-off max. 3020x2000 mm
0.0.492.36
opal-white, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3050x2030 mm
0.0.492.35
0.0.492.40
0.0.492.39
glass-look, cut-off max. 3020x2000 mm
0.0.492.38
glass-look, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3050x2030 mm
0.0.492.37
P a n el eleme n ts
Polycarbonate
Maximum protection for man and machine
Impact-proof
Available
Polycarbonate is impact resistant and is therefore ideal for

use as a panel element for cost-effective enclosures, even in
relatively small thicknesses. Its high strength and transparency
mean that the material is particularly suitable for applications
where it is important both to be able to monitor processes and
yet provide adequate protection for personnel.
and exceptionally safe
in clear and tinted versions
Property
Density
Water absorption
Tensile strength
Elongation at tear
Refractive index
Surface resistance
Value
1.2 g/cm3
8 mg
60 N/mm
80 %
2200 N/mm
doesnt break
145 C
65 x10-6 K-1
B2
1.585 nD20
86% / 51%
1014 Ohm
Test Standard
ISO 1183
ISO 62
ISO 527
ISO 527
ISO 527
ISO 179
ISO 306
DIN 52612
DIN 4102
ISO 489
DIN 5036-T3
DIN 53482
10
PC
Polycarbonate 2mm
m = 2.40 kg/m2
0.0.479.61
0.0.477.69
Polycarbonate 4mm
m = 4.80 kg/m2
0.0.483.50
0.0.483.49
Polycarbonate 5mm
m = 6.00 kg/m2
0.0.428.23
0.0.457.14
0.0.428.24
0.0.457.15
299
P a n el eleme n ts
Polycarbonate 8mm
m = 9.60 kg/m2
10
300
0.0.428.25
0.0.457.16
0.0.428.26
0.0.457.17
P a n el eleme n ts
PET-G
Transparent and free from distortion
Best
optical properties
Impact-proof
Resistant
PET-G (glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate) is an

impact-resistant, clear plastic used for constructing machine
casings, protective housings and partitions, and is suitable for
both indoor and outdoor use.
This highly transparent material exhibits a far higher resistance
to impact than acrylic glass and is also easier to work with. It
displays better optical characteristics than polycarbonates and
is more resistant to chemicals.
to chemicals
Property
Density
Tensile strength
Elongation at tear
Refractive index
Surface resistance
Value
1.27 g/cm3
50 N/mm
54 %
2200 N/mm
doesnt break
82 C
6.8 x10-5 K-1
B1
1.57 nD20
88%
1016 Ohm
Test standard
D 1505
DIN 53455
DIN 53455
DIN 53455
DIN 53453
DIN 53460
DIN 53752
DIN 4102
DIN 53491
DIN 5036
D 257

PET
10
PET-G 4mm
m = 5.13 kg/m2
0.0.492.07
0.0.492.03
PET-G 5mm
m = 6.40 kg/m2
0.0.493.77
0.0.493.76
PET-G 6mm
m = 7.70 kg/m2
0.0.492.81
0.0.492.80
PET-G 7mm
m = 8.98 kg/m2
0.0.492.08
0.0.492.04
301
P a n el eleme n ts
Sheet Material Al
Stable
and durable
Available
Sheet Material Al is suitable for machine casings of all types.
in two surface finishes
Property
Density
Modulus of elasticity
Tensile strength
Ductile yield A5
Anodized natural
Min. layer thickness
Layer hardness
Value
2.7 g/cm3
70,000 N/mm
120 N/mm
5%
E6/EV1
10 m
250 - 350HV
Sheet Material Al 2mm

AlMg1
m = 5.40 kg/m2
cold rolled (not degreased), cut-off max. 2970x1470 mm
10
cold rolled (not degreased), 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3000x1500 mm
0.0.457.09
natural anodized, cut-off max. 2970x1470 mm
0.0.473.08
natural anodized, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3000x1500 mm
0.0.473.09
Compound Material Al
Lightweight
Compound Material Al consists of two anodized aluminium

outer layers which are permanently bonded together by a PE
core. It is ideal for lightweight doors and panelling.
302
0.0.428.27
and insulating
Property
Tensile strength Rm
0.2 limit Rp0.2
Ductile yield
Modulus of elasticity E
Flexural strength
Temperature resistance
Construction material class in accordance with DIN 4102
Value
> 130 N/mm
> 90 N/mm
> 8%
70,000 N/mm
53 N/mm
- 50C to + 80C
23x10-6 K-1
B2
P a n el eleme n ts
Compound Material Al 4mm

Al-PE compound
m = 5.80 kg/m2
0.0.026.73
natural anodized, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3000x1500 mm
0.0.457.21
Compound Material St
With
white plastic coating
With
easy-clean surface that can be written on
Suitable
Besides being magnetic, the surface of the Compound Material

can also be directly written on.
Compound Material St 2 mm comprises 5 layers and is suitable for use with magnets and whiteboard markers.
You can also use the Compound Material as a base for the
magnetic Notice Holders or for pinning up notices with
magnets.
Available as a panel or a cut-off in the dimensions of your
choice.
for use with magnets
Property
Tensile strength Rm
Ductile yield
Modulus of elasticity E
Temperature resistance
Value
> 800 N/mm
> 30 %
400,000 N/mm
100C
10
Compound Material St 2 mm
St-PE compound
m = 6.87 kg/m2
white similar to RA L 9016, cut-off max. 3020x1190 mm
0.0.636.04
white similar to RA L 9016, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3050x1220 mm
0.0.633.97
303
P a n el eleme n ts
Plastics
For
surfaces and panelling that have to take a lot of punishment
Wear
Plastic is a thermosetting material which is permanently

laminated at high pressure and temperature. This gives it
exceptional abrasion and impact resistance, making it suitable
for panelling, table surfaces and partitions subject to high
stresses.
It has antistatic.
Thanks to their hygienic melamine resin surface, Plastic panels
have exceptional mechanical properties and high temperature resistance and are also particularly resistant to a large
number of chemicals. Consequently, they can be used where
substances such as
laboratory and industrial chemicals
solvents
disinfectants
colouring agents
bleaching agents
industrial oils and emulsions
10
act on the surface.

Some chemicals may, however, corrode the surface. This
depends on the
concentration
exposure time
temperature
of the agents used.
Changes to the dimensions of Plastic panels due to the
absorption of moisture and thermal expansion should be taken
into account when installing them in frame structures. These
panels may warp if exposed to moisture on one side only.
Note:
RAL numbers of colours apply to varnishes.
Due to the different manufacturing processes, the brilliance
and colouring of laminated Plastic panels can vary greatly.
Consequently, if there is any doubt a comparison should
always be made with original samples provided by your item
sales partner.
304
resistant and resistant to impacts
Antistatic
surface
Available
in several colours
Property
Density
Wearing resistance
Scratch resistance
Flexural strength
Tensile strength
Surface resistance
Value
1.4 g/cm3
450 min-1
3.0 N
110 N/mm
12,000 N/mm
80 N/mm
20 x10-6 K-1
B2
<1011 Ohm
Test standard
EN 438 T2
EN 438
EN 438 T2
EN 438 T2
EN 438 T2
DIN 52612
DIN 4102
DIN 53482
P a n el eleme n ts

Resin-bonded cellulose laminate
similar to RAL colour code
Plastic 4mm
m = 5.72 kg/m2
0.0.473.04
0.0.473.05
green, similar to RAL 6000, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.619.16
green, similar to RAL 6000, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.619.17
red, similar to RAL 3000, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.43
red, similar to RAL 3000, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.33
yellow, similar to RAL 1034, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.44
yellow, similar to RAL 1034, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.28
blue, similar to RAL 5024, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.45
blue, similar to RAL 5024, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.27
grey, similar to RAL 7035, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.46
0.0.428.47
grey, similar to RAL 7035, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.29
0.0.457.30
black, similar to RAL 9017, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.474.37
black, similar to RAL 9017, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.473.12
Plastic 10mm
10
m = 14.60 kg/m2
0.0.473.06
0.0.473.07
green, similar to RAL 6000, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.619.14
green, similar to RAL 6000, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.619.15
red, similar to RAL 3000, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.89
red, similar to RAL 3000, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.26
yellow, similar to RAL 1034, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.90
yellow, similar to RAL 1034, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.23
blue, similar to RAL 5024, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.428.91
blue, similar to RAL 5024, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.457.22
0.0.428.92
0.0.428.93
0.0.457.25
0.0.457.24
black, similar to RAL 9017, cut-off max. 2770x1820 mm
0.0.474.36
black, similar to RAL 9017, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 2800x1850 mm
0.0.473.16
305
P a n el eleme n ts
Plastic ESD
For the protection of electronic components
For
maximum conductivity requirements
Meets
EPA requirements
&4%
The Plastic ESD panel is specifically designed for use in EPA

workplaces where the handling of electronic components
makes special safety precautions necessary (EPA = Electrostatic Protected Area).
The low discharge resistance (7.5x105 < R < 109 ) on the
surface of the panel and in the core of the material allows it to
be used as a table top without need for an additional conductive edge strip, or to be used in workpiece carriers with milling
or drilled holes whose cut edges have the same discharge
properties as the surface.
It has the same resistance to mechanical, thermal and chemical loading as the standard antistatic design. The presence of
additives to facilitate electrostatic discharge can result in slight
deviations in colour in the surface layer and core material.
Property
Density
Wearing resistance
Scratch resistance
Flexural strength
Tensile strength
Surface resistance
Value
1.4 g/cm3
450 min-1
3.0 N
110 N/mm
12,000 N/mm
80 N/mm
20 x10-6 K-1
B2
7.5x105 < R < 109
Test Standard
EN 438 T2
EN 438
EN 438 T2
EN 438 T2
EN 438 T2
DIN 52612
DIN 4102
DIN 53482
10
Plastic 4mm, ESD
m = 5.70 kg/m2
0.0.614.85
0.0.614.86
Plastic 10mm, ESD
&4%

m = 14.60 kg/m2
0.0.614.87
0.0.614.88
Plastic 16mm, ESD
306
&4%
&4%

m = 24.25 kg/m2
0.0.487.65
0.0.487.64
P a n el eleme n ts
Chequer Sheet
Stable
Aluminium chequer sheet is used for walk-on surfaces or

steps.
and non-slip
Property
Value
Density
2.7 g/cm
70,000 N/mm
Tensile strength
200 N/mm
Ductile yield A5
5%
Chequer Sheet Al 5mm

AlMg3
Duett chequering DIN EN 1386
Sheet Thickness 3.5 mm
Panel dimensions approx. 3000x1500mm
m = 9.90 kg/m2
0.0.428.53
0.0.457.18
307
10
P a n el eleme n ts
Corrugated Mesh Al
For
lightweight guards and enclosures
Particularly
Corrugated Meshes are suitable for guards, enclosures and

partitions, in particular when combined with Clamp Profiles.
The use of anodized aluminium wires enables them to be used
both indoors and outdoors on a permanent basis.
Note on cutting Corrugated Mesh Al to size:
Because of the way the material behaves when cut, the cut-off
tolerances are in DIN ISO 2768 tolerance class c.
easy to machine
Property
Density
Tensile strength
Ductile yield A5
Anodized natural
Min. layer thickness
Layer hardness
Value
2.7 g/cm3
70,000 N/mm
120 N/mm
5%
E6/EV1
10 m
250 - 350HV
Corrugated Mesh Al 3mm 20x20
10
Al, anodized
Minimum cut-off width 150 mm
Mesh:20 mm
Wire thickness: 3 mm
m = 1.80 kg/m2
0.0.196.66
natural anodized, 1 pce. max. 3000x1810 mm
0.0.436.93
Corrugated Mesh Al 4mm 30x30
308
Al, anodized
Mesh: 30 mm
m = 2.10 kg/m2
0.0.265.13
natural anodized, 1 pce. max. 3000x1810 mm
0.0.436.94
P a n el eleme n ts
Corrugated Mesh St
For
high-strength fixtures
Available
Corrugated Meshes St are ideal for safety equipment which

is subject to high stresses because of the very rigid steel wire
they employ. They are fixed in special Clamp Profiles.
Corrugated Meshes St are made from electrogalvanized wires.
Note on cutting Corrugated Mesh St to size:
Because of the way the material behaves when cut, the cut-off
tolerances are in DIN ISO 2768 tolerance class c.
in three mesh sizes
Property
Density
Modulus of
elasticity
Tensile strength
Galvanizing
Value
7.85 g/cm
210,000 N/mm
350 N/mm
DIN 50960 Fe/Zn 12A

St
Corrugated Mesh St 3mm 20x20
Mesh: 20 mm
m = 5.00 kg/m2
bright zinc-plated, cut-off max. 2970x1780 mm
0.0.428.32
bright zinc-plated, 1 pce. max. 3000x1810 mm
0.0.457.36
10

Mesh: 30 mm
m = 6.20 kg/m2
0.0.428.34
0.0.457.37

Mesh: 40 mm
m = 4.50 kg/m2
0.0.428.36
0.0.457.38
309
P a n el eleme n ts
Dual-Rod Mesh
Stable
Two
Inherently stable panel element for constructing free-standing

protective fence structures. Available in two different mesh
widths (25 and 50 mm).
The Dual-Rod Meshes are hot-dip galvanized to protect
against corrosion. They can also be painted to suit customers
individual needs.
Black Dual-Rod Meshes are supplied powder coated from the
factory.
even without a frame
mesh widths available
Property
Density
Tensile strength
Hot-dip galvanizing
Value
7.85 g/cm
210,000 N/mm
350 N/mm
Min. layer thickness 70 m
Powder coating
Black RAL9005
Min. layer thickness 70 m
The narrow openings of the mesh prevent people from reaching through (as required by EN 294).
Property
Mesh width [mm]
Opening dimension a [mm]
Distance to danger zone b [mm]
Value
25
19
> 120
50
44
> 850
10
213

St
Dual-Rod Mesh 25x200, 1830x958
1830
30
Wire diameter: 6/8 mm

Mesh width: 25x200 mm
Height: 1830 mm
Width: 958 mm
m = 20.5 kg
0.0.476.47
200

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 958 mm
m = 22.0 kg
black, 1 pce.
310
95
50
25/
008
8/2
0.0.446.08

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 2008 mm
m = 42.3 kg
0.0.476.46
P a n el eleme n ts

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 2008 mm
m = 45.0 kg
black, 1 pce.
0.0.446.07

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 958 mm
m = 13.8 kg
0.0.476.49

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 958 mm
m = 14.5 kg
black, 1 pce.
0.0.446.06

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 2008 mm
m = 28.6 kg
0.0.476.48

Height: 1830 mm
Width: 2008 mm
m = 30.0 kg
black, 1 pce.
0.0.446.05
311
10
P a n el eleme n ts
Steel Mesh
Stable
Light
Due to the high inherent stability of the Steel Mesh (straight

wires, welded), it is also highly suitable for direct use in the
profile groove.
and strong
objects can be hung on it
Property
Density
Tensile strength
Galvanizing
Value
7.85 g/cm
210,000 N/mm
350 N/mm
60 g/m
Powder coating
Black RAL 9005,

min. layer thickness 70 m
Steel Mesh 3.8mm 40x40
10
Steel wire (straight wires)

Welded, electrogalvanized
Approx. 2500x1000 mm
Mesh: 40 mm Wire thickness: 3.8 mm
m = 5.10 kg/m2
0.0.428.38
0.0.457.20
Steel Mesh 3.8mm 40x40
312
Steel wire (straight wires)

Welded, hot-dip galvanized and powder coated
Approx. 2000x1000 mm
Mesh: 40 mm Wire thickness: 3.8 mm
m = 5.30 kg/m2
black, cut-off max. 1970x970 mm
0.0.428.39
black, 1 pce. max. 2000x1000 mm
0.0.457.19
P a n el eleme n ts
Perforated Sheet
Stylish
For
ings
Aluminium Perforated Sheet has a wide range of applications.

It can be used to provide screening, for floors and ceilings that
permit the passage of air or dust, for storage surfaces or for
decorative wall panelling.
The powder-coated version is weather-proof.
and air-permeable
use as screening or ventilation open-
Property
Density
Tensile strength
Galvanizing
Value
2.7 g/cm
70,000 N/mm
200 N/mm
60 g/m
Powder coating
Black RAL9005
Min. layer thickness 70m
Perforated Sheet Al 3mm

AlMg3
Cold rolled (not degreased) or coated
Hole diameter = 10 mm in offset rows
DIN 24041; residual area approx. 60%
m = 4.80 kg/m2
0.0.428.29
0.0.457.12
black, cut-off max. 2970x1470 mm
0.0.428.30
black, 1 pce. panel dimensions. max. 3000x1500 mm
0.0.457.13
313
10
P a n el eleme n ts
Create a peaceful environment in offices and production halls
Absorbs
noise in medium and high frequencies
Suitable
as a panel element in hoods and enclosures
For
functional partitions in open-plan offices
Sound-Insulating Material for reducing the effect of sound

emission to the environment can be used for both complete
encapsulation and individual partitions. It is self-adhesive on
one side (rubber-based adhesive).
The Sound-Insulating Material

is glued to a panel element.
The panel element should be
fastened in the profile frame in
such a way that as little vibration or sound is transmitted as
possible.
The sound-insulating effect depends on the excitation
frequency.
10
Sound-Insulating Material 20mm

PUR-ester special foam
Coated with PVC film perforated, easy to wash down,
Sound absorption as per DIN 52215-63
Temperature resistance: -40C to +100C
Thermal conductivity: 0.033 W/mK, DIN 52612
Fire characteristics: self-extinguishing to FMVSS 302, DIN 75200
Panel dimensions 480x480 mm
m = 253.0 g
anthracite, 1 pce.
20
314
0.0.440.75
P a n el eleme n ts
Edge Profile S3 Al
Attractive
finish
Covering
for sharp cut edges
12
Edge Profile as edging for 3 mm thick panel elements whose

cut edges require covering, e.g. Perforated Sheet Al etc.
The Edge Profile can be cut at a 90 angle or with a mitre cut.
Edge Profile S3 Al
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [g/m]
0.33
89
0.0.457.45
0.0.440.56
10
315
P a n el eleme n ts
10
316
11
Floor elements
Adjustable Feet
Castors
Accessories for Floor Elements
11
F l o o r eleme n ts
Floor elements
Levelling Knuckle Feet
Knuckle Feet X
Rubber Inserts
Anti-Vibration Insert D80
Foot Clamps
Threaded spindles for
Compatible with Profiles X
Protect floors from damage
Reduces vibration and
Additional fixing for
Slope compensation via
Increase friction and pre-
infinite height adjustment

Metal or plastic foot plate
319
322
vent inadvertent movement
323
324
Knuckle Feet
For fastening to floors and
walls
326
Foot Mounting Bracket
Adjustable Feet PA
L-Based Feet
Stand Foot 8 240x160
Partition Base Plate
Height adjustable fixing for
For tables and lightweight
For heavy-duty and non-
Stable hold for free-
Fastening for up to two
Enables fitting to the sides
Tool-free adjustment
For fastening to walls and
Knuckle Feet
11
ball joint
absorbs impacts
Ageing and corrosionresistant
of profile frames
327
equipment
328
movable equipment
floors
329
standing enclosures and

guards
Can be screwed to the floor
333
Base Plates
Castors
Castor Support 8 80x40
Floor-Fastening Sets
Stable termination for
Wide range of sizes and
Low centre of gravity
For anchoring in floors and
Stand Profiles
Levelling via set screws
338
318
materials
Extremely strong and
durable
340
produces stable wheeled

constructions
With flexible impact and
scratch protection
354
walls
Particularly suitable for use
in concrete
355
partition elements
Stable and easy to fit
335
Base Plates/Transport
Plates
Stable termination for the
end faces of profiles
For securely fastening cas-
tors and Knuckle Feet
357
Knuckle Feet
Threaded
spindles ensure infinite height adjustment
Slope
compensation via ball joint
Metal
or plastic foot plate
Stainless,
&4%
ESD-safe versions available
Adjustable Foot

Load F (vertical)
D20, M5x45
D20, M5x45 stainless
D30, M6x45
D30, M6x60
D40, M8x60
900 N
15
1,500 N
900 N
15
15
7
D40, M8x80
1,500 N
15
D40, M10x80
1,500 N
15
D60, M10x75
5,000 N
D60, M12x75
5,000 N
15,000 N
D60, M10x120
5,000 N
D60, M12x120
5,000 N
D80, M10x80
10,000 N
D80, M12x100
10,000 N
D80, M16x100
10,000 N
20,000 N
D80, M12x160
10,000 N
D80, M16x160
10,000 N
11

Spindle, St, bright zinc-plated
Foot plate, PA
Hexagon nut DIN 934, St, bright zinc-plated
Knuckle Feet with plastic foot plate

a
Knuckle Foot D20, M5x45

a
b
c
15
1,500 N
Slope compensation is by
means of ball and socket.
750 N
1,500 N
10,000 N
The infinitely adjustable feet

are suitable for structures of
all kinds.
Depending on the particular
application, the adjustable
feet can be fitted in the core
bores of profiles or used in
combination with Base Plates
/ Transport Plates. The range
of applications can be extended by appropriate inserts
and foot clamps.
Slope
b [mm]
M5
44
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
32
19.5
33
7.0
0.0.464.75
b [mm]
M6
48
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
32
29.5
10
35
16.0
0.0.434.52

a
b [mm]
M6
63
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
47
29.5
10
50
17.0
0.0.434.51
319

a
b [mm]
M8
63
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
41
39
13
50
37.0
0.0.364.68
0.0.636.97

a
b [mm]
M8
83
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
60
39
13
70
43.0
0.0.265.69
0.0.636.99

a
b [mm]
M10
83
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
60
39
17
65
65.0
0.0.265.74
0.0.637.01

foot plate, die-cast zinc
Knuckle Feet with metal foot plate

a

a
b
c
b [mm]
M10
75
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
52
57
17
55
140.0
0.0.439.29
0.0.635.49

a
11
b [mm]
M10
120
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
97
57
17
100
163.0
0.0.439.30
0.0.635.51

a
b [mm]
M12
75
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
52
57
19
55
162.0
0.0.439.22
0.0.635.43

a
b [mm]
M12
120
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
97
57
19
100
193.0
0.0.439.23

a
b [mm]
M10
80
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
53
76
17
60
263.0
0.0.432.84
0.0.635.24

a
b [mm]
M12
100
black, 1 pce.
320
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
72
76
19
80
300.0
0.0.265.67

a
b [mm]
M12
160
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
132
76
19
140
340.0
0.0.265.68
0.0.635.17

a
b [mm]
M16
100
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
72
76
24
80
366.0
0.0.265.29
0.0.635.20

a
b [mm]
M16
160
black, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
132
76
24
140
450.0
0.0.265.66
0.0.636.95
ESD-safe and stainless

Spindle, St
Foot plate, St
Hexagon nut DIN 934, St
&4%
b
c
&4%

b [mm]
M5
44
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
32
19.5
33
19.0
0.0.464.81
&4%
b [mm]
M6
48
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
32
29.5
10
35
47.0
0.0.478.22
&4%

a
b [mm]
M8
63
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
41
39
13
50
107.0
0.0.475.41
&4%

a
b [mm]
M10
83
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
60
39
17
65
95.0
0.0.640.57
&4%

a
b [mm]
M12
75
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
52
57
19
55
185.0
0.0.478.13
&4%

a
b [mm]
M16
100
stainless, 1 pce.
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
72
76
24
80
435.0
0.0.476.39
321
11
Knuckle Feet X
Compatible
with Profiles X
Slope
compensation via ball joint
Metal
or plastic foot plate
-JOF
Knuckle Foot
Load F (vertical)
Slope
X D40, M8x60
1,500 N
15
X D40, M8x80
1,500 N
15
X D40, M10x80
1,500 N
15
X D80, M16x100
10,000 N

Foot plate, PA
a
b
c
b [mm]
c [mm]
M8
63
41
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
38
13
50
38.0
0.0.602.44
-JOF
Knuckle Foot X D40, M8x80

a
b [mm]
c [mm]
M8
83
60
11
-JOF
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
38
13
70
45.0
0.0.602.46
-JOF

a
b [mm]
c [mm]
M10
83
60
d [mm]
e [mm]
f [mm]
m [g]
38
17
65
64.0
0.0.496.02

foot plate, die-cast zinc
a
322
b [mm]
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
M16
105.5
73.5
78
24
-JOF

f [mm]
m [g]
73
457.0
0.0.496.03
Rubber Inserts
Protect
floors from damage
Increase
friction and prevent inadvertent movement
Compatible
Products

The Rubber Inserts are suitable for use as anti-slip devices and
floor protectors.
They can be retrofitted to Knuckle Feet D30 and D40 (not the
stainless models) and D60 and D80.
Rubber Insert D30

NBR
Hardness 80 Sh A, oil and water resisting
m = 3.0 g
black, 1 pce.
10
27.5
2.2
13.5
36
53.2
0.0.434.50
Rubber Insert D40

NBR
m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.265.70
Rubber Insert D60

NBR
m = 18.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.439.33
18
Rubber Insert D80

3
Rubber Insert D80 can also

be used in combination with
Adjustable Foot 8 PA. This
increases the overall height of
the Adjustable Foot by
12 mm.
with Knuckle Feet D30, D40, D60 and D80
71
NBR
m = 42.0 g
black, 1 pce.
-JOF
Rubber Insert X D80
48
10
0.0.265.61
NBR
Hardness 70 Sh A, oil/water-resistant
m = 18.0 g
black, 1 pce.
-JOF
0.0.606.51
323
11

Reduces
Ageing
vibration and absorbs impacts
and corrosion-resistant
Resistant
to oils, greases, acids and solvents
Stainless
steel Knuckle Feet retain their ESD functionality
&4%
2,000 N
4 mm
10,000 N
6 mm
The effective height (h) when not under load is 9 mm.

The value of h decreases by the spring distance a as a function
of the force F.
The degree of vibration damping depends on the excitation

frequency. Shocks (excitation below the natural frequency) will
be reduced by the self-damping.
25
64
11
324
St
Self-damping: Approx. 15%
Natural frequency: 20-25 Hz
Resonance ratio: Approx. 3.3
Static load Fstat: 2,000 N
Max. dynamic pressure loading Fdyn: 10,000 N
m = 115.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
0.0.458.93
Adjustable Foot 80x40, M12x120

Rectangular
Infinitely
foot for flush mounting against walls
variable height adjustment

Use of the Rubber Insert is

recommended to prevent
movement and to protect the
floor from damage.
M12
Adjustable Foot 80x40, M12x120
120
97

Base Plate, die-cast zinc, black
Hexagon Nut DIN 934-M12, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 280.0 g
1 pce.
19
0.0.608.93
100
11
80
40
19.5
Rubber Insert 80x40
Fmax.= 5000 N
80
40
NBR
m = 43.1 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.609.05
325
Foot Clamps
For
fixing Knuckle Feet in place
For
fastening to floors and walls
Products

The permissible load for the

Foot Clamps at the fastening
point is Fperm. = 5,000 N.
Special Foot Clamps are available for securing Knuckle Feet
X D80.
Foot Clamps X D80 can be combined with Knuckle Feet X D80.
They are used to secure structures made from Profiles X 8 to
the floor and wall.
11
36
150
76
Die-cast zinc
m = 223.0 g
black, 1 pce.
48
Foot Clamp D80
14
70
Die-cast zinc
m = 492.0 g
black, 1 pce.
36
50
Foot Clamp X D80
13
24
132
68
326
0.0.265.30
32
-JOF
68
0.0.439.37
24
20
57
Foot Clamp D60
12
15
112
5
52.
Die-cast zinc
m = 480.0 g
-JOF
0.0.495.96

Height
Fitted
adjustable fixing for Knuckle Feet
to the sides of profiles
100
60
48
Foot Mounting Bracket 8 D80 allows height adjustable feet

with M16 threaded spindle (primarily Knuckle Foot D80, M16)
to be mounted on the side of a frame construction. Machines
or systems can be installed with minimum distance to the floor
but can still be adjusted in height.
The maximum permissible load on the Foot Mounting

Bracket is F = 4,000 N. The load-carrying capacity of the
adjustable foot must not be exceeded.
11
Foot Mounting Bracket 8 D80
Die-cast aluminium
m = 363.0 g
M16
0.0.612.01
14
100
8.4
40
80
40
80
327
Adjustable Feet PA
For
tables and lightweight equipment
Tool-free
height adjustment mechanism
Available
for Profiles 8 40x40, D40 and Profiles X 8 40x40
The spindle is screwed into

an M8 thread in the core
bore of the profile. Tools are
not required to make height
adjustments simply turn
the lower part of the foot
manually.
Fperm. = 1,500 N
M8
40-65
11
Adjustable Foot 8 PA
Spindle, nut and washer, St, bright zinc-plated
F = 1,500 N
m = 71.0 g
1 pce.
11
0.0.196.64
39
M8
Adjustable Foot 8 D40 PA

Housing, inner part and end plate, PA-GF, black
Spindle and washer, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 69.0 g
1 set
0.0.603.33
40-65
10
39
-JOF
M8
40-65
10
39
328
Adjustable Foot X 8 PA 40x40

Housing, inner part and end plate, PA-GF, grey
Spindle and washer, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 69.0 g
1 pce.
-JOF
0.0.603.74
L-Based Feet
L-Based Feet
For
heavy-duty and non-movable equipment
For
fastening to walls and floors
L-Based Feet ensure a secure hold. Because they are screwed

to the grooves of the profile, several of the feet can be used.
Furthermore, L-Based Feet enable users to anchor profiles to
walls or floors. item supplies additional Floor-Fastening Sets
for this purpose.
355
The height adjustment mechanism in the L-Based Foot enables

users to compensate for unevenness in the floor.
The foot is adjusted by turning the set screw (1.). The selected
height is then fixed by tightening the fastening screw at the
side (2.).
a [mm]
max.
min
c [mm]
Fmax.
53.5
8.5
8 - 16
3,000 N
75.0
10.0
13 - 25
6,000 N
L-Based Feet
11
2.7
15
75/90/105
120
M6x12
M6x60
15
10
28.
L-Based Foot 6 non-adjustable
6.2
75/90/105
120
M6x12
15
0.0.434.71
45
2.7
15
10
Housing, die-cast aluminium, black

Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M6x60, St, bright zinc-plated and slide-coated
Square nut M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 111.0 g
1 pce.
14
10
10
L-Based Foot 6 adjustable
6.2

m = 91.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.434.70
14
28.
45
329
20
3.8
L-Based Foot 8 adjustable
100/120/140
160
M8x16
20
M8x80
10
40
20
60
3.8
L-Based Foot 8 non-adjustable
20
100/120/140
160
M8x16
10
11
330
0.0.196.45
20
10
10

Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M8x80, St, bright zinc-plated and slide-coated
Square nut M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 272.0 g
1 pce.
20
40
60

m = 223.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.265.44
L-Based Foot X 8 adjustable

Compatible
Easy
with Profiles X
to compensate for unevenness in the floor
Easy-to-clean
-JOF
design
a [mm]
L-Based Feed
max.
max.
75.0
75,0
a [mm]
min
c [mm]
c [mm]
Fmax. Fmax.
min
10.0
10,0
13 - 25
6,000 N
6.000
L-Based Foot X 8 adjustable provides a simple method of

levelling equipment on uneven floors by means of height
adjustment.
The adjustment is made by turning the adjusting screw (1). The
selected height is then fixed by tightening the fastening screw
at the side (2).
The Floor-Fastening Set can be screwed into L-Based Foot X 8
using a socket wrench.
355
L-Based Foot X 8 adjustable

Housing, die-cast aluminium, white aluminium
Cap, PA-GF, grey
Square nut, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 342.0 g
1 set
-JOF
11
0.0.600.13
331
L-Based Foot 8-12 240x100
L-Based Foot 8-12

Extremely
Secure
Ideal
stable and extremely flexible
floor anchoring of construction
for fastening machinery that has already been installed and aligned

40
8.5
228
218
198
M
F
158
138

118

98
58
38
29.5
0
The slotted holes for fastening to the side face of a profile are
compatible with the modular dimensions of Lines 8, 10 and
12.
The number of fastening screws can be increased to raise the
stability. In this way, L-Based Foot 8-12 240x100 also stabilises machine frames against movement and vibration.
Mmax. = 150 Nm
Fmax. = 4,000 N
40
Die-cast aluminium
m = 750.0 g
20
332
355
80
240
8.5
18
11
In the case of Line 8 profiles, the distance to the floor when

using the lower groove for attaching the L-Based Foot is a =
9.5 mm. In the case of Line 10 profiles a = 4.5 mm. Line 12
profiles can be screwed to the L-Based Foot so that they are
flush to the floor.
60
100
0.0.610.89

The cost-effective and robust floor fastener
Easy
Can
For
to align and stable
be screwed to the floor
free-standing enclosures and guards
The slot fastening feature

near the bottom of the Stand
Foot can be used to adjust
the angle in order to compensate for uneven floors ( 5).
355
The height can be adjusted

by means of a screw inserted
into a thread in the core bore
in the end face of the stand
profile.
60
20
0
2
St
m = 1.0 kg
black, 1 pce.
10
0.0.492.47
30
160
120
18
200 0
24
44
333
11
Adjustable Stand Foot Side Brace 8

Adjustable Stand Foot
Adjustable Stand Foot 8

The foot with unrivalled precision
Several
Even
ways to compensate for unevenness
greater stability due to additional support
Securely
Adjustable Stand Foot 8 can be universally used to provide

Stand Profiles of partitions, tables and shelving systems with
a stable connection to the floor. Various adjustment options
mean that the Adjustable Stand Foot can be adapted to the
properties of the floor (height, flatness). The Stand Profile can
be tilted as necessary using the hexagon nuts and screw (3).
The Stand Profile is adjusted in vertical direction by moving
anchored to the floor
*OOPWBUJPO
it along the profile groove. Lateral alignment on the floor is

facilitated by the large diameters of the holes for the Floor
Fastening Sets.
160
20
120
355
The through holes for securing to the floor can be accessed

when the Adjustable Stand Foot has already been fitted, so
that the anchoring holes can be drilled subsequently.
Adjustable Stand Foot 8
18
Adjustable Stand Foot, Al, anodized, natural

2 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Washers DIN 125-8,4, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 795.0 g
1 set
0.0.486.17
280
40
11

For
supporting an Adjustable Stand Foot from the side
Mechanism
Adjustable Stand Foot Side Brace 8 is used to provide lateral

support to an enclosure erected using Adjustable Stand
Foot 8. It is inserted into Adjustable Stand Foot 8 and is also
screwed to the Stand Profile.
for adjusting angle of incline
*OOPWBUJPO
The inclination is set in the same way as the Adjustable Stand

Foot, using a set screw. Used in conjunction with Adjustable
Stand Foot 8, the Stand Profile can then be aligned in all
planes.
160
18
334
40
160
Adjustable Stand Foot Side Brace, Al, anodized, natural

2 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 655.0 g
1 set
0.0.486.18

Stable
fastening with outstanding stability
For
one or two partition elements
The
height of each wall segment can be adjusted separately
Create sound protection and screening using mobile partition

walls and mark out designated routes and areas. The new
Partition Base Plates D400 are free-standing, lightweight elements that can be rapidly deployed.
A partition built with Profiles 8 D40 is an elegant solution. The
circular cross-section of the Partition Base Plate is a perfect
match to the design of the Adapters and Stand Profiles. Two
profiles can be fitted close together on Partition Base Plate
D400 2z and Partition Adapter D40 allows them to be
swivelled to any angle and secured in position.
All that is needed to attach the Partition Base Plate is a thread
in the core bore of a Profile 8.
11
40-50
0.0.493.45
20
M8
Partition Adapter D40 allows users to adjust

the height and angle of each individual partition segment.
Tip:
Two Profiles D40 can be connected at the upper end of the

partition using Flat Bracket 8 D40/D40 (0.0.628.63) the
Profiles are fixed in parallel and kept at a constant distance.
335
400
Partition Base Plate D400 z
0.0.641.36
St
m = 5.0 kg
400
Partition Base Plate D400 2z

St
m = 5.0 kg
0.0.641.41
42
40
40
Partition Adapter D40
M8x20
11
336

Sleeve, Al, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991 M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
3 grub screws DIN 915 M6x10, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 185.0 g
1 set
0.0.641.42
Fastening Set,
Floor-Fixing
Plate
on profile side for Floor-Fixing Plate
Levelling Feet (for Base Plate)
Floor-Fixing Plate
For
floor mounting machine frames
Levelling
via set screw
Reinforce
the rigidity of machine frames
M12
Floor-Fixing Plate 8
160
80
24
17
355
Die-cast aluminium
Fmax. = 10,000 N
m = 610.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.388.12
230
Fastening Set 8 on profile side for Floor-Fixing Plate 8

m = 44.0 g
1 set
11
0.0.404.19
337
Base Plates
Base Plates
Stable
termination for Stand Profiles
Levelling
via set screws
12.5 M10
Base Plate 8 160

120
28
130 0
10
160
11
168
24
40
15
28
40
M16
40
160
338
288
355
120
Base plate, Al, anodized, natural

2 Caps 8 160x28, PA, black
3 Floor-Fastening Sets M10x135
m = 1,6 kg
1 set
Base Plate 8 280

Base plate, Al, anodized, natural
2 Caps 8 160x28, PA, black
m = 2.3 kg
1 pce.
0.0.026.17
0.0.388.69
Base Plate 8 320x320 St

Extremely
For
strong machine base
anchoring heavy-duty frames
Alignment
via Levelling Feet
Base Plate 8 320x320 St II has been prepared for screwing into the core bores of the profiles (8 countersinks for
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 7984-M12 in Profiles
8 320x160 and 8 160x160, and countersinks for Hexagon
Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M8 in Profiles 8 160x160
8EN or 8 240x160 8EN).
It is fastened to the floor using bores 38 mm and washers
DIN 440.
355
Base Plate 8 320x320 St
36
St, painted
4 washers DIN 440-R22, St, black
m = 11.6 kg
1 set
15
10
The lower hexagon nut (50

A/F) is adjusted to set the
height of the Levelling Feet.
The hollow stud must be
prevented from twisting (30
A/F).
Any unevenness is compensated for by means of a ball
socket in the base plate ( =
2.5).
0.0.476.70
20
38
50 24
30
Levelling Feet D80, M33x80
80
10
4 base plates, St, bright zinc-plated

4 hollow studs, St, bright zinc-plated
8 hexagon nuts DIN 439-M33x2, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 3.5 kg
1 set
0.0.480.91
80
339
11
Castors
Wide
range of sizes and materials
Extremely
strong and durable
ESD-safe
versions also available
&4%
Castor line D65 (castor

diameter 65 mm) consists of
the variants: Swivel Castor
and Swivel Castor with brake
(brake for wheel axle).
11
Castor Line
D65/D75 PA
(x = yes; - = no)
PU

The castors can be secured in the end faces of all Profile Lines by means of a thread in the core
bore (counter boring and tapping may be required) or by using Base Plates/Transport Plates
(Section 2.3 Accessories for Floor Elements).
Castor lines D75 and D125

consist of the variants: Swivel
Castor, Swivel Castor with
double-brake (brake for
wheel axle and swivelling
axis) and Fixed Castor.
Resistance of tyres
The castors can be fitted to the groove side of the profiles using appropriate Base Plates/Transport Plates (thread lengths may need to be compensated by washers DIN 125). A combination
with Floor-Fastening Plate 8 is also possible for specific applications.
Castor Line
D75
TPE
Castor Line
D80
TPE
Castor Line
D100
TPE
Castor Line
D125
TPE
Castor Line
D125
heavy-duty
PU
Water
Salt water
Road-salt solution
Oils
Animal and vegetable fats
Diesel oil
Petrol
Acidic cleaning agents
Soap solutions up to approx. 50C
The Castors have good rolling properties and a high load-carrying capacity and
are able to withstand most environmental influences.
Antistatic Castors can also be supplied specifically for use in the electronics
sector. They have appropriate tyres and a continuously conductive wheel/casing. The discharge resistance of the antistatic model is 105 .
340
Radius of swivel (a)
Offset (b)
Thickness (t)
Castor D65 swivel
57.0 mm
20.0 mm
Castor D65 swivel

with brake
68.0 mm
20.0 mm
Castor D75 PA swivel
70.0 mm
23.0 mm

with double-brake
80.0 mm
23.0 mm
Castor D75 swivel
70.0 mm
30.5 mm
5 mm
Castor D75 swivel

with double-brake
85.0 mm
30.5 mm
5 mm
2 mm
Castor D80 swivel
70.0 mm
29.0 mm
12 mm
Castor D80 swivel

with double-brake
95.5 mm
29.0 mm
12 mm
Castor D100 swivel
90.0 mm
40.0 mm
16 mm
Castor D100 swivel

with double-brake
130.0 mm
40.0 mm
16 mm
5 mm
Castor D125 swivel
102.5 mm
40.0 mm
9 mm
Castor D125 swivel

with double-brake
130.0 mm
40.0 mm
9 mm
14 mm
Castor D125 swivel, heavy-duty
108.0 mm
45.0 mm
6 mm
Castor D125 swivel

with double-brake, heavy-duty
108.0 mm
45.0 mm
6 mm
Castor D125 swivel

with double-brake N, heavy-duty
136.0 mm
45.0 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Castor D75 fixed
Castor D100 fixed
Castor D125 fixed
Castor D125 fixed, heavy-duty
The specified carrying capacities are maximum values under ideal operating conditions,
at walking speed (max. 4 km/h) and over smooth and flat surfaces. If the floor is uneven
and weight badly distributed, the load on the castor should be calculated in accordance
with the following formula:
dead weight + load
F = ______________
341
11
Castor Line D65

Double
castor with a carrying capacity of up to 50 kg
Available
&4%
in ESD-safe versions and with brake

Housing PA, black
Swivelling axis with ball bearing,
Wheel axle with slide bearing,
Threaded pin, adhesive coated,
Dust shield,
Carrying capacity 50 kg/castor
Twin tyres PU, 80 Sh A, black
2
Castor D65 swivel
8
M10
x15
13
79
&4%
0.0.444.92
Castor D65 swivel brake
8
x15
13
m = 178.0 g
1 pce.
Castor D65 swivel brake antistatic
79
m = 183.0 g
1 pce.
56
0.0.444.94
M10
342
Castor D65 swivel antistatic

m = 172.0 g
1 pce.
56
11
m = 167.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.444.95
&4%
0.0.444.93
Castor Line D75 PA

Double
castor with a carrying capacity of up to 60 kg
Available
&4%
in ESD-safe versions and with brake

Casing PA, grey
Swivelling axis with ball bearing
Wheel axle with slide bearing
Threaded pin protected against torsion
Dust shield
Twin tyres PU, 80 Sh A, grey
M10
x15
m = 220.0 g
1 pce.
13
90
Castor D75 PA swivel antistatic

m = 230.0 g
1 pce.
x15
0.0.605.47
11
Castor D75 PA swivel double-brake
2
13
m = 235.0 g
1 pce.
90
Castor D75 PA swivel double-brake antistatic

m = 245.0 g
1 pce.
62
&4%
62
M10
0.0.605.45
0.0.605.46
&4%
0.0.605.48
343
Castor Line D75

Castor
with a carrying capacity of up to 60 kg
Available
Durable
due to ball bearing
Available
&4%
as swivel castors or fixed castors with anti-torsion feature

in ESD-safe versions and with double brake


Steel sheet casing bright zinc-plated, black
Swivelling axis with sealed ball bearing,
Wheel axle with sealed ball bearing,
Dust shield,
Tyre TPE, track-free, 80 Sh A, grey
4
4
10
.5
Castor D75 swivel
97
m = 306.0 g
1 pce.
m = 285.0 g
1 pce.
Castor D75 swivel with double-brake

m = 340.0 g
1 pce.
97
11
Castor D75 swivel with double-brake antistatic

m = 317.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.420.16
&4%
0.0.420.17
45
10
.5

Sheet-metal housing, bright zinc-plated, black
Wheel axle with ball bearing,
Anti-torsion block,
Dust shield, carrying capacity 60 kg/castor
Tyres TPE, 80 Sh A, grey
Castor D75 fixed
8
40
97
50
344
0.0.420.15
4
4
10
.5
22
&4%
22
22
0.0.420.14
5
7
m = 260.0 g
1 pce.
Castor D75 fixed antistatic
m = 240.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.420.12
&4%
0.0.420.13
Castor Line D80

Stainless steel casing
Castor
Available
&4%


Sheet-metal housing, stainless
Swivelling axis with ball bearing
Wheel axle with plain bearing,
Dust shield, carrying capacity 90 kg/castor
Tyres TPE, 85 Sh A, black
4
4
10
.3
Castor D80 swivel
107
m = 330.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
Castor D80 swivel, antistatic
m = 310.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
&4%
1.0.001.97
22
4
4
10
.3
107
m = 375.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
Castor D80 swivel with double-brake, antistatic
m = 355.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
22
1.0.001.08
1.0.001.09
&4%
1.0.001.98
345
11
Castor Line D100

Castor
Available
Dual
ball-bearing wheels
Available
&4%


5
7
12
.5
Castor D100 swivel
132
m = 660.0 g
1 pce.
m = 660.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.602.39
5
7
12
.5
132
m = 780.0 g
1 pce.
m = 780.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.602.40
&4%
0.0.602.41
10
32

Anti-torsion element,
12
.5
8
55
132
65
32
346
&4%
10
32
11
0.0.602.38
0
10
Castor D100 fixed

m = 580.0 g
1 pce.
m = 580.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.603.26
&4%
0.0.605.29
Castor D100 swivel with Connecting Plate 120x40

The quick castor for direct screw connection
Castor
and connecting plate in one
Carrying
Dual
ball-bearing wheels
Available
&4%
130
capacity up to 80 kg

10.5
A version of item Castors D100 swivel are supplied with integrated connecting plates. As
a result, the swivel castors can be secured in place without the need for additional base
plates or transport plates. The three holes in the modular dimension of 40 mm in the
connecting plate are used to screw the castors to the profile grooves or the core bore of
Profiles 8.
The swivel castors with connecting plate are ideal for use with frames built from Line 8
and Line 10 profiles. They are the same height as the swivel castors with fixing holes and
can also be combined with fixed castors in the corresponding castor size.
All the designs are also available in antistatic/electrostatically dissipative versions for ESD
applications.
40

Dust shield, carrying capacity 80kg/castor
13
8.5
Castor D100 swivel 120x40

m = 641.0 g
1 pce.
132
80
120
40
m = 654.0 g
1 pce.
m = 761.0 g
1 pce.
Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 120x40 antistatic
40
m = 773.0 g
1 pce.
32
0.0.633.44
Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 120x40
132
3
&4%
13
8.5
120 0
8
0.0.633.43
10
32
Castor D100 swivel 120x40 antistatic
11
0.0.639.13
&4%
0.0.633.45
10
347
Castor Line D125

Stable
castors with up to 100 kg carrying capacity
Available
Dual
ball-bearing wheels
Available
&4%


Dust shield,
5
7
12
.5
Castor D125 swivel

m = 710.0 g
1 pce.
158

m = 960.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.418.08
&4%
0.0.418.09
12
32
11
5
7
12
.5
158
m = 860.0 g
1 pce.
m = 1.1 kg
1 pce.
32
348
12
0.0.418.10
&4%
0.0.418.11

Anti-torsion element,
Dust shield,
m = 780.0 g
1 pce.
12
.5
8
0.0.418.07
Castor D125 fixed

m = 550.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.418.06
158
55
55
&4%
32
5
12
11
349
Castor D125 swivel with Connecting Plate 120x40

Combined
Carrying
Dual
130
capacity up to 100 kg
ball-bearing wheels
Available
&4%
castor and connecting plate

10.5
This version of Castor D125 swivel incorporates a connecting plate as standard. These
swivel castors can be secured in place without the need for additional base plates or
transport plates. The three holes in the modular dimension of 40 mm make it easy to
screw the castors to the core bore of Profiles 8 or various profile grooves (particularly
recommended for frames built using Line 8 and 10 profiles).
The swivel castor with connecting plate is the same height as a swivel castor with fixing
holes. As a result, it can be combined with fixed castors of the same castor size.
All the designs are also available in antistatic/electrostatically dissipative versions for ESD
applications.
40

Dust shield, carrying capacity 80kg/castor
11
13
8.5
80
Castor D125 swivel 120x40

m = 704.0 g
1 pce.
158
120
40
Castor D125 swivel 120x40 antistatic

m = 725.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.633.46
&4%
0.0.633.47
12
32
m = 831.0 g
1 pce.
158
120 0
8
40
Castor D125 swivel with double-brake 120x40 antistatic

m = 851.0 g
1 pce.
32
350
Castor D125 swivel with double-brake 120x40
13
8.5
12
0.0.633.48
&4%
0.0.633.49
Castor Line D125 heavy-duty

Move the heaviest of loads safely and securely
Ultra
heavy-duty castor with a carrying capacity of up to 450 kg
Available
Particularly
N
durable due to heavy-duty ball bearings
version allows the brake to be actuated from the trailing side.

Unlike Castor D125 swivel with double-brake heavy duty, the

N version allows the lock to be actuated from the trailing side.
The combination of two Castors D125 swivel with double-brake
and two Castors D125 swivel with double-brake N thus enables
a heavy structure on swivel castors to be locked at all four
castors, since the locks can always be reached easily. This
prevents the structure from being moved or rolling away.
140
105
11
165
75
Castor D125 swivel, heavy-duty
110
80
Sheet-metal casing, bright zinc-plated, black

Swivelling axis with ball bearing and rotating track seal
Wheel axle with ball bearing
Tyres PU, 92 Sh A, yellow
m = 3.2 kg
1 pce.
0.0.488.38
40
8
75 0
105
11
Castor D125 swivel with double-brake, heavy-duty
110
165
140
12

m = 3.5 kg
1 pce.
0.0.488.39
40
12
351
11
140
105
11
110
Castor D125 fixed, heavy-duty
165
75
80

m = 2.3 kg
1 pce.
0.0.488.40
12
40
140
105
75
80
Castor D125 swivel with double-brake N heavy-duty
110
165
11
40
11
352
12

m = 3.5 kg
1 pce.
0.0.492.18
Castor Adapter Plates

For
Castor Line D125 heavy-duty

The Castor Adapter Plates for the Castor Line D125 heavy duty
have the necessary through-holes in the modular dimensions
of Line 8 and 12 Profiles. They also have four fastening threads
M10 for castor back-plates in bore dimensions standardised to
DIN 8458 - size 3.
The stable back-plate with standard mounting bores provides a

reliable means of securing the castors to profile frames using
special Castor Adapter Plates.
It is screwed in the prepared threads by means of four M10x20
screws per plate.
The Castor Adapter Plates are secured in the core bore using
the enclosed Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws or in the
profile groove using T-Slot Nuts for the relevant profile line.
M10x20
M8x20
Castor Adapter Plate 8 M10-105x80
160 5
10
20
40
40
80
16
40 120
40
20
Plate, Al, black

4 Cap Screws DIN 6912-M8x20, St, bright zinc-pl.
4 button-hd. screws ISO 7380-M10x20, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 0.8 kg
1 set
11
0.0.489.21
(20
M10x20 M12x25
160
60
180 5
10
60
80
50
60
30
16
Castor Adapter Plate 12 M10-105x80
30
Plate, Al, black

4 Cap Screws DIN 7984-M12x25, St, bright zinc-pl.
4 washers DIN 433-13, St, bright zinc-plated
4 button-hd. screws ISO 7380-M10x20, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 1.3 kg
1 set

0.0.007.76
353

For
fastening Castors D100 and D125
Ensures
structures have a low centre of gravity for increased stability
Flexible
impact protection as standard
&4%
Reduced construction height = lower centre of gravity =

increased stability!
The perfect equation for mobile applications thanks to Castor
Support 8 80x40.
Safety built in series-standard elastomer impact protection prevents damage and injuries
if an accident happens.
For fitting D100 or D125 swivel castors (with single central

fixing holes), including versions with double-brakes. Castors
are always able to rotate around the full 360. Perfect for
connection to the end faces of Profiles 8 80x40. Simply drive
M8 threads into the core bores and the Castor Support can be
connected in a matter of seconds. All the necessary fastening
elements are included in the set getting constructions on the
go fast.
Castor Support 8 80x40 ensures that your

construction has a low centre of gravity.
FL
b + 170
60 FS
FL = _____
b + 170
FS
The permissible load FL varies according to

the permissible tensile load on the groove
flanks FS. Furthermore, FL must not exceed the
carrying capacity of the castor.
0 - 106
11
62
38
80
35
27.5
170
80
185
40
354
Castor arm, St, white aluminium

Impact Buffer, PUR, grey
2 protective plugs, PE, grey
m = 750.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.0.642.76
Special
bolts for anchoring in floors and walls
Particularly
suitable for use in concrete
The Floor-Fastening Sets are used for floor and wall fastening of Adjustable Feet, Base Plates, Floor-Fixing Plates, Foot
Clamps and other components.
They are very suitable for use in concrete and can also be used
in natural stone (dense structure).
Floor-Fastening Set
17
Fmax.
Qmax.
M8x95
1,650 N
4,250 N
M10x135
3,570 N
9,520 N
M12x150
4,760 N
14,290 N
Floor-Fastening Set M8x95
M8
70
95
13
St
M = 20 Nm
m = 38.0 g
0.0.432.97
11
8
20
M10
St
m = 82.0 g
M = 45 Nm
0.0.485.82
95
135
17
10
24
M12
St
M = 60 Nm
m = 128.0 g
0.0.485.83
110
150
19
12
355
Foot Cap
Profile
Stops
covering above the Knuckle Foot

dirt getting into the profile and prevents injuries
Products
A Foot Cap light is a plastic cap used to cover the end face of a
Profile 8 40x40 light when a Knuckle Foot is screwed into the
core bore of the profile.
Note: To protect the Foot Cap, the counter nut of the Knuckle
Foot can only be tightened with a reduced torque (M = 10 Nm).
The Foot Cap is clamped in

the outer profile cavities of
the Profile 8 40x40 light.
Foot Cap X 8 40x40 light is used with Profiles X 8.

Knuckle Foot X D40, M8x80 has an extended spindle which
makes it ideal for combining with Foot Cap X 8 40x40 light.
11
10
4
40
40
PA-GF
m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
-JOF
10.4
356
40
0.0.473.03
Foot Cap X 8 40x40 light
16
40
Foot Cap 8 40x40 light
PA-GF
m = 15.0 g
-JOF
0.0.601.21
Base Plates > Base Plates/Transport Plates
Transport Plates > Base Plates
Base Plates/Transport Plates

Stable
For
termination for the end faces of profiles
securely fastening castors and Knuckle Feet
Products

Base Plate/Transport Plate

10 200x100 has 4 pre-drilled
M10 threaded holes for fastening Swivel or Fixed Castor
D125 heavy duty.
The Base Plates/Transport Plates, made from die-cast zinc, are

powder-coated on all sides and can be screwed into the core
bores of profile end faces or laterally into the grooves of the
profiles.
Threads of different diameters accommodate ring bolts, adjustable feet, castors and other elements.

Die-cast zinc
20
Base Plate/Transport Plate 5 40x20, M8

12
M8
10/5.5
20
2
12
10/5.5

m = 112.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
m = 109.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 107.0 g
black, 1 pce.
30

12
M10;M12;M16
11/6.6
30
11
0.0.437.58
40
M8;M10;M12
40
m = 56.0 g
black, 1 pce.
60
m = 102.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 101.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.437.59

0.0.437.60

0.0.437.61
0.0.439.16

0.0.431.06
357
Footplate
M10;M12;M16
12
m = 95.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 193.0 g
black, 1 pce.
11/6.6
60
60
m = 192.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 186.0 g
black, 1 pce.
13
14/6
16
M10
40

16
15/9
11
m = 253.0 g
black, 1 pce.
80
40
m = 119.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 251.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 241.0 g
black, 1 pce.
M10;M12;
M16;M20
0
4
16
15/9
80
80

m = 461.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 459.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 449.0 g
black, 1 pce.
m = 440.0 g
black, 1 pce.
358
0.0.431.07

0.0.439.15

0.0.431.08

0.0.431.09
0.0.608.85
40
40
M10;M12;M16
Base Plate 8 40x40, M10
0.0.440.71

0.0.406.32

0.0.406.33

0.0.440.72

0.0.406.22

0.0.406.23

0.0.406.24

Al, anodized
m = 600.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
M16
0.0.620.05
16
16/9
120
120
-JOF
40
Base Plate/Transport Plate X 8 80x40, M8

16
M8;M10;M16
15/9
m = 253.0 g
80
40
m = 256.0 g
m = 246.0 g
0
4
M10;M16
m = 463.0 g
16
15/9

80
40
m = 453.0 g
80
40
Base Plate/Transport Plate 8 80x80-45, M12
15/9
m = 427.0 g
black, 1 pce.
16
40
M12;M16
Base Plate/Transport Plate 8 80x80-45, M16

80
80
m = 412.0 g
black, 1 pce.
-JOF
0.0.600.55
-JOF
0.0.604.52
-JOF
0.0.607.03
-JOF
0.0.604.53
-JOF
0.0.600.56
0.0.409.50

0.0.409.51
359
11
50

18
M12;M16
18/11
m = 425.0 g
m = 420.0 g
100
50
0
18
M12;M16
18/11
100
Base Plate/Transport Plate 10 200x100

M10
18
200 100
0
5

m = 877.0 g
100
18/11
M12
m = 886.0 g
m = 1272.0 g

0.0.625.15

0.0.625.16

0.0.625.19

0.0.625.20

0.0.625.27
M16
100
105 50
1
80
11
60
60
20
M12;M16

m = 800.0 g
black, 1 set
120

m = 800.0 g
black, 1 set
20
M12;M16

m = 1.5 kg
black, 1 set
120
360
120

m = 1.5 kg
black, 1 set

0.0.007.34

0.0.007.37

0.0.007.40

0.0.007.43
12
Conveyors
Slide Strips
Roller Conveyors
Roller Elements
Conveyor Rollers
Chain Transfer
12
Conveyors
Application example conveyors

Transport solutions and goods provision
1
12
362
Conveyors
10
Slide Strips
Low-wear plastic strips protect transported
goods
Antistatic properties prevent charges from
building up
Can also be installed at two different heights in
the Castor Rail
elements
inserts
Castors, Slide Strips, Brushes and Castor Balls
Easy to combine
Easy running castors, even for long stretches

Available with or without flanged wheel
Available in different colours for volume control
Section 12
368
Section 11
Conveyor Rollers
Manual or motorised drive

Aluminium or plastic rollers
Easy running, even over long stretches
375
Castor Inserts
Floor elements
317
Section 12
366
Section 2
For stability on all floor surfaces

Compensate for unevenness in floors
Secure anchoring to the floor when required
Castor Rails
Universal carrier profile for various transport
90
Section 12
370
secure and versatile
Castor Balls
Lightweight goods transport in any direction

Ideal for junctions and insertion/removal points
Can be integrated into Castor Rails and panel
Additional hold for high-strength constructions

item fasteners create frames that are durable,
Section 12
365
Angle Bracket
Section 12
Chain drive
Powerful and resistant to dirt

Chain runs safely inside the profile groove
Drive can be installed at any point
378
12
Section 12
10 Frames
Railings
Stable side guidance for transported goods

Can be customised for conveyor lines
Easily adjustable thanks to universal profiles

Profile grooves enable attachment of all ele-
ments
Construction of conveyor lines to fit any space
Section 12
373
Key:
See page
Products
in this section
27
Section 1
Products
in other sections
363
Conveyors
Conveyors
Slide Strips
Castor Rail 8 40x40
Castor Inserts D30
Castor Ball Insert
Brush Insert
Wear-resistant plastic strips
Universal carrier profile for
Easy-running castors for
Gentle goods transport in
Exceptionally gentle due to
with low friction

Protect profile surfaces and
transported goods
365
Slide Strip ESD

Low-wear plastic strips
compatible with Castor

Rail 8
Two-level installation
possible
12
371
Chain Guidance in the

Profile Groove
Inherently safe design
Compact power transmis-
sion solution with no

protruding parts
381
364
various transport inserts

Line 5 and 8 grooves
ensure versatility
366
Railing Support 8/5

100x80
Side guide for conveyor
lines
Customised railings made
from Profiles 5
373
Chain Transfer
For transporting workpiece
carriers directly on the

Chain
Also suitable for breaking
up bottlenecks
384
universal use
Available in flanged and
ESD-safe versions
368
any direction
Integrated into Castor Rails
or panel elements
370
bristle structure of contact

surface
Electrostatically dissipative
version for safe transport
370
Conveyor Roller TR32
Groove Profiles
For transporting lightweight
Robust rollers for heavy
For fixing rollers at regular
Simple work bench
Aluminium or plastic
In two modular dimensions
workpieces
interlinking
375
loads
376
intervals
for various axle spacings
377
Conveyors
Slide Strips
Wear-resistant
For
simple goods transportation
Protect
profile surfaces from abrasion
Antistatic
&4%
properties prevent charges from building up

16
Slide Strip 5 antistatic
5
7
PE-UHMW
m = 57 g/m
8.5
3.2
They can also be used as rebate strips and guide rails or can
be employed as a support base, e.g. in shelves to protect sensitive products.
9.9
3.6
24
6.2
7.8
32
12.8
4
PE-UHMW
m = 150 g/m
8
10
4.5
40

PE-UHMW
m = 226 g/m
10
12.5
3.7
M5x14
2.9
40
16
8
31.5
PE-UHMW
m = 90 g/m
15.5
Slide Strip 8 can be combined with Slide Strip Wedge

8 (this functions as an end
and lead-in piece).
plastic strips with low sliding friction
Slide Strip Wedge 8

PA
m = 11.0 g
black, 1 set
&4%
0.0.437.27
&4%
0.0.441.08
&4%
0.0.457.99
&4%

0.0.625.28
0.0.422.04
365
12
Conveyors
Castor Rail 8 40x40

The flexible system for manual workpiece transport
Universal
Line
5 and 8 grooves ensure versatility
The Castor Rail 8 40x40 is a true all-rounder for interlinking

work benches. The universal profile can be fitted with any combination of Castor, Castor Ball, Brush and Slide Strip Inserts,
with ESD-safety available as required.
50.8
The added benefits for Kanban shelves: coloured castors mark

fill levels, castor brakes make sure your workpieces reach the
removal station at the right speed and Caps can be used to fit
impact buffers or cushions to the Castor Rail. Castor Ball Sets
and Brush Sets in the Castor Rails also allow movement across
the direction of the Castor Rails and ensure low friction and
gentle transport.
The wide range of inserts available for Castor Rail 8 40x40

make it a true all-rounder:
a: Castor Ball Inserts ESD
b: Castor Inserts D30/Castor Inserts D30 with Flanged Wheel,
ESD-safety optional
12
Simply snap the inserts into the Castor Rail. Caps secure the
ends.
10
33.3
366
R1

40
40.5
c: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake

d: Brush Inserts ESD
e: Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD
f: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD raised installation
g: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD low installation
Castor Rails 8 40x40 can be interlinked using fastening elements in either the Line 5 or Line 8 grooves.
16
R4
49.2
50
50
40
50
The Castor Rail itself is inherently stable and, thanks to the

use of Line 5 and 8 grooves, is easy to fasten, adjust and fit
with a railing ideal for keeping your workpieces on track. The
maximum load capacity for each insert is 100 N.
carrier profile for various transport inserts
Castor Rail 8 40x40

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.65
1.28
5.65
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
9.87
3.86
4.93
0.0.626.91
0.0.618.28
Conveyors
Roller Conveyor 8 D30

The complete roller conveyor with Castor Raill 8
Length
In
up to 6,000 mm
modular dimension of 50 mm
&4%


Castor Rail 8 40x40, Al, natural
Castor Inserts, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
40
Roller Conveyor 8 D30 ESD

Castor Inserts, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
0.0.628.40
&4%
0.0.628.42

Roller Conveyor 8 D30 with Flanged Wheel

Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
40
Roller Conveyor 8 D30 ESD with Flanged Wheel

Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
0.0.628.41
&4%
0.0.628.43
12
367
Conveyors
Castor Insert D30

Easy-running
Various
castors for universal use
colours mark fill levels
Available
in ESD-safe version
Compatible
with Castor Rail 8
&4%

Castor D30, PA
Axle, St, stainless
Castor Insert D30
10
30
10
22
33.
50
m = 18.1 g
black, similar to RAL 9005, 1 set
0.0.620.16
green, similar to RAL 6032, 1 set
0.0.627.08
yellow, similar to RAL 1003, 1 set
0.0.627.07
red, similar to RAL 3001, 1 set
0.0.627.06
Castor Insert D30 ESD

m = 19.2 g
&4%
0.0.622.27
Castor Insert D30 with Flanged Wheel

For
guidance along the conveyor line
Various
12
colours mark fill levels
Available
in ESD-safe version
Compatible
with Castor Rail 8
&4%

Castor D30, PA with flanged wheel
Axles, St, stainless
Castor Insert D30 with Flanged Wheel
10
30
10
18.7
44
33.
50
m = 19.6 g
green, similar to RAL 6032, 1 set
0.0.627.11
yellow, similar to RAL 1003, 1 set
0.0.627.10
red, similar to RAL 3001, 1 set
0.0.627.09
Castor Insert D30 with Flanged Wheel ESD

m = 21.0 g
368
0.0.620.06
&4%
0.0.622.28
Conveyors
Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake

Bring
workpieces to a halt at the desired point
Simply
pushed on to the Castor Inserts
15
Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake

St, stainless
m = 2.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.619.34
.6
0.8
132
12
369
Conveyors
Castor Ball Set

Castor Ball Insert ESD
Goods
Low
can be moved in any direction over surfaces
wear and low friction
Ideal
for versatile insertion and removal points that are gentle on goods
Castor
Ball Set can also be integrated into panel elements
10
0.3
9.7
Castor Ball Insert ESD
50
Castor Ball D24, St

m = 50.0 g
1 set
31
Castor Ball Set
10
33.
25
10
Castor Ball Sets and Brush Sets are also suitable for use in the
table tops that connect to your interlinked track for insertion
and removal or for the careful warehousing of your goods. And
of course they are antistatic and thus prevent electrostatic
build-up.
10
&4%
Castor Ball D24, St

Fastening clip, St
m = 45.0 g
&4%
0.0.620.26
0.0.620.93
24
Brush Set ESD

Brush Insert ESD
12
Gentle
transportation over elastic fibres
Bristle
structure of contact surface prevents scratching
Brush
Set ESD for use in panel elements
10
10
Gentle transportation over elastic fibres. Bristle structure of

contact surface reduces friction. Brush Set Insert ESD can be
directly integrated into panel elements.
33.
50
31
Brush unit ESD, PA, black

m = 18.0 g
1 set
Brush Set ESD
Brush unit ESD, PA, black
Fastening clip, St
m = 8.0 g
1 set
9.7
0.3
370
Brush Insert ESD
24
&4%
0.0.622.22
&4%
0.0.622.24
Conveyors
Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD

Low-wear
plastic strips for simple goods transport
Two-level
installation possible
Compatible
Made
with Castor Rail 8
from ESD-safe plastic
&4%
9.2
0.5
Slide Strip for use with Castor Rail 8 40x40. A two-level installation can be implemented. ESD plastic prevents your products
from accumulating an electrostatic charge while on the move.
33.3
8.7
10.5
22
&4%
PE-HD
m = 140 g/m
0.0.622.26
0.0.620.00
Slide Strip Wedge Insert

For
12
a smooth transition between the two levels of the Slide Strips
10
9.2
&4%
33.
50
Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD

Slide Strip Wedge, PA, ESD, black
Button-Head Screw Z3.5x15, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 20.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.0.620.84
371
Conveyors
Castor Rail 8 Cap
Castor Rail 8 Caps

Secure
Also
transport inserts in Castor Rails
suitable as fixing for Impact Buffer
The Cap is available in two lengths. The shorter version closes

the end face of Castor Rail 8 and stops the transport inserts
from slipping out. The longer version can also be fitted with an
Impact Buffer.

m = 60.0 g
1 set
4.5
80
20
40
8.2
4.5
40
427
7.5
Impact Buffers
12
372

m = 102.0 g
1 set
0.0.622.29

0.0.622.30
Conveyors
Railing Support
Fastening8/5Set
100x80
5-135
Railing Support 8/5 100x80

Railing Fastening Set 5-135
Side
guide for conveyor lines
Customised
0 - 40
50 - 82.5
Fitted to the side of the Castor Rail, the railing made of

Profiles 5 gives your products
the support they need to stay
on track. The railing also
features broad lateral and
vertical adjustment ranges.
16
railings made from Profiles 5

can be easily adjusted to any
angle from 90 to 180.
19
5.2
10
100
10
30
Locating lug, die-cast zinc

m = 135.0 g
1 set
12
40
0.0.622.20
6.2
80
16
135
Angle bracket 5-135, St, stainless

m = 15.0 g
1 set
12
0.0.627.35
373
Conveyors
Roller Elements (for conveyor applications)
Roller Elements
For
conveyor lines that use Profiles 8 as support profiles
Available
&4%
T-Slot Nuts 8 Zn M4
(0.0.373.58) and ButtonHead Screws M4x25
(8.0.002.19) are suitable for
fixing to Profiles 8.
8.5
4.4
20
with side guide
T-Slot Nuts Zn
137
Button-Head Screws
ISO 7380
147
The permissible load for the

Roller Elements is:
F = 50 N and
F = 30 N (ESD)
18
8
40
27
27
27
Lid element, PA-GF, black

Base element, PA-GF, black
3 rollers, POM, black
m = 45.0 g
1 pce.
Roller Element 8 80 ESD
Cover element, PA-GF, black
m = 45.0 g
1 pce.
12
18
30
374
0.0.436.58
&4%
27
27
27
Lid element with side guide, PA-GF, black

m = 50.0 g
1 pce.
Roller Element 8 80 with side guide ESD
Cover element, PA-GF, black
m = 50.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.612.98

Roller Element 8 80 with side guide
80
8
40
Roller Element 8 80
80
0.0.436.59
&4%
0.0.612.99
Conveyors

For
transporting lightweight workpieces
Simple
work bench interlinking
Modular
design makes installation easy
Xmin.
Xmax.
Tube D32 Al
100 N
50 mm
600 mm
Tube D32 KU
50 N
50 mm
400 mm
Conveyor Roller TR32, Bearing Set
3
2
PA-GF
ball-bearing support, sealed
2 bearing flanges
m = 16.0 g
black, 1 set
30
X-
0.0.472.08
20
Conveyor Roller TR32, Bearing Block Set 8
32
34
2 bearing blocks, PA, black

2 bearing clamps, PA, black
2 T-Slot Nuts 8 Zn M3, bright zinc-plated
m = 18.0 g
1 set
0.0.472.04
10
Tube D32 Al
Al, anodized
m [kg/m]
32
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
0.34
1.50
1.50
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
0.94
0.94
0.0.472.22
0.0.472.20

Tube D32 KU
PVC
Temperature range 0 - 60C
28.4
32
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
0.27
2.00
2.00
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
1.22
1.22
0.0.472.25
0.0.472.23
375
12
Conveyors
Conveyor Rollers TR50

Robust
rollers for heavy loads
Aluminium
or plastic surface
Multi-functional Conveyor Roller for transport tasks of all kinds.

The ball-bearing Conveyor Rollers with aluminium or plastic
Tube D50 can be removed from or retrofitted and screwed into
existing structures by means of spring-loaded threaded axle
pins.
The axial position of the roller is maintained by two centring
clips.
When fitting the Conveyor Rollers onto the frame profile, this
is best done using the Groove Profile 8 Al M8-40, since this
provides an easy means of ensuring consistent axle spacing.
Xmin.
Xmax.
Tube D50 Al
1000 N
160 mm
800 mm
Tube D50 KU
400 N
160 mm
500 mm
Conveyor Roller TR50, Bearing Set

2 bearing flanges, PA-GF, black
Ball-bearing support
Bolt, St, bright zinc-plated
2 centring clips, PA-GF, black
m = 250.0 g
1 set
50
13
12
M8
The circumferential groove

in the bearing flanges also
enable the Conveyor Rollers
to be driven by a round belt
4 mm, if desired.
0.0.422.63
40
X8
X-
Tube D50 Al
Al, anodized
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
0.76
8.16
8.16
50
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
3.26
3.26
0.0.416.03
0.0.453.46

Tube D50 KU
PVC
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
0.62
10.90
10.90
44.8
50
376
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
4.36
4.36
0.0.427.63
0.0.453.85
Conveyors
Groove Profile
Pre-drilled
Ensure
In
threads at regular intervals
conveyor lines exhibit a uniform design
two modular dimensions for various axle spacings
Groove Profile
8 Al M8-40
80 mm
120 mm
8 Al M8-60
60 mm
120 mm
M8 (50x)
40 6
1
9.5
20
Groove Profile 8 Al M8-40

Al, anodized
Threaded bore M8 in modular dimension 40 mm
m = 500.0 g
200
0.0.427.72
16
M8 (33x)
Al, anodized
Threaded bore M8 in modular dimension 60 mm
m = 510.0 g
60
16
30
0.0.465.33
9.5
000
12
16
377
Conveyors
Chain-Driven Conveyor Rollers

The easy way to create automated transport solutions
Complete
For
roller conveyors up to 6,000 mm long
Driven
package for specific requirements
by concealed chain
4FSWJDF
*OOPWBUJPO
The housing of the Chain Reverse Unit is prepared for securing a Bearing Block. This
Conveyor Roller is not driven
via the chain. If required, the
last Conveyor Roller can also
be driven from the last driven
roller by means of a 4 mm
round belt.
A simple ratchet mechanism is used to insert the Conveyor
Rollers into the Bearing Blocks mounted on the frame profile.
12
The Bearing Block Set comprises a fixed and a floating bearing. The fixed bearing must be positioned on the drive side of
the Conveyor Roller.
When fitting the Bearing Blocks onto the frame profile, this
is best done using a screw connection with Groove Profile 8
Al M8-40 (0.0.427.72), since this provides an easy means of
ensuring consistent axle spacing.
After fitting, the bearing blocks are covered by the Housing
Profile, which stretches along the entire length of the roller
conveyor. The design of the Housing Profile with Side Guide
ensures that transported goods are kept on track and the side
guide itself incorporates a Line 5 groove that enables users to
attach a Slide Strip 5 or other guide element.
378
Xmin.
Xmax.
Tube D50 Al
1000 N
150 mm
800 mm
Tube D50 KU
400 N
150 mm
500 mm
Conveyors
0.0.416.03
Tube D50 Al
0.0.427.63
Tube D50 KU
0.0.427.72
0.0.437.27
0.0.463.38
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing Profile
0.0.463.39
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing Profile with Side Guide
0.0.463.48
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing End Cap Set
0.0.463.49
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Bearing Set
0.0.463.50
Chain Guide Profile 8
0.0.463.54
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Bearing Block Set
0.0.463.75
Chain Reverse Unit 8 80 with Bore
0.0.465.17
Chain
12
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Driven Bearing Set
PA-GF
Roller bearing, preassembled
Bearing flange, driven, with sprocket wheel
Bearing flange, not driven
m = 285.0 g
black, 1 set
5
0
0.0.463.53
62
X-
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Bearing Set

5
0
62
PA-GF
Roller bearing, preassembled
2 bearing flanges, not driven
m = 265.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.463.49
X-
379
Conveyors
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Bearing Block Set
60
32
35.1
2 Bearing Blocks, PA, black

Fixed bearing cover, PA, black
Floating bearing cover, PA, black
2 washers DIN 433-8.4, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 152.0 g
1 set
60
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing Profile

Al, anodized
35.1
A [cm2]
60
10
20
35.1
20
35.
0.0.463.38
0.0.463.81
60
m [kg/m]
3.36
0.91
0.0.463.39
0.0.463.83
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing End Cap Set
10
m [kg/m]
A [cm2]

2.17
0.59
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven), Housing Profile with Side Guide

Al, anodized
10
380
0.0.463.54
20
60
12
2 Caps 5 20x10
TRA 50 housing cap, left,
TRA 50 housing cap, right
4 Self-Tapp. Screws DIN 7981-St 4.2x9.5, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 22.0 g
1 set
0.0.463.48
Conveyors
Chain Guidance in the Profile Groove

Chain
runs safely inside the profile groove
Compact
No
The Chain Reverse Units are

screw-connected into the
core bores in the end faces of
the frame profiles.
The Chain Guide Profile must
be cut 50 mm longer than
the aluminium profile, since it
must project 25 mm into the
Reverse Unit at each end.
Chain Guide Profile 8 encloses the Chain. The profile
is inserted into the profile
groove.
power transmission solution
protruding components
*OOPWBUJPO
Calculating the chain length for a chain drive with two Chain Reverse Units 8 80 and one Chain
Counter-Reverse Unit 8:
LChain = 2 x L + 665.1 mm (+ 192.5 mm)
To establish the exact length and precise number of chain links, divide the calculated chain
length by 12.7 mm (= ) and round up the result to a whole even number. Subtract one chain
link from this total, to be replaced by the removable Chain Link.
Note: Because the Chain stretches when under operating load it may be necessary depending
on the length of the conveyor line to install a Chain that is shorter than the calculated target
length. This adjustment can be made during assembly. The play-free chain drive is adjusted at
the Chain Reverse Units.
The stretching that occurs in a new Chain must also be compensated for by making adjustments
to the Chain Reverse Units.
Chain
7.2
"
8.7
p=
7.2
"
0.0.465.17
1 roll length 25 m
0.0.602.31
St, nickel-plated
m = 2.0 g
1 set
Chain Guide Profile 8
8.8
8.7
St, nickel-plated
Pitch p = 12.7 mm corresponding to
Operating load = max. 1.400 N
Elongation at 1,400 N = 2.5 - 3
m = 215 g/m
cut-off max. 25 m in 1 intervals
Chain Link (removable)

p=
8.6
PA
m = 22 g/m
transparent, 1 pce., length 2000 mm
0.0.465.39

0.0.463.50
381
12
Conveyors
Reverse
Unit > Units
Chain Reverse Units
Chain Reverse
Chain Reverse Units 8 80

Combination
Can
be connected directly to a motor
Safe,
The Chain Reverse Unit incorporates integrated chain tensioning block and clamp.
The Chain tensioning distance is 2x13 mm in total. The Chain
tension must be set so that the Chain can also be operated
with the slack side of the Chain only slightly pre-tensioned.
Couplings
547
40
of Reverse Unit and Tensioning Block
concealed chain
XXXJUFNDPN
It is possible to fit motors and

couplings D55 directly to the
Chain Reverse Unit.
The Chain can be driven directly using the

Chain Reverse Units or the Chain Counter-Reverse Unit. The sprocket wheels of the Chain
Reverse Units are available with multi-spline
hub VK14 or with a bore that can be machined
as required. Use of multi-spline hub VK14 enables the modular accessories (Synchroniser
Shafts) to be used without any restrictions.
Chain Reverse Unit 8 80 VK14

DIN933
M8x30
80
M6
M8
12
17
DIN7984
M8x16
50
Chain Reverse Unit, die-cast zinc, black, pre-assembled

effective radius rw = 32.3 mm
Hub with multi-spline DIN ISO 14-6x11x14
Hub depth 30 mm, Max. load: MD = 20 Nm
Tensioning Block, die-cast zinc, black, pre-assembled
Fastening screws, St, black, 2 caps, PA, black
m = 1.1 kg
1 pce.
0.0.463.37
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
40
Chain Reverse Unit 8 80 with Bore

DIN933
M8x30
80
M6
M8
17
DIN7984
M8x16
50
8
382
Chain Reverse Unit, die-cast zinc, black, pre-assembled

effective radius rw = 32.3 mm
Hub with bore D8, reborable up to max. 15 mm
Hub depth 30 mm, Max. load: MD = 20 Nm
Tensioning Block, die-cast zinc, black, pre-assembled
Fastening screws, St, black, 2 caps, PA, black
m = 1.1 kg
1 pce.
0.0.463.75
Conveyors
Chain Counter-Reverse Unit 8

The
versatile connection option for the motor of a chain drive
Can
be fitted at any point along the Chain return line
Height-adjustable
sprocket enables adjustment of Chain tension
XXXJUFNDPN
The Chain can be tensioned

by moving the motor and
sliding Adapter Plate Assembly within the Chain
Counter-Reverse Unit if there
is insufficient adjustment on
the Chain Reverse Units.
The Chain Counter-Reverse Unit is screwed directly to the Support Profile. The Chain Guide Profile must be interrupted at this
point in order to remove the chain from the profile groove.
Drive motors can be fitted using the Adapter Plate. The
sprocket wheel hub and the Adapter Plate of the Chain Counter-Reverse Unit must be machined to suit requirements. The
sprocket wheel is fitted directly onto the motor gearbox output
shaft which also provides the necessary bearing arrangement.
Chain Counter-Reverse Unit 8
16
180
40
60
Housing cast Aluminium, black, pre-assembled

2 reversing wheels, St, with ball bearings
Drive wheel with centric bore, St, z =16
reborable up to 24 mm or 20 mm with parallel keyway to DIN 6885
Adapter Plate with clamping elements, Al, natural
Fastening screws, St, black
T-Slot Nut 8 St 2xM8-50, St, bright zinc-plated
4 caps, PA, black
Max. load: MD = 35 Nm
Chain length in Counter-Reverse Unit 306.8 mm
m = 3.0 kg
1 pce.
M8
160
200
12
0.0.463.91
36
8
50.
383
Conveyors
Chain Transfer
For
transporting workpiece carriers directly on the Chain
Chain
For
runs through a Slide Strip above the groove
parallel running chain drives with a Synchroniser Shaft
ESD-safe
&4%
Start of chain transfer: the

chain is guided over the End
Ramp onto the Slide Strip.
The maximum permissible

load on a Chain Transfer Unit
is calculated from the number
of supporting links.
For each chain link, Fmax. =
6 N.
Note the chains operating
load!
Slide Strips prevent static charges
When working with high

loads, it is advisable to fix the
Slide Strips securely in place:
- Screw fastening using
and T-Slot Nut 8 PA (the
clip mechanism needs to be
removed around the area
where the screw connection
is implemented)
- Pinning with 4.8 mm

bore and insertion of a fixing
pin.
Calculation of the chain length:

The chain length is calculated in the same way as the length of
a chain drive. However, the chain length L in the Reverse Unit
(U) varies:
Lchain = 2 x L + 490.8 mm
12
18
PA
Button-Head Screw T4x18, St, black
T-Slot Nut 8 PA, black
m = 38.0 g
black, 1 set
40
6.5
Chain Transfer Slide Strip 8

18
7.8
8
40
8
6.5
18
30
8
40
PE-UHMW
antistatic
m = 510 g/m
Chain Transfer Slide Strip 8 with Side Guide
7.8
384
Chain Transfer End Ramp 8
100
PE-UHMW
antistatic
m = 600 g/m
0.0.472.01
&4%
0.0.463.95
&4%
0.0.463.98
Machine accessories
Equipment Accessories
Information Provision
Lighting
Power Supply
Pneumatic Components
Impact Protection
13
13
Machine accessories
Application example machine accessories

Perfect support for personnel
1
13
386
Machine accessories
Container Mounting
Ergonomic storage of small parts

Straightforward fastening for ease of replace-
Compatible with VESA standard for flatscreen
monitors
Separate mounting devices for PC and keyboard
ment
Section 13
402
Ergonomic positioning of equipment

Available in various versions for different loads
Easy to adjust and fit in place
conduits
Section 13
Clamp Profiles
Secure mesh and other panel elements safely
in place
Range of models for various tasks
Section 6
197
Light fittings
Working light that meets the highest safety
Section 6
Corrugated Mesh
For separating machinery and working areas

Wide range of additional panel elements avail-
standards
Hinge enables position adjustment
Compact LED lamp as a machine light fitting
420
Lifting doors
able
Section 13
413
Pneumatic elements
Special profile fasteners, seals and connections
Section 13
215
Section 13
Profile core bores used as compressed-air
Easy-running door with counterweight

Manual and automatic operation
Protection for personnel and processes
409
Pivot Arms
396
Monitor holder
308
Section 10
Cable conduits
A safe home for feed cables

Can be configured to suit requirements
Switches and plug sockets can be installed
Section 14
429
Key:
See page
Products
in this section
Products
in other sections
387
13
Machine accessories
Machine Accessories
Telescope Profile
Positioning Set
Pivot Arms
Friction Joints 8
Frame Profile 8 40x20
Enables variation of profile
For measuring and position-
For keeping frequently used
Stable joints for customised
Stable, continuous edging
length
Clamp lever fixes easily in
place
390
ing tasks
All feed elements inside
one profile groove
394
equipment close to hand

All joints can be rotated
through 360
396
pivot arms
Integrated adjustable friction brake
398
for panel elements
For shelving, drawers and
workpiece carriers
399
Shelf 8
Container Mounting
Runner
Magnetic Holder 8
Document Holder
High load-carrying capacity
Straightforward connector
Movable hanger for light-
Magnetic forces hold ac-
For building customised
Practical and universal
For improved organisation
Simple storage solution
Clamp function makes
Easy to fit to a profile
groove
400
for ease of installation
402
weight equipment
and ergonomics
402
cessories in place
for tools
404
frames and holders
changing documents easy
405
13
Notice Holder A4, magnetic

Practical protection for
documents with a magnetic

frame
Available in four colours
408
388
Monitor Adapter
PC Mount
Label Holder
Light Fitting 55W
VESA-compatible fixing for
Secure fixing for keyboard
Bring order to shelves and
Bright working light that
flatscreen monitors
Prevents buildup of electrostatic charges
409
and computer
Ball-bearing mounted
pull-out
410
drawer units
Simply clip into Profiles 8
412
meets the highest safety

standards
Extremely easy to position
thanks to pivot function
413
Machine accessories
Lamp 35W
LED Machine Light Fitting
Light Fitting 11W
Precise lighting of the work-
LED technology ensures
Energy-saving long-term
ing area
Housing provides protection from splashes and dust
415
very low heat emissions

Compact working light in
protective housing
416
lighting
Low heat emissions and
operating costs
417
Compressed Air Manifold
Protective Profiles
Buffer Strip
With three quick-release
Safe impact protection
For gentle closing of doors
couplings
Easy to fasten to a profile
groove
424
thanks to hollow-chambered profiles

Prevent damage and
injuries
425
Also suitable as a door seal
Multi-Socket Power Strips,

5 outlet
Pneumatic UniversalFastening Sets
Angled installation ensures
Connect profiles at right an-
easy access
Practical, energy-saving
ON/OFF switch
418
gles or via their end faces
Cavities in Profiles 8 can
be used as compressed-air
conduits
420
Impact Buffers
Parabolic Buffers
Rubber/metal buffers
deaden impacts effectively
Also suitable for use as
vibration-absorbing feet
426
427
13
389
Machine accessories
Telescope
Telescope 8 40x40
Telescope
Clamp
lever fixes easily in place
Maximum
load up to 500 N
4FSWJDF
Outer profile for constructing telescope profiles of variable

length for adjusting the height or inclination of fixtures and
equipment.
A profile 6 30x30 must be used for the inner profile. The outer
profile can be connected directly to a profile groove via its end
face or using fastening elements (Hinges, heavy duty, etc.).
Line 6 components are suitable for connecting the inside
profile.
The inner profile, which is guided by a sliding bearing in the
telescope, is secured with the Telescope Securing Set.
function enables variable profile length
Overall length L of the

telescope:
6.3
M4x15
L stroke + 74 mm
30
0.0.419.01
Profile 6 30x30 must be 14 mm shorter than Telescope Profile

8 40x40 in order that it can be inserted completely in the assembled telescope, and the stroke thereby maximised.
Max. load in telescope direction: 500 N
40
30.5
Telescope Profile 8 40x40

2
A [cm ]
3.4
19
40
13
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
5.92
1.59
10.52
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
11.46
16.28
5.26
5.73

63
Telescope Securing Set 8 40x40

Washer DIN 9021-6,4, St, bright zinc-plated
Clamp lever, black
m = 86.0 g
1 set
M6x16
M4x20
M4x12
12
0
4
0
390
M8
Telescope Connection Set 8 40x40

Telescope cap 8 40x40, PA, black
Telescope sliding cap 8 40x40, PA, black
Telescope connecting plate 8 40x40, die-cast zinc, white aluminium
2 Cap Screws DIN 912-M4x12, St, black
m = 138.0 g
1 set
0.0.440.50
0.0.452.22

0.0.444.71

0.0.440.54
Machine accessories
Telescope 8 80x40
This profile extends according to the task at hand
Variable-length
Simple
Maximum
Clamp
strut with large load-carrying capacity
height and incline adjustment for load-carrying profiles

load up to 750 N
lever or locking plunger as fixing mechanism
4FSWJDF
Telescope 8 80x40 is a heavy-duty strut of adjustable length.

It is particularly suitable for adjusting the height or inclination
of equipment. The adjustable plain bearings and extended support width also enable this telescope to be used for constructing length-adjustable table legs.
Telescope Profile 8 80x40 supports and guides the inside
profile. The outer profile can be connected directly to a profile
groove via its end face or using fastening elements (e.g. Hinge
8 80x40, heavy duty).
Telescope Inner Profile 8 80x40 mounted in a sliding bearing
is either secured with Telescope Securing Set 8 80x40 at
the desired height or is located via predrilled holes using
Telescope Locking Plunger 8 80x40.
Telescope Inner Profile 8 80x40 (length B) must be 20 mm shorter than

Telescope Profile 8 80x40 (length A) in order that it can be inserted completely
in the assembled telescope, and stroke H thereby maximised.
Lmin. = A + 20 mm
Lmax. = Lmin. + H
B H x 1.2 ^ B H + 60 mm
B A - 20 mm
Max. load in telescope direction: 750 N
Telescope Connecting Plate 8 80x40 offers various possibilities for attaching the inside profile to a connecting structure. It
is used for screw connection with Line 8 components or other
parts. Suitable through holes and countersinks are provided in
the Connecting Plate for this purpose.
13
Function of the holes in the Telescope Connecting Plate:

d = Securing to Telescope Profile 8 80x40 using screws M6x22
e = Securing to Telescope Inner Profile 8 80x40 using screws DIN 7984-M5x20
f = Through hole 6.4 for adapting other products to the Telescope Inner Profile 8
80x40
g = Through hole 9 for adapting other products to the Telescope Profile 8 80x40
by press-fitting an M8 nut
391
Machine accessories
Telescope Connection Set 8 80x40 contains

all components required for connecting
Telescope Profile 8 80x40 and for constructing a telescope:
a = Telescope Connecting Plate 8 80x40
b = Telescope Cap 8 80x40
c = Telescope Sliding Cap 8 80x40
To secure the telescope cap (with Telescope

Profile 8 80x40) and telescope sliding cap
(with Telescope Inner Profile 8 80x40), the
Telescope Connection Set is provided with
self-tapping screws DIN 7500.
After assembly of the two telescope profiles,

the plain bearings of the Telescope Sliding
Cap and Telescope Cap are adjusted free of
play using screws M2.5x30 (1.5 A/F).
Telescope Connecting Plate 8 80x40 is

screwed to the Telescope Profile and offers
various possibilities for fastening to a connecting structure.
For lateral connection of Telescope Profiles 8 80x40, it is

advisable to tap M6 threads
in the area of the central rib
and to use Automatic-Fastening Sets 8.
On request, your local item

partner can provide the
Telescope Profiles machined
ready for use with the
Telescope Securing Set or
Telescope Locking Plunger.
13
40
A [cm2]
8
80
6.8
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
77.12
42.72
10.28
19.28
0.0.608.49
0.0.604.56
Telescope Inner Profile 8 80x40

2
9
40
51.7
70
A [cm ]
392
m [kg/m]
9.61
2.59
20.57
22.8
32
Telescope Profile 8 80x40
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
9.78
2.64
10.50
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
34.88
6.85
2.99
21.80
0.0.608.50
0.0.604.57
Machine accessories
M6x22
Telescope Connection Set 8 80x40

Telescope Conn. Plate 8 80x40, die-cast zinc, white alum.
Telescope Sliding Cap 8 80x40, POM, black
Telescope Cap 8 80x40, POM, black
4 Cap Screws DIN 7500 E-M5x20, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Cap Screws DIN 7500 E-M4x20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 250.0 g
1 set
M5x20
M4x20
Telescope Securing Set 8 80x40

33
Special T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, bright zinc-plated

Stepped threaded bolt M8/M6
Washer DIN 9021-8,4, St, bright zinc-plated
Clamp lever M8, black
m = 110.0 g
1 set
30
31
33
Telescope Locking Plunger 8 80x40
46
34
20
8
18.8
Locking plunger with base plate, black

2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991-M5x12
m = 68.0 g
1 set
Telescope Connecting Plate 8 80x40
22.
0.0.608.57
0.0.608.48

0.0.609.73
0.0.604.60
40
51.7
80
66.8
Die-cast zinc
m = 190.0 g
8
40
13
393
Machine accessories
Positioning Set
Positioning Set
Precise positioning for monitoring material flows
For
All
Adding a Positioning Set 8 40 contradirectional and a Feed

Screw M6 (contradirectional) produces a positioning device
that acts in both directions.
measuring and positioning tasks
feed elements inside one profile groove
4FSWJDF
Turning the Handwheel in clockwise direction

moves the positioning slide away from the
user (the contradirectional additional slide
moves towards the positioning slide).
Fx
Fz
2
2
1.5
M8x16
1
2
2.5
The optional Digital Position Indicators (4) (mechanical or electronic counter) enable precise positional adjustment of the Positioning Set.
The mechanical position indicator provides a digital indication of the positioning distance (one revolution of the
handwheel corresponds to a distance of 1 mm, resolution 0.1 mm).
The electronic position indicator has a measuring accuracy of 0.01 mm. It can be calibrated by the user and
provides a simple means of measuring the absolute value and incremental dimensions.
N.B.: The Positioning Set combined with the position indicator is not a measuring device! It is used instead for
setting predefined positions for e.g. repeat assembly operations.
The basic components for an adjustment

device include the Positioning Set 8 40 (1),
the associated Feed Screw M6-LH (2) and the
Handwheel D50 (3).
Attachments are secured to the positioning
slide using either anti-torsion positive locking
in a groove of Line 8 or a screw connection
(M6).
Setscrews can be accessed from the side and
are used to adjust the vertical play of the slide
in the guide groove.
The maximum pressure loading Fx in the direction of movement is 200 N; perpendicular to
the groove, a compressive force of 100 N and
a tensile force of 50 N (Fz direction) may act
on the slides.
13
LS
40
LSG
H
20
1.5
40
The length of Feed Screw LS is determined as a function of the adjustment distance H and the accessory components:
LS = H+ 130 mm (with Digital Position Indicator)
LS = H+ 90 mm (without Digital Position Indicator)
The length of the contradirectional Feed Screw is:
LSG = H+67 mm
394
Space-saving contradirectional adjustment

systems can be built extremely rapidly thanks
to the combination of a positioning set and
contradirectional positioning set.
Machine accessories
Digital Position Indicator
Positioning Set 8 40
36
10
45.8
40
20
Bearing Block, PA, black

Slide with anti-torsion feature, PA, black
Coupling M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 85.0 g
1 set
Positioning Set 8 40 contradirectional
36
10
Slide with anti-torsion feature, PA, black

Washer St, bright zinc-plated
Coupling M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 35.0 g
1 set
Positioning Set 8 40 Feed Screw M6-LH
100
St, stainless
m = 180.0 g
Positioning Set 8 40 Feed Screw M6 (contradirectional)
100
St, stainless
m = 180.0 g
40
Digital Position Indicator D6 mechanical
47
67
Counter, mechanical
Adapter plate, PA, black
Seal, self-adhesive
4 Countersunk Screws 4.2x16 St, bright zinc-plated
m = 100.0 g
1 set
33 24
40
Digital Position Indicator D6 electronic
52
67
Counter, electronic, with zeroing, chain-dimension and calibration function

Adapter plate, PA, black
Seal, self-adhesive
4 Countersunk Screws 4.2x16 St, bright zinc-plated
m = 115.0 g
1 set
33 27
Positioning Set 8 40 Handwheel D50

25
5
PA
m = 46.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.616.65

0.0.616.64

0.0.615.69

0.0.616.63

0.0.619.72
0.0.619.71
0.0.616.69
395
13
Machine accessories
Pivot Arm 8 370, light

Double Pivot Arm 8 695
For
light loads
For
keeping frequently used equipment close to hand
Double
Pivot Arm for added reach
Our lightweight option for improved ergonomics the item

Pivot Arm 8 370.
This stable Pivot Arm can be fitted to an Upright on any of
the new item work benches easily. The braking torque can be
individually adjusted at each joint, enabling you to tailor the
manoeuvrability of the Pivot Arm to your needs. The End Swivel
Joint can be rotated 360.
The Pivot Arm can reach approximately 370 mm. It can accommodate a maximum (vertical) load of 120 N.
The Double Pivot Arm 8 695 from item for double the reach
and maximum flexibility!
Both arms are connected via a swivel joint in order to increase
the pivot radius. The robust End Swivel Joint can be connected
to the end face or groove of a Profile 8. The Double Pivot Arm
should only be fitted to vertical profile grooves.
The Double Pivot Arm can reach approximately 695 mm and
the maximum vertical load is 80 N.
360
370
40
97
13
325
40
145
370
396
Pivot Arm 8 370 light

Profiles 8 40x40 3N light
Standard Swivel Joint (mounting joint)
End Swivel Joint
Connecting cover, PA, grey
2 Connecting Plates, Al, natural
m = 1.4 kg
1 pce.
Double Pivot Arm 8 695

Double Swivel Joint 40 (mounting joints)
Standard Swivel Joint (middle joint)
End Swivel Joint
m = 2.7 kg
1 pce.
The connection can be made

with either a horizontal or
vertical profile groove. An
end-face connection with
Profiles is also possible.
All the joints can be
rotated through 360 and
their frictional moment can
be adjusted.
0.0.631.17
0.0.631.19
Machine accessories
Double Pivot Arm 8 695 heavy-duty

Suitable
End
for loads up to 140 N
Swivel Joint can be rotated through 360
Double Pivot Arm 8 695 heavy-duty move even heavy loads

safely!
The heavy-duty Double Pivot Arm is connected to a simple
Pivot Arm via a Double Swivel Joint in the middle. The two
mounting joints can be connected to any Profiles 8. The heavyduty Double Pivot Arm should only be fitted to vertical profile
grooves.
The Pivot Arm can reach approximately 695 mm. It can accommodate a maximum (vertical) load of 140 N.
The End Swivel Joint can be rotated through 360 for maximum versatility.
325

2 Standard Swivel Joints (mounting joints)
Double Swivel Joint 40 (middle joint)
End Swivel Joint
m = 3.7 kg
1 pce.
0.0.631.20
40
239
370
Double Pivot Arm 8 695 heavy-duty
13
397
Machine accessories
Friction Joints 8
For
building customised pivot arms
With
adjustable friction brake
The Friction Joints in the standard Pivot Arms from item ensure
that the supporting strut holds firm, moves smoothly and
can be brought safely to a halt. Individual Friction Joints can
be connected together with Profiles 8 to create customised
solutions. When building such solutions, it is important to take
note of the load limitations imposed by the leverage in the pivot
arms. Single and double swivel joints are available.
The braking action of the Friction Joints is easily adjusted and
remains consistent over an extended period of use. The radius
of swivel is 360.
43.
Friction Joint 8, Standard Swivel Joint
40
2 Friction Joints
2 mounting plates, Al, natural
m = 503.0 g
1 pce.
97
13
43.
40
145
40
Friction Joint 8, Double Swivel Joint 40

3 Friction Joints
m = 770.0 g
1 pce.
43.
398
The maximum torque load for a Standard

Swivel Joint and End Swivel Joint is 45 Nm,
while Double Swivel Joint 40 can carry loads
of up to 60 Nm.
Friction Joint 8, End Swivel Joint

Friction Joint
Connection seal, PA, grey
m = 300.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.623.88

0.0.623.89
0.0.623.92
Machine accessories

Stable,
For
As
continuous edging for panel elements
drawers or workpiece carriers
edge protection for shelving
profiles and enable panels to be inserted easily across both

without need for processing. After the frame has been closed,
the panel is secured with a flexible Retaining Cord to prevent
movement.
Installation tip: It is best to moisten the Retaining Cord with
soapy water to ensure it can be pressed in easily.
S1 = 2 - 3.2 mm
A
LA
L PA
L PB
LB
B
s1
s2
Shelving at the workplace and on the material trolley ensures

parts are available to users when they need them. Workpiece
carriers, enclosed in a frame, may be employed on transfer
units to protect the goods being transported.
Frame Profile 8 40x20 provides a stable means of holding
and securing a plastic or metal panel element (up to 4 mm
thick). The corner fasteners connect seamlessly with the frame
5
13
An external Profile 8 groove can be used to secure the frame

profile to the basic frame of the table or material trolley, e.g.
using Angle Locking Bracket 8 80x40.
The Corner-Fastening Set Frame is screwed into the screw
channels in the frame profile using the self-tapping screws
without any need for profile processing (M = 2 Nm).
40
11
20
22
S2 = 3.2 - 4 mm
L A [mm]
A - 10
A - 26
LB [mm]
B - 10
B - 26
The cut-off dimensions of panel elements (LA, LB) are dependent on the thickness s.
Calculating the profile cut-off

length:
LPA = A - 44 mm
LPB = B - 44 mm

Al, anodized
m = 880 g/m
0.0.616.95
0.0.616.93
Corner-Fastening Set Frame 8 40x20
40
Corner fastener, die-cast zinc, RAL 9006 white aluminium

4 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws M4x20, self-tapping, St, bright zinc-plated
Cap, PA, grey
m = 54.0 g
1 set
0.0.618.61
Retaining Cord D6
NBR
m = 10 g/m
grey, cut-off max. 20 m
0.0.622.12
grey, 1 roll length 20 m
0.0.621.77
399
13
Machine accessories
Shelf 8
High
load-carrying capacity
Easy
to fit to a profile groove
Do you need storage space at your work benches or production facilities? It doesnt get any easier than with shelves from
item: simply slot into Profile 8 groove, secure in place with a
flick of the wrist and thats it done!
DIN916 M5x6
But what if a horizontal Profile 8 groove isnt available? All

you need is Shelf Adapter Set 8. Fitted with just 2 screws, the
system can carry a maximum load of 500 N per shelf.
Shelves 8 200 and 320 are prepared ready for use in a width
of 600 mm, with fitted End Caps and grub screws to prevent
removal. In the Shelf Profile: Profile 5 groove for end supports,
partitions and side connection and fastening.
Shelf Adapter Set 8 is the universal fastening

system for your shelves even if you dont
have a Profile 8 groove available.
Shelf Profiles are also available to your specifications in any

length (up to 6 m).
Shelf 8 200-600
Shelf 8 200, Al, natural

Shelf Cap Set 8 200, St, black
a = 200 mm
b = 14 mm
c = 600 mm
m = 1.7 kg
1 set
c
a
Shelf 8 320-600
Shelf 8 320, Al, natural
Shelf Cap Set 8 320, St, black
a = 320 mm
b = 18 mm
c = 600 mm
m = 2.9 kg
1 set
13

100
3.3
14
A [cm2]
80
200
60
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
9.28
2.51
2.96
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
361.60
1.99
33.45
0.0.618.53
0.0.618.56

120
3.3
120
3.3
18
A [cm2]
120
135
320
Shelf Profile 8 320

Al, anodized
3.3
5
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
15.13
4.10
7.83
400
0.0.626.97

Shelf Profile 8 200

Al, anodized
3.3
3.3
0.0.627.00
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
142.10
4.68
84.03
0.0.621.00
0.0.620.94
Machine accessories
Shelf Cap Set 8 200
M4
2 shelf caps 8 200, St, black

a = 200 mm
b = 14 mm
m = 120.0 g
1 set
Shelf Cap Set 8 320
2 shelf caps 8 320, St, black
a = 320 mm
b = 18 mm
m = 250.0 g
1 set
Shelf Adapter Set 8
20
40
Adapter Profile 8 40x16, Al, natural

2 Caps 8 40x16, PA-GF, black
m = 120.0 g
1 set
0.0.623.27

0.0.623.30

0.0.627.14
13
401
Machine accessories
Container Mounting
A
quick-action fixing for connecting Parts Containers to a Line 8 groove
Practical
and universal
Any kind of containers with wall thicknesses of up to 5 mm can

be mounted between two profiles.
2
0
6
Container Mounting 8
PA-GF
m = 3.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.026.87
Runner
Movable
hanger for lightweight equipment
Improved
ergonomics for tools
13
Hanger which can be moved along the profile groove and is
used for suspending tools, balancers etc.
A T-Slot Nut is recommended

as the end stop. It is secured
in the groove by the grub
screw.
Fmax. = 50 N
18
402
23
60
Runner 8
PA-GF
m = 8.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.026.13
Machine accessories
Runner 8
Strong
Easy
hanger
movement thanks to low-friction slide elements
Runner 8 is a simple model with a load-carrying capacity of 50

N that is suspended from a Profile 8 groove.
F
The corrosion-resistant Spring Hooks enable easy attachment to the
Runner and rapid tool changes.
- Spring Hook 60 D6: Recommended max. tensile force F = 100 N
- Spring Hook 80 D8: Recommended max. tensile force F = 200 N
27
80
8
31
Runner 8 80x40
2 runner halves, PA-GF, black
2 slide elements, POM, natural
m = 39.0 g
1 set
12
0.0.618.97
13
2
0
35
Spring Hook 60 D6
St
Spring hook similar to DIN 5299
m = 25.4 g
stainless, 1 pce.
0.0.619.68
3
0
2
5
47.5
Spring Hook 80 D8
St
Spring hook similar to DIN 5299
m = 67.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
0.0.619.70
4
0
403
Machine accessories
Magnetic Holder 8
Holds
tools and accessories against a Line 8 groove
Practical
and easy to use thanks to use of magnets
Its pull is irresistible the item Magnetic Holder!

For securely stowing metallic objects such as spanners, etc. on
the groove of the non-magnetic aluminium Profile.
Magnetic Holder 8 can be fitted into a Profile 8 groove in next
to no time.
Holding force F = 40 N
13
404
12
15
56
Magnetic Holder 8
Magnet housing half 8, PA-GF, grey, similar to RAL 7042
2 magnets 20x5x2, St, nickel-plated
2 Magnetic Stops 8, terminal shoes, St, bright zinc-plated
2 square nuts DIN 562-M3, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 18.0 g
0.0.627.86
Machine accessories
Document Holder
From clipboard to poster
For
working, workflow and design plans
Frame
Clamping
function enables users to change documents rapidly
Available
with protective panel if required
The Document Holder system is used for constructing display

and information panels of any size in the workplace or the
training area. The panels can be attached directly to a frame
construction made of aluminium profiles, e.g. to a work bench
in the production area. The Document Holder can also be used
to construct fixed or moveable panels on appropriate frame
structures.
and holder in various sizes
4FSWJDF
The system consists of two aluminium profiles that are

interconnected using an integrated spring-loaded hinge. The
Document Holder Support Profile forms the fixed frame which
also secures the rear panel. This frame is fixed onto basic
constructions made up of Line 8 Profiles using Clip 8 St.
The spring-loaded Lid Profile firmly clamps documents and
drawings and can securely hold an optional acrylic glass panel
to protect documents.
Document Holders can be constructed in any sizes as either clipboards or frames for documents.
items sales partners provide design assistance and supply either individual components,
complete frames or building kits.
The tables overleaf show the dimensions required for Document Holders together with the
various sizes.
The rear panel (thickness 2 mm) is clamped to the Support Profile by driving the Countersunk
Screws DIN 7982 St 3.9x9.5 into the screw channel.
Retaining Cord D2.5 is inserted into the Lid Profile to prevent the document from moving. Greasing the contact surfaces of the leaf springs in the Profiles is recommended.
The Document Holder

Support Profile is fixed onto
basic constructions made
up of Line 8 Profiles using
Clip 8 St.
The Support Profile can also

be secured to any surface
using a Countersunk Screw.
The Lid Profile opens and

closes to clamp the Document Holder.
The leaf springs hold the lid
in place at its two extreme positions. The document is held
in place by simply closing the
Lid Profile as illustrated.
A protective panel can be

used in Document Holder
frames that are enclosed on
all sides. This too is held in
position by the Lid Profile.
405
13
Machine accessories
Calculating the number and lengths of the individual components for constructing Document Holders in the form of a clipboard.
Qty.
Length [mm]
Length [mm]
Rear panel (R)
A+20
B+26
Support Profile
Lid Profile
Retaining Cord
Countersunk Screws 3,9x9,5
Qty.
1
A+72
B+72
A+20
Protective panel (S)
A+56
B+56
A+20
Support Profile, horiz.
A+100
A+20
Support Profile, vert.
Lid Profile, horiz.
Lid Profile, vert.
Leaf Springs
40
Countersunk Screws 3,9x9,5
24
Length A [mm] Length B [mm]
Rear panel (R)
100
A
50
Leaf Springs
Calculating the number and lengths of the individual components for

constructing Document Holder Frames.
Document Holder 8 A4
A+
29
A+100
B+19.5
A+B
100
A+B
50
0.0.476.22
B+20
13
Fully assembled (excluding protective panel)

Document dimension A = 210 mm
Document dimension B = 300 mm
m = 0.7 kg
1 set
B+20
Document Holder 8 A3
Fully assembled (excluding protective panel)
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
A
20
A+
406
0.0.476.23
40
Machine accessories
Document Holder 8 Frame A4
24
Fully assembled (including protective panel PMMA)

m = 2.3 kg
1 set
A+
B+100
B+20
B
109
Document Holder 8 Frame A3

Fully assembled (including protective panel PMMA)
m = 3.4 kg
1 set
0.0.476.24

0.0.476.25
A
20
A+
40
26.9
20
Document Holder 8 Support Profile
4.5
Al, anodized
m = 0.68 kg/m
0.0.485.90
0.0.454.47
39.5
Document Holder 8 Lid Profile
0.0.485.92
0.0.454.48
Cap Set right, PA-GF, black

Cap Set left, PA-GF, black
4 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 6912-M4x12, black
m = 12.0 g
1 set
40
10
Al, anodized
m = 0.47 kg/m
Document Holder 8 Cap Set
4.5
13
0.0.485.76
21
30
t=0.2
33
2.5+1
7.5
Document Holder 8 Leaf Spring

St
m = 1.2 g
stainless, 1 pce.
Retaining Cord D2.5
0.0.486.76

Elastomer, resistant to oils, water and cleaning agents

m = 6 g/m
clear, cut-off max. 10 m
0.0.485.88
clear, 1 roll length 10 m
0.0.485.89
Countersunk Screw, self-threading DIN 7982 St 3.9x9.5, TX 15

9.5
St
m = 0.8 g
stainless, 1 pce.
8.0.008.09
407
Machine accessories

Protects
documents from soiling
Magnetic
frame holds documents in place, even in draughts
Available
in four different colours
The new magnetic Notice Holder important information

where you need it and when you need it!
These Notice Holders protect your notices and allow you to
display important information on any suitable ferrous surface,
such as item Compound Material St.
The Notice Holders are made from hard-wearing transparent
film and have a magnetic frame. Size approx. 320x232 mm.
Available in grey, yellow, green and red.
320
Rigid PVC film, 0.4 mm, non-reflective

Magnetic strips
m = 120.0 g
grey, 1 pce.
232
2.4
13
408
0.0.635.11
yellow, 1 pce.
0.0.636.61
green, 1 pce.
0.0.636.62
red, 1 pce.
0.0.636.63
Machine accessories
Monitor Adapter
Universal fixing for flatscreen monitors
Compatible
with VESA standard
Anti-torsion
fastening to profile grooves
&4%
The Monitor Adapter enables flatscreens to be installed (with

standard fastening VESA 75 or 100) on work bench systems
or production control stations. The connection geometry
employs the modular dimension of Line 8 profiles and thus
enables use of typical fastening elements (Line 8 profiles,
Hinge 8 40x40 heavy duty, etc.). Optional anti-torsion features
secure the set position through positive locking.
M4
Monitor Adapter 8 VESA 75-100 PA is manufactured from ESD

plastic, which prevents electrostatic charges from building
up and enables a slow rate of discharge to protect sensitive
components.
M8
Maximum permissible load of Monitor Adapter

8 VESA 75-100 PA:
Fmax. = 120 N
Screws M8: Mmax. = 8 Nm
Screws M4: Mmax. = 3 Nm
Monitor Adapter 8 VESA 75-100 PA
20 20
113
12
8.5
20
Adapter Plate, PA-GF, black

2 anti-torsion lugs, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-plated
4 screws M4x12, St, bright zinc-plated
4 washers 4.3, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws M8x16, St, bright zinc-plated
2 hexagon nuts M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 150.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.0.615.48
20
7
5
10
0
409
13
Machine accessories
PC Mount and Keyboard Shelf

Secure
fixing for keyboard and computer
Keyboard
Pull-out
Shelf with fold-out mouse rest
rails for tidy fixtures
Both PC and keyboard can be safely and securely fastened

with the optimum mounting devices from item.
Fasten the PC Mount below the working surface and simply
place your computer into the holder.
The PC Mount can be adjusted to accommodate various housing sizes and can be pulled out and rotated using additional
pull-out rails under the table. As a result, your computer stays
easily accessible for maintenance and cleaning at all times.
525
The Keyboard Shelf holds the computer keyboard and mouse.

It can be fitted securely to Pivot Arms or an area in the work
bench handling zone via its screw fastening. A special Fastening Set is also available to convert the Keyboard Shelf to a
retractable version which fits neatly under the working surface.
134
339
80
310 - 530
415 - 635
30
13
-2
40
72
131
410
0 - 192
The mouse rest can be fitted to the right or left

of the Keyboard Shelf.
PC Mount
Mount with pull-out rail and rotating element, St, white aluminium
2 Countersunk Screws 5x60, St, bright zinc-plated
2 spacers, Al, natural
m = 5.8 kg
1 set
0.0.631.70
Machine accessories
Keyboard Shelf
70
300
36
179
525
230
18
430
2 telescopic rails 400 TA, St, bright zinc-plated

2 retaining plates, St, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
Fastening materials
m = 2.1 kg
1 set
0.0.637.05
10
22
0.0.620.87
Fastening Set Keyboard Shelf
20
4
120
Keyboard Shelf 500x200, Al, powder-coated white aluminium

Mouse rest suitable for R/L fitting, folds out
2 cable holes 23x30x2 mm
Washer 6x54x2 mm
Book screw M4x5
m = 1.8 kg
1 pce.
13
411
Labeling
Label Holder
> Label
Holders
Machine accessories
Label Holder
Bring
order to shelves and drawer units
Simply
Label Holder 8 160x40 is used for attaching labels to shelves,

work benches and fixtures. It consists of the Label Profile,
which has a protective strip and end caps, and two Clips 8 St.
clip into Profiles 8
The Label Profile can also be cut to length and used for constructing Label Holders of any desired length. The Label Profile
is then sealed by end caps.
The Label Holder takes paper labels 36 mm high that can be

customised at will. The transparent strip protects the labels
against soiling.
Label Holder 8 can be secured to different structures:

- with Clip 8 St to Line 8 Profile grooves
- with a Countersunk Screw to walls and panels and to profile grooves of other Lines
- with double-sided adhesive tape (width 36 mm) to panel elements
Clip 8 St
69
Label Holder 8 160x40

Label Profile 8 40, length 152 mm
2 Label Profile Caps 8 40
Label Protection Strip 8 40, length 152 mm
2 Clips 8 St
m = 66.0 g
1 set
160
37
Label Profile 8 40
40
Al, anodized
m = 0.37 kg/m
7.5
13
7.5
Label Profile Cap 8 40

40
140
0.3
36
412
PA-GF
m = 1.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Label Protection Strip 8 40
PVC
m = 14.3 g/m
transparent, 1 pce., length 1400 mm
0.0.488.70

0.0.454.59

0.0.488.56

0.0.488.63
Machine accessories
Light Fitting 55W

Bright
working light that meets the highest safety standards
Extremely
Flexible
Sturdy Light Fitting for illumination of workplaces and machines. The integrated swivel profile with Line 8 system groove
supports 7 setting angles.
The Light Fitting can be powered from a 230 V ACor 120 V AC
source and is VDE-ENEC safety-approved. When fitted with the
impact-resistant Polycarbonate Protective Panel and sealing
cap, the Light Fitting complies with IP 40-EN 60529.
easy to position thanks to pivot function
connection concept for power supply
XXXJUFNDPN
To allow the Light Fitting

to be adjusted to individual
applications, it can be locked
in various positions over a
swivel range of 22.5 from
0.
All electrical connecting elements are approved for a rated

voltage of 250 V AC with a rated current of 16 A.
Light distribution by the Light Fitting (side view)

Distance [mm]
Beam-width [mm]
E [Lux]
500
900
1300
1700
1000
1800
2600
3400
3500
1250
700
500
The Light Fitting can be sealed against dust

(IP 40) by means of the Protective Panel. This
panel also protects the Light Fitting against
soiling and damage. The open socket must be
sealed with a cap.
The Connecting Cable is used to connect the

power supply to an earthed plug.
The socket can be used to power the Light
Fitting from any line network which is in place.
The wires are held securely in the socket by
means of a spring-force connection.
If several Light Fittings are connected end-toend, the power is fed from one Light Fitting to
another by means of the Adapter. The dowel
which is inserted into a mounting hole in the
cap provides a mechanical link between the
Light Fittings.
If several Light Fittings positioned separately
are connected in series and share a common
power supply, the Light Fittings are interconnected using the Extension Cable which is
available prefitted with appropriate connectors
in a standard length of 2 m, or alternatively a
customised version may be made using a plug
and socket.
Light distribution by the Light Fitting (front view)

Distance [mm]
Beam-width [mm]
E [Lux]
500
900
1300
1700
750
950
1150
1350
3500
1250
700
500
413
13
Machine accessories
90
80
Light Fitting 55W, 230V

On/off switch
55W compact fluorescent lamp
Electronic Lamp-Control Unit
60 parabolic reflector grid
Socket lock
m = 3.7 kg
1 pce.
600
160
170
Light Fitting 55W, 120V

On/off switch
55W compact fluorescent lamp
Electronic Lamp-Control Unit
60 parabolic reflector grid
Socket lock
m = 3.7 kg
1 pce.
44
23
Compact Lamp 55W
530
Twin tube
Tube diameter: 17 mm
Power: 55 Watt
Light colour: natural white, 4800 lm
m = 150.0 g
1 pce.
Connecting Cable, Socket / Earthed Plug

Cable length 3 m (1.5 mm2)
m = 370.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Socket, Spring-Force Connected

PA
m = 25.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Adapter, Socket / Plug
13
PA
incl. dowel
m = 13.0 g
black, 1 set
Extension Cable, Socket / Plug
Cable length 2 m (1.5 mm2)
m = 234.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Plug, Spring-Force Connected
PA
m = 25.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Polycarbonate Protective Panel
PC, transparent
incl. socket sealing cap
m = 195.0 g
1 set
414
0.0.417.34

0.0.417.58

0.0.417.57
0.0.417.42
0.0.417.44

0.0.417.45

0.0.417.52

0.0.417.59

0.0.417.43
Machine accessories
Lamp 35W
For
targeted precision lighting
Water
and dust-resistant housing (IP67)
XXXJUFNDPN
Dust-tight and water-tight industrial spotlight (IP 67) in a lowvoltage (12 V) design.
The aluminium housing for the Light Fitting is equipped for
fastening with Profile 8 grooves. A Hinge, heavy duty or other
fastening elements can be used to integrate the Lamp 35W
into machines, fixtures and equipment.
Lamp 35W comes with a 2 m connecting cable, which is linked
to the electronic transformer using a coded system plug.
Up to 3 Lamps can be attached to this power pack via the
distributor block.
The voltage supply to the electronic transformer is provided via
the Connecting Cable, Socket / Earthed Plug (0.0.417.42) to a
230 V safety contact socket.
Fixed Lamp 35W, adjustable with Hinge 8

40x40, heavy-duty with Clamp Lever.
The housing of Lamp 35W can be fitted with Handle PA 80.
Lamp 35W
80
142
2000
40
72
ON/OFF switch
Halogen reflector 35W
Protective panel of hardened glass
Protection class III
2 m connecting cable
m = 0.6 kg
1 set
ON/OFF switch
Halogen reflector 35W
Protective panel of hardened glass
m = 1.2 kg
1 set
24
0.0.417.71
400
40
40
0.0.417.60
13
Lamp 35W with Flexible Tube
DIN912
M8x25
80
160
415
Machine accessories
Lamp 35W, Halogen Reflector

50
m = 25.0 g
1 pce.
Lamp 35W, 3-Way Distributor Block
m = 20.0 g
1 pce.
Electronic Transformer 105W
Primary voltage: 230/240 V AC
Secondary voltage: 12 V AC
m = 167.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.417.77

0.0.417.74

0.0.417.75

Compact
LED
light fitting generates very little heat
Water
and dust-resistant housing (IP67)
The item LED Machine Light Fitting putting your processes

in the right light. Practical, dust- and water-tight Machine Light
Fitting in aluminium housing with 5 W output for blanket illumination of the workplace or direct lighting of a specific area.
Operating voltage is 24 V DC, protection IP67.
The LED Machine Light Fitting is switched on and off via
external switches on the power supply.
26.5
13
working light for use anywhere
182
40
416
Aluminium housing IP67

2 fastening clamps with screws and T-Slot Nuts 8 St
Fastening elements
Rated voltage: 24 V DC
Output: 5 W
Power cable, black, L = 3 m
m = 0.4 kg
1 pce.
0.0.631.73
Machine accessories
Compact Lamp
Light Fitting 11W

Energy-saving
Runs
long-term lighting
on safety low voltage
Flicker-free
light thanks to Lamp-Control Unit
Compact industrial light for use with safety low voltage supply. Each segment
(360 mm long) of the Light Fitting is equipped with an electronic Lamp-Control
Unit for low voltage (24 V DC) and a Compact Lamp (power 11 W, corresponds
to a conventional 75 W filament lamp).
The rear of the housing is prepared for fastening with Button-Head Screws M5x14.
Fully compatible with Conduit Profiles.
Conduit Profiles E
Fastening of Light Fitting 11W to any mounting surface or

Profile 8 grooves.
Length of transparent cover
432
Light Fitting 11W 80x40x360

Aluminium housing
Transparent cover, PMMA
Caps, PA-GF, black
Lamp-Control Unit, Compact Lamp, reflectors, installation material, fastening
screws M5x14
Power output: 11 W
m = 0.7 kg
1 pce.
/72
40
360
80
Light Fitting 11W 80x40x720

Aluminium housing
Transparent cover, PMMA
Caps, PA-GF, black
Lamp-Control Unit, Compact Lamp, reflectors, installation material, fastening
screws M5x14
Power output: 22 W
m = 1.4 kg
1 pce.
210
0.0.417.06

0.0.417.07
Compact Lamp 11W
5
18
36.
Twin tube
Tube diameter: 12 mm
Power output: 11 W
m = 70.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.417.17
417
13
Machine accessories
Multi-Socket Power Strips, 5 outlet

Securely
Angled
With
Robust Multi-Socket Power Strip in industrial quality.

An impact-proof aluminium housing accommodates 5
sockets (German domestic standard) and a 2-pole ON/
OFF switch with indicator light.
Mains connection via a fixed conventional power cord
or a system plug can also be connected directly to
the mains using Adapter, Socket/Plug (0.0.417.45,
max. 16 A).
fixed to a profile groove
installation ensures easy access
practical central ON/OFF switch
Can be fastened to profile grooves and all panels: fits

flush with the fastening elements included. The Fastening Sets also enable you to fit the units at an angle
of 90 or 70 (particularly ergonomic). These sets are
then used instead of the fastening elements supplied
with the Multi-Socket Power Strips.
0.0.417.42
0.0.417.44
0.0.417.45
51.4
Multi-Socket Power Strip, 5 outlet, with conventional power cord

Housing, Al, anodized, natural
5 power sockets (German domestic standard)
ON/OFF switch, illuminated, 2-pole
Feed cable 1.5 mm2, l = 2 m
2 fastening brackets
Fastening elements
m = 670.0 g
1 set
0.0.627.43
43.7
358
51.4
Multi-Socket Power Strip, 5 outlet, with system plug

Housing, Al, anodized, natural
ON/OFF switch, illuminated, 2-pole
System plug
System socket
2 fastening brackets
Fastening elements
m = 450.0 g
1 set
358
43.7
13
Multi-Socket Power Strip Angle Fastening Set

10
70
0.0.627.44
2 angle brackets 90, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 84.0 g
1 set
44
15
0.0.627.40
52
Multi-Socket Power Strip Angle Fastening Set 70
5.2
70
8
20
40
418
18
2 angle brackets 70, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 65.0 g
1 set
0.0.627.42
Machine accessories
Multi-Socket Power Strip, 8 outlet, 19,

with conventional power cord
The item Multi-Socket Power Strip, 8 outlet is the ideal extension for your power supply. Eight power sockets (German
domestic standard) and a two-pole ON/OFF switch with indicator light all in a plastic housing with fittings to accommodate
Rebate Profile 19.
Robust
and powerful
Secure
screw attachment to Rebate Profile 19
The Multi-Socket Power Strip, 8-outlet, can also be placed in

Cable Duct E of a work bench.
186
11
Rebate Profile 8 Al
19
451 - 464
Because this robust, industrial quality MultiSocket Power Strip can be fitted to the profile
grooves of a machine frame or structure, positioning your power supply precisely where it is
needed couldnt be simpler. Mains connection
via a fixed conventional power cord that is
included in the scope of supply.
Multi-Socket Power Strip 19

is fitted to a Profile 8 groove
using Rebate Profile 19.
70
46
478
6.7
Multi-Socket Power Strip, 8 outlet, 19, with conventional power cord

Feed cable 1.5 mm2, max. 16 A, l = 3 m
ON/OFF switch, illuminated
m = 870.0 g
1 pce.
13
0.0.631.79
.5
421
419
Machine accessories
Pneumatic Universal-Fastening Sets

Cavities
in Profiles 8 can be used as compressed-air conduits
Connect
profiles at right angles or via their end faces
Large
profile cavities are not adversely affected by bore holes
Appropriate fastening elements such as Pneumatic Universal

Fasteners are needed in order to use the profile cavities as
pneumatic lines.
The Automatic-Fastening Set is also suitable for connecting
profiles used as pneumatic lines.
Automatic-Fastening
Set 8 N
85
Depending on the profile size and load, several pairs of Fastening Sets may be required.
When using the Pneumatic Universal-Fastening Sets ensure
that the pilot drill does not penetrate the main chamber.
Pneumatic Universal-ButtFastening Sets 8 are used

to connect the end faces
of two profiles, e.g. where
profile segments need to be
extended.
Alternatively, Automatic ButtFastening Sets 8 can also
be used.
13
5
33.5
20
6
.8
12
60
20
420
Pneumatic Universal-Fastening Set 8

Pneumatic Universal Fastener 8, die-cast zinc
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6
m = 34.0 g
Pneumatic Universal-Butt-Fastening Set 8
12
6
.8
2 Pneumatic Universal Fasteners 8, die-cast zinc

Hexagon Nut DIN 934-M6, St
m = 45.0 g
0.0.364.45

0.0.364.46
Machine accessories
Seals PE
Enables
Sealing
use of Profiles 8 as compressed-air conduits

for profile connections
Compensate
for unevenness at the end face
Self-adhesive
for ease of installation
Seals PE must be located at every connection point between

components functioning as pneumatic lines.
The settlement of the Seal PE material can result in an initial
reduction in the screw pretension. The screws must therefore
be tightened after 24 hours.
Self-adhesive versions facilitate assembly and eliminate
pronounced unevenness (saw cuts, butt joints etc.).
Seals PE must be used between all joints.
39.5
22
8.5
0.6
40
55
8.5
17
50
0.6
Seal 8 80x40 PE
PE-LD
self-adhesive on one side
m = 1.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
Seal 8 80x80 PE
PE-LD
self-adhesive on one side
m = 2.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
0.0.420.80
0.0.420.79
0
4
9
7
13
421
Machine accessories
Pneumatic Connecting Plates

For
connecting supply lines and consumers
Fitted
to the end face of the profile
Pneumatic Connecting Plates are employed for connecting

compressed-air supply systems or compressed-air consumers to Profiles 8 80x40 and 80x80. The Connecting Plate is
attached by means of Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x20
(M = 25 Nm) fitted into the core bores in the end faces of the
profile.
Pneumatic Universal-Fastening Sets are employed for connecting profiles used as compressed-air conduits.
40
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 8 80x40 R

16
15/8.5
40
Pneumatic Connecting Plate 8 80x80 R1
16
15/8.5
80
13
422
0.0.406.34
80
0
4
R1"
Die-cast zinc
m = 230.0 g
black, 1 pce.
80
Die-cast zinc
m = 390.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.406.25
Machine accessories
Pneumatic Connections
For
connecting compressed-air conduits to profile bores
Can
For
be fitted to the desired point on the profile
pneumatic connections G1/8 and G1/4.
Supply of compressed air to

a central bore by means of a
Pneumatic Connecting Plate
with Pneumatic Connection
fitted to the end face.
Depending on the type of

application, the profile may
need to be machined. When
using a Pneumatic Connector outside the core bores,
a standard O-ring seal must
be used.
PneumaticConnector
8 G 1/ 8
4.9 mm
M8x16
6 mm
8 G /4
4.9 mm
M8x16
8 mm
When using the Pneumatic Connector (with inner thread c)

in conjunction with the core bore, an appropriate thread of
length (b) or, in the case of connections made at 90, bores
of diameter (a) must be provided, and a T-Slot Nut St to retain
the fitting.
14
34
12
4.5
M8
G
17
37
15
Supply of compressed air to

the profile cavity by means of
a central bore in the T-slot in
conjunction with a Pneumatic
Connecting Set. The seal is
provided at the taper seat of
the Pneumatic Connector.
4.5
M8
Pneumatic Connector 8 G1/8

St
M = 12 Nm
black, 1 pce.
m = 15.0 g
0.0.411.69
Pneumatic Connector 8 G1/4

St
M = 12 Nm
black, 1 pce.
40
m = 18.0 g
Pneumatic Connecting Set 8 G1/8

40
St
Pneumatic Connector, St
Cap, PA-GF
Seal, NBR
m = 19.0 g
black, 1 set
Pneumatic Connecting Set 8 G1/4
St
Pneumatic Connector, St
Cap, PA-GF
Seal, NBR
m = 24.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.411.68
0.0.411.73

0.0.411.72
423
13
Machine accessories

Easy
to fasten to a profile groove
With
three quick-release couplings
Compressed air connections precisely where you need

them with the Compressed Air Manifold from item. Fit the
Compressed Air Manifold to work bench profiles and use the
three quick-release couplings for your compressed air devices
(operating pressure Pperm. = 8 bar). Nominal diameter of couplings: 7.2 mm, thread G 3/8. Connection for the compressed
air feed line: G .
80
60
60
Compressed Air Manifold, Al, natural

3 quick-release couplings G 3/8, St - ND 7.2 mm
Male connector G 1/2, St - ND 7.2 mm
2 Flat Brackets 8 40, St, black
4 Fastening Sets, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.8 kg
1 set
40
200
0.0.635.98
40
13
27
-1
Compressed Air Manifold Without Quick-Action Couplings

Compressed Air Manifold, Al, natural
3 seals G 3/8, Al
Male connector G 1/2, St - ND 7.2 mm
2 Flat Brackets 8 40, St, black
4 Fastening Sets, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.6 kg
1 pce.
424
0.0.645.40
Machine accessories
Protective Profiles
Prevent damage and injuries
Safe
impact protection thanks to hollow-chambered profiles
Protects
edges and hidden struts
The elastic hollow-chambered plastic profiles are pushed into

the grooves of Line 8 profile. Protective Profiles provide impact
protection for the sides of profiles and cover profile edges.
Elastic Caps cover the end faces of the Protective Profiles.
The Protective Profiles have a modular dimension of 40 mm.

Large cross-sections of Line 8 Profiles can be protected effectively by combining several Protective Profiles.
40
Protective Profile 8 40x16
28.6
16
TPE
m = 334 g/m
8
12.5
40
28.6
16
R16
8
12.5
Protective Profile 8 40x16 R16

TPE
m = 435 g/m
16
Cap for Protective Profile 8 40x16
40
R16
m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Cap for Protective Profile 8 R16-90

m = 2.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.474.72

0.0.474.71

0.0.474.74
0.0.474.73
425
13
Machine accessories
Buffer Strip
For
gentle closing of doors
Also
suitable as a door seal
Flexible plastic strip with fastening geometry for Profiles 8 and

Clamp Profile 8 32x18.
The strip can be used as a stop for swing, sliding and lifting
doors, as a sealing profile or for similar applications.
In enclosure and guard applications using

Hanger 8/Door Rabbet 8 (gap width 25/28
mm), Buffer Strip 8 20x18 can be used to
reduce the gap width.
30.8
20
Buffer Strip 8 20x18

8
12.5
18
13
426
TPE
Hardness 73 Sh A
Oil, UV and water resisting
m = 240 g/m
0.0.458.01
Machine accessories
Impact Buffers
Parabolic Buffers
Rubber/metal
Resistant
Also
elements deaden impacts effectively
to oil, grease, salt water and soap suds
suitable for use as damping feet
max. F
Impact Buffer M4
90 N
1.4 mm
Impact Buffer M6
150 N
2.7 mm
Impact Buffer M8
350 N
3.0 mm
max. F
Parabolic Buffer M8
370 N
20.0 mm
Parabolic Buffer M10
1057 N
35.0 mm
Parabolic Buffer M12
2360 N
50.0 mm
Parabolic Buffer with approximately exponential force profile.

NBR
Hardness 55 Sh A
Steel insert, St
b
a
Impact Buffer M4 D15x15

b = 15 mm
c = 15 mm
m = 5.0 g
0.0.416.33
0.9xa
a = M4
black, 1 pce.

a = M6
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 15 mm
13
m = 12.0 g
0.0.416.35

a = M8
black, 1 pce.
c = 30 mm
m = 38.0 g
0.0.416.37
Parabolic Buffer M8 D30x36

a = M8
black, 1 pce.
0.9xa
b
a
b = 30 mm
b = 30 mm
c = 36 mm
m = 26.0 g
0.0.416.39

a = M10
black, 1 pce.
b = 50 mm
c = 58 mm
m = 103.0 g
0.0.416.41

a = M12
black, 1 pce.
b = 75 mm
c = 89 mm
m = 319.0 g
0.0.416.43
427
Machine accessories
13
428
I n sta l l at i o n e l e m e n ts
Conduit Systems
Profiles with an Integrated Conduit
Fasteners for Cables, Hoses and Switches
Electronic Boxes
Electrical Discharge
14
14
I n s t alla t i o n eleme n t s
Installation elements
Conduit Profiles E
Lid Profiles
Support Profiles
Wall Profiles
Conduit Inside Corners
U-shaped conduit for simple
Compatible with conduits
Lids and bases of the
Side panels of the Modular
Kink prevention for cables
cable conduit installations

Available in six heights and
five widths
432
Cable Entry Protectors,

Lid and Wall
Covering for cut edges in
Lid and Wall Profiles

For straightforward
cable routing in and out of
conduits
443
E and the Modular Conduit

System
Flat lid for covering cable
conduits
436
Modular Conduit System

Available with or without
Line 8 groove
437
Conduit System
Available in four heights
439
Covering for cut edges
441
Conduit Caps
Flush-Mounted Sockets
Stand Profiles
Column D110
Side covering for cable
For installation in the Wall
Wide profile with integrated
Central table leg with cable
Easy-to-use system for
Elegant support for all
conduits and profiles
Models to suit all sizes and
variants
Also available with through-
and Support Profiles of

cable conduits
Also suitable for installation
in any panel elements
cable conduit
building frames that incorporate cabling
routing
types of constructions
hole for cables
444
447
448
450
14
Universal Holder 8
Limit-Switch Holders
Electronic-Box Profiles
Earthing Terminals
Contact Pins ESD
Simple cable fastening for
For fastening limit switches
For electronic boxes and
For connecting protec-
For creating an electrostati-
constructions made with

Line 8 profiles
Anchor point for cable ties
451
430
to profiles
Rigid anti-torsion feature
453
other sealed containers

With integrated cooling ribs
454
tive conductors to profile

constructions
Permanent screw attachment ensures sound
contact
457
cally dissipative connection

between profiles
Integrated into the profile
connection
459
Overview finding the right cable conduit fast

item offers two conduit systems for safely routing cables and supply lines.
Conduit system E
Conduit system E comprises U-shaped profiles with solid side panels. The
dimensions are based on the modular dimensions of Lines 6 and 8 profiles.
The conduits are available in a range of sizes, including one that is particularly
flat (30x15 mm). Conduit system E is a simple solution that can be quickly
combined with Lid Profiles to form a conduit that can be screwed to profiles and
panels. Caps can also be fitted as necessary.
branched systems, cables and hoses can be installed or replaced at a later

stage without the need for drilling, etc.
The modular conduit system is built on the modular dimensions of Line 8.
Support Profiles with grooves make it easier to connect together profiles and
conduits. The Modular Conduit System comprises profiles in a modular dimension of 40 mm that can be combined up to a size of 160x160.

The Modular Conduit System from item offers maximum flexibility. The conduit
elements are interconnected simply by locking them together. As a result,
conduit structures can be modified and reconfigured at any time. Even with
Conduits E comprise simple aluminium conduits used to route cables and hoses.
Conduits SE are fitted with continuous screw
channels for securing the Conduit Caps.
These flat profiles do not incorporate profile
grooves and are therefore screwed to existing
constructions.
The universal Lid Profiles

from item can be used as
covers for Conduits E and the
Modular Conduit System.
Conduit system E
The Modular Conduit System comprises Wall, Support and

Lid Profiles that can be used to build conduit structures with
corners and branches without the need for complex machining
work.
432 Modular Conduit System
Line 8 groove in Support Profile
Solid side panel
Width (mm)
30 - 160
40 - 160
Height (mm)
15 - 80
40 - 160
Easily segmentable
Cable through hole without drilling
Attachment of plug sockets, switches, etc.
Angled side panels possible
Incorporation of conduit inside corners
+ (lid only)
437
14
431
Conduit Profiles E
The aluminium cable conduit that is simply great
Available
For
in six heights and five widths
safely routing cables and hoses
Matching
Lid Profiles protect against dust and dirt
The SE versions of the installation conduits feature screw

channels for fastening End Caps. This stops the lid being
inadvertently opened. item offers matching Conduit Caps for
the various profile variants and sizes.
Conduit Profile U
30x30 SE; 60x30 D30 SE;
6.8
60x30 D60 SE; 60x60 SE

40x40 SE; 80x40 D40 SE;
7.2
80x40 D80 SE; 80x80 SE

1
12.5
Conduit Profile U 30x15 E

Al, anodized
19
30
1.3
7.0.002.97
0.0.451.21
27.5
A [cm2]
1.3
m [kg/m]
1.12
0.30
7.0.002.89
0.0.451.44
27.5

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
20
30
1.5
m [kg/m]
1.67
0.44
0.0.487.24
0.0.487.25
17

Al, anodized
28
40
432
m [kg/m]
0.72
0.19

Al, anodized
19
30
14
A [cm2]
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
1.01
0.27
7.0.001.42
0.0.452.19
1.5

Al, anodized
37
A [cm2]
28
40
1.5
m [kg/m]
1.70
0.45
7.0.001.44
0.0.452.20

Al, anodized
37
A [cm2]
28
40
2
m [kg/m]
2.23
0.61
0.0.487.27
0.0.487.28
Conduit Profile U 60x30 D30 E

Al, anodized
57.5
A [cm2]
19
30
2
m [kg/m]
2.78
0.75
7.0.002.93
0.0.451.46
Conduit Profile U 60x30 D30 SE

Al, anodized
57.5
A [cm2]
20
30
1.3
m [kg/m]
3.22
0.86
0.0.487.30
0.0.487.31
27.5

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
49
60
1.3
m [kg/m]
1.51
0.41
7.0.002.95
0.0.451.47
27.5

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
50
60
2
m [kg/m]
2.09
0.55
0.0.487.33
0.0.487.34

Al, anodized
57.5
A [cm2]
49
60
m [kg/m]
3.38
0.91
7.0.002.91
0.0.451.45
433
14

Al, anodized
57.5
A [cm2]
50
60
2.5
m [kg/m]
3.82
1.02
0.0.487.36
0.0.487.37

Al, anodized
77
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
4.62
1.25
7.0.002.75
7.0.002.79
28
40
2.5

Al, anodized
77
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
5.11
1.37
0.0.487.39
0.0.487.40
28
40
1.5

Al, anodized
37
A [cm2]
68
80
1.5
7.0.002.76
7.0.002.80

Al, anodized
37
A [cm2]
68
80
14
2.5
m [kg/m]
3.60
0.96
0.0.487.42
0.0.487.43

Al, anodized
77
A [cm2]
68
80
434
m [kg/m]
3.06
0.82
m [kg/m]
5.61
1.52
7.0.002.74
7.0.002.78
2.5

Al, anodized
77
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
6.10
1.64
0.0.487.45
0.0.487.46
68
80
2

Al, anodized
77
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
5.98
1.95
0.0.630.72
0.0.630.71
148
160
14
435
Lid Profiles (for Installation Conduits)
Lid Profiles
Flat
lid for covering cable conduits
Compatible
Self-Tapping
Screw DIN 7981
Bore
D30 and D60
3.5x6.5
3.0 mm
D40 and D80
4.2x9.5
3.5 mm
8.4
1.5
Lid Profile
9.5
1.5
30
8.4
1.5
40
9.5
1.5
60
14
80
436
with conduits E and the Modular Conduit System
Self-Tapping Screws can also be used in the marking guideline

to secure the Lid Profile. An electrically conductive connection
is established at the same time.
Self-Tapping Screws
445
Lid Profile D30 E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
0.85
0.23
7.0.002.85
0.0.451.42
Lid Profile D40 E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
1.13
0.30
7.0.001.46
0.0.452.09
Lid Profile D60 E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
1.50
0.41
7.0.002.87
0.0.451.43
Lid Profile D80 E

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
2.12
0.57
7.0.002.73
7.0.002.77
Support Profiles
The versatile conduit
Suitable
as lids and bases in the Modular Conduit System
Available
with or without Line 8 groove
For
versatile conduits that route cables and hoses
For
conduit sizes from 40x40 mm to 160x160 mm
The fact that the Support Profiles and Wall Profiles have identical external dimensions means that different conduits can be
constructed by choosing the position of the profiles accordingly. The conduit can be opened and closed from different sides.
Straightforward construction
of the modular conduits by
moving the Wall Profiles into
the Support Profiles.
The Support Profiles can
also be used as a lid. Before
installation, it is advisable to
wipe the locking areas of the
conduit elements with a cloth
soaked in oil.
16.5
2.5
Wall Profiles and Lid Profiles can be secured in position by

means of Self-Tapping Screw St 4.2x9.5.
The Support Profiles must be provided with a bore 3.5 mm
in the marking groove for this purpose.
The screw connection creates a conductive bond between the
conduit elements.
11
40
2.4
16.5
The cable conduit can be

opened with a screwdriver.
40

By subdividing Wall Profiles and Support Profiles into segments and machining accordingly (for e.g. cable glands, plug
sockets, pushbuttons etc.) it is possible to reduce the work
involved in assembling, dismantling and repairing installations.
Support Profile 40
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
14

m [kg/m]
1.74
0.47
0.0.196.38
0.0.453.50
Support Profile 40 with groove 8

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
2.06
0.55
0.0.196.37
0.0.453.51
437
16.5
2.5
51
80
2.4
0.0.453.52
16.5
16.5
2.5
A [cm2]
16.5
40
120
16.5
2.5
m [kg/m]
0.0.196.40
0.0.453.53
m [kg/m]
0.0.418.47
0.0.453.55
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
0.0.418.48
0.0.453.56
16.5
40
160
40
m [kg/m]
4.73
1.27
0.0.265.84
0.0.453.57
Support Profile 160 with grooves 8

Al, anodized
40
6.21
1.68
A [cm2]
2.4
3.73
1.01
Support Profile 160

Al, anodized
131
160
4.17
1.13

Al, anodized
40
438
0.0.196.41
A [cm2]
2.4
14
m [kg/m]
2.73
0.74
Support Profile 120

Al, anodized
91
120
A [cm2]

Al, anodized
40
80
Support Profile 80
Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
8.27
2.23
0.0.265.85
0.0.453.59
Wall Profiles
Suitable
as side panels in the Modular Conduit System
Available
Also
in four heights
suitable as partitions in Support Profiles with grooves
160x160 mm conduit using

Support Profile 160 with
grooves as a base.
34
Wall Profile 40
Al, anodized
1.3
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
0.76
0.20
0.0.196.39
0.0.453.64
Wall Profile 80
Al, anodized
74
A [cm2]
2.5
m [kg/m]
2.03
0.55
0.0.196.42
0.0.453.65
Wall Profile 120

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
3.04
0.82
114
0.0.411.19
0.0.453.66
14
2.5
Wall Profile 160

Al, anodized
154
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
4.04
1.09
0.0.411.21
0.0.453.74
2.5
439
Support Profiles with Angled Geometry

Attractive
cover
Suitable
for incorporating operating elements
Conduit
can be used as a mounting for printed circuit boards
Two
different angles available
Support Profile 80-45 can be used as floor or lid element,

while Support Profile 160-20 can only be used as a lid profile.
The Wall Profiles must exhibit a height difference of 40 mm.
80
Support Profile 80-45

Al, anodized
40
A [cm2]
2
54
49.5
45
M3x4
160
0.0.411.54
0.0.453.54
A [cm2]
440
70
88.9
M3x3.5
m [kg/m]
3.53
0.90
Support Profile 160-20

Al, anodized
40
49.5
14
Support Profiles 80-45 and 160-20 are particularly suitable,

as the lids of a modular conduit, for constructing operating
consoles of any length, manual control boxes or similar applications.
The housings can be used to hold and secure printed circuit
boards of various sizes up to width 100 mm.
m [kg/m]
4.29
1.16
0.0.404.81
0.0.453.60

Kink
prevention for corners in cable conduits
Covering
Safe cornering! Its just as important to cable conduits as it is

on the roads.
The Conduit Inside Corners for modular cable conduits
improve the reliability of cable laying in three ways:
- By preventing kinks in cables and hoses
- By covering cut edges inside the conduit to protect cables
- By creating a smooth transition between Wall Profiles and
Support Profiles to protect hands
for sharp cut edges
The Conduit Inside Corner sets for lids and walls include all the
components needed to create a corner in a conduit with a wall
or lid measuring 40 mm.
Filler Pieces measuring 40 mm wide are used to extend the
height or width of inside corners. As a result, modular conduits
up to 160 mm can be fitted with Conduit Inside Corners.
0.0.632.93
0.0.639.52
80
80
80
0.0.632.94
0.0.639.52
Conduit Inside Corner, Wall on modular conduits, wall height

80 mm:
The wall profiles are each shortened by 80 mm.
80
Using the Conduit Inside Corner, Lid:

The width of 80 mm is achieved using a Filler Piece.
The cut edge coverings need to be shortened accordingly at
one end.
Conduit Inside Corner, Wall

2 inside corners, wall, PA-GF
m = 66.0 g
black, 1 set
R80
14
0.0.632.94
2.4
10.5
441
Conduit Inside Corner, Lid

2 inside corners, lid, PA-GF
2 cut edge coverings, PA-GF
m = 105.0 g
black, 1 set
R80
20
0.0.632.93
10
Conduit Inside Corner Filler Piece

PA-GF
m = 50.0 g
black, 1 pce.
R80
40
14
442
0.0.639.52
Cable Entry Protectors, Lid and Wall

Safe
For
covering for cut edges
straightforward cable routing in and out of conduits
Suitable
as an opening in Lid Profiles and Wall Profiles
Cable Entry Protectors, Lid

and Cable Entry Protectors
Wall 120-80 and 160-80 are
divided into two parts, which
greatly facilitates installation
for cables, without having to
remove plugs or terminals.
20
20
Cable Entry Protector Lid 40

PA-GF
2 halves
m = 7.0 g
black, 1 set
40
R10
64
Cable Entry Protector Lid 80

PA-GF
2 halves
m = 9.0 g
black, 1 set
80
20
0.0.479.77
33.5
Cable Entry Protector Wall 40
40
20
PA-GF
m = 5.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.479.74
73.5
Cable Entry Protector Wall 80

PA-GF
m = 9.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.479.75
40
Cable Entry Protector Wall 120-80

PA-GF
d
20
0.0.479.76
a [mm]
b [mm]
116
80
black, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
7.6
80
60
32.0
0.0.642.93
Cable Entry Protector Wall 160-80

PA-GF
c
e
b
a [mm]
b [mm]
156
80
black, 1 set
c [mm]
d [mm]
e [mm]
m [g]
7.6
120
60
38.0
0.0.642.94
443
14
Conduit Caps
Side
covering for cable conduits
Models
to suit all sizes and variants
Recommended screws for fastening the Conduit Caps:

Modular 30 mm dimension: Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981 3.5x6.5 (Order No. 8.0.000.54)
Modular 40 mm dimension: Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981 4.2x9.5 (Order No. 8.0.000.13)

PA-GF
Conduit Cap 30x15

a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 15 mm
c = 3 mm
m = 1.0 g
0.0.486.81
Conduit Cap 30x30

a = 30 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 30 mm
c = 3 mm
m = 2.0 g
0.0.486.82
Conduit Cap 40x20

a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 20 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 3.0 g
0.0.486.85
Conduit Cap 40x40

a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 8.0 g
0.0.196.88
Conduit Cap 60x30

a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
14
b = 30 mm
c = 3 mm
m = 4.0 g
0.0.486.83
Conduit Cap 60x60

a = 60 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 60 mm
c = 3 mm
m = 8.0 g
0.0.486.84
Conduit Cap 80x40

a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 14.0 g
0.0.196.89
Conduit Cap 80x80

a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
444
b = 80 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 30.0 g
0.0.196.90
Conduit Cap 120x40

a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 24.0 g
0.0.411.33
Conduit Cap 120x80

a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 45.0 g
0.0.411.34
Conduit Cap 120x120

a = 120 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 120 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 68.0 g
0.0.418.33
Conduit Cap 160x40

a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 40 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 30.0 g
0.0.364.81
Conduit Cap 160x80

a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 58.0 g
0.0.265.97
Conduit Cap 160x120

a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 120 mm
c = 4 mm
m = 89.0 g
0.0.411.35
Conduit Cap 160x160
a = 160 mm
black, 1 pce.
80
b = 160 mm
c = 4 mm
0.0.411.36
Conduit Cap Set 80x80-45

PA-GF
Conduit Cap 80x80-45 left
Conduit Cap 80x80-45 right
m = 50.0 g
black, 1 set
80
m = 115.0 g
0.0.406.68
Conduit Cap Set 160x80-20
160
PA-GF
Conduit Cap 160x80-20 left
Conduit Cap 160x80-20 right
m = 96.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.406.67
80
14
6.5
2.6
6.9
3.5
8
8.0.000.54
Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981 St 4.2x9.5

9.5
3
4.2
Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981 St 3.5x6.5

St
m = 0.7 g
St
m = 1.3 g
8.0.000.13
445
Conduit Caps with Cable Entry Protector
No more fiddly edge protection that flies off every time cabling
is changed.
The systematic closure for all cable conduits with a screw
channel for fastening Caps (Conduits SE 40x40 and SE
80x80 and the Modular Conduit System).
Two-part Conduit Caps with Cable Entry Protector remain
attached to the conduit, but still allow additional cables or
18
40
protection that is screwed into place
Caps
stay in place even when cables are being pulled through
hoses to be added or removed. Once the Lid Profile has been

replaced, the removable part of the cap safely covers the edge
of the lid and protects the cables within the conduit.
Recommended screws: Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981 St
4.2x9.5 (8.0.000.13).
Conduit Cap 40x40 with Cable Entry Protector

PA-GF
m = 8.0 g
black, 1 set
40
0.0.638.31
Conduit Cap 80x80 with Cable Entry Protector

4
50
80
Edge
PA-GF
m = 23.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.638.39
80
Conduit Edge Profile

Flexible
protective strips for cable conduits
Prevent
damage to cables caused by the conduit wall
Suitable
for use on Wall Profiles and Edge Profiles E
14
9.8

8
446
TPE
m = 60 g/m
0.0.411.58
For
installation in the Wall and Support Profiles of cable conduits
Suitable
for use in any panel elements
Available
The Flush-Mounted Socket

with Lid is dust-tight and
protected against splashes
(IP44)
with or without swing lid
The housing of the FlushMounted Socket is secured in

place using four Self-Tapping
Screws DIN 7981 St-4.2x9.5
(0.0.196.13).
Mounting operations
4
5
Sequence for installing Flush-Mounted Socket with lid:

1. Seal
2. Insulation box
3. Socket
4. Cover frame with swing lid
Flush-Mounted Socket
Socket, PA, black
Cover frame, PA, black
Insulation box, PA, grey
2-pin + earth, 16 A, 250 V
m = 50.0 g
1 pce.
9.5
44
4
5
Flush-Mounted Socket with Lid
Socket, PA, black

Cover frame with swing lid and seal, PA, black
Protection: IP 44
Insulation box, PA, grey
m = 57.0 g
1 pce.
5
9.5
0.0.465.82
0.0.465.84
44
447
14
Stand Profiles
Wide
profiles with integrated cable conduit
Easy-to-use
Cabling
system for building frames that incorporate cabling
is securely housed within the profile
Standard fastening is
effected on the end face in
conjunction with Stand Profile
Connection Element 8 and
7380-M8x20 (M = 25 Nm).
Fastening on the groove side

is by means of a Pneumatic
Universal-Fastening Set 8 or
Automatic-Fastening Set 8.
Pneumatic UniversalFastening Set 8
420
Automatic-Fastening
Set 8
77
The openings are located at

modular intervals and are
used for running through
cables and hoses.
The Profiles are cut regardless of the positioning of
the openings, therefore the
minimum profile length is
160 mm.
By providing Stand Profile 8 80x40 with a 14 mm bore, the

profile can be used for routing cables and hoses.
40
448
60
80
40
27.5
Stand Profile 8 80x40 K60

Al, anodized
15.5
14
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
10.20
2.75
69.02
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
11.74
2.72
17.26
5.13
0.0.427.79
0.0.453.49

Stand Profile 8 80x40 2xK60

Al, anodized
80
28
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
7.84
2.05
64.19
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.75
0.84
16.05
3.67
7.5
Stand Profile Connection Element 8
0.0.453.48
3.0.005.03
70
40
Al, anodized
m = 11.0 g
natural, 1 pce.
3.0.005.00
13.5
59.6
Cover Profile 60
2
10.7
Al, anodized
m = 0.36 kg/m
3.0.005.01
0.0.452.02
14
449
Column
D110D110
D110
Column Profile
Lid Profile
Column D110
Central
table leg with integrated cable routing
Elegant
support for all types of constructions
The end face of Column

Profile D110 can be screwed
to any panel using Flange
D130.
Flange 8 D130
192
Located below the Lid Profiles are integrated conduits for

equipment cables. Cables can be run in and out of the column
at any point through an opening in the Lid Profiles.
Thread M8 can be tapped in core bores 6.8 mm. Screw
channels 10.2 mm are suitable for thread M12 or for use of
Automatic Fasteners 8.
76.4
40
Column Profile D110

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
10.2
Ix [cm4]
20.64
5.57
63.06
40
14
m [kg/m]
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
283.93
16.55
51.16
0.0.475.11
0.0.475.10
6.8
110
1.5
R55
450
Column Lid Profile D110

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
1.39
0.37
0.0.475.09
0.0.475.07
Universal Holder 8
Simple
No
cable fastener for constructions with Line 8 grooves
additional screws required
Anchor
point for cable ties
Universal Holder 8 is inserted directly into the profile groove

without additional fastening elements and is locked in place
by means of a 90 turn. A wrench A/F 17 is recommended for
this operation.
16.5
2.5
8.5
20
PA-GF
m = 4.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.494.52
4.4
13.5
Universal Holder 8
Universal Holder
Anchor
point for cable ties
Mounting
Suitable
with Countersunk Screw
for all profile lines and panel elements

14

The Universal Holder can be assembled at any angle. Fastening is performed in the profile groove of the panel element
using a Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M5 and corresponding
T-Slot Nut or in conjunction with a hexagon nut DIN 936-M5.
2
10.4 0
2.5
8.2
16.5
PA-GF, black
1 washer DIN 9021-5.3, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 3.0 g
1 set
0.0.418.24
16
Universal Holder
451
Universal Holder with Securing Strap 8 180

Secure
Safe
cables and hoses with a 180 mm-long hook-and-loop strap
for use with cables and easily released
Fastened
directly to a Line 8 groove via a central screw
Because the opened hook-and-loop strap can

be slipped out of the Universal Holder at one
side, cables do not need to be fed through a
closed loop.
50
20
Universal Holder with Securing Strap 8 180
180
0.0.627.90
4
10.7
36.
34
Housing, PA
Hook-and-loop strap
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M5x12, St
m = 12.5 g
black, 1 set
Holder for Cables and Hoses

Two
fittings for fixing in place cables and hoses up to a diameter of 12 mm
O-rings
ensure a secure and gentle hold
14

7x16
40
452
21
20
Holder for Cables and Hoses 8
16
PA, black
O-ring
1 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M4x10, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 10.0 g
1 set
0.0.196.65
For
fastening limit switches to profiles
Optimum
Rigid
Limit-Switch Holders D6.5, D8 and D12 can be attached with

anti-torsion blocks either parallel or at right-angles to the
Profile 5 or Profile 8 groove.
Fastening Limit-Switch Holders D6.5, D8 and D12 with Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M4, spring washer and
T-Slot Nut of the corresponding Line.
28
1.2
12
6.5;8;12
5;8
anti-torsion feature
When the anti-torsion block is used, Limit-Switch Holders

D18 and 20 can be attached in 10 increments relative to the
Profile 8 groove. Without anti-torsion blocks, attachment is possible at any angle.
For fastening Limit-Switch Holders D18 and D20 with Hexagon
Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6 and T-Slot Nut of the
corresponding Line.
Screw M6x28 comes in a special length for fastening to Line
8 profiles.
Limit-Switch Holder D6.5
16
10
adjustment options for position and angle
Housing and anti-torsion block, PA-GF, black

Spring washer, St, black
m = 8.0 g
1 set
0.0.406.40
Limit-Switch Holder D8
m = 7.0 g
1 set
0.0.406.41

m = 6.0 g
1 set
10
10
20
8
12
0.0.406.42
12
24
40
14
18;20

m = 23.0 g
1 set
0.0.411.30

m = 22.0 g
1 set
0.0.411.31
453
For
electronic boxes and other sealed containers
With
integrated cooling ribs
Profile
Sealed Electronic Boxes (IP 65, EN 60529) can be constructed, in any length, using Electronic-Box Profiles and the
corresponding lids:
- Stable, anodized aluminium profiles with cooling ribs for heat
dissipation, special grooves (in 5.08 mm grid) to accommodate
printed circuit boards in European Standard format (100x160
Cooling ribs
Grooves for securing boxes
2.4
80
63
10TEx5.08=50.8
40
100.8
96.8
20 20 20 20 20
120
- Electronic-Box Lid, plain finish or with knockouts for cable

glands, together with bore grid for installing a backplane; sealing provided by matching, peripheral seals
Seal in box lid
Electronic-Box Profile 8 120x80

Al, anodized
Protection: IP 65, EN 60529 in connection with Electronic-Box Lid 8 120x80
m [kg/m]
20.50
5.55
0.0.259.58
0.0.452.11
Electronic-Box Profile 8 200x120

Al, anodized
Protection: IP 65, EN 60529 in connection with Electronic-Box Lid 8 200x120
40
36.51
9.85
0.0.259.36
0.0.452.12
120
100.8
97
A [cm2]
40
14
2.4
19.7
454
mm) and Profile 5 and 8 grooves for integration into the MB

Building Kit System
A [cm2]
14.5
16.5
grooves for easy fastening
33TEx5.08=167.64
200
m [kg/m]
Electronic-Box Lids
The
lid for Electronic-Box Profiles
All-round
Bore
seal
grid on inside for creating cable through holes
Electronic-Box Lid 8 120x80

80
4x 13
2x 23
3x 19
120
PA-GF, black
Seal
Protection: IP 65, EN 60529 in connection with Electronic-Box Profile 8 120x80
4 Self-Tapping Screws DIN 7981-4.2x13, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 64.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.259.60
80
Electronic-Box Lid 8 120x80, plain
120
PA-GF, black
Seal
m = 59.0 g
1 pce.
14
0.0.259.61
455
120
Electronic-Box Lid 8 200x120
32x 13
2x 23
PA-GF, black
Seal
m = 170.0 g
0.0.259.37
1 pce.
3x 19
200
120
Electronic-Box Lid 8 200x120, plain
200
14
456
PA-GF, black
Seal
m = 140.0 g
0.0.259.44
1 pce.
Earthing Terminals
For
connecting protective conductors to profile constructions
For
protecting systems and personnel
Permanent
&4%
screw attachment ensures sound contact
Terminals for earthing profile constructions and for interconnecting the profiles when the latter are incorporated into a
protective circuit.
Contact is made by partially destroying the anodized layer in
the T-slot and on the groove flanks.
The Earthing Terminal is installed by twisting the grub screw
into the T-slot (M1 = 4 Nm) and screwing in the hexagon nut
(M2 = 4 Nm) with the earthing line in place. The cable lug must
lie between the washer and the special washer.
M5x16
Earthing Terminal 5
Grub screw DIN 916-M5x16, St, bright zinc-pl.
Hexagon Nut DIN 934-M5, brass
Washer DIN 9021-5.3, brass
Washer DIN 6798-A 5.3, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 6.0 g
M = 4 Nm
1 set
M6x25
Earthing Terminal 6
M = 4 Nm
m = 13.0 g
1 set
M6x25
Earthing Terminal 8
M = 4 Nm
m = 12.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.3.001.80
&4%
0.3.004.62
&4%
14
0.3.001.81
457
Earthing Connection
The movable connector for protective conductors
Highly
&4%
Ready-made electrical connection for system elements that

need to be grounded to a construction frame.
All elements of a machine have to be connected to the
protective conductor if there is a danger that they will become
electrically live in the event of a fault. Detachable or movable
components must not be connected via their fastening elements (fastening screws, hinges). A flexible conductor with a
large conductive cross-sectional area (16 mm2) ensures that
the electrical connection remains intact irrespective of the
mechanical fastening or possible movement.
flexible wire for doors and lids
Earthing Connection 8 can also be used to interconnect neighbouring shelves or table constructions in order to equalise
potential. Earthing Connection 8 can also be used to connect
work benches to the grounding earth equipment.
The set includes selected fastening elements which provide
a secure contact with the groove of Profile 8, highly flexible
stranded wires and protective caps.
Earthing Connection 8
20
24
14
458
200

2 caps for Earthing Connection 8, PA-GF, black
Earthing wire, Cu, tin-plated
2 hexagon nuts DIN936-M8, St, black
2 special washers DIN 6798-8.4, St, bright zinc-plated
2 lock nuts M8, St, black
M = 25 Nm
m = 125.0 g
1 set
&4%
0.0.486.95
Contact Pins ESD

For
creating an electrostatically dissipative connection between profiles
Integrated
&4%
into the profile connection
Contact Pins ESD are designed for ESD profile connections.

For better identification, fastening elements ESD are given
a yellow passivation layer in compliance with Directive
2002/95/EC (RoHS).
Contact Pin ESD is an additional component used in conjunction with Universal-Fastening and Automatic-Fastening Sets.
Pressed into the core bore of the Profile Bar, the Contact Pin
makes the electrical connection between the profiles when the
fastening screws are tightened.
Contact Pin 8 ESD destroys

the insulating anodized layer
in the core bore and profile
groove of the connected
profiles.
t

3.5 mm
6 mm
7 mm
N.B.: Use of Contact Pin ESD can lead to restrictions when

retrofitting profiles into closed structures.
Contact Pin 5 ESD
St
a = 6 mm
b = 4.5 mm
&4%
c = 6 mm
m = 0.6 g
0.0.612.15
&4%
Contact Pin 6 ESD

St
a = 7 mm
b = 5.4 mm
c = 8 mm
m = 1.4 g
0.0.612.11
&4%
Contact Pin 8 ESD

St
a = 9 mm
b = 6.9 mm
c = 10 mm
m = 3.0 g
0.0.604.15
459
14
Potential Equaliser
For
safely equalising electrostatic charges in profiles
Additional
&4%
ESD-safety can be retrofitted to constructions
The Potential Equaliser ensures that possible charge buildups

are balanced out between the individual profiles of a construction. It can be retrofitted to the profile groove. Fitted at joints, it
destroys the insulating anodized layer and creates an electrically conductive connection.
The Potential Equaliser cannot be considered an electrical connection suitable for forming part of a safety circuit.
Potential Equalisers 5 and 6 are swivelled into the Profile

Groove and then pushed against the joint.
The grub screw must

be screwed in with light
pressure on the key, until it
rests against both profiles
and nudges the Potential
Equaliser out of its original
position.
4.1
Potential Equaliser 5
10
6.2
5.6
M6
7.9
460
Die-cast zinc
m = 1.0 g
15
9.7
14
Potential Equaliser 8 is twisted into the profile groove, tilted

to an angle of 45, and the grub screw driven in so as to
bite jointly where the two profiles meet, thus making contact
between them.
Die-cast zinc
m = 4.0 g
St
m = 4.7 g
&4%
0.0.464.45
&4%
0.0.459.65
&4%
0.0.265.77
Linear slides
15
Roller Guides
C-Rail Systems
Linear Guide Systems
Ball-Bearing Guide Bushes
Ball-bush block guides
Shafts
Accessories for Linear Slides
15
Linear slides
Application example linear systems

Linear slides, drives and accessories
1
15
462
6 7
10
Linear slides
Stable frame
Made-to-measure construction using various
Excellent rigidity by incorporating rack in profile
profile lines
Easily extended thanks to use of universal
profile grooves
groove
Linear slides with integrated sprocket

Particularly suitable for vertical movement
Section 1
27
538
Complete Linear Units
Customised solutions comprising guide, drive
universal profile grooves
Section 16
Timing-belt drive
High travelling speed

Suitable for long stretches
Maintenance-free with low wear
Section 16
522
Section 16
10 C-Rail Guide
Linear slides
Shafts directly on the profile for high rigidity or
Easy-running and compact

Ideal for lifting and sliding doors
Can also be automated with a drive
rails for high load-carrying capacity

With roller guides, Linear Guide Units, BallBearing Guide Bushes or a criss-crossed roller
guide
Section 15
464
See page
507
Couplings
drive
For connecting Synchroniser Shafts
For evening out angle errors
Key:
Drive elements
combination options
Section 16
547
Section 15
Systems for various types of application

Modular building kit system with wide range of
For connecting virtually any motor to a linear
471
Synchroniser Shafts
For connecting linear drives

Torsionally rigid design
Customised slides
Wide selection of Bearing Units

Variable dimensions for large support widths
Section 16
554
Section 16
Can be extended as required thanks to use of
and slide
Universal Linear Unit KLE
Robust and space-saving Linear Unit KRF
509
Rack drive
Products
in this section
482
15
Section 15
Products
in other sections
463
Linear slides
Linear slides
Shaft Clamp Profiles
Bearing Units
For fastening the Shafts
Easy-running and strong
for Linear Units to standard

profile grooves
Easy to install thanks to
clip-in technology
470
471
Automatic lubrication for
Bearing Units
Oil reservoir for
low-maintenance operation
475
C-Rail, Bearing Units
Bearing Carriages
Linear Guide Rail
Secure roller guides for
High carrying capacity
Stable compact guide
lifting and sliding doors
Fully preassembled, com-
pact guides
484
15
rollers
Suitable for any size of slide
thanks to modular design
End Cap and Lubricating

Systems
and rigidity in a compact

package
High carrying capacity
thanks to full complement
of balls
491
Fastening to the profile
groove
492
Shafts
Limit Stop
Slide Clamp 8 heavy-duty
Hardened and polished
Slide stop integrated into
Hold slides in place
guiding shafts
Extremely versatile
502
464
the profile groove

Suitable for positioning
anywhere along the groove
504
Large clamping area for
high holding force
505
Rollers
Linear Guide Unit 8 D14
For building customised
Particularly rigid and strong
Bearing Units
Compatible Roller Profiles
available
476
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush

Sets
Turnkey system up to
2,000 mm long
One-piece slides or parallel
slides
495
Particularly compact shaft
guide
480

Customisable thanks to
modular design of blocks
Special block profiles for
different heights
499
Linear slides
Overview the quickest route to the ideal linear slide

Five different linear slides are available to enable rapid and precise slide movements. Their modular design means they can be configured to create
customised solutions in terms of stroke length, speed, drive and construction.
Three guide alternatives are available for various applications and loads:
Shafts anchored in the profile can be used with three different bearing systems:
Innovative Shaft-Clamp Profiles from item can be used to fasten hardened steel
Roller guides are extremely easy to install, move easily and offer a broad range of
shafts directly to the profile groove, which results in high rigidity and load-carrying
capacity, even over long stretches.
Ball Bushes can be used to create particularly light lifting guides on unsupported
shafts.
When there are particularly tough requirements for load-carrying capacity and
rigidity, steel profile rails can be used which are anchored in one profile groove
or, for additional hold, between two profile grooves. A stable linear guide system
ensures smooth running even when carrying heavy loads.
Linear slides a comparison
construction sizes for a variety of purposes.
Linear Guide Units deliver exceptional rigidity and load-carrying capacity in
compact dimensions.
The ideal linear slide for automated lifting and sliding doors are C-Rails, which
ensure precise motion with low tolerances.
Speed
Load-carrying capacity
Stroke length (max.)
F
v
Roller guide variable and modular
466
Biggest selection of Bearing Units
10 m/s
400 - 7,600 N
Unlimited
(shafts can be butt-joined)
3 m/s
2,300 N
6,000 mm
10 m/s
50 - 750 N
Unlimited
(shafts can be butt-joined)
5 m/s
1,000 - 2,500 N
3,800 mm
2 m/s
500 - 1,500 N
2,000 mm
Can be adapted to a whole range of tasks using customised
slides
Linear Guide Unit for maximum load-carrying capacity
480
More rigid and more compact than a roller guide

Easy to construct thanks to completed slide
C-Rail System for suspended loads
482
Ideal for lifting and sliding doors

Easy-running Bearing Units in a range of load-carrying classes.
Linear guide system for high loads
490
High load-carrying capacity for heavy loads

Excellent resistance to torsional moment inherent in design
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush simple and complete

Low friction and maintenance requirements
494
15
Ideal for lifting guides
Note:
Linear Unit KLE and Linear Unit KRF are two turnkey solutions
supplied with an integrated timing-belt drive. Further details
can be found in the Mechanical drive elements section.
465
Linear slides
Roller Guides
Roller Guide 5 D6 as a compound slide
Roller Guide 8 D6
Roller Guide 8 D14
Two Roller Guides on one Profile
Roller Guide 8 D25
Roller guide unit with Double-Bearing Unit
The Roller Guides can be extended to any length
4FSWJDF
The modular roller guides are easy to assemble and offer high load-carrying
capacity, virtually any stroke length and high travelling speed.
The low friction and generous dimensions contribute to the long service life.
Roller guides consist of a slide and guide profile.
The slides are of modular design constructed from Bearing Units with ball-bearing mounted, prismatic rollers from ball-bearing steel, End Cap and Lubricating
Systems, and a carriage plate from a construction profile.
The roller guides are mounted on Line 5 or 8 Profiles using Shaft-Clamp
Profiles, which are simply and cost-effectively clipped or screwed (Roller Guides
D25) into the profile grooves. The hardened and polished steel shafts are then
pressed into the Shaft-Clamp Profiles along the entire length of the guide. By
selecting appropriate lengths and offset section joints for the supporting profile, the Shaft-Clamp Profile and the shaft, it is possible to construct virtually any
length of roller guide. Shaft-Clamp Profiles must not be used on profile grooves
of types light and E, because sufficient clamping will not be achieved.
The various available diameters of the guiding shafts together with suitable
dimensioning of the supporting profile mean that a wide variety of permissible
loads can be accommodated.
In addition, any number of Bearing Units can be used and, if necessary, they
can be adjusted free from play by means of eccentric bolts.
The Bearing Units offer a range of fastening options via Line 5 or 8 grooves,
which makes it far easier to mount or align them on profiles and carriage plates.
Note:
Section 19 includes equations for calculating the statistically
projected service life of all linear slides mounted on rolling
elements.
15
466
Linear slides
Guide Alternatives
5 D6
8 D6
Basic construction of Profiles 5 with Roller Guide 5 on Shaft D6.
8 D10
8 D14
8 D25
15
467
Linear slides
Minimum Stroke Lengths

Possible arrangement of the End Cap and Lubricating Systems which are
required in every instance.
The spring-loaded end cap and lubricating felt can be re-lubricated via the hole
provided. Recommended re-lubricating cycle: every six months.
In order to ensure adequate lubrication, the minimum stroke lengths required
for the slides must be observed.
Bearing Unit
Double-Bearing Unit
Special Bearing Unit
5 D6
8 D6
8 D10
8 D14
8 D25
28 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
120 mm
68 mm
80 mm
140 mm
140 mm
300 mm
s + 50 mm
s + 50 mm
s + 85 mm
s + 120 mm
s + 235 mm
s = distance between centre of Roller and felt in mm
Frictional Forces
Frictional losses must be taken into consideration when designing drive units. The
quoted values refer to slides, each with 4 Rollers and 4 End Cap and Lubrication
Systems.
Roller Guides 5 D6 and 8 D6
Roller Guide 8 D10
Roller Guide 8 D14
Roller Guide 8 D25 and 12 D25
FR = 5 N
FR = 10 N
FR = 15 N
FR = 25 N
Assembly of Guiding Shafts
Follow the steps below to assemble Guiding Shafts:

1. In order to prepare Shafts D10, D14 or D25 for pinning, drill
blind holes into the Shaft and Shaft-Clamp Profile (for further
details, see under Shaft Clamp Profiles).
2. Clean the Shaft-Clamp Profiles and the groove in the supporting profile.
3. Grease the contact faces of the Shaft-Clamp Profiles, supporting profile and guiding shafts with roller bearing grease.
4. Press in the Shaft-Clamp Profiles as far as they will go.
5. Press in the guiding shafts using the mounting aid.
15
Note: Where Roller Guides are longer than 3 m, the Shafts,
the Shaft-Clamp Profile and the supporting profile should be
assembled with joints offset to each other.
468
Linear slides
Load Specifications
5 D6 / 8 D6
8 D10
8 D14
8 D25
FA
80 N
220 N
400 N
1300 N
FR
200 N
650 N
1200 N
3800 N
Fy
320 N
880 N
1600 N
5200 N
Fz
400 N
1300 N
2400 N
7600 N
Mx
160 N x b
440 N x b
800 N x b
2600 N x b
My
200 N x l
650 N x l
1200 N x l
3800 N x l
Mz
160 N l
440 N l
800 N l
2600 N x l
Performance at max. load: 10,000 km

Max. speed: 10 m/s
Lengths b and l quoted in m

When using stainless steel shafts and rollers, the permissible loading values
must be reduced by 25%!
15
469
Shaft-Clamp Profiles
Linear slides
For using standard profiles as a basis for linear slides
For
fastening the Shafts for Linear Units to standard profiles
Easy
to install thanks to clip-in technology
4FSWJDF
*OOPWBUJPO XXXJUFNDPN
These profiles connect Shafts D6, D10, D14 and D25 with the
profile grooves of the corresponding lines.
First the Shaft-Clamp Profile is pressed into the profile groove
then the Shaft is pressed into the Shaft-Clamp Profile.
Shafts D10, D14 and D25 must be fixed in position at a chosen
location using a dowel DIN 6325, one per length of shaft.
Shafts
Shaft-Clamp Profile 8 D25

must be fixed to the profile
groove with the appropriate number of Countersunk
Screws DIN 7991 - M8x14
and T-Slot Nuts 8 M8.
The Shaft-Clamp Profiles D25
are provided with mounting
holes (200 mm apart).
502
Al, anodized
4
11
5
9
6
12
6
A [cm2]
0.0.390.02
0.0.448.23
Al, anodized
0.2
11
13
10
0.0.356.02
0.0.453.67
18.2
6.5
22
10.3
33
25
0.0.442.03
0.0.452.23
m [kg/m]
0.0.294.34
0.0.453.68

Al, anodized
18
24.5
20.5
1.36
0.36
A [cm2]
470
m [kg/m]

Al, anodized
0.81
0.22
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
A [cm2]
18
14
0.46
0.12

Al, anodized
15
m [kg/m]
0.38
0.10
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
3.74
1.01
0.0.350.02
0.0.453.69
Linear slides
Bearing Units
Wide
range of models for all load requirements
Easy-running
Suitable
Bearing Units are connected together by a carriage plate to

form a sliding carriage.
Bearing Units e (eccentric) and c (centric) differ in terms of the
geometry of their bolts.
28
10.2
20
4.6; 5.3/2.5
0.5
28
20
4.6; 5.3/2.5
10.2
60
0.5
60
and strong rollers
for any size of slide thanks to modular design
4FSWJDF
*OOPWBUJPO XXXJUFNDPN
The eccentric bolts can be readjusted to eliminate play in the

guide unit. Bearing Units should therefore always be used in
pairs comprising one centric and one eccentric version.
The Bearing Units must always be equipped with End Cap and
Lubricating Systems in order to prevent premature wear.
Bearing Unit 5 D6 c
Bolt 5 D6 c
Roller D6
Mbolt [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
1,620
780
47.0
0.0.390.15
Bearing Unit 5 D6 e
Bolt 5 D6 e
Roller D6
Mlock nut [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
1,620
780
47.0
0.0.390.16
Bearing Unit 8 D6 c
Bolt 8 D6 c
Roller D6
Mgrub screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
1,620
780
146.0
15
0.0.356.30
Bearing Unit 8 D6 e
Bolt 8 D6 e
Roller D6
Mgrub screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
1,620
780
146.0
0.0.356.31
471
Linear slides
60
16.7
40
7
60
40
24
40
60
40
20
80
45
15
20
40
80
1.5
7
472
40
C0 [N]
m [g]
4,400
2,470
210.0
0.0.442.10

Mlock nut [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
6
1 pce.
4,400
2,470
210.0
0.0.442.09

Mbolt [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
7,800
4,400
400.0
0.0.294.14

Bearing Unit 8 D14 e

Bolt 8 D14 e
Roller D14
100
C [N]
6
1 pce.
Bearing Unit 8 D14 c

Bolt 8 D14 c
Roller D14
Mbolt [Nm]

Bolt 8 D10 e
Roller D10
60
100

Bolt 8 D10 c
Roller D10
Mlock nut [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
7,800
4,400
400.0
0.0.294.15


Bolt 8 D25 c
Roller D25
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [kg]
100
1 pce.
10
25,000
15,300
2.0
0.0.350.12


Bolt 8 D25 e
Roller D25
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [kg]
100
1 pce.
10
25,000
15,300
2.0
0.0.350.11
Linear slides
Double-Bearing Unit 5 D6 c
2 Bolts 5 D6 c
2 Rollers D6
68
10.2
40
60
4.6; 5.3/2.5
0.5
40
60
4.6; 5.3/2.5
80
10.2
50
80
0.5
50
16.7
80
120
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
3,240
1,560
110.0
0.0.390.17
Double-Bearing Unit 5 D6 e
2 Bolts 5 D6 e
2 Rollers D6
68
140
Mbolt [Nm]
Mlock nut [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
3,240
1,560
110.0
0.0.390.18
2 Bolts 8 D6 c
2 Rollers D6
Mgrub screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
3,240
1,560
200.0
0.0.356.32
2 Bolts 8 D6 e
2 Rollers D6
Mgrub screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
3
1 pce.
3,240
1,560
200.0
0.0.356.33

2 Bolts 8 D10 c
2 Rollers D10
Mbolt [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
6
1 pce.
8,800
4,940
450.0
15
0.0.442.15
473
Linear slides
80
120
24
80
120
20
80
120
80
300
40
80
20
45
200
15
80
300
1.5
474
200
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
6
1 pce.
8,800
4,940
450.0
0.0.442.14

Mbolt [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
15,600
8,800
880.0
0.0.294.26


2 Bolts 8 D14 e
2 Rollers D14
140
Mlock nut [Nm]

2 Bolts 8 D14 c
2 Rollers D14
140

2 Bolts 8 D10 e
2 Rollers D10
140
40
80
Mlock nut [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [g]
20
1 pce.
15,600
8,800
880.0
0.0.294.28


2 Bolts 8 D25 c
2 Rollers D25
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [kg]
100
1 pce.
10
50,000
30,600
5.2
0.0.350.19

2 Bolts 8 D25 e
2 Rollers D25
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
C [N]
C0 [N]
m [kg]
100
1 pce.
10
50,000
30,600
5.2
0.0.350.18
Linear slides
End Cap and Lubricating Systems

Automatic
Clean
Oil
lubrication for Bearing Units
and non-drip
reservoir for low-maintenance operation

PA-GF
28
End Cap and Lubricating System 5 D6
End Cap and Lubricating System 5 D6, right

End Cap and Lubricating System 5 D6, left
m = 12.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.390.12
32
10
58

2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M4x10, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 20.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.356.24
grey, 1 set
0.0.630.14
38
10
50

m = 21.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.442.23
grey, 1 set
0.0.630.01
58
10

m = 60.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.294.46
grey, 1 set
0.0.630.10
118
80
15

m = 170.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.350.13
grey, 1 set
0.0.630.18
10
475
Linear slides
Rollers
For
building customised Bearing Units
Compatible
Roller Profiles available
Maintenance-free
Roller D6
St, 100 Cr 6, hardened, polished
Double ball bearing, shielded, maintenance-free
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
1,620
1 pce.
780
10,000
8.0
26.8
13
16.7
17
10.2
4FSWJDF
10
24
39.9
20
14
12
0.0.356.03
Roller D10
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
4,400
1 pce.
2,470
7,500
28.0
0.0.442.02
Roller D14
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
7,800
1 pce.
4,400
5,000
100.0
0.0.294.03
Roller D14K
Also corrosion-resistant and coated
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
7,800
black, 1 pce.
4,400
5,000
100.0
0.0.294.52
Roller D14, stainless

St, X 105 Cr Mo 17, hardened, polished
15
45
75
30
20
25
476
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
6,200
1 pce.
3,500
5,000
100.0
0.0.488.20
Roller D25
C [N]
C0 [N]
nmax. [min-1]
m [g]
25,000
1 pce.
15,300
2,500
590.0
0.0.350.03
Linear slides
Bolts
For
fastening Rollers to customised Bearing Units
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF

St
18
14
Bolt 5 D6 c
6.5
M4
M [Nm]
m [g]
3
5.0
0.0.390.03
14
5
3
18
6.5
14
0.5
M4
5
3
M6
27
14
6.7
14
6.3
4
5
10
7
M3
27
0.5
14
6.7
14
6.3
4
5
10
7
2
27.
2
.
23
Mlock nut [Nm]
11.5
m [g]
3
5.0
0.0.390.19
Bolt 8 D6 c
Bolt and locking ring
Grub screw DIN 914-M6x10
M [Nm]
m [g]
3
6.0
0.0.356.04
Bolt 8 D6 e
Bolt and locking ring
Grub screw DIN 914-M6x10
M [Nm]
m [g]
3
6.0
M [Nm]
0.0.356.05

Bolt 8 D10 c
M6
m [g]
6
12.0
15
0.0.442.06
14
8
4
27.
11.5
M6
8
14
Bolt 5 D6 e
Bolt and lock nut
M6
Bolt 8 D10 e
Bolt and lock nut
Mlock nut [Nm]
m [g]
6
10.0
0.0.442.07
477
Linear slides
46
38
18.2
Bolt 8 D14 c
M [Nm]
M10
m [g]
20
48.0
0.0.294.10
22
12
5
47
M10
1
12
5
22
Bolt 8 D14 e
Bolt and lock nut
19
Mlock nut [Nm]
m [g]
20
46.0
0.0.294.12
M10
5
67. 16
M16x1.5
17
20
Bolt 8 D25 c
Bolt and lock nut
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
100
10
m [g]
285.0
0.0.350.04
45
5
M16x1.5
5
5
67. 16
M16x1.5
1.5
17
45
5
M16x1.5
5
15
478
20
Bolt 8 D25 e
Bolt and lock nut
Mlock nut [Nm]
Mlocking screw [Nm]
100
10
m [g]
285.0
0.0.350.05
Linear slides
Roller Profiles
For
building customised Bearing Units up to 3,000 mm in length
For
use with compatible Rollers and Bolts
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
Profiles for constructing Bearing Units of any length, using

the appropriate Rollers, Bolts and End Cap and Lubricating
Systems.
In conjunction with the End Cap and Lubricating Systems, the
Roller Profile acts as a bearing shell and safety cover, as well
as providing protection against soiling. This ensures uninterrupted operation, even under adverse operating conditions.

Al, anodized

10
28
20
10
A [cm ]
4.3
28
Roller Profile 5 D6
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
4.30
1.16
2.99
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
3.06
0.81
1.98
2.05
0.0.390.01
0.0.448.01

20
32
20
5
58
20
A [cm2]
38
20
50.5
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
1.66
2.09
8.05
0.0.356.23
0.0.452.31

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
9.35
2.52
12.64
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
18.89
5.18
6.52
6.54
0.0.442.01
0.0.452.37

Roller Profile 8 D14

A [cm2]
6.8
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
15.48
4.18
47.90
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
47.92
11.14
15.34
14.25
0.0.294.02
0.0.452.32
58

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
20
A [cm ]
40
44.19
11.93
508.41
118
Iy [cm4]
24.14

58
20 20
Ix [cm4]

A [cm2]
80
40
m [kg/m]
7.54
2.03
4.46
6.8
20
Roller Profile 8 D6
Iy [cm ]
It [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
331.49
30.51
79.98
82.87
0.0.350.01
0.0.452.33
40
6.8
80.2
479
15
Linear slides
Linear Guide Unit 8 D14

The compact shaft guide
Particularly
Runs
Can
Looking for a linear slide that is more rigid and compact than
roller guides but just as modular and easy to fit to standard
profiles?
The linear guide units from item are exactly what you need!
Complete carriages for profile widths of 40 and 80 mm that
are mounted on shafts in Shaft-Clamp Profiles. Other benefits
of these new guide elements include ease of assembly, lower
moving mass and simple adjustability.
rigid and strong
securely on Shafts D14
be driven via a Timing Belt or spindle

4FSWJDF
Guiding shafts D14 can be fitted to Profiles 8 (not the light or

E variants) in widths of 40 or 80 mm. Maximum guide length:
6,000 mm. The guide is particularly suitable for tensile and
compressive loads on the carriage plate.
18
40
Universal connection bores in the carriage plate:

M8 threaded holes for fastening profiles or any other structures.
The driving force:

A Timing Belt or spindle drive KGT can be connected to a
Profile 8 that is screwed to the carriage plate.
Load Specifications
x
Fz
y
z
Fy
15
My
Mx
8 D14 120x40
8 D14 120x80
Fy = Fz
2,300 N
2,300 N
Mx
237 Nm
355 Nm
My = Mz
95 Nm
95 Nm
5,400 N
5,400 N
C0
6,700 N
6,700 N
vmax.
3 m/s
3 m/s
-10 +100 C
-10 +100 C
hmin.
120 mm
120 mm
Note:
elements.
480
Linear slides
M8
53
120 0
4
Linear Guide Carriage Unit 8 D14 120x40
106
2 Linear Guide Units

Carriage plate, Al
4 sets crews 8 M5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
0.0.629.19
40
M8
53
120 40
Linear Guide Carriage Unit 8 D14 120x80
146
2 Linear Guide Units

Carriage plate, Al
4 sets crews 8 M5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.5 kg
1 set
0.0.634.63
80
15
481
Linear slides
C-Rail Systems
Variable
Three
Can
roller guide for large doors
design variants, each available in three versions for different lines
be adjusted to be free from play if required
4FSWJDF
C-Rail Systems are specialised Roller Guides and

are ideal for constructing
compact guides, lifting doors,
sliding doors, movable guards
and enclosures etc.
The C-Rail Systems for

Profiles 5, 6 and 8 are each
available in 3 versions:
C-Rail System 1R with slides

on prismatic steel rollers
mounted on ball bearings and
a polished guiding shaft. A
second guiding shaft can also
be fitted in order to prevent
the sliding door from tilting
when moved.
15
C-Rail System 3R with guide

slides that can be adjusted
via eccentrics. The 3 steel
rollers mounted on ball bearings run free from play on 2
polished shafts and are ideal
for cases where particular
requirements are placed on
the precision of the guides.
This version can accommodate high loads in the vertical
downward plane and features
particularly low-friction
running.
C-Rail System K with slide

consisting of plastic rollers
running directly on the
aluminium rail profile.
This variant can accommodate low hanging loads
as shown in the illustration
opposite and is adequate for
simple guide operations.
Note:
elements.
482
Linear slides
Guide Alternatives
Line
C-Rail System 3R
C-Rail System 1R
C-Rail System K
Load Specifications
15
C-Rail System 5 D63R
C-Rail System 5 K
F1 = 250 N, F2 = 125 N
F3 = 125 N
F4 = 50 N
C-Rail System 6 K
F1 = 750 N, F2 = 350 N
F3 = 350 N
F4 = 125 N
C-Rail System 8 K
F1 = 1500 N, F2 = 750 N
F3 = 750 N
F4 = 250 N
483
Linear slides

Secure roller guides for lifting and sliding doors
Fully
preassembled, compact guides
C-Rail
Ideal
32.4
30
65
System enclosed on three sides
for movable guards and enclosures

C-Rail, Bearing Unit 5 D6 1R

C-Rail, Slide Profile segment, Al, anodized, natural
C-Rail, Slide Profile Cap Set 5
C-Rail, Bearing Set 5 D6 1R
m = 64.0 g
1 pce.
32.4
32.4
30
105
42
65

m = 117.0 g
1 pce.
C-Rail, Bearing Unit 5 K

C-Rail, Bearing Set 5 K
m = 60.0 g
1 pce.
47.9

m = 231.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.460.31

0.0.460.30
0.0.460.33

0.0.461.31
46
96
15
47.9
46
156
484

m = 425.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.461.30
Linear slides
47.9
66
96

m = 209.0 g
1 pce.
63.3

m = 576.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.461.33
0.0.462.31
64
128
63.3

m = 1.1 kg
1 pce.
0.0.462.30
64
208
63.3

m = 492.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.462.33
90
128
15
485
Linear slides
C-Rail, Bearing Sets

Durable
rollers for constructing customised C-Rail Guides
4FSWJDF
Pre-assembled Bearing Sets for special bearing units for creating continuous guide profiles using Slide Profiles.
The Slide Profiles must be machined appropriately for installing the Bearing Sets.

30
59
C-Rail, slide plate complete, St, bright zinc-plated

Roller D6, centric
2 C-Rail, Lubricating Systems 5 D6
m = 21.0 g
1 set
2 Rollers D6, centric
Roller D6, eccentric
m = 51.0 g
1 set
30
99

42
59

C-Rail, Roller 5 K, PA
m = 21.0 g
1 set
46
89
15
486

Roller D10, centric
m = 103.0 g
1 set
0.0.460.35

0.0.460.34

0.0.460.37

0.0.461.35
Linear slides

m = 214.0 g
1 set
46
149
66
89

m = 79.0 g
1 set
64
119

Roller D14, centric
m = 257.0 g
1 set

m = 576.0 g
1 set
64
199
90
119

m = 158.0 g
1 set
0.0.461.34
0.0.461.37

0.0.462.35
0.0.462.34
0.0.462.37
15
487
Linear slides
C-Rail, Slide Profiles

C-Rail, Rail Profiles
For
constructing customised slides and C-Rail Guides
4FSWJDF
For constructing slides for

C-Rail System 5, 6, or 8 using
Bearing Sets.
The positions of the holes are
identified by marking grooves
in the profiles.
Bearing Units K (without

guiding shaft) or 1R (with 1
or 2 guiding shafts) or 3R are
guided in the Rail Profiles.
a [mm]
b DIN 74
c [mm]
d [mm]
14.5
Bf5
30 / 42
32.4
16.5
Bf6
46 / 66
47.9
22.5
Bm8
64 / 90
63.3
The relevant holes (a) for the lock nuts and countersinks DIN 74 (b) for the Countersunk Screws
must be provided to secure the Bearing Sets.

Al, anodized
44.3
21.4 17.4
10
4.3
6
68.4
34.4
25.4
15
19.3
C-Rail, Rail Profile 5

A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
2.62
0.71
0.91
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
4.67
0.76
1.78
0.0.460.01
0.0.448.25

A [cm2]
10
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
6.23
1.68
4.84
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
26.26
2.74
6.22
0.0.461.01
0.0.451.52

29.1
32.2
20
A [cm ]
92.7
49.5
15
6.8
14

m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
11.41
3.10
17.35
Iy [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
84.78
7.39
14.35
0.0.462.01
0.0.452.52
38.8
4.3
19.9
10
32.4
41
10
19.3
488
C-Rail, Slide Profile 5
A [cm ]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm ]
2.46
0.67
0.92
Iy [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
2.86
0.81
1.11
0.0.460.02
0.0.448.27
Linear slides
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
5.44
1.47
4.00
47.9
61
28.6
15
15
29.1
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
13.08
2.79
3.24
0.0.461.02
0.0.451.54


2
A [cm ]
Ix [cm ]
9.81
2.65
16.08
63.3
81.5
6.8
m [kg/m]
20
37
Iy [cm ]
Wx [cm ]
Wy [cm ]
41.91
6.71
7.63

20
38.8
0.0.462.02
0.0.452.54

PA-GF
44.3
19.3
C-Rail, Rail Profile Cap Set 5
2.5
68.4
29.
3
38.
C-Rail, Rail Profile Cap right

C-Rail, Rail Profile Cap left
m = 2.0 g
black, 1 set

m = 5.0 g
5.0
black, 1 set
92.7

m = 13.0 g
13.0
black, 1 set
0.0.460.38

0.0.461.38

0.0.462.38
41.1
19.3
2.5
C-Rail, Slide Profile Cap right

C-Rail, Slide Profile Cap left
m = 2.0 g
black, 1 set
61.1
3
29.

m = 4.0 g
black, 1 set
81.5
4
8
0.0.460.39

0.0.461.39
38.

m = 11.0 g
black, 1 set
0.0.462.39
489
15
Linear slides
Profiled Steel Rail Guide Systems

Four-row
Bearing
High
Four-row linear guide systems (with full complement) on profiled rails whose special fastening geometry makes them ideal
for use on profile constructions.
The individual linear guide system carriages can be loaded
from all directions and can absorb moments around all axes.
The key features of linear guide systems PS are high loadcarrying capacity, rigidity and compact design.
Each linear guide system carriage can be freely combined with
every Linear Guide Rail within a given Line, so that one, two
or more carriages are possible per rail and carriages can be
exchanged.
linear guide systems (with full complement) on profiled rails
Carriages can carry loads from all directions
load-carrying capacity and rigidity
In a number of application cases, particularly involving high

forces and moments that need to be absorbed by greater support
distances, the carriages should not be used individually, but rather
in combination.
Solutions involving several carriages on a single rail and several
carriages on parallel rails are also possible.
Rail Attachment
*OOPWBUJPO
Guide systems with parallel rails on a single supporting profile

can be constructed on the profile groove without elaborate
alignment measures due to the special fastening geometry
employed by the rail. The use of parallel rails on independent
profiles or different support constructions will require the
amount of alignment and fastening which is typical for profile
rail guides (machining of location surfaces, use of parallel
segments etc.).
Guide rail PS 4-15 is attached

to the Profile 8 groove. The
rail has been shaped for
this purpose and centres
automatically when screwed
against Groove Profile 8 Al
M4-60.
15
Note:
elements.
490
A guide PS 4-25 with one or more guide carriages, one guide rail and one rail clamp on a
Support Profile.
The self-centring rail clamp also serves as a
support for the guide rail and secures this to
any Support Profile 8 with a minimum width of
80 mm. Profile 8 lightweight and 8 E should
not be used for the support profiles.
Linear slides
Bearing Carriages
High
Full
load-carrying capacity and rigidity in a compact package
complement of balls ensures low wear
XXXJUFNDPN
The Bearing Carriages can be used either individually or in

various combinations on one or more rails.
The Bearing Carriage has four polished tracks on which the
bearings are in linear rolling-ball contact with the profiled rail.

7380 and Locating Washers
8 are used to fasten Profiles
8 to the Bearing Carriage.
The bearings are recirculated through the end-face reverse

units and closed return conduits. The carriages are fitted with
end-face wipers and additional longitudinal wipers in order to
minimise sensitivity to external influences.
Button-Head Screws
ISO 7380
147
Locating Washers
155
PS 4-15
Fy = Fz
Mx
My = Mz
1,000 N *
2,500 N
15 Nm
60 Nm
10 Nm
25 Nm
7,200 N
17,900 N
C0
14,500 N
37,000 N
5 m/s
5 m/s
-40 +100 C
-40 +100 C
40 mm
60 mm
vmax.
hmin.
The permissible load for a linear guide system depends on the load bearing
capacity of the guide elements but also on the strength of the screw connections and the construction of the profile frame.
The minimum stroke length (hmin.) is required if the rolling-ball contact is to
be adequately lubricated. The carriage is charged at the factory with lithiumbased grease. Lithium-based grease with a mineral-oil base can be used for
re-lubrication.
PS 4-25
*Note: The fastening of the guide rail does not enable the
stated tensile forces of the PS4-15 linear guide system to be
utilised to the full in all directions.
Given the contact pressure of the wipers, a displacement force of 10 N must be

taken into account irrespective of the load.
6
55. 9.8
3 30
19
34
M5/7
25.6
46
Housing, St, hardened

2 wipers, PA, black
2 lubricating nipples
m = 140.0 g
1 pce.
Bearing Carriage PS 4-25
57
82 7
60. 40
Bearing Carriage PS 4-15
Housing, St, hardened

2 wipers, PA, black
2 lubricating nipples DIN 3405 A M6-120
m = 545.0 g
1 pce.
15
0.0.443.06

0.0.443.16
M6/8
491
Linear slides
Linear Guide Rail PS 4-15

Stable
guide for two-sided raceway
Self-centring
fastening to the profile groove
XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
Profiled Linear Guide Rail with special fastening geometry

for grooves of Profile 8 at the base of the rail. The rails are
provided with fastening bores and countersinks for Hexagon
Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M4. Following installation, the countersinks must be covered flush using the caps
provided in order to increase the service life of the end-face
wiper systems.
152
The rails are best fastened

to the Profile 8 using Groove
Profile 8 Al M4/60 and Hex.
Socket Head Cap Screws
DIN 912-M4x16.
8
32x8/6.8
4.6
3.3
Hexagon Socket Head

Cap Screws
12.4
60
20
0
190
St, Cf 53, hardened, polished

Caps, PA
m = 1.30 kg/m
0.0.443.32
0.0.443.31
11.4
15
32xM4
9.5
60
20
16
15
492
200

Al, anodized
m = 590 g/m
0.0.443.02
Linear slides

Exceptional
Simple
rigidity thanks to Guide Rail Clamping Profile
assembly with no additional profile machining
XXXJUFNDPN
*OOPWBUJPO
Profiled Linear Guide Rail with special rail base geometry.

Clamping using the Guide Rail Mounting Profile and Guide Rail
Clamping Profile makes it possible to use rails without holes
that do not require Caps, or subsequent machining.
Linear Guide Rail PS 4-25 uses fastening

profiles to create a clamping effect. A Guide
Rail Mounting Profile, a Guide Rail Clamping Profile and the appropriate number of
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 6912M6x40 are required to mount each guide rail.
The screws connect the two components of
the linear guide system while the fastening
profiles do not need to be machined.
Recommended tightening torque for the
screws MA = 10 Nm.
Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screw DIN 6912
M6x40
153
18.2
380
23

m = 2.50 kg/m
0.0.443.34
0.0.602.04
Guide Rail Mounting Profile PS 4-25

6.5
11/4
40
24x
80(
0
200
Al, anodized
m = 940 g/m
Guide Rail Clamping Profile PS 4-25

M6
40
24x
80( 0
200
Al, anodized
m = 529 g/m
0.0.443.17
0.0.443.18
493
15
Linear slides
Ball-bearing guide bushes

Grooves
all the way round for fastening purposes
Available
Ideal
to suit 2 shaft diameters
for vertical lifting movements
4FSWJDF
Ball-bearing guide bushes can be integrated as compact linear

slides in profile constructions.
The length of the guide is determined solely by the length of
the guiding shaft.
The Ball Bushes offer low friction and are characterised by
high linearity of motion.
The heart of a ball-bearing guide bush is the recirculating ball
bearing which runs on a hardened steel guiding shaft. Ball
Bushes and guiding shafts are integrated into the profile cavities with the minimum of ancillary components.
Two sizes, based on shaft diameters D14 and D25, are
designed to withstand slide loads of 500 and 1500 N. The
maximum travelling speed is 2 m/s.
The double-sided seal of the Ball Bush, together with a highquality grease filling, guarantee a long service life for the guide
units, even under unfavourable operating conditions.
It is recommended that an evaluation should be made of the
load-bearing capacity and service life, together with an allowance for deflection of the guiding shafts in the case of longer
strokes.
Note:
elements.
15
494
Linear slides
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Sets

The easy way to achieve a customised slide
Turnkey
Easily
system up to 2,000 mm long
combined to achieve increased load-carrying capacity
Available
in two variants one-piece or parallel slides
Complete guide systems based on Shafts D14 or D25 with

variable slide (S) and stroke lengths (H) (please indicate when
ordering). Shaft length W = 80 + H + S.
The slightly shorter shaft length allows adjustments during
installation.
The maximum length of guide is 2000 mm.
The load ratings of the slides are governed by the type and
number of Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units used.
Guide
Alternatives
40
80
40
4,3
Fully machined and pre-assembled

2 slides 8 80x80 D25, Al, anodized, natural
4 Clamp Blocks 8 80x80 D25
4 Caps 8 80x80
4 Clamp-Block Caps 8 80x80 D25
4 Slide Caps 8 80x80 D25
4 Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units 8 D25
4 Shaft-Clamping Bushes 8 D25
2 Shafts D25
1 set
48
160
80x80 D25
160x80 D25
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Set 8 80x80 D25
48
80
+S
6+H 8
L=9 S9
3,3

2 slides 8 80x40 D14, Al, anodized, natural
4 Caps 8 80x40
2 Shafts D14
1 set
80
+S
6+H
L=9 138
S
80x40 D14
160x40 D14
48
+S
6+H 8
9
=
L
S9
80
a [mm]

Slide 8 160x40 D14, Al, anodized, natural
2 Caps 8 160x40
2 Shafts D14
1 set
Recommended arrangement
for a fixing or mounting hole.
0.0.386.11

0.0.387.11

0.0.386.10
495
15
Linear slides


Slide 8 160x80 D25, Al, anodized, natural
2 Caps 8 160x80
2 Shafts D25
1 set
80
+S
6+H
L=9 S138
80
48
160
0.0.387.10
Shaft-Clamping Bushes
For
holding Shafts firmly and securely in the hollow chamber of a profile
For
building customised ball-bearing clamp blocks
4FSWJDF
For clamping Shafts D14 and D25.

The Shaft-Clamping Bushes are fixed in the cavities of Profiles
8 using grub screw DIN 913-M8.
24
14
18
24
496
St, black
m = 22.0 g
1 pce.
Shaft-Clamping Bush 8 D25
25
15
Shaft-Clamping Bush 8 D14
St, black
m = 85.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.386.03

0.0.387.03
Linear slides
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units

For
compact and maintenance-free Linear Units
Easily
For
installed in Profiles 8
customised ball-bearing guide bush slides
4FSWJDF
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units consist of sleeves accommodating the Ball Bushes. They form the guide elements for a
ball-bearing guide bush.
The Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units are fixed in the cavities of

Profiles 8 using grub screw DIN 914-M8.
The direction of the load for the Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Unit
should be selected such that the operating load presses the
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Unit into the prism of the profile cavity
and not against the grub screw.
48
36
14
68
52
25
3
5
3
9.7
2
1
2
2.7
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Unit 8 D14

Sleeve, St, black
Ball Bush D14, sealed both ends, maintenance-free
C [N]
C0 [N]
vmax. [m/s]
m [g]
620
1 pce.
520
62.0
0.0.386.12
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Unit 8 D25

Sleeve, St, black
Ball Bush D25, sealed both ends, maintenance-free
C [N]
C0 [N]
vmax. [m/s]
m [g]
1,990
1 pce.
1,670
300.0
0.0.387.12
15
497
Linear slides
Slide Caps
Clamp-Block Caps
Safe
covering for the end face
Prevents
For
soiling
constructing customised ball-bearing guide bushes
Rounded face covering for cut profile end of the slides or

Clamp Blocks of ball-bearing guide bushes.

PA-GF
4
a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
80
m = 13.0 g
0.0.386.08

a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
a
4
c = 42 mm
m = 24.0 g
0.0.387.08

b = 160 mm
c = 24 mm
m = 26.0 g
0.0.386.06

b = 160 mm
c = 42 mm
m = 53.0 g
0.0.387.06

Clamp-Block Cap 8 80x40 D14

a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm
Slide Cap 8 160x80 D25
b = 80 mm
c = 15 mm
m = 14.0 g
0.0.386.09

a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
80
c
b = 80 mm
c = 26 mm
m = 28.0 g
0.0.387.09


a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
498
c = 24 mm

a = 40 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 80 mm

a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
15
b = 160 mm
c = 15 mm
m = 28.0 g
0.0.386.07


a = 80 mm
black, 1 pce.
b = 160 mm
c = 26 mm
m = 56.0 g
0.0.387.07
Linear slides

Modular
Special
blocks enable customisation
block profiles for different heights
4FSWJDF
The application and characteristics of the modular ball-bush

block guides are similar to those of the ball-bearing guide
bushes. By separating the sliding carriage into two units, the
distance between the points of support on the guides can be
selected in accordance with the applied loads.
The special profiles of sizes 40x40 and 60x60 (with Line 8
grooves) accommodate both the shaft and the Ball Bushes.
The range of sizes and the different shaft diameters are
designed to withstand applied loads ranging from 500 to 1500
N at a maximum travelling speed of 2 m/s. The Ball Bushes,
which are sealed at both ends, and the high-quality grease
Ball-bush block guides, size 40x40, Shaft D14
filling ensure a long service life, even under difficult operating

conditions.
It is advisable to carry out calculations to check the loadbearing capacity and service life and to make an allowance
for the deflection of the guiding shafts in the case of longer
strokes.
The Direct-Fastening Set is particularly suitable for connecting
the profiles of the ball-bush block guides to other profiles, so
that the profiles can be moved and no machining is required.
Ball-bush block guides, size 60x60, Shaft D25
The blocks can be pinned in the areas marked (depending on requirements).
Note:
15

elements.
499
Linear slides
Shaft-Clamp Block Sets

Ball-Bush Block Sets
Compact
All
components for customised linear slides
necessary components in one package
Stable
hold for Shafts
The Shaft-Clamp Blocks hold

and clamp the shafts.
The shafts are clamped by
means of appropriate grub
screws.
The Ball-Bush Blocks serve

as the guide elements with
integral press-fitted recirculating Ball Bushes.
An individual Ball Bush is unable to absorb any moment. It

is therefore always necessary to use two shafts for a guide
system, with at least two Ball Bushes being located one after
the other on a single shaft.
The distances must be appropriate for the moment loads.
Shaft-Clamp Block Set 8 D14

14
24
DIN914
M8x8
26
40
2 Shaft-Clamp Blocks 8 D14, Al, anodized, natural

Block-End Cap Set 8 40x40, PA-GF, black
Block-Cap Set 8 D14, PA-GF, black
m = 220.0 g
1 set
0.0.629.05
DIN914
M8x6
Shaft-Clamp Block Set 8 D25

2 Shaft-Clamp Blocks 8 D25, Al, anodized, natural
Block-End Cap Set 8 60x60, PA-GF, black
m = 537.0 g
1 set
25
DIN914
M10x12
34
15
36
40
0
4
500
DIN914
M10x10
0.0.629.08
Linear slides

Ball-Bush Block Set 8 D14

Ball-Bush Block 8 D14, Al, anodized, natural
24
14
26
4
0
40
C [N]
C0 [N]
vmax. [m/s]
m [g]
620
1 set
520
112.0
0.0.629.16
Ball-Bush Block Set 8 D25

Ball-Bush Block 8 D25, Al, anodized, natural
34
25
C [N]
C0 [N]
vmax. [m/s]
m [g]
1,990
1 set
1,670
260.0
0.0.629.17
40
36
6
15
501
Linear slides
Shafts
Hardened
and polished guiding shafts
Extremely
versatile for use with linear slides, roller guides, linear guide
elements, C-Rails, ball-bearing guide bushes, ball-bush block guides
Available
Shaft
6 h6
with additional corrosion-resistant coating (Shaft D14K)
D14 also available in stainless steel
Shaft D6
Hardness HRc 60 2
Roughness Ra = 0.3 m, Rz = 1.6 m
Hardening depth min. 0.4 mm
Roundness 4 m, Parallelism 5 m/1000 mm
m = 0.22 kg/m
bright, cut-off max. 3000 mm
0.0.356.01
bright, 1 pce., length 3000 mm
0.0.453.75
Shaft D10
10 h6

Hardness HRc 60 2
m = 0.62 kg/m
0.0.401.09
0.0.453.76
0.0.615.19
Shaft D14
14 h6

Hardness HRc 60 2
m = 1.21 kg/m
0.0.294.01
0.0.453.77
0.0.614.59
Shaft D14 K
15
502

Hardness HRc 60 2
With corrosion-resistant coating
m = 1.21 kg/m
0.0.294.55
0.0.453.78
Linear slides
Shaft D14
St, X 46 Cr 13, hardened, polished
Hardness HRc 54 2
Roughness Ra = 0.3 m, Rz = 2 m
m = 1.21 kg/m
stainless, cut-off max. 3000 mm
0.0.472.30
0.0.472.31
Shaft D25
25 h6

Hardness HRc 60 2
m = 3.85 kg/m
0.0.350.09
0.0.453.80
0.0.615.23
15
503
Linear slides
Limit Stop
Slide
No
stop integrated into the profile groove
protruding components
Suitable
for positioning anywhere along the groove
Limit Stop for hand-operated sliding carriage or additional

mechanical safeguard.
A Limit Stop is required for each terminal position.
The Limit Stop can also be located in the area of the groove
covered by a Timing Belt.
Arrangement of the plastic

buffer in the groove of the
supporting profile. Grub
screw M8x44 is secured in
the opposing groove of the
moving carriage.
6
14
Limit Stop 8
10
15
504
66

T-Slot Nut M6x8 with thrust piece, St, bright zinc-plated
Nut DIN 508-M6x8, St, bright zinc-plated
Plastic buffer 10x40 mm, PUR yellow, 90 Shore A
Grub screw M8x44, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 6331-M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 65.0 g
1 set
0.0.337.11
Linear slides

Hold
slides in place
Large
Can
clamping area for high holding force
be used with any slide design
Slide Clamp 8 heavy-duty is used for securing the guide

slide relative to the guide profile.
It can be screw-connected under any carriage of items
linear slides where there is a clearance of 20 mm to the
guide profile.
It is advisable to additionally pin Slide Clamp 8 heavy-duty to
the sliding profile (dowel DIN 6325-5m6 x 30).
Fixing bores have already been provided in Slide Clamp 8
heavy-duty for this purpose.
The special design of Slide Clamp 8 heavy-duty prevents
undue force being applied to the bearings as a result of the
clamping action.
Clamping elements
F* [N]
dry
Approx. 1,500 N
oily
Approx. 1,000 N
*Holding force for maximum tightening torque of 15 Nm
18
M8
39
120
Slide Clamp Profile 8, Al, anodized, natural

2 Caps, PA, black
Special clamping nut, St, black
Spacer sleeve, St
2 wipers
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN912 M8x20, St
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8
Clamp lever, black
m = 385.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.463.65
15
505
Linear slides
15
506
Mechanical drive elements
16
Linear Units
Timing-Belt Drives
Chain Drive
Rack Drive
Ball Screw Units
Bevel Gearbox
Accessories for Mechanical Drive Elements
16
M e ch a n ic a l dri v e e l e m e n ts

Linear Unit KLE
Linear Unit KRF
Timing-Belt Reverse Units
High-precision Linear Unit
High-strength steel tracks
For driving and reversing
with compact dimensions

fully assembled
Functional elements
covered for safe, clean
operation
510
518
Timing Belt R25 T10
With multi-spline hub or
hub processed to customer

specifications
522
Movable axes for mobile
applications
Drive with Timing-Belt
Reverse Unit on the slide
531
Timing Belt
Quiet running, rigid traction
device
Highly flexible steel cables
swith polyurethane sheathing for long service life
533
Chain drive
Rack drive
Ball Screw Unit KGT
Bevel Gearbox WG
Couplings
Chain drive for Linear Slides
The rack sits entirely in the
For Linear Units with the ulti-
For connecting drives in
Compensation for alignment
High drive rigidity with mini-
Low-wear spindle for long-
Five connection variants
Cushioning of drive influ-
Ideal for simple drive
solutions
profile groove
mum space requirements
537
16
integrated into the guide

profile
Criss-crossed Rollers for
high load-to-size ratio
Timing-Belt CounterReverse Units
539
Coupling Housing
Multi-Spline Shafts
Stable connection between
For building drive shafts and
motor and linear drive

Can be modified to suit the
size of the coupling and the
drive casing
548
Synchroniser Shafts
Simple power transmission
through plug connection
552
Note:
Technical data on the couplings can be
found in Section 19.
508
mate positioning accuracy

term precision
542
Synchronising Shaft
Profiles
For easily constructing
Synchroniser Shafts between

drive elements
Torsion angle can be modified
using an equaliser coupling
554
virtually any position

from 90 to 360
544
Proximity Switch
Inductive proximity switch for
added safety in linear drives
Can be fitted to a Line 8
groove or on a Timing-Belt
Reverse Unit
559
errors
ences
547
Overview the quickest route to the ideal drive element

Drive elements are the perfect complement to the linear slides available from
item. They deliver reliable and precise power transmission for automated
processes. A range of solutions are available to suit a number of tasks, ensuring that the ideal combination of linear slide and drive element can be found
whatever the requirements.
Two turnkey solutions (KLE, KRF) make it easier to build typical Linear Units.
They contain coordinated individual components that are supplied ready for
installation and therefore cut planning and installation costs.
Linear Unit KLE combines a roller guide and a timing-belt drive in one very
compact design. All drive and guide elements are enclosed and protected
within the housing. Two sizes are available.
Linear Unit KRF provides an exceptional load-to-size ratio in an extremely
space-saving system. The criss-crossed roller guide with timing-belt drive
is sturdy and torsion resistant. The solid aluminium slide also enhances the
systems impressive features.
Speed
(max.)
Drive elements a comparison
Repeat
accuracy
Stroke length
(max.)
Motive power
(max.)
F
h
v
+-
Linear Unit KLE
510
Compact turnkey solution with timing-belt drive

Preassembled ready to install
Linear Unit KRF
10 m/s
0.1 mm
5,700 mm
1,500 N
10 m/s
0.1 mm
5,700 mm
1,000 N
5 m/s
0.15 mm
11,700 mm
2,100 N
2 m/s
0.5 mm
5,700 mm
1,400 N
3 m/s
0.1 mm
5,700 mm
1,000 N
1 m/s
0.05 mm
2,700 mm
2,000 N
518
Extremely torsion resistant and strong

Preassembled turnkey solution with timing-belt drive
Timing-belt drive
522
Universal solution for high speeds

Ideal for long stroke lengths
Chain drive
537
Robust for contaminated environments

Consistently high power transmission
Rack drive
538
Ideal for vertical movements

Extremely rigid and precise
Ball Screw Unit
540
Highest precision of all item drives

Low wear and outstanding rigidity
16
Note:
Drive elements from item can be operated with a whole range
of motors. item enables users to choose the drive motor that
best suits their requirements. Flexible couplings are available
for integrating the motor of choice and even synchronised
drives are possible. Information on couplings can be found in
this section.
509
Linear Units KLE

Big performance in a small space
High-precision
Functional
Durable,
Flexible
Linear Unit with compact dimensions fully assembled
elements covered for safe, clean operation
low-maintenance timing-belt drive
drive set allows connection to virtually any motor

-JOF
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
Linear Units KLE are available in two designs. The item profile
grooves in the Housing Profile support a variety of KLE installation and fastening options.
This modular drive concept using the drive units means that
virtually any motor can be adapted. It is also possible to link
two KLEs using Synchronising Sets.
All guide and drive elements are protected inside the sturdy
Housing Profile. This integrated construction reduces possible
malfunctions caused by soiling and cuts the risks posed by
moving parts.
KLEs are supplied by your item partner fully assembled and

ready for use. The modular design, with no need for complex
machining, results in short delivery times and facilitates installation and maintenance.
KLEs can be built in housings of any length up to 6000 mm

thanks to the modular design principle. KLEs of type LR are
provided with roller-bearing Slides on guiding shafts and are
driven by Timing Belts. Covered by the Timing Belt, the roller
guide runs protected inside the housing.
The motor drive of a KLE is provided by the drive unit prepared
in advance for this purpose via Drive Sets with coupling elements.
1 Drive Unit KLE with connection facility for drive motor and
synchronisation
6 Rollers, adjustable
2 Profile KLE
8 Lubricating Systems
3 Timing Belt AT with PA fabric backing
10
7 Rollers, fixed
9 Shaft
4 Cover Plate for Slide KLE
10 Reverse Unit KLE with integrated Timing Belt tensioning

device
5 Slide KLE with belt clamping
Determination of the Stroke Length
L
LS
16
80
510
To obtain a specific working stroke H, the total length L of a

KLE can be derived from the following diagram:
L = 2 x B + 2 x S + Ls + H
[mm]
B
KLE 6 60x60
KLE 8 80x80
Housing length B
75.0
100.0
Safety distance S
26.0
63.5
Slide length Ls
198.0
273.0
Note: The stated safety distances S apply for average operating conditions. Depending on the application (speed, load),
other safety distances may be required.
KLE Load Specifications

Simplified method for determining the maximum permissible
load for the Roller Guides of a KLE:
x
y
z
Fx
Mx
Mz
Fz
Mx max
[Nm]
My max
[Nm]
Mz max
[Nm]
Fy max
[N]
Fz max
[N]
6 60x60
25
50
100
750
500
8 80x80
50
100
150
1,500
1,000
KLE
|My| |Mz| |Fy| |Fz|

|Mx| ____
____
M + M + ____
M + ___
F + ___
F 1
x max
y max
z max
y max
z max
My
Fy
Deflection KLE
The maximum deflection fmax of the system is governed by the
dimension of the profile cross-section, the free profile length
and the force applied.
It should not exceed 1mm/m.
F
The KLE profile must be given appropriate support if the linearity of movement has to be very precise.
10
fmax
10
The moments of inertia of the profiles provide the basis for

calculating the deflection:
Y
Profile KLE
6 60x60
Profile KLE
8 80x80
Iy
44.32 cm4
135.59 cm4
Iz
57.46 cm4
179.77 cm4
It
7.23 cm
20.31 cm4
Wy
13.08 cm3
29.88 cm3
Wz
19.15 cm
44.94 cm3
The formula for the calculation depends on the load scenario.
16
511
Complete Linear Units with variable stroke length (H), Drive

Unit and Reverse Unit, Housing Profile with integrated roller
guide on hardened guiding shafts, preset to be free of play.
The Timing Belt in its guide grooves acts as a labyrinth seal,
the Timing-Belt tensioning device is integrated into the Reverse
Unit along with the ball-bearing mounted pulleys.
Guide slide with four-piece roller-bearing mounting,
oil-lubricated roller contact (re-lubrication every 6 months or
every 2500 km)
8
+34
+H
2S
=
L
198
The mass of a KLE can be determined from the overall length

of the KLE Housing Profile (without payload):
m = m1 + H x m2
Acceleration: max. 10 m/s2
Stroke velocity: max. 10 m/s
Linear Unit KLE 6 60x60 LR
Lmin = 400 mm
smin = 26 mm
Hmax = 5750 mm
m1 = 4.8 kg
m2 = 5 g/mm
Installation guide
m = 4.8 kg
1 pce.
75
60
The KLEs boast exceptional precision and low-vibration linear

movement. Repeat accuracy is 0.1 mm.
75
+
2S
L = 73
2
Lmin = 600 mm
smin = 63.5 mm
Hmax = 5600 mm
m1 = 11.6 kg
m2 = 8.8 g/mm
Installation guide
m = 11.6 kg
1 pce.
100
80
0.0.605.07
Linear Unit KLE 8 80x80 LR

73
H+4
-JOF
-JOF
0.0.605.02
100
Carriage Plate KLE

Compatible
Profile
grooves provide universal fastening options
Fastening
-JOF
30
30
60
40
40
512
4FSWJDF
Profile X 6 60x12, Al natural

2 Caps X 6 60x12, PA-GF, grey
m = 275.0 g
1 set
Carriage Plate KLE 8 80x80
40
4
254
80
for cross members and grippers
Carriage Plate KLE 6 60x60
30
184
16
with Linear Units KLE
Profile X 8 80x16, Al natural

2 Caps 8 80x16, PA-GF, grey
m = 675.0 g
1 set
-JOF
0.0.609.25
-JOF
0.0.609.24
Drive Sets KLE

For
connecting virtually any motor or drive
Compatible
Versatile
Drive
-JOF
coupling connects motor and Linear Unit
torque transmitted free of play

4FSWJDF
The relevant Drive Set is attached to the Drive Unit for driving
a KLE. This Drive Set consists of a Coupling Half for connection to the pulley, a Coupling Half for connection to the motor
shaft, a Coupling Housing with Adapter Plate for connecting
the motor to the housing of the Drive Unit, a Centring Piece and
fasteners.
10
9
8
7
v [m/s]
with Linear Units KLE
The prepared Coupling Half and the hub of the pulley are connected with positive locking and bolted together. The elastic
Coupling Insert transmits the drive torque free of play.
6
5
4
3
2
K L E 6 60x60
K L E 8 80x80
1
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
n [min -1 ]
Transmission ratios of Drive Units KLE

The effective radius of the pulleys is
KLE 6 60x60: rW = 24.5 mm
KLE 8 80x80: rW = 33.5 mm
e
f
g
kmin
kmax
kmin
kmax
[mm]
KLE 6 60x60
KLE 8 80x80
62
70
f min
47
59.5
60
80
k min
34
30
k max
38
44
The Drive Set is designed so that the interface may be easily

machined to suit the motor being attached:
- The universal Coupling Half bore is easily machined to accommodate the motor shafts. Parallel keyways or similar can be
added if necessary.
- The Adapter Plate can be machined to suit the motor plate.
Consequently, virtually any motor can be used for driving a
KLE.
The permissible drive torques for the Drive Units and coupling
must be taken into account when specifying the motor. To increase the rigidity of the drive connection, it may be necessary
to use a profile construction to support the motor.
16
The hubs of the Couplings Halves can be bored up to the

diameter of the motor/gearbox shafts. For higher drive torques,
a key to DIN 6885 T1 is recommended.
The Centring Piece supplied must always be fitted between the

housing parts to prevent alignment errors during assembly.
513
Simplified method for determining the maximum permissible load for the drive elements of a
KLE:
Fx
Clamping connection of motor shaft to coupling

Clamping Screw
Tightening torque [Nm]
Hole diameter D[mm] of motor shaft
KLE 6 60x60
10.5
10.5
D8-D28
12
30
KLE 6 60x60
Transferrable drive torque MA max [Nm]

MA
Permissible operating load of Drive Unit for

vmean = 1.5 m/s
Fx max [N]
60
36
2
5
18
7
62
7
5
4
75
50
80
59.5
9.5
84
10
0
16
514
4
100
20
70
62
KLE 8 80x80
12
50
KLE 6 60x60 KLE 8 80x80

500
Drive Set KLE 6 60x60

47
M6
D6-D20
Transferrable drive torque MA max [Nm]

Rigid connection of motor shaft to coupling
(e.g. with key)
KLE 8 80x80
M6
1,500
-JOF
Coupling Housing, KLE 6 60x60, Al

Coupling Half D40 KLE 6 60x60, Al
Coupling Half D40/D5, Al
Coupling Insert D40, PU 64 Sh D, green
Centring Piece D40 KLE 6 60x60
Adapter Plate KLE 6 60x60
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x20,
m = 911.0 g
1Drive
set Set KLE 8 80x80
-JOF

0.0.609.80
Coupling Housing, KLE 8 80x80, Al

Coupling Half D55 KLE 8 80x80, Al
Coupling Half D55/D8, Al
Coupling Insert D55, PU 64 Sh D, green
Centring Piece D55 KLE 8 80x80
Adapter Plate KLE 8 80x80
m = 1750.0 g
1 set
0.0.609.77
Synchronising Sets KLE

For
connecting two Linear Units KLE via a common shaft
Two
The permissible speed of the

Synchroniser Shaft depends
on its length.
2000
1800
a
b
n = Rotational speed of the

Synchroniser Shaft
a = Distance between Linear
Units
1600
1400
n [min -1 ]
couplings create a flexible connection
1200
1000
800
A suitable Tube St (sawn to length) turns the Synchronising Set

into a complete Synchroniser Shaft.
600
400
200
Tube
0
0
1000
2000
3000
a [mm]
14
20
19
25
D25x3 St
a - 65 mm
a - 70 mm
Synchronising Set KLE 6 60x60
2 Coupling Halves D40 KLE 6 60x60, Al

2 Coupling Halves D40/D20, Al
2 Coupling Inserts D40, PU 64 Sh D, green
m = 285.0 g
1 set
Tube D20x3 St
St
m [kg/m]
Iy [cm4]
Ix [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
0.0.609.86
0.0.609.85

0.0.609.78

Tube D25x3 St
St
Ix [cm4]
1.19
2 Coupling Halves D55 KLE 8 80x80, Al

2 Coupling Halves D55/D25, Al
2 Coupling Inserts D55, PU 64 Sh D, green
m = 715.0 g
1 set
m [kg/m]
0.0.609.81
Wy [cm3]
Synchronising Set KLE 8 80x80
D20x3 St
Distance between Linear Units
KLE 8 80x80
1.26
1.19
1.19
1.19
bright zinc-plated, cut-off max. 6000 mm
KLE 6 60x60
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
1.63
2.55
2.55
2.04
bright zinc-plated, cut-off max. 6000 mm
Wy [cm3]
2.04
0.0.609.83
0.0.609.82
515
16
Synchroniser Shaft Cover Sets KLE
Synchroniser Shaft Cover Set KLE

Shaft
covered for added safety
Prevents
soiling
The components contained in the Synchroniser Shaft Cover Set are used to
secure the conduit elements between the Drive Units of the KLEs.
KLE 6 60x60:
Conduit Profile U 60x60 E and Lid Profile D60 E
c = a - 24 mm (Adapter Plate thickness = 12 mm)
10
a
KLE 8 80x80:
Conduit Profile U 80x80 E and Lid Profile D80 E
c = a - 32 mm (Adapter Plate thickness = 16 mm)
10
a = Distance between Linear Units

c = Length of conduit elements
DIN 74-Af4
The Conduit Profiles must be provided with countersink DIN 74-Af4 to secure
them.
60
Conduit Profiles E
431
436
Synchroniser Shaft Cover Set KLE 6 60x60
60
M4
M4
2 Synchroniser Adapter Plates KLE 6 60x60, Al

m = 300.0 g
1 set
0.0.612.46
57
75
12
80
Synchroniser Shaft Cover Set KLE 8 80x80

2 Synchroniser Adapter Plates KLE 8 80x80, Al
m = 625.0 g
1 set
80
M4
16
M4
60
78
100
516
16
0.0.612.45
Proximity Switch KLE

Linear
Unit KLE is prepared for the direct integration of switches and cables
Proximity
Switch KLE can be integrated into the profile groove of the casing
Inductive
actuation via switching lug on slide
KLE 6 60x60: dmin = 80 mm+S

KLE 8 80x80: dmin = 100 mm+S
Note: The Cover Profiles must be interrupted at the locations of
Proximity Switches.

Inductive proximity switch, positive switching
Housing Al, anodized, natural
Fixing mechanism, fixing screws
Voltage = 1030 V DC
Switching currentmax. = 150 mA
Operating distance = 2 mm
Cable, grey, l = 10 m; d = 3 mm
5
Proximity Switch KLE 6 60x60 - 1NO

m = 125.0 g
1 pce.
40
Proximity Switch KLE 6 60x60 - 1NC

m = 125.0 g
1 pce.
55
8.5
Proximity Switch KLE 8 80x80 - 1NO

m = 125.0 g
1 pce.
Proximity Switch KLE 8 80x80 - 1NC
m = 125.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.609.31

0.0.604.41

0.0.609.30

0.0.600.59
517
16
Linear Units KRF 8 80x40 ZR

Especially compact thanks to innovative criss-crossed roller guide
High-strength
steel tracks integrated into the guide profile
Criss-crossed
Rollers for high load-to-size ratio
Versatile
Internal
-JOF
thanks to three Line 8 grooves for customised structures
Drive Unit for smooth movement

4FSWJDF
8 rollers arranged in a crisscross pattern to eliminate

play ensure maximum
load-carrying capacity with
compact size.
80
100
80
40
40
40
40
40
M8
M8
200
16
Complete Linear Units with variable stroke length (H), Drive

Unit and Reverse Unit, support profile with integrated Roller
Guide on guide tracks, preset free of play. Timing-belt tensioning device integrated into Reverse Unit, ball-bearing-mounted
pulleys.
Guide slide with eight-piece roller-bearing mounting, oillubricated roller contact (re-lubrication every 6 months or every
2500 km)
518
200
Acceleration: max. 10 m/s

Stroke velocity: max. 10 m/s
Linear Unit KRF boasts exceptional precision and low-vibration
linear movement. Repeat accuracy is 0.1 mm.
The mass of a Linear Unit KRF can be determined from the
stroke length (without payload):
m = m1 + H x m2
Load Specifications
load for the Roller Guides of a KRF:
x
y
z
Fx
Mx
Mz
KRF
Fz
Mx max
[Nm]
My max
[Nm]
Mz max
[Nm]
Fy max
[N]
Fz max
[N]
50
175
175
2,500
2,500
|My| |Mz| |Fy| |Fz|

|Mx| ____
____ ___ ___
____
+
Mx max My max + Mz max + Fy max + Fz max 1
My
Fy
Deflection
The maximum deflection, fmax of the system is governed by the
dimension of the profile cross-section, the free profile length
and the force applied. It should not exceed 1 mm/m. The KRF
profile must be given appropriate support if the linearity of
movement has to be very precise.
10
The mass moments of inertia of the profile provide the basis

for calculating the deflection:
fmax
10
Linear Unit KRF 8
Iy
95.66 cm4
Iz
22.05 cm4
lt
20.06 cm4
Wy
23.80 cm3
Wz
11.02 cm3
Linear Unit KRF 8 80x40 ZR, left-hand input shaft

S
0
+36
H
x S+
L=2
200
H
80
0.0.641.21
100
Lmin = 400 mm
Smin = 20 mm
Hmax = 5760 mm
m1 = 6 kg
m2 = 4.3 g/mm
1 pce.
-JOF
40
Linear Unit KRF 8 80x40 ZR, right-hand input shaft
80
S
H+
x S+
L=2
H
200
80
Lmin = 400 mm
Smin = 20 mm
Hmax = 5760 mm
m1 = 6 kg
m2 = 4.3 g/mm
1 pce.
16
0.0.648.66
100
360
-JOF
40
80
519
Drive Set KRF 8 ZR

Flexible
coupling allows connection to virtually any motor
Compatible
Rigid
-JOF
with Linear Unit KRF
torque transmission
4FSWJDF
The connection on the motor side must be adapted to suit the

specific motor selected. The relevant components must be
processed accordingly:
- The connection surface on the motor side can be bored out
as necessary to accommodate motor shafts. Processing with a
parallel keyway or similar is possible.
- The connection housing is processed as appropriate for
attaching the motor. It is advisable to use Centring Pieces.
Fx
MA
80
53
93
22
k min
k max

load for the drive elements of a KRF:
Connection for clamping
motor shaft to coupling
KRF 8
[mm]
Hole diameter D[mm] for

motor shaft
Kmin
Length of drive shaft [mm]

42
8 - 25
kmax
62
Transferable drive torque

MA max [Nm]
23

of Timing Belt Fx max [N]
Effective radius of pulley
rW [mm]
1,000
23.1
Clamping screw
M6
Tightening torque [Nm]
14.5
Drive Set KRF 8 ZR
16
Connection housing, Al, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006

Equaliser coupling D50
Centre ring D32/D48
Fastening materials and caps
m = 1.9 kg
1 set
520
5
3
8
0
93
-JOF
0.0.627.46
Limit-Switch Holder KRF 8

For
fastening inductive Proximity Switch 8 from item to a Line 8 groove
Compatible
with Linear Unit KRF and other linear slides
Limit-Switch Holder KRF 8 fastens Limit Switch 8 (0.0.600.05

or 0.3.001.30) directly to the Profile 8 groove of the KRF guide
profile.
Proximity Switches
559
Tip
Limit-Switch Holder KRF 8 can also be used for position detection
on other item linear slides.
60
0.3.001.30
0.0.600.05
41
Limit-Switch Holder KRF 8
60
Holder, Al, natural

2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991 M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 120.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.626.55
20
M6x30
16
521
Modular Timing-Belt Drives

Drive
Can
and Reverse Unit for timing-belt drives
be connected to virtually any motor
Available
with Multi-Spline Shaft or processed according to

customer specifications
4FSWJDF
Timing-belt drives are particularly suitable for high speeds and

extended stroke lengths.
The Timing Belt is fastened to the slide with a Timing Belt
Tensioner (1), it is then looped 180 through a Timing-Belt
Reverse Unit at the end of the supporting profile (2) and fed
back either through or outside the profile (3) to a second
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, where it is again looped 180 (4)
before the loose end is connected to and/or tightened on the
sliding carriage (5).
Reversal of the Timing Belt around 180. The Timing Belt can
be returned either inside or outside the profile. The timing
pulley is provided with multi-spline toothing for attaching drive
units or Multi-Spline / Adapter Shafts, or with a bore which can
be machined for other shaft / hub connections. The housings
of the Timing-Belt Reverse Units feature grooves for connecting to profiles of the relevant Lines.
The special apertures in the Connection of Timing-Belt Reverse Units either with MultiSpline Shafts or, for distances in excess of 500 mm, with
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit
can also be used to turn the Adapter Shafts, hollow shafts or Synchroniser Shafts.
belt through 90, with the
return path being located at
any distance from the sliding
carriage. If necessary, an
additional slide can also be
powered, offset at 90 from
the first, using the same drive
mechanism.
General function of bore and belt covers (exception: TimingBelt Reverse Units R50 and R75)
- Top belt cover (a) can be detached when used as belt drive
- Timing pulley (b) with multi-spline hub or bore
- Bores in basic shell (c) for mounting Coupling Housings,
Adapter Flange, Bevel Gearbox and Ball Screw Unit or for
interconnecting Timing-Belt Reverse Units
- Bottom belt cover (d) can be detached where space is
restricted
16
522
Timing-Belt Reverse Units 5 40 R10

For
driving and reversing Timing Belt R10 T5
With
multi-spline hub or hub processed to customer specifications
Various
motors can be used
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
Couplings
To protect the Timing Belt against damage, the profiles must

be rounded at the joint to the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit.
8
40 0
4
40
64
10
22/2.5
DIN ISO 14
6x11x14
64
20
8
40 0
4
40
64
10
22/2.5
8H7
64
20
547
Mounting at a height of
40 mm in the groove of Profile 5 with Universal-Fastening
Set 5.
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 5 40 R10 VK14
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, die-cast aluminium, black
Ball-bearing timing pulley with multi-spline hub, hub geometry VK14 for MultiSpline Shaft VK14 DIN ISO 14 - 6x11x14, hub depth 18 mm,
One revolution corresponds to 140 mm, effective radius rw = 22.3 mm,
Frictional moment with 1 pre-tensioning of the Timing Belt: MR = 0.05 Nm
Max. load: MD = 3.3 Nm
Timing Belt length in the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit for
90 reversal: 110 mm
180 reversal (outer dimension 80): 135 mm
2 Universal-Fastening Sets 5, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-pl.
Pitch p = 5 mm Number of teeth z = 28
m = 262.0 g
1 pce.
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 5 40 R10 with Bore
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, die-cast aluminium, black
Ball-bearing timing pulley with bore 8H7, reborable up to max. 15 mm
Hub depth 18 mm
One revolution corresponds to 140 mm, effective radius rw = 22.3 mm,
Max. load: MD = 3.3 Nm
90 reversal: 110 mm
2 Universal-Fastening Sets 5, die-cast zinc, bright zinc-pl.
m = 277.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.410.01

16
0.0.410.06
523

For
With
Various

motors can be used
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 40 R25 mounted at a height of 40

mm in the groove of Profile 8 using Universal Fastener 8 and
special T-Slot Nut or in the core bore using Button-Head Screw
ISO 7380-M8 and washer DIN 125-8.4.
The special T-Slot Nut can be split in the centre and halved if
required.
Couplings
5.6
10
100
7
40
80
64
5.6
40
22/2.5
DIN ISO 14
6x11x14
16
524
40
40
547
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, die-cast zinc, black

Ball-bearing timing pulley with multi-spline hub, hub geometry VK14 for MultiSpline Shaft VK14 DIN ISO 14-6x11x14, hub depth 30 mm
One revolution corresponds to 150 mm, effective radius rw = 23.9 mm
Timing Belt length in the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit for 90 reversal: 140 mm
180 reversal (emerg. on 100 mm side): 160 mm
2 Universal Fasteners 8
Special T-Slot Nut M8, cast steel
m = 1.3 kg
1 pce.
0.0.337.26
5.6
10
100
7
40
80
64
5.6
40
22/2.5
8H7
40
40

Ball-bearing timing pulley with bore 8H7, reborable up to max. 15 mm, hub
depth 30 mm
90 reversal: 140 mm
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380- M8x20, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 1.3 kg
0.0.337.34
1 pce.
16
525

For
Variable
With
Various
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R25 mounted at a profile height

of 40 mm in the groove of Profile 8 using Universal Fastener 8
and special T-Slot Nut or at a profile height of 80 mm by splitting the special T-Slot Nut at the specified break point.
emergence dimension of 40 or 80 mm
motors can be used
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
The variation in the emergence dimensions from 80 mm to

40 mm is achieved by rerouting the Timing Belt internally. The
Timing Belt is routed with its smooth reverse side over the
reversing pulleys.
The allowable driving torque of Timing-Belt Reverse Units 8
80 R25 is limited to MD = 40 Nm when the loaded belt runs
through the reversing pulleys.
In this case, a Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 40 R25 can be used
as a second reverse unit.
Couplings
547

160
7
53.
11
78
120
14
16
60/2.5
DIN ISO 14
6x11x14
60
103
.5
40
526

Ball-bearing timing pulley with multi-spline hub, hub geometry VK14 for MultiSpline Shaft VK14 DIN ISO 14 - 6x11x14, hub depth 29 mm
Frict. moment with 1 pre-tensioning of the Timing Belt:
(Emergence dim. 40) MR = 1.05 Nm
90 reversal: 190 mm
180 reversal (emergence dim. 40): 360 mm
m = 3.3 kg
1 pce.
0.0.366.02
160
7
53.
5
11
8
78
120
14
DIN ISO 14
6x26x32
60
60/2.5
103
.5
40
160
7
53.
11
78
120
14
11H7
60
60/2.5
103
.5
40

Ball-bearing timing pulley with multi-spline hub, hub geometry VK14 for MultiSpline Shaft VK32 DIN ISO 32 - 6x26x32, hub depth 29 mm
90 reversal: 190 mm
m = 3.2 kg
1 pce.

Ball-bearing timing pulley with bore 11H7, reborable up to max. 50 mm,
hub depth 29 mm
One revolution corresponds to 280 mm, effective radius rw = 44,6 mm
90 reversal: 190 mm
m = 3.3 kg
1 pce.
0.0.366.11

0.0.366.07
16
527
Timing-Belt Reverse Units 8 80 R50 II

For
Compatible
With
Various
Connection of Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II based

on a profile height of 120 mm (return of the Timing Belt in
the profile cavity) or a profile height of 80 mm with StandardFastening Sets 8. To do this, the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit is
partially dismantled, secured to the profile and then refitted.
The emergence dimension of the Timing Belt is 80 mm.
with Profiles 8 in dimensions of 80 x 80 mm and larger
motors can be used
4FSWJDF
90 reversal of Timing Belt R50 T10.

The opening for the Timing Belt is marked out on the inside
and must be removed from the cap.
If for design reasons the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit is fitted
without a cap, the length of the Timing Belt in the Reverse Unit
reduces by 10 mm.
Couplings
To protect the Timing Belt

against damage, the profiles
must be rounded at the joint
to the Timing-Belt Reverse
Unit.
16
528
The profile cavities of Profiles

8 120x80 and 8 200x80 are
suitable for routing back the
Timing Belt internally.
547
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II VK32
10
160
78
140
10
M8/12
60/2
DIN ISO 14
6x26x32
10
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II with Bore
10
160
10
78
140
60/2
16H7
10
40
80
0.0.426.19
40
80
M8/12
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, Al, black

Ball-bearing timing pulley with multi-spline hub, Hub geometry VK32 for MultiSpline Shaft VK32 DIN ISO 14 - 6x26x32, hub depth 75 mm
90 reversal: 220 mm
180 reversal: 300 mm
m = 3.9 kg
1 pce.
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit, Al, black

Ball-bearing timing pulley with bore 16H7, reborable up to max. 36 mm,
hub depth 75 mm
90 reversal: 220 mm
180 reversal: 300 mm
m = 4.2 kg
1 pce.
0.0.426.21
16
529
Mounting Plate
For
fastening Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II to Profiles 8 160x160

and 320x160.
4FSWJDF
1. Fitting the Mounting Plate to the end face of the profile:

Secure plate to the profile core bores using four bolts
DIN 912-M8x40.
2. Fitting the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II to the
Mounting Plate:
Drive 3 Button-Head Screws M8x20 with washers
DIN 125-8.4 into the threaded bores of the Mounting Plate.
The Mounting Plate can be used to fasten Timing Belt R50 to

any face of the profile.
10
Connecting Plate 160x160 U80R50
60
Al
m = 1.0 kg
black, 1 pce.
40
40
40
20
40
M8
15/10
9
16
12
0
16
0
15
530
0.0.480.71
Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse Unit 8 R25

For
installing the drive on the slide
Emergence
Ideal
for vertical axes
Drive
with Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 40 R25 or 8 80 R25
If the Counter-Reverse Unit is

used, the Timing-Belt Tensioner is employed to attach and
tension the Timing Belt on the
supporting profile.
Possible connection to
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8
40 R25 / 80 R25.
12 12
10
8
24
100 7 40
40
M8
M4
40
120
140
160
48
14/4.5
8.3
20
Moving support profile with

stationary carriage unit and
drive.
When fastening and tensioning the Timing Belt on a sliding

carriage or support profile (using Counter-Reverse Unit 8) a
Tensioning Block is required for each end of the Timing Belt.
The Line 8 groove on the rear

of the Timing-Belt CounterReverse Unit can be used
for fastening the Timing-Belt
Reverse Units and Proximity
Switch M8.
8.1
59
4FSWJDF
The number of Fixing Blocks is determined by the application.
80
10
dimension of Timing Belt 40 mm
Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse Unit 8 R25

Counter-Reverse Unit, Al, black
Frictional moment with 1 pre-tensioning of the Timing Belt:
MR = 0.30 Nm
Timing Belt length in Counter-Reverse Unit:
2 x 105 mm
m = 770.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.362.00
16
531
Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse Unit 8 80 R50

For
installing the drive on the slide
Emergence
Ideal
for vertical axes
Drive
with Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II
40
12
118
532
Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse Unit 8 80 R50

Housing Al, black
2 caps, PA, black
2 ball-bearing reverse rollers, for Timing Belt width 50 mm
Frictional moment with 1 pre-tensioning of the Timing Belt:
MR = 0.75 Nm
Timing Belt length in the Counter-Reverse Unit:
2 x 202 mm
m = 4.7 kg
1 pce.
75
16
4FSWJDF
The Line 8 grooves of the Housing Profile can be used for fastening the Timing-Belt Reverse Unit and the slide construction.
53.
80
dimension of Timing Belt 80 mm
280
300
0.0.362.07
Timing Belts
Quiet
running, rigid traction device
Highly
flexible stranding results in a low-maintenance belt

despite tight bending radii
Steel
cables with polyurethane sheathing
Designed
specifically for use with Timing-Belt Reverse Units and Timing-Belt

Counter-Reverse Units from item
The overall length of the Timing Belt is calculated from the

length of the supporting profile and the Timing Belt segments
located in the Timing-Belt Reverse Units.
The pre-tensioning should be larger than or equal to the expected operating load. The pre-tensioning and operating load
together must not exceed the maximum permissible load.
To set the calculated pre-tensioning distance L, it is advisable
to measure the elongation during the tensioning process.
The required minimum pre-tensioning distance of the Timing
Belt must be calculated as a function of the pre-tensioning
force FV :
T5,DIN7721
4FSWJDF
L . FV
L = ______
1000 . K
L = Total length of the Timing Belt in mm
FV = Pre-tensioning force in N
K = Constant of expansion in N (equivalent to the pre-tensioning force to expand the Timing Belt by 1)
Timing Belt R10 T5

10
10
With integrated steel wires

Perm. load 300 N
K = 75 N
m = 23 g/m
0.0.400.04
0.0.400.11
Timing Belt R25 T10
25
T10,DIN7721
10

Perm. load 2,400 N
K = 500 N
m = 125 g/m
0.0.337.10
0.0.337.64
Timing Belt R50 T10
50
T10,DIN7721

Perm. load 4,200 N
K = 1,000 N
m = 250 g/m
0.0.426.03
0.0.426.10
16
533
Timing-Belt Tensioner
For
fastening and tensioning Timing Belts
Can
Fastening and tensioning the Timing Belt on a sliding carriage

using Tensioning Blocks and Fixing Block and the appropriate
bolts.
Where high loads are involved, Tensioning Block 8 and Fixing
Block 8 will need to be pinned (dowel ISO 2338- 6 mm).
The position of the dowels is indicated by the prepared bores
5.5 mm.
be installed underneath the sliding carriage or at the profile end
a = hexagon nut DIN 985

b = Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screw DIN 912
c = Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screw DIN 912
Hexagon Socket Head
Cap Screws
7.2 4.2
28
16
19
44
534
20
10.5/5
40
8 R25
8 R50
M3
M6
M6
M3x50
M6x80 M6x100
M3x60 M6x100 M6x140
152
Timing-Belt Tensioner, Tensioning Block 5 R10

Tensioning Block, die-cast aluminium, black
Interlocking fixing piece, die-cast aluminium, black
m = 8.5 g
1 set
20
10
5 R10
Timing-Belt Tensioner, Fixing Block 5 R10

Fixing Block, die-cast aluminium, black
2 hexagon nuts DIN 985-M3, self-locking, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 13.0 g
1 set
Tensioning Block, cast steel, black
Interlocking fixing piece, cast steel, black
m = 136.0 g
1 set
0.0.400.07

0.0.400.06

0.0.426.29
19
5.5
20
40
5.5
Fixing Block, cast steel, black

2 hexagon nuts DIN 985-M6, self-locking, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 128.0 g
1 set
11/4.3
M8
19
80
Timing Belt Tensioner, Fixing Block 8 R25
Tensioning Block, Al, anodized, black

Interlocking fixing piece, Al, anodized, black
m = 205.0 g
1 set
0.0.426.30

0.0.426.04
64
11/4.8
M8
19
5.5
20
Timing-Belt Tensioner, Fixing Block 8 R50

Fixing Block, Al, anodized, black
2 hexagon nuts DIN 985-M6, self-locking, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 119.0 g
1 set
0.0.426.05
80
16
535
Timing-Belt Tensioner Holder

For
reinforcing the hold of Timing-Belt Tensioners on driven linear axes
For
holding down tensioners and ensuring the belt runs straight and level
For
reducing vibrations and taking strain off screw connections
Drawing of a linear drive with moving axis. Holders prevent the

timing-belt tensioners lifting away from the profile.
76
12
30
10
Timing-Belt Tensioner Holder 8 R25
6.5
120
31
40
96
30
12
140 6.5
16
536
Holder, Al, anodized, natural

3 adapter washers DIN 988, St, stainless
m = 160.0 g
1 set
Timing-Belt Tensioner Holder 8 R50
10
40
The Timing-Belt Tensioner Holder is screwed together with the

fixing block. The tensioning screws of the timing-belt tensioner
are accessed through the holes provided.
61
80
Holder, Al, anodized, natural

6 adapter washers DIN 988, St, stainless
m = 360.0 g
1 set
0.0.426.33
0.0.426.36
Modular Chain Drive

Chain Carrier 8
Chain
drive for Linear Slides
Chain
Carrier connects slide and drive chain
Ideal
for simple drive solutions
Chain Carrier 8 connects the drive chain and the carriage of

the linear slide.
Note:
All the required drive elements for the chain drive can be found
in Section 12 on Conveyors
The connecting block is fastened to the carriage and the chain

pick-up is inserted into the chain. After the carriage has been
mounted onto the slide, the components are screwed together.
378
Options for fastening the Chain Carrier.

The connecting block must also be pinned (dowel ISO 2338 6 mm) under high loads. The position of the dowels is determined by the 5.5 mm holes which have been prepared.
10.5/5
6.8
18.5
40
Chain Carrier 8
5.5
40
20
Connecting block, St, black

Chain pick-up, St, black
2 hexagon nuts DIN 985-M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 300.0 g
1 set
0.0.463.46
16
537
Rack
Modular
8 Segment
rack drive
and End Section
Modular Rack Drive

Rack 8
The
rack sits entirely in the profile groove
High
drive rigidity with minimum space requirements
Practical
Only
This rack drive is unrivalled in its compact design. Theres

nothing above it and no space is wasted. High rigidity and long
service life combine with minimum maintenance.
clamping technology eliminates need for machining during installation
End Sections need to be screwed into place
4FSWJDF
Precise manufacturing tolerances and an effective and innovative longitudinal fastening system result in reduced pitch error
over longer lengths.
Rack drive 8 is designed for use with a Linear Slide 8 D14.
Rack 8 Assembly Tool
591
Rack 8 End Section and Rack 8 Segment 80

The two parts of the Rack 8 End Section form the start and finish of a rack. As
many Segment 80 pieces as required can be used between these two points.
The protected clamp technology secures each Segment with no extra work
required.Note:
Rack 8 must not be installed in profiles of type light or E.
80
40
8
538
Rack 8 Segment 80
Rack segment, St
m = 47.0 g
1 set
16
The short but precise length of each rack segment eliminates

systematic errors typical in longer lengths. The connecting
clips form an effective fastening system that holds each rack
segment securely in place.
Rack 8 End Section

2 rack end sections, St
2 dowel screws M5x22, St
m = 50.0 g
1 set
0.0.621.94

0.0.621.93
Rack 8 Drive Module

Slide
driven directly via the rack
Versatile
coupling ensures virtually any motor can be connected
4FSWJDF
51
43
M
21.2
The item rack drive can also be used with a motor of the customers choosing. Thats why
the Coupling Module comes with a universal coupling for connecting virtually any motor. The
coupling is connected directly to the modules housing.
Technical data:
The Rack 8 Coupling Module fits nearly any motor simply

process the housing and coupling to suit your needs. You will,
however, need to take care over how far the shaft extends into
the coupling half.
Maximum drive force 1000 N

Mmax = 23 Nm
Service offering from your item partner
n = 1200 /min (Vmax = 3m/s)
The item rack drive comes complete with a Linear Slide 8

D14 as a service offering from your item partner. Quick,
simple and delivered to your specifications.
Rack 8 Drive Module

57.5
178
78
18
10
15
Rack 8 Coupling Module
79
44
40
24
Drive housing, Al, white aluminium similar to RAL 9006

Height-adjustable carriage connection plate, St, white aluminium
Drive gear, double ball bearing, z = 18, St
One revolution corresponds to 144 mm
2 felt discs
4 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M8x20, bright zinc-plated
4 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, heavy duty
m = 1.5 kg
1 set
Coupling housing, Al, white aluminium

Coupling set D55
Screws, fastening elements and centring sleeves
m = 1.7 kg
1 set
0.0.621.69

16
0.0.621.73
0
6
539
Ball Screw Units

High
For
accuracy, high efficiency, high rigidity
use in Linear Units and handling systems
Drive
Can
side can be selected as required
be combined with any guides
4FSWJDF
Ball Screw Units KGT are suitable for use as a drive mechanism for linear slides, particularly for low speeds and short
strokes. They feature high precision, high efficiency, high
rigidity of the drive system and low mechanical wear:
- For use in linear units, conveyors, handling devices, work
bench design and any other fixtures
- Powered by hand wheel, AC/DC motors, stepper motors and
hydraulic or pneumatic drive mechanisms
- Choice of power input end
- Can be combined with any type of guide
- Individual components are replaceable
- Full compatibility with MB Building Kit System products
The modular design of the Ball Screw Units KGT with no need for complex machining results in
short delivery times and facilitates installation and maintenance.
The Ball Screw Unit KGT can be driven from the fixed or floating bearing end.
The Ball Screw Unit should be positioned so as to ensure that the main load is a
tensile load from the fixed bearing end (i.e. fixed bearing at the top in a vertical
unit).
The maximum stroke velocities of the Ball Screw Unit depend on the spindle
length (see diagram opposite).
Under axial compression, the buckling behaviour of the spindle must be taken
into consideration.
16
540
Suitable for combination with all item linear slides.

The necessary guidance for the yoke must be provided by the
external linear slide.
The driving nut is suspended on gimbals to prevent strains and
allow for slight errors in alignment with the load.
The yoke adapter can be matched to the height of the slide by

means of grub screws DIN 913-M5x5.
The position of the connecting thread M8 for securing the slide
can be either central or offset relative to the slide depending
on the position the yoke adapter is used in.
Connection dimensions of the

Bearing Blocks at the floating
(L) and fixed (F) bearing ends.
Depending on the drive type
selected, the Bearing Blocks
and drive holders may need
to be machined.
Direct drive connection

with Adapter Plate 120x80.
Various drives adaptable
using the Adapter Shaft and
Adapter Flange Universal.
The hub is reborable up to

max. 17 mm or 14 mm
for insertion of a parallel
keyway as per DIN 6885 T1.
Direct connection to Bevel

Gearbox WG via Adapter Plate
80x80. Drives can be connected to Bevel Gearbox WG
with the Coupling Housings.
Couplings
Parallel arrangement of Ball

Screw Units in connection
with Bevel Gearboxes.
547
Calculation of Service Life
The service life of the spindle / drive nut combination can be calculated as a function of the axial
load and drive speed.
16
541
Ball Screw Units KGT

For
Linear Units with the ultimate positioning accuracy
Low-wear
spindle for long-term precision
Complete
drive unit in a profile that is enclosed on three sides
Compatible
Complete drive units of variable stroke length (H), spindle pitch

5 mm or 20 mm and drive option via Multi-Spline Shaft or
individually machined hubs.
Supporting profile with integrated lip seals,
fixed and floating bearing blocks,
specially designed ball-bearing collet mechanism for holding
the spindle,
end of stroke damping,
secure yoke,
with various item linear slides
XXXJUFNDPN
4FSWJDF
play-minimised drive nut suspended on gimbals,

rolled spindle,
grease lubrication
Lubrication interval: every 400-500 service hours with lithiumbased ball-bearing grease (not general purpose grease)
Accelerationmax. = 5 m/s2
Stroke length max. = 2762 mm
Total length L = stroke length + 308 mm
Adapter Plates (for
motors and drives)
556
Couplings
547
Ball Screw Unit KGT 20x5, VK14
L=
08
H+3
Pitch p = 5 mm
Stroke velocity max. = 0.25 m/s
Efficiency of overall unit = 80 %
Backlashmax.(spindle/drive nut) = 0.04 mm
m = 5 kg + H x 0.011 kg/mm
1 pce.
17
H
4xM8
140 0
4
100
35
35
Ball Screw Unit KGT 20x5, bored and keyed to customer specification
Pitch p = 5 mm
m = 5 kg + H x 0.011 kg/mm
1 pce.
Ball Screw Unit KGT 20x20, VK14
Pitch p = 20 mm
m = 5 kg + H x 0.011 kg/mm
1 pce.
Ball Screw Unit KGT 20x20, bored and keyed to customer specification
Pitch p = 20 mm
m = 5 kg + H x 0.011 kg/mm
1 pce.
16
542
0.0.414.33

0.0.414.51

0.0.414.32

0.0.414.50
Gear Boxes > Bevel Gearboxes

Bevel Gearboxes
Bevel Gearbox
Power
For
transmission, drive and linear axis
a timing-belt drive, chain drive or Ball Screw Unit
Input
torque redirected by 90.
Distribution
of input torque and option of adjusting direction of

rotation on output shafts
Subsequent
High
changeover to other kinematics is also possible
efficiency, low backlash and low mechanical wear
The diagram is used for calculating the permissible torques M

and speeds n of the Bevel Gearboxes. For loads in the continuous rated zone, continuous operation is permissible.
In the intermittent rated zone, operating times must be reduced
accordingly.
The geometry for connecting multi-spline hub to Multi-Spline

Shaft or solid shaft 30 mm can be changed by using Connecting Shaft U-WG or the Adapter Shaft.
Adapter Plates (for

motors and drives)
16
556
The Bevel Gearboxes with special kinematics and the ability to

combine several Bevel Gearboxes allows flexible positioning of
drives and linear units.
543
Bevel Gearboxes WG
For
connecting drives in virtually any position
Five
connection variants from 90 to 360
Also
suitable for synchronising drive elements
Bevel Gearbox WG 90
Bevel Gearbox WG 180
4FSWJDF
Bevel Gearbox WG 180 D

Box, box lid and Bearing Blocks, Al, anodized, black
Straight-toothed ball-bearing bevel gear pairs, made of high strength steel with
minimal backlash and wear-resistant surface
Prelubricated, maintenance-free
Gear ratio i = 1 : 1
Nominal torque Mnom = 10 Nm
Nominal speed nnom = 400 min-1
Nominal power Pnom = 0.419 kW
Torque Mmax. = 28 Nm
Speed nmax. = 1000 min-1
Power Pmax. = 1.173 kW
Service life L = 10,000 h
Play angle amax. = 20
Bevel Gearbox WG 90
80
Efficiency = 93% m = 2.0 kg

1 pce.
64
31
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
16
544
0/2
64
8
0
4xM6
0.0.408.10
80

1 pce.
31
64
DIN ISO14
6x11x14

1 pce.
0.0.408.20

0.0.408.25
0/2
64
8
0
4xM6
80

1 pce.
31
64
DIN ISO14
6x11x14

1 pce.
0.0.408.26

0.0.408.27
0/2
64
8
0
4xM6
16
545
Fastening Sets for Bevel Gearboxes

For
2
120
16
546
Locating profile 80x80x9, Al, anodized, black

Centring piece D50-D22
Connecting Shaft U-WG
3 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M6x55, St, black
Circlip N
m = 185.0 g
1 set
Fastening Set U80-WG
x80
4FSWJDF
Fastening Set U40-WG
connecting Bevel Gearboxes to Timing-Belt Reverse Units
Adapter Plate 120x80

Centring Piece D60-D60
Connecting Shaft U-WG
Circlip N
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M8x50, St, black
2 hexagon nuts DIN 936-M8, St, black
m = 320.0 g
1 set
0.0.408.23
0.0.408.24
Couplings
Compensation
Cushioning
Simple
4FSWJDF
for alignment errors
of drive influences
installation and maintenance
XXXJUFNDPN
Couplings can be installed between the mechanical drive

elements (Timing-Belt Reverse Units, chain drives, Ball Screw
Units, Bevel Gearboxes) and the drive in order to suppress and
compensate for angular errors and radial or axial offset.
The use of couplings means that a plug-type connection is
possible between the drive and mechanical drive elements,
thereby facilitating assembly, machining and maintenance. To
achieve a safe connection between drive and drive element,
the coupling shafts must be covered by a Coupling Housing
with a length and diameter that is suitable for the various
couplings.
The connection dimensions and the permissible torque range

(MD < 8 Nm) make Coupling D30 ideally suited for use with Ball
Screw Units (Ball Screw Units KGT; Centring Piece D50-D50),
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 5 40 R10 with multi-spline VK14
(Centring Piece D50-D22) and (optionally) Bevel Gearboxes
WG (Centring Piece D50-D50).
The connection dimensions and the permissible torque range

(MD < 50 Nm) make Coupling D55 ideally suited for use with
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 40 R25 with multi-spline VK14
(Centring Piece D50-D22) and (optionally) Bevel Gearboxes
WG (Centring Piece D50-D50: note torque limit 28 Nm!).
Coupling Housing 8 D30, D55 or D80 should be used as appropriate to the connection dimensions of the motors.
Note:
Further technical data on the couplings can be found in
Section 19.
16
Coupling D80 is used with an appropriately sized Coupling

Housing for the purpose of transferring the high torque (MD
< 100 Nm) of Timing-Belt Reverse Units 8 80 R25 and 8 80
R50 II with multi-spline VK32. The Coupling Housing has a
corresponding Centring Piece ( 60 mm) for the Timing-Belt
Reverse Units.
547
Coupling Housing 8
Stable
Can
connection between motor and linear drive
be modified to suit the size of the coupling and the drive casing
In addition to the connection between the rotating elements described above,

the casings of the mechanical drive elements must also have a static connection to the drives. This is achieved using various Coupling Housings which are
adapted in length and diameter to the various couplings. Universal Coupling
Adapter Plates, which have to be provided with fastening bores and centring
diameters for the relevant drives, enable the drive to be secured to the Coupling
Housing.
The Coupling Housings create a stable connection between mechanical drive
elements and motors. Coupling Adapter Plates Universal are used to make the
connection with the drive. They need to be selected in a size that is suitable for
the housing type and machined according to the connection geometry of the
drive.
It is advisable to provide separate support for the drive unit (motor and coupling) at the Coupling Housing.
Coupling Housing 8 D30 80x80
Coupling Housing 8 D30, black

2 hexagon screws DIN 933-M8x22, St, black
Coupling Adapter Plate D30/D55 Universal 80x80, Al, black
m = 460.0 g
1 set
60
M8
0.0.628.95
12
4
12
10
48

2 hexagon screws DIN 933-M8x22, St, black
m = 1.0 kg
1 set
60
M8
12
16
4
0
12
0
548
10
12
48
0.0.628.96

m = 750.0 g
1 set
60
M8
0.0.628.97
12
10
4
108
12

m = 1.0 kg
1 set
60
M8
0.0.628.98
12
10
4
0
12
0
108
12
12

Coupling Adapter Plate D80 Universal 120x120, Al, black
m = 1.8 kg
1 set
0.0.628.99
104
M8
12
5
6
12
0
144
16
12

Coupling Adapter Plate D80 Universal 160x160, Al, black
m = 2.3 kg
1 set
0.0.629.00
104
M8
16
12
8
5
6
16
0
144
16
549
Coupling Sets
Rigid
torque transmission
Elastic
Coupling Inserts, easy to install
Prepared
multi-spline connections enable plug-in connection
The Coupling Halves with multi-spline hubs VK14 and VK32 can be connected
with the corresponding Connecting Shafts or mechanical drive elements
without the need for machining.
In the case of Coupling Halves with bores, simple machining (reboring, parallel
keyway, etc.) is required to ensure they match the drive output shaft of gearboxes/motor drives.
The Coupling Halves are connected to the Coupling Inserts, which exhibit an
elasticity that is configured for the item drive elements.
In conjunction with Ball Screw Units driven with stepper motors, the flexible
couplings make it possible to decouple the moving masses of the spindle and
drive.
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
3
0
6
Coupling D30
11
12
22.
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
30
16.5
46
DIN ISO14
6x26x32
16
45
6
6
22
8
550
Coupling Half D55 D8, reborable up to 28 mm

Coupling Half D55 VK14
Coupling Insert D55, hardness 98 Sh A
Torque range: MD < 50 Nm
Elasticitydyn. = 0.009 / Nm
Elasticitystat. = 0.028 / Nm
Perm. offsetaxial = 1.40 mm
Perm. offsetradial = 0.10 mm
Perm. offsetangular = 0.9
m = 280.0 g
1 set
0.0.628.84
Coupling D80
8
0
12
0.0.628.83
Coupling D55
5
5
8
Coupling Half D30 D6 AI, reborable up to 16 mm

Coupling Half D30 VK 14, reborable up to 28 mm
m = 52.0 g
1 set
Coupling Half D80 D12,

Coupling Half D80 VK32, reborable up to 45 mm
m = 924.0 g
1 set
0.0.628.85
Connecting Shafts
Torsionally
Simple
46
18
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
76
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
94
20
rigid connection between drives and couplings
plug-in connection thanks to Multi-Spline Shaft
Connecting Shaft VK14 R10/KGT

Multi-Spline Shaft similar to DIN ISO 14-6x11x14, St, C 45 k
Snap ring W14
m = 44.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.463.17
Connecting Shaft VK14 R25/WG

Snap Ring W14
m = 73.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.463.15
Connecting Shaft VK32 R25

60

Snap Ring W32
m = 470.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.337.93
DIN ISO14
6x26x32
136 60

Snap Ring W32
m = 680.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.337.92
DIN ISO14
6x26x32
16
551
Multi-Spline Shafts
Simple
For
power transmission through plug-in connection
building drive shafts and Synchroniser Shafts
Multi-Spline Shaft
a max. [mm]
VK 14
500
VK 32
1,000
Suitable for use in combination with Timing-Belt Reverse Units

for generating synchronous movements up to a distance a.
2.500
n [min-1 ]
2.000
1.500
1.000
VK 14
VK 32
500
0
250
500
a [mm]
750
1.000
The permissible speed of a Synchroniser Shaft depends on its

length.
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
16
Multi-Spline Shaft VK14

Multi-Spline Shaft, similar to DIN ISO 14-6x11x14, St, C 45 k
Polar resistance moment: Wt = 261 mm3
m = 0.92 kg/m
0.0.337.05
0.0.453.82
Multi-Spline Shaft VK32

DIN ISO14
6x26x32
552
Multi-Spline Shaft, similar to DIN ISO 14-6x26x32, St, C 45 k

Polar resistance moment: Wt = 3,450 mm3
m = 5.00 kg/m
0.0.337.63
0.0.452.50
Adapter Shaft
For
a torsionally rigid connection between shafts and Reverse

Units, Bevel Gearboxes or Ball Screw Units
The Adapter Shaft only uses half the hub

width of timing pulleys R25 for transferring
the torque.
With alternating loads, it is necessary to
reduce the torque values of the Timing-Belt
Reverse Units with Adapter Shafts. The plug-in
connection must be lubricated with a multipurpose grease or similar.
3
16
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
38
61
Adapter Shaft VK14
75
St
surface-hardened
m = 275.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.337.25
16
553
Synchroniser Shaft Profiles

For
easily constructing Synchroniser Shafts between drive elements
Connection
Increased
made via Multi-Spline Shafts
torsional rigidity
4FSWJDF
Synchronising Shaft Profile

VK32
8 mm
10 mm
10 mm
15 mm
20 mm
30 mm
min. 40 mm
min. 60 mm
28 Nm
100 Nm
The permissible speed of a
Synchroniser Shaft depends
on its length.
3.500
3.000
2.500
n [min-1]
Use of a synchronising shaft for connecting two Timing-Belt

Reverse Units.
The length of a Multi-Spline Shaft section depends on the
minimum penetration depth (d), the construction sizes of the
connected dynamic elements and the gap between the rotating
and fixed parts.
VK14
a
2.000
1.500
1.000
500
0
The mounting holes for the

tensioning screws are drilled
perpendicular to the profiles
centre axis along the marking
grooves.
The tensioning screws are

tightened through the mounting holes drilled earlier.
DIN ISO14
6x11x14
16
500
1.000
1.500
l [mm]
2.000
2.500
3.000
The clamping set contains all parts required for fastening the
Multi-Spline Shaft sections to both ends of a Synchronising
Shaft Profile.
Snap Rings W should be used to secure the Synchroniser
Shaft axially between the drive elements.
Synchronising Shaft Profile VK14

Al, anodized
5.1
44
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.77
1.29
7.17
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
6.68
10.63
0.0.463.57
0.0.454.04
Clamping Set for Synchronising Shaft Profile VK14

8 standard connecting plates 5, St, bright zinc-plated
4 T-Slot Nuts 6 St 2xM5-40, bright zinc-plated
m = 88.0 g
1 set
554
0.0.463.72
Synchronising Shaft Profile VK32

Al, anodized
A [cm2]
DIN ISO14
6x26x32
6.2
72
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
11.62
3.13
47.42
Iy [cm4]
It [cm4]
45.09
65.95
0.0.463.56
0.0.454.05

Clamping Set for Synchronising Shaft Profile VK32
8 standard connecting plates 6, St, bright zinc-plated
4 T-Slot Nuts 8 St 2xM6-60, bright zinc-plated
m = 196.0 g
1 set
0.0.463.30
Synchroniser Shaft Equaliser Couplings

For
the precise angular alignment of synchronised linear drives
Power-lock
connection for Multi-Spline Shafts
Synchronizer Shaft Equaliser Coupling

VK14
VK32
80 mm
120 mm
1-1.5 mm
2-3 mm
min. 40 mm
min. 60 mm
The Synchroniser Shaft Equaliser Coupling is positioned at the ends of the Multi-Spline Shafts
and power-lock connected using clamping screws. The tightening torque of the clamping
screws is 25 Nm (Equaliser Coupling VK14) or 50 Nm (Equaliser Coupling VK32).
The two halves of the coupling must be screwed onto degreased shaft ends using the waxed
screws supplied, so as to transfer the necessary torque.
Synchroniser Shaft Equaliser Coupling VK14

14
80
2 half shells, St, bright zinc-plated

8 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated and
waxed
m = 0.7 kg
1 set
0.0.472.28
Synchroniser Shaft Equaliser Coupling VK32

2 half shells, St, bright zinc-plated
8 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912-M10x30, St, bright zinc-plated and
waxed
m = 2.8 kg
0.0.472.29
1 set
32
120
555
16
Adapter Plates
For
connecting together drives, Bevel Gearboxes,

Reverse Units and profiles
Suitable
bores for a range of connection dimensions
4FSWJDF
Attachment of drives (possibly with Adapter Flange

Universal) and TimingBelt Reverse Units to the
Bevel Gearboxes with Adapter
Plates.
Where space is restricted,

hexagon screws DIN 931-M8
can be used.
Possibilities for butt fastenings with Adapter Plates and Automatic Fasteners.
64
40
Adapter Plate 80x80
66.
5
8
0
64
40
Adapter Plate 120x80
120
40
M6
66.
5
80
556
60/2
66.5
103.5
16
0.0.408.16
50/2
66.5
40
M6
Al, anodized
m = 91.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Al, anodized
m = 164.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.408.06
Centring Pieces
For
centring housings and Adapter Plates
4FSWJDF

4
St
m = 21.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.408.12

4
St
m = 48.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.408.11
20

2
2
5
0
34
St
m = 27.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.379.17

2
5
0
6
0
St
m = 47.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.379.18
16
557
Adapter Flange
Universal
adapter for connecting motors
Integrated
Easily
centring system for Timing-Belt Reverse Units
machined to suit connection geometry
4FSWJDF
Virtually any drive can be connected to a Ball

Screw Unit KGT, Bevel Gearbox or profile using
the Adapter Shaft, Adapter Plate 120x80 and
Adapter Flange Universal.
Adapter Flange Universal
16
0
64
Al, anodized
m = 635.0 g
black, 1 pce.
103.5
M8
M6
20
2
2
0
1.5
16
558
12
0.0.337.32
Proximity Switch
Inductive
Installed
in Line 8 groove (Proximity Switch 8)
Installed
in Timing-Belt Reverse Unit (Proximity Switch M8)
Proximity Switch M8 is a versatile device for limiting the terminal position or for reference on linear units with timing-belt
drives. It is available with a permanent or plug-in connecting
cable.
The cam reaching the Proximity Switch signals the electrical
terminal position and/or the reference point of the unit on the
Timing Belt.
Possible arrangement of Proximity Switches 8 and ProximitySwitch Cams 8:

The Proximity-Switch Cams run through the Timing-Belt
Reverse Units.
Particularly suitable when used with the drive end Timing Belt
Reverse Unit for simplifying cable routing between the drive
unit, Proximity Switch and motor control unit.
proximity switch for added safety in linear drives
XXXJUFNDPN
The Proximity-Switch
Fastening Set is used to
position and attach inductive
Proximity Switches M8 on the
Timing-Belt Reverse Units.
Proximity-Switch Connecting
Cable in plug-in design with
integrated LEDs for displaying the switch function and
operating voltage.
Possible arrangement of Proximity Switches 8 and ProximitySwitch Cams 8:

The Proximity-Switch Cams do not run through the Timing-Belt
Reverse Units.
16
When using Proximity-Switch Cams 8 with
reversing on the flat side (Timing-Belt CounterReverse Unit 8 R25/ Timing-Belt Reverse Unit
8 80 R25 with emergence 40 mm), these
must not pass through the Timing-Belt Reverse
Units. In this case, Proximity Switches 8 and
Proximity-Switch Cams 8 must be positioned
to prevent this from happening.
Proximity-Switch Cam 8 is
pressed into the Timing Belt
at the required positions from
the flat side.
559
Options for fastening Proximity Switches 8 in conjunction

with the Proximity-Switch
Fastening Set. Depending on
the application, the ProximitySwitch Fastening Set must be
shortened accordingly.
Proximity Switch 8 is particularly suitable in conjunction with

Timing-Belt Reverse Units 8 or Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse
Unit 8, Proximity-Switch Fastening Set 8 and Proximity-Switch
Cams 8. Timing-Belt Reverse Units 8 are provided with openings for the Proximity Switch at appropriate points in order to
ensure compact installation.
M8x1
38
Proximity Switch M8
13
M8x1
0.8
46
38
Proximity Switch M8, Plug Connection
13
.6
16.7
560
St, stainless
Inductive Proximity Switch, positive switching,
suitable for installation in thread M8x1
Voltage = 10...30 V DC
Max. switching current = 200 mA
Sensing range = 1.5 mm
LED control display
m = 16.0 g
1 pce.
Proximity-Switch Connecting Cable
16
St, stainless
Inductive Proximity Switch, positive switching,
suitable for installation in thread M8x1
Voltage = 10...30 V DC
Max. switching current = 200 mA
Sensing range = 1.5 mm
LED control display
Connecting cable, black l = 3 m; d = 3.5 mm
m = 54.0 g
1 pce.
28
Outer sheath PUR, black

Structure LifY11Y, 3x0.25 mm2
Plug: integrated 3-pole plug with metal collar M8x1
Cable inlet angled by 90
LED control display: Green = Operating display, Yellow/orange = Switch function
display
Connecting cable l = 5 m; d = 4.0 mm
m = 144.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.337.14

0.3.001.24

0.3.001.25
5
43.
5
22. 5
6.
M8x1
Proximity-Switch Fastening Set 8

St
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380- M8x10, St, bright zinc-pl.
m = 37.0 g
1 set
50
8.4
16
4.7
0.5
Proximity-Switch Cam 8
St
m = 0.2 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.337.31

0.0.337.15
Proximity Switch for use directly in the profile groove

8
40
12
Proximity Switch 8 - 1NC

Inductive Proximity Switch, positive switching
Casing Al, anodized, natural
Voltage = 1030 V DC
Switching currentmax = 150mA
Sensing range = 2 mm
Cable, grey l = 3 m ; d = 3 mm
m = 51.0 g
1 pce.
40
12
Proximity Switch 8 - 1NO

Inductive Proximity Switch, positive switching
Casing Al, anodized, natural
Voltage = 1030 V DC
Switching currentmax = 150mA
Sensing range = 2 mm
Cable, grey l = 3 m ; d = 3 mm
m = 51.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.600.05

0.3.001.30
16
561
16
562
Co m p o n e n ts m a d e o f s p ec i a l m at e r i a ls
17
Profile St
Fastening Elements for Profile St
Floor Elements for Profile St
Profile KH
Fastening Elements for Profile KH
17
C o mp o nents made o f special materials
Components made of special materials

Profile St 8 40x40
Steel profile that is fully
compatible with Line 8

Corrosion resistant and resistant to acids and alkalis
566
Footplate (Profile St) 8

40x40 M8
Mounting plate for fitting
a Knuckle Foot to a Profile

St 8
For stainless steel Knuckle
Feet
570
17
564
(Profile St) 8
(Profile St) 8
Power-lock, right-angled
Robust profile connections
connection between
profiles
567
made from steel

Maximum stability and easy
installation
568
Drill D12.2
Profile KH 8 40x40
Drill bit specifically
Innovative 70 percent wood
intended for machining

high-strength steel profiles
composite material
Electrically insulating and
does not interfere with

radiowaves
570
571
T-Slot Nuts (Profile St) 8
Profile Bar (Profile St) 8
Strong steel T-Slot Nut
Customised fastening op-
Designed for the special
groove of Profiles St 8
569
KH 8
Fully concealed in the pro-
file groove when installed

Quick-action installation
thanks to self-tapping
screw
573
tion in the profile groove
Made from high-strength,
corrosion-resistant steel
569
Angle Bracket 8 PA
Additional hold for Profiles
KH
Easy-to-fit plastic Angle
Bracket for temporary

structures
574
Profile St 8
Resistant to corrosion and high temperatures.

Special tasks require special materials. Corrosion-resistant stainless steel in the tried-and-tested
design of Profiles 8 from the item MB Building Kit System opens up a whole range of additional
applications for the construction of production facilities. Line St 8 Profiles combine the universality of the building kit with an alternative material.
The stainless steel (V2A) used in Profiles St 8 is resistant to acids and chemicals. It is also physiologically safe and can therefore be used for items that come into contact with foodstuffs. The
steels high-grade, smooth surfaces are also easy to clean.
And even temperatures of 200C and above do not impair the strength of the Profiles and
fastening elements.
Conductive profile connections with tried-and-tested fastening technology.
This is where the building kit principle is used to great advantage. In just a short time, it is possible to create even complex structures without any special knowledge or tools. The fastening
techniques are easy to learn and quick to apply, with reliable results. Conductive materials and
surfaces make it far easier to construct earthed and ESD-safe structures.
Fully compatible with the elements of the item MB Building Kit System.
Profiles St 8 are a further addition to the comprehensive MB Building Kit System. When designing these Profiles, particular attention was paid to ensuring their compatibility with the kits
modular elements. For example, all major proven components in Line 8, such as Multiblocks,
can be used without any restrictions whatsoever.
Special accessories for Profiles St 8 increase the number of applications still further. In terms of
material selection and load-carrying capacity, they fit in perfectly with the features of stainless
steel profiles. The focus is primarily on corrosion resistance and mechanical properties.
Also suitable for welding in special applications.
A further advantage of Profiles St 8 is the fact that they are easy to weld. When necessary,
they can be welded firmly and permanently together or to other frame elements. This creates
load-bearing structures that combine all the advantages of steel and profile-based building
techniques. The profile groove forms a universal slot, significantly increasing the flexibility of the
entire structure during both assembly and in subsequent use.
Existing screw connections can also be subsequently welded, thereby increasing their loadcarrying capacity and ensuring that any definitive position arrived at following adjustments can
be made permanent.
17
565
Profile St 8 40x40
Cap (Profile St) 8
Strong steel for special applications
Steel
profile that is fully compatible with Line 8
Corrosion
For
resistant and resistant to acids and alkalis
extremely strong constructions
Compatible
accessories available
The basic Line 8 profile made from corrosion-resistant steel

(1.4301) is suitable for all kinds of structures requiring a particularly high load-carrying capacity and fatigue resistance.
Cap to cover the end faces of Profile St 8

40x40. Easy to assemble thanks to a press fit
in the Profiles central cavity.
Tip:
Profile St 8 has a specially shaped profile groove and core bore.
As a result, specially designed T-Slot Nuts, Caps, etc. need to be
used with these Profiles.
Profile St 8 40x40
St
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
4.64
3.65
7.44
stainless, cut-off max. 6000 mm
40
17
566
40
Cap (Profile St) 8 40x40

PA-GF
m = 6.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Iy [cm4]
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.44
3.72
3.72
0.0.603.16
0.0.492.61

0.0.494.33
Standard-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8

Power-lock,
Both
right-angled connection between profiles
Profiles need to be machined
The fasteners counterpart takes the form of

a pin with threaded bore which is inserted in
one of the cross-holes ( 12.2 mm) in the
Profile.
Access to the head of the fastener is provided
by a correctly positioned through hole
( 8 mm).

17
12
35
St
Standard connecting plate 8
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380-M8x35, tin-plated
Threaded bolt D12x40 M8
stainless, 1 set
0.0.494.35
40
17
567
Universal-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8

Sound
profile connection made from steel
Maximum
Only
stability and easy installation
basic profile machining required
The Universal-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8 40 creates a rightangled profile connection for Profiles St 8 with the option of
subsequent movement along the profile groove or subsequent
insertion of struts in profile frames that are already closed.
This means that it is not necessary to specify the position of
the fastening point in advance.
The pre-tensioning force of the Universal-Fastening Set (Profile

St) 8 is applied by two screws which are tightened from the
profile groove. They are screwed into T-Slot Nuts (Profile St) 8
M6, which are inserted in the opposite profile groove.
The fasteners counterpart takes the form of a pin with two
through holes, which is inserted in one of the cross-holes (
12.2 mm) in the Profile.
The caps are also used to fix the positions of the screws during
assembly.
17
12
40
17
568
26.
Universal-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8 40

St
Connecting pin D12x40 2D6
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380-M6x32, tin-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts (Profile St) 8 M6
2 Caps, PA black
stainless, 1 set
0.0.601.03
T-Slot Nuts (Profile St) 8

Strong
T-Slot Nut made from corrosion-resistant steel
Designed
for the special groove of Profiles St 8
T-Slot Nuts (Profile St) 8 are adapted to suit the special shape
of the profile groove of Profiles St 8. They can be inserted into
the grooves at any location and are fixed in place using a ball
thrust piece.
Tip:
This special T-Slot Nut must be used whenever fastening
accessories to Profiles St 8.
An anti-torsion feature simplifies the process of moving the

T-Slot Nut and stops it slipping out of the profile groove when
doing so.
M4;M5;
M8
7.8
7.5
23
14
T-Slot Nut (Profile St) 8 M4

St
m = 14.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
St
m = 13.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
St
m = 12.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
M6
7.8
6.5
14
23

St
m = 13.0 g
stainless, 1 pce.
0.0.494.38

0.0.494.37

0.0.494.28

0.0.494.36

Customised
Made
fastening option in the profile groove
from high-strength, corrosion-resistant steel
0.0.495.11
500
St
m = 313.0 g
14
569
17
Footplate (Profile St) 8 40x40 M8

Mounting
plate for fitting a Knuckle Foot to a Profile St 8
Footplate (Profile St) 8 40x40 is intended for attaching

Knuckle Feet with a central M8 thread. The Footplate is
pressed into the end face of Profiles St 8. The threaded bore
engages with the spindle of a height-adjustable Knuckle Foot.
Use of Knuckle Foot D40, M8x60 stainless (0.0.475.41) is
particularly recommended.
Note: Footplate (Profile St) 8 40x40 is only designed to absorb
compressive forces!
Fmax. = 350 N
1
4
M8
15
40

Die-cast zinc
m = 36.0 g
black, 1 pce.
40
0.0.602.30
Drill D12.2
Drill
bit specifically intended for machining high-strength steel profiles
Drill D12.2 is a special drill for machining Profiles St 8. It is

used to drill the 12.2 mm through-hole for the bolts in
Standard-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8 and Universal-Fastening
Set (Profile St) 8.
An appropriate Drill Paste must be used to lubricate the Drill
when drilling the Profiles.
Drill D12.2
100
124.4
17
12
570
High-performance, high-speed steel

m = 81.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.602.12
Profile KH 8 40x40
Innovative
composite material made of wood and plastic
Lightweight
Electrically
and strong
insulating
The metal-free alternative in the item MB Building Kit System.

An innovative, high-strength material that is particularly easy
to process.
Profile KH 8 40x40 is made from environmentally friendly
material (more than 70 percent wood fibre) and has exactly the
same design as the equivalent item aluminium profile. As a result, it is fully compatible with all attachments and can also be
combined with other building kit system elements. The Line 8
groove can accommodate all fastening elements and enables
users to insert panels directly into profile frames.
This top-quality innovative material is a combination of thermoplastic and renewable raw materials that offers the best of
both worlds. Coloured all the way through in elegant anthracite
grey with a smooth plastic outer surface, it is moisture
resistant, dimensionally stable and strong the ideal basis for
lightweight applications. Thanks to ease of processing (the

material is cut and drilled like conventional wood) and special,
adapted fastening elements, no special machines or tools are
needed when working with the profiles.
When a construction has to be lightweight, when electrical
insulation is a requirement or when a particularly low-cost
solution from the building kit system is needed, Profile KH is
the answer.
The profile is also ideal for use with laboratory equipment for
EMC measurements and when building shelving, table frames,
guards and enclosures.
Physical properties of material KH

Tensile strength
Tensile elongation at failure point
Modulus of elasticity in bending
Flexural strength
Heat distortion temperature
Water absorption 1d
Acid resistance (dil.)
Alkali resistance (dil.)
9900 N/mm2
43 N/mm2
1.2 %
7000 N/mm2
77 N/mm2
+100/-15 C
Volume swelling: 1.16 %
Mass swelling: 3.08 %
+
Profiles KH 8 are connected using a special Standard-Fastening Set or Angle Bracket Sets 8 PA. Cap 8 40x40 seals off the
profile end face.
The wood used in Profile KH 8 is sourced from sustainably
managed forests. It carries the PEFC label. Further information
is available at: www.pefc.co.uk.
17
571
Permissible tensile load F on the groove

flanks. This nominal load incorporates safety
factors (S > 2) that act against deformation
and fracturing.
F = 750 N
400.5
8+0.4
Profile KH 8 40x40
Wood-PP composite
A [cm2]
m [kg/m]
Ix [cm4]
Iy [cm4]
9.21
1.06
14.70
14.70
anthracite, cut-off max. 6000 mm
anthracite, 1 pce., length 6000 mm
17
572
Wx [cm3]
Wy [cm3]
7.04
7.04
0.0.641.61
0.0.626.86
Standard-Fastening Set KH 8
The
quick-action profile fastening
Concealed
Position
of the fastening must be fixed
20
The special fastening techniques for Profile KH 8 40x40

require little processing work and use self-tapping screws that
are driven into the core bore of the profile. Only a through-hole
for the tool (TX 30; 7 mm) specifies the location of the
connecting point.
Standard-Fastening Set KH 8 is entirely concealed in the profile groove maximum integration ensures no space is wasted
and creates clean, clear lines for an elegant construction.
The Button-Head Screw is also available separately for fastening attachments to the core bore of Profile KH.
2.2
10.2
TX30
Quick-action profile connection thanks to selftapping screw.
Standard-Fastening Set KH 8
Button-Head Screw KH 8x55, TX 30, St
m = 27.0 g
0.0.642.18
8
35
14
TX30
Button-Head Screw KH 8x55, TX 30

St
m = 16.0 g
0.0.642.17
55
3.5
17
Position of the through holes

for the key.
17
573
Angle Bracket 8 PA
Holds
Also
profiles with no additional machining
ideal as a temporary fastening
The flexible machining-free profile fastening. Using the Angle

Bracket ensures constructions can be easily reconfigured, as it
does not need to be permanently fixed in one place.
l
F
Because Angle Brackets reinforce fastening points, they are

particularly useful in applications that are likely to involve
bending loads.
Angle Bracket 8 40x40 PA F < 200 N ^ F x l < 10 Nm

Angle Bracket 8 80x80 PA F < 400 N ^ F x l < 30 Nm
The load-carrying capacity is to be checked to ensure both
conditions are met.
Angle Bracket Sets 8 PA include all the necessary fastening

materials for joining two Profiles KH.
Angle Brackets PA come with removable anti-torsion features,

meaning that attachments without a profile groove can also be
screw-connected with ease.
20
40
40
40
20
8.5
20
20
80 0
4
80
17
40
8.5
574
Angle Bracket Set 8 40x40 PA

Angle Bracket 8 40x40 PA, black
2 washers 9x20x2, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 53.0 g
1 set
Angle Bracket Set 8 80x80 PA
Angle Bracket 8 80x80 PA, black
4 washers 9x20x2, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 177.0 g
1 set
0.0.647.03

0.0.647.05
Jigs, fixtures and tools
18
Machining Profile Connections

Machining Dynamic Elements
General Tools
18
J i gs , f i xtur e s a n d t o o ls

Drilling Jigs and Step

Drills
For rapid and precise
profile machining
Simple handling on pillar
drills
577
Drilling Unit
T-Slot Opener 8N
T-Slot Deburrer 8N
Lip Seal Assembly Tool
Drilling Stands for simpli-
For opening closed grooves
For smoothing the edges
The easy and reliable way
fied profile machining

without a pillar drill
583
quickly and carefully

For Profiles 8 and X 8 with
removable groove covering
585
Shaft Mounting Aid
Pin Spanners
The easy way to press
For adjusting the eccentrics
For connecting together
Shafts into Shaft-Clamp

Profiles
589
on roller guides and C-Rail

Guides
For the lock nuts in Bearing
Units
590
the rack segments of a

rack drive
591
Key Insert
Security L-Key Set
Multi-Purpose Pliers
For checking the tightening
For all security fastenings
For cutting plastic, rubber,
torque of screw fastenings

under heavy loads
using items special bolts
wood and thin aluminium
The easy way to cut Cover
Profile PP to length
595
18
576
596
596
of grooves that have been

opened
Adjustable shaft length
for ergonomic working
practices
586
Track Oil for Linear

Guides
For reducing friction
For a longer service life
592
to press Lip Seals into

place
Suitable roller size for a
range of profile sizes
587
Keys
Designed specifically for
use with profiles and fastening elements from item

Also models suitable for
difficult-to-reach screws
593
Drilling Jigs and Step Drills

Standard Connection and Universal Connection
For
rapid and precise profile machining
Simple
handling on pillar drills

Drilling Jigs for precisely positioned machining

of profiles with the required through holes for
Standard Fasteners and Universal Fasteners.
Drilling Jig 5
St, black
Drill bushes, St, hardened and polished
Slewable longitudinal limit stop
Clamp attachment on the profile
Depth limit stop for the Step Drill
m = 390.0 g
1 pce.
4.3
10
40
20
0.0.370.19
10
10
12
80
151
Step Drill, Universal Connection 5

Shaft: 12 mm
m = 80.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.370.35
10
12
4.3
Drilling Jig 6
St, black
m = 832.0 g
1 pce.
5.5
15
60
30
0.0.434.25
16
15
16
18
80
577

Shaft: 13 mm
m = 150.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.431.19
173
13
13
16
5.5
7
40
Drilling Jig 8, small, Standard Connection 8
16
40
20
80
St, black
m = 420.0 g
1 pce.
Drilling Jig 8, large, Standard Connection 8
80
40
16
20
St, black
m = 810.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.026.09
0.0.026.19
80
Drilling Jig 10, small, Standard Connection 10

50
16
50
100
80
Base plate, plastic, green

Profile, Al, anodized, natural
Drill bush, St, hardened and polished
Slewable stop
Profile-guide elements
m = 2.3 kg
1 pce.
10
400
200
578
St, black
Drill bushes, St, hardened and ground
Fold-out longitudinal limit stop
Clamp fastening for profile
m = 662.0 g
1 pce.
Drilling Jig 8
20
18
25

0.0.632.12
0.0.026.91
Step Drill, Universal Connection 8, MT2
20
103
17

Taper shank: MT 2
m = 260.0 g
1 pce.
Step Drill, Universal Connection 8, D13

Shaft: 13 mm
m = 240.0 g
1 pce.
20
103
17
13

Taper shank: MT 3
m = 431.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.026.90
0.0.465.90

0.0.632.09
21
80
25
Step Drill with tapered countersink, Universal Connection 12

Taper shank: MT3
m = 550.0 g
1 pce.

0.0.014.03
30
12
24 24
100
32
18
579
Drilling Jig and Step Drill

Mitre Connection and Central Fastening
Straightforward
profile machining for Mitre-Fastening Set

and Central-Fastening Set
Suitable
For
9.1
cutting the correct bore in the cut profile

Drilling Jig, Mitre Connection 6 D9.1

St, black
Depth limit stop
m = 1.3 kg
1 pce.
80
150
60
for any mitre angle
0.0.616.77
30
7.5
30
Drilling Jig, Mitre Connection 6 D5.5

St, black
Depth limit stop
m = 390.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.616.89
9.1
5.5
b
Drill D9.1
a = 125 mm
b = 9.1 mm
m = 63.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.628.25
Drill D5.5
18
580

a = 93 mm
b = 5.5 mm
m = 18.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.628.55
14.2
Drilling Jig Mitre Connection 8 D14.2
100
St, black
Depth limit stop
m = 1.8 kg
1 pce.
200
0.0.493.72
40
100
40
14.2
Drilling Jig Mitre Connection 8 D9

St, black
m = 0.8 kg
1 pce.
0.0.493.71
Step Drill, Mitre Connection 8
13
0.0.492.60
142

m = 104.0 g
1 pce.
12.5
14.2
Step Drill Central-Fastening Set 10
0.0.632.75
206

Taper shank DIN 228-MK-B2 AT6
m = 244.0 g
1 pce.

18.2
16
80
18
581

Clamp Profiles
For
machining profiles when creating a 90 connection between

Clamp Profiles 6 30x30 and 8 40x40
Drilling Jig 6, Clamp Profile 6 30x30

30
15
11
15
60
St, black
m = 388.0 g
1 pce.
142
Step Drill, Clamp Profile 6 30x30

Shaft: 11 mm
m = 63.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.434.23
0.0.431.20
19
11
Drilling Jig 8, Clamp Profile 8 40x40

40
25
15
20
St, black
m = 880.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.265.22
80
Step Drill, Clamp Profile 8 40x40
170

Shaft: 15 mm
m = 150.0 g
1 pce.
R1
9
18
582
30
15
0.0.265.21
Drilling Unit
Straightforward profile machining on site
Drilling
Stands for simplified profile machining without a pillar drill
Fasten
direct to the profile
Adapter
Stepped bore for the

Universal-Fastening Set.
Through hole and thread for

the Standard-Fastening Set.
for various profile lines

XXXJUFNDPN
The Drilling Unit can be

operated with a commercially
available drilling machine
with European mount
( 43 mm). A machine with
electronic speed control, R/L
operation and 2-speed gearing is recommended.
Drilling Unit, Drilling Stand

St
m = 3.0 kg
1 pce.
0.0.465.88
50
333
43
152
.5
18
583
Drilling Unit, Drilling Adapter Set 5

Adapter Plate, St, black
Angle Bracket, St, black
Step Drill, Universal Connection 5, high-performance, high-speed steel
Drill 4.3 DIN 338, high-performance, high-speed steel
m = 1.2 kg
1 set
12
12
4.3
0.0.464.30
4.3
132
.5
40
13

Drill 5.5 DIN 338, high-performance, high-speed steel
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
16
5.5
0.0.459.33
5.5
147
.5
40

13

Drill 7 DIN 338, high-performance, high-speed steel
m = 1.3 kg
1 set
20
7
7
18
155
584
40
0.0.465.89
T-Slot Opener 8N
For
opening closed grooves quickly and carefully
For
Profiles 8 and X 8 with removable groove covering
40
T-Slot Opener 8N is used to remove the groove cover over any

length beginning from the end face of the profile or any other
opening of sufficient size. If the opening does not extend to the
end of the profile, the end of the opening must be defined with
a hole of 9.2 mm.
80
T-Slot Opener 8N for Standard-Fastening Set:

Each levering movement will open the profile groove over the
length of a Standard-Fastening Set 8.
T-Slot Opener 8N
0.0.612.88
262
St, galvanized
Handle, PVC
m = 580.0 g
1 pce.
T-Slot Opener 8N for Standard-Fastening Set
0.0.612.89
262
St, galvanized
Handle, PVC
m = 500.0 g
1 pce.
18
585
T-Slot Deburrer 8N
For
smoothing the edges of grooves that have been opened
Adjustable
shaft length for ergonomic working practices

T-Slot Deburrer 8N
m = 88.0 g
1 pce.
164
0.0.612.47
Clamping Jaws D40

For
careful machining of profiles with the cylindrical D40 cross-section
Simple
40
80
586
Clamping Jaws D40

PA
4 magnetic inserts
m = 185.0 g
1 pce.
120
18
and rapid clamping in a vice
1.0.003.75
Assembly Tool Lip Seal

The
easy and reliable way to press Lip Seals into place
Suitable
roller size for a range of profile sizes

Assembly Tool Lip Seal 5
200
Roller, PA
Bolt, St
Handle, PA
b = 11 mm
m = 85.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.484.40
Lip Seal Assembly Tool 6-12

Roller, PA
Bolt, St
Handle, PA
m = 81.0 g
b = 8 mm
1 pce.
0.0.493.28
18
587
Combination Drilling Jigs

For
easier machining of Shafts, Shaft-Clamp Profiles and Support Profiles
For
cutting precisely positioned fixing bores
40
10
Combination Drilling Jig for Shaft D10
30
St, black
Clamp lever
m = 715.0 g
1 pce.
13.2
40
40
18
588
0.0.373.55
80
10
25

St, black
Clamping lever
m = 1.4 kg
1 pce.
64
2
50
14.
St, black
Clamp attachment
m = 780.0 g
1 pce.
19
40
33.
0.0.444.68
80
50
40
80
0.0.373.15
Mounting Aid
The
easy way to press Shafts into Shaft-Clamp Profiles
Using a round steel bar to

press guiding shafts into
place
22
90
16
18
Mounting Aid for Shaft D6/D14/D25

St
m = 270.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.265.38
60
18
589
Pin Spanners
For
adjusting the eccentrics on roller guides and C-Rail Guides
For tightening lock nuts in the Bearing Units of Roller Guides 5

D6, 8 D10, 8 D14 and 8 D25.
80
St
m = 40.0 g
black, 1 pce.
120
200
18
590
Pin Spanner 5 D6, 8 D10
Pin Spanner 8 D14

St
m = 90.0 g
black, 1 pce.
Pin Spanner 8 D25

St
m = 430.0 g
black, 1 pce.
0.0.390.13
0.0.294.41
0.0.350.30

For
connecting together the rack segments of a rack drive

St, stainless
m = 451.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.625.39
200
18
591
Track Oil for Linear Guides

Oil Can for Linear Guides
Assembly Paste
High-quality
Ideal
oils increase the service life of linear slides
for product maintenance and care
Assembly
Paste reduces friction when assembling structures
The maintenance and care products from item are the perfect
complement to our high-quality components. Linear slides
need to be lubricated on a regular basis and fully synthetic
Track Oil is the ideal product. It spreads out evenly and does
not tend to gum up. The Oil Can enables you to access difficultto-reach lubricating points.
Components made from stainless steel are extremely strong
but, due to high levels of friction, can often be difficult to
position during assembly. item Assembly Paste ensures that
screws and profiles slot easily into position.
Track Oil and Assembly Paste are approved for contact with
foodstuffs.
The special Track Oil for Linear Guides is entirely synthetic

and approved for contact with foodstuffs. It is used to maintain
oil-lubricated guide tracks.
Assembly Paste helps ensure

screws and profiles made from
stainless steel glide more easily
into position. This makes it far
easier to adjust components so
that they are flush-mounted.

Synthetic lubrication oil ISO VG 460
Content: 250 ml (bottle)
m = 285.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.612.75

Pump-action oil dispenser Al with pointed tip
Content: 200 ml
m = 600.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.612.74
Assembly Paste
Contents: 100 g (tube)
m = 115.0 g
1 pce.
1.0.003.61
Grease for Linear Guide Carriage Units

Contents: 250 g (tube)
m = 300.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.644.87
Grease Gun for Linear Guide Carriage Unit D14

Conical adapter with needle mouthpiece
Contents: 50 ml
m = 150.0 g
1 pce.
18
592
0.0.644.88
Keys
Designed
Also
Ball-Headed Keys are particularly suitable for initial tightening

and for screws which are difficult to reach (tightening angles
up to 25).
Keys with T-Handle and L-Keys are suitable for the maximum
tightening torques of the various screws.
specifically for use with profiles and fastening elements from item
models suitable for difficult-to-reach screws
A special L-Key 5 A/F N is used for the Automatic-Fastening

Sets 8 N.
The keys are made of high-grade chrome-vanadium steel, mattchrome plated. The ergonomic plastic handles have an elastic
coating of TPE.
L-Keys are particularly suitable for tightening the screws of

Universal Connections.
Ball-Headed Key 1.5 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
179
1 pce.
75
1.5
29.0
0.0.473.79
Ball-Headed Key 2 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
204
1 pce.
100
30.0
0.0.473.78

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
204
1 pce.
100
30.0
0.0.370.58

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
211
1 pce.
100
54.0
0.0.406.60

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
211
1 pce.
100
64.0
0.0.026.54

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
243
1 pce.
125
105.0
0.0.406.61

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
268
1 pce.
150
150.0
0.0.480.34

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
271
1 pce.
150
10
211.0
18
0.0.480.35
593
Key with T-Handle 3 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
170
1 pce.
145
33.0
0.0.370.59

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
170
1 pce.
145
45.0
0.0.406.39

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
230
1 pce.
195
90.0
0.0.026.29

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
230
1 pce.
195
110.0
0.0.406.38

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
330
1 pce.
295
200.0
0.0.480.36

a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
330
1 pce.
295
10
320.0
0.0.480.37

Chrome vanadium steel, matt chrome-plated
b
L-Key 3 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
93
1 pce.
66
9.0
0.0.440.73
L-Key 4 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
109
1 pce.
74
19.0
0.0.440.74
L-Key 5 A/F
c
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
125
1 pce.
85
34.0
0.0.026.89
L-Key 5 A/F N
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
163
1 pce.
20
30.0
0.0.492.59
L-Key 6 A/F
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
200
1 pce.
160
150.0
0.0.007.01
L-Key 8 A/F
18
594
a [mm]
b [mm]
c [mm]
m [g]
300
1 pce.
200
300.0
0.0.007.12
Key Inserts
For
checking the tightening torque of screw fastenings under heavy loads

The key insert 5 is suitable for item profile fastenings with 5 A/F hexagon sockets (e.g. Universal-Fastening Sets 8 and Automatic-Fastening
Sets 8). The special shape of the tip enables users to turn the key from
outside the groove, thereby ensuring that tightening our best fasteners
is effortless.
With a square drive for use with torque wrenches.
Key insert 8 A/F- enables the use of a torque wrench with

square drive to check the tightening torques of Universal Connections 12.
"
Key Insert 5 A/F-
0.0.644.68
160
23

m = 39,0 g
chrome-plated, 1 pce.
5
"
Key Insert 8 A/F-
0.0.007.47
340
38

m = 320,0 g
1 pce.

18
595
Security L-Key Set 2.5-6 A/F

For
all security fastenings using items special bolts
For all item security bolts: L-Keys that give authorized personnel the access they need.
Security L-Key Set 2.5-6 A/F
93
51
Chrome vanadium steel, black

In plastic holder, black
m = 75.0 g
1 set
0.0.627.48
Pliers for cutting Cover Profiles or similar elements made from

rubber, leather, plastic, wood or aluminium.
200
18
596
40
Scissor body, sheet steel, bright nickel-plated

Blade, special steel
Anvil, light steel
Handle plastic-coated, non-slip design
m = 300.0 g
1 pce.
0.0.265.63
T e c h n i c al D ata
19
Aluminium Profiles
T-Slot Nuts
Linear Slides
Mechanical Drive Elements
19
T echnical D ata
Technical Data for Section 1 Profiles and accessories

Extruded Profile
Symbol Al Mg Si 0.5 F 25
Material number 3.3206.72
Status: artificially aged
Tolerances
Deformations such as straightness and flatness tolerance to
DIN EN 12020 Part 2.
Profiles not cut to size may be up to 100 mm longer than specified, due to manufacturing methods.
Mechanical values (apply only in pressing direction)

Tensile strength Rm min. 245 N/mm2
Yield point Rp0.2
min. 195 N/mm2
Density
2.7 kg/dm3
min.10 %
Ductile yield A5
min. 8 %
Ductile yield A10
Linear coefficient
of expansion
23.6x10-6 1/K
Modulus of elasticity E approx. 70,000 N/mm2
Modulus of rigidity G approx. 25,000 N/mm2
Hardness
approx. 75 HB - 2.5/187.5
Surface
The aluminium profiles are natural (C0) or black (C35)
anodized and are therefore permanently resistant to scratching
and corrosion. Surface with matt finish (E 6), compressed
with anodic oxidation. Minimum layer thickness 10 m, layer
hardness 250 - 350 HV. The all-round hard anodized surface
covering makes saw cuts virtually burr-free, thereby eliminating
the need for remachining.
All standard Profiles and Profiles light and Profiles E
feature defined points of support on the Profile exterior and
inclined groove flanks. These ensure a firm and stable connection with other components. Thanks to controlled elastic
deformation in the groove flanks, the fastening screw creates a
vibration-free connection.
Groove position, external dimensions

and modular dimensions
Modular dimension R [mm]

20
30
40
50
60
Profile edge length a [mm]

from
19
598
Tolerances of external dimensions a and groove

position n [mm]
up to
10
0.10
10
20
0.15
20
40
0.20
40
60
0.30
60
80
0.40
80
100
0.45
100
120
0.50
120
160
0.60
160
240
0.80
240
320
1.50
T echnical D ata
Groove Dimensions

5.0
11.5
+0.3
6.35 0.15
1.8
0.15
6.2
+0.3
0.1
0.1

+0.3
8.0

+0.4
16.3
+0.3
20.0
9.75
+0.2
12.25
+0.4
3.0
-0.25
4.5
0.15
0.1
0.2
0.1
10.0
+0.4
12.0
+0.4
25.0
+0.4
30.0
+0.3
+0.3
18.3
15.5
+0.3
+0.3

5.3
0.25
+0.3
0.1
+0.3
6.6
+0.3
0.3
0.1
Core Bores
Drilled hole
d1
Reborable
up to
d2

4.30.1 mm
for M5
6 mm
or M6
5+0.2 mm
for M6
8 mm
or M8
6.8-0.2 mm
for M8
13 mm
or M12
(not
Profile E)
8.5 -0.2 mm
for M10
16 mm
or M16
(not
Profile E)
Profiles with Open Grooves
+0.1

10.2-0.2 mm
for M12
20 mm
or M20
Closed Grooves
Number of Holes
z [mm]
Number of Holes
z [mm]
0.4
0.6
2 to 4
0.6
>1
0.8
>4
0.8
The hole position tolerance depends on the

number of core bores and the profile contour.
Tensile Loading
Groove shape

Normal
500 N
1,750 N
5,000 N
7,000 N
10,000 N
500 N
2,500 N
Light
E
1,750 N
5,000 N
3,500 N
The permissible tensile forces F on the groove

flanks. These nominal loads include safety factors (S > 2) against plastic deformation.
599
19
T echnical D ata
Torsion
Torsion tolerance v
for Length l [mm]
up to
up to
up to
3,000
4,000
5,000
b [mm]
from
up to
1,000
up to
up to
2,000
25
1.0
1.5
1.5
2.0
2.0
2.0
25
50
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.0
50
75
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.0
75
100
1.0
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
3.0
100
125
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
3.0
125
150
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.5
3.0
150
200
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.6
3.0
3.5
200
300
1.8
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
300
320
2.0
2.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
Straightness Tolerance transverse

Width a [mm]
19
600
up to
6,000
Straightness Tolerance
from
up to
t [mm]
80
0.3
80
120
0.4
120
160
0.5
160
240
0.7
240
320
1.0
T echnical D ata
Straightness Tolerance longitudinal
Length
l1 [mm]
up to 1,000
h1 [mm]
0.7
Tolerances
up to 2,000
1.3
up to 3,000
1.8
up to 4,000
2.2
up to 5,000
2.6
up to 6,000
3.0
h2
For every length section of l2 =

300 mm, a maximum deviation
of 0.3 mm is allowed
Angular Tolerance
Width b [mm]
Angular Tolerance
from
up to
w [mm]
20
0.2
20
40
0.4
40
80
0.6
80
120
0.8
120
200
1.2
200
1.5
601
19
T echnical D ata
Construction profiles: Determination of the Profile Deflection

The following equations apply for calculating deflection f:
Example load 1
F x l3

f = ________
3 x E x x 104
An approximate calculation of the deflection is possible with the help of the nomogram shown
on the right.
The example shown is worked through in the direction of the arrow to determine the deflection.
Example:
Example load 2
Given:
F = 1,000 N
l = 500 mm
y = 5,14 cm4 (Profile 5 40x20, upright)
F x l3
f = _________
x x x 4
48 E 10
Find:
f = Deflection in mm
Results:
Example load 1
f = 11.6 mm
Example load 3
Example load 2
f = 0.72 mm
F x l3

f = __________
x
192 E x x 104
Example load 3
f = 0.18 mm
The following equations are to be used for calculating the

deflection caused by the dead weight:
The bending values that are either calculated or determined using graphs must be added to the
deflection caused by the dead weight of the profiles.
For an approximate calculation of the deflection caused by the dead weight, the dead weight is
entered as F in the nomogram and the resulting values should be halved.
As example load 1
Check of the bending stress
F x l3

f = __________
8 x E x x 104
Mb

= ________
W x 103

=
=
Mb
W
=
Rp0,2 Al =
As example load 2
5 x F x l3
____________

f =
384 x E x x 104
As example load 3
Bending stress in N/mm2

Max. bending moment in Nmm
Resistance moment in cm3
195 N/mm2
The calculated bending stress must be compared with

the permissible bending stress perm .
Fxl
____________
4
f =
3
384 x E x x 10
F = Load in N
l = Free profile length in mm
= Moment of inertia in cm4
E = Modulus of elasticity in N/mm2
EAI = 70,000 N/mm2
Rp0.2
perm = _______
S
The safety factor S must be selected depending on the

required application conditions.
Note:
Calculate the deflection in a profile easily online: A profile
deflection calculator that takes into account all three load
scenarios is available online at www.item24.com.
19
602
T echnical D ata
l
0.1
10
100
1.000
mm
Load 1
0.01
l
0.01
0.1
10
100
mm
f
0.01
0.1
10
100 mm
Load 3
0.001
Load 2
0.001
400
30.000
300
20.000
200
10.000
9.000
8.000
7.000
6.000
5.000
100
90
80
70
60
50
4.000
40
3.000
30
2.000
20
1000
900
800
700
600
500
10
9
8
7
6
5
400
300
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
40
0.4
30
0.3
20
0.2
10
0.1
5.000
6.000
mm
40.000
3.000
1.000
900
800
700
600
500
4.000
100.000
90.000
80.000
70.000
60.000
50.000
2.000
2.000
1.500
200.000
600
700
800
900
1.000
3.000
500
4.000
300.000
300
400.000
400
cm4
10.000
9.000
8.000
7.000
6.000
5.000
200
N
1.000.000
900.000
800.000
700.000
600.000
500.000
100
603
19
T echnical D ata
Construction profiles: Determination of the torsion angle

The following equations apply for calculating the torsion
angle :
Example load 1
The example shown on the nomogram opposite is based on the free profile
length and a given torsional moment. The result is the torsion angle as a deformation of Profile 5 40x40.
180 x Mt x l
_____________
x x x
=
G t 10
It is naturally also possible to use the nomogram in reverse and begin with
a maximum permissible torsion to calculate the required profile sizes or the
maximum loading moments for a specified profile length.
Example load 2
Example:
180 x Mt x l
_____________
x x x x
=
4 G t 10
Where:
Mt = Torsional moment in Nm
l = Free profile length in mm
t = Moment of inertia in cm4
G = Modulus of rigidity in N/mm2
GAI = 25,000 N/mm2
= Torsion angle in decimal degrees
Given:
Mt = 20 Nm
l = 500 mm
t = 5.42 cm4 (Profile 5 40x40)
Find:
= Torsion angle in decimal degrees
Results:
Example load 1
= 0.42
Example load 2
= 0.11
The values for the profiles torsional moments of inertia were determined
experimentally or through an approximate calculation. Component tolerances
and simplifying assumptions mean the actual torsion angles can differ from the
calculated value by up to 15%.
Check of the torsional stress

In practice, the criterion for a profile to fail under a torsional load is less the
fact that the permissible torsional stress is exceeded, but rather the presence of excessive twist (torsion angle) even though it is still within the elastic
limit. This deformation greatly impairs correct functioning of the components.
Consequently, a more torsionally rigid profile must be selected long before the
permissible stress values are reached.
19
604
T echnical D ata
l
0.02
0.005
0.05
0.01
0.1
0.02
0.2
0.05
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.5
10
Mt
Mt
Load 1
Load 2
o
Nm
600
500
cm4
600
500
400
400
300
300
200
200
100
90
80
70
60
50
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
40
30
30
20
20
10
9
8
7
6
5
10
9
8
7
6
5
5.000
6.000
0.1
3.000
0.1
4.000
0.2
2.000
0.2
500
600
700
800
900
1.000
0.3
300
0.3
400
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
200
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
100
Mt
605
19
T echnical D ata
Technical Data for Section 2 Fastening technology

F
Application options
MT
Can be retrofitted to existing

constructions
Line
Displacement
force
Torsional moment *
Bending mo- Profile machining

ment *
++
++
++
No
Yes
++
++
++
Yes
1 stepped bore
each
Yes
++
Yes
1 bore
1 threaded bore
No
Yes
2 stepped bores
Yes
1 threaded bore
Yes
1 threaded bore
No
6
8
10
12
77
5
6
8
10
12
79
5
6
8
10
12
82
87
88
89
Fixed
Movable (linear)
* Dependent on line and profile design
19
606
Twistable (axial)
Freely selectable
angle
++ Excellent
+ Good
Recommended for
some cases
Not recommended
T echnical D ata
Application options
MT

constructions
Line
Displacement
force
Torsional moment *

ment *
++
++
++
No
Yes
No
Yes
++
++
++
No
Yes
++
Yes
3 threaded bores
++
No
Yes
Dependent
on assembly
scenario
Yes
Angle Bracket Zn
6
8
12
90
Angle Bracket V Zn
5
6
8
95
Angle Bracket Al and St
8
12
96
5
6
8
99
Angle Elements
6
45
105
Hinges, heavy-duty
0-180
5
90-180
6
8
107
Fixed
Movable (linear)
Twistable (axial)
Freely selectable
angle
++ Excellent
+ Good
Recommended for
some cases
Not recommended
607
19
T echnical D ata
Application options
MT
Line
Displacement
force
Torsional moment *

constructions

ment *
Ball-Bearing Hinge
0-180
Dependent
on assembly
scenario
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
109
Ball joints
0-180
110
30-150
111
Direct-Fastening Set
360
No
Yes
360
No
Yes
No
Yes
112
Click-Fastening Set
113
Angle Hinge Brackets, Angle Clamp Brackets
10-170
6
8
115
Fixed
Movable (linear)
19
608
Twistable (axial)
Freely selectable
angle
++ Excellent
+ Good
Recommended
for some cases
Not recommended
T echnical D ata
Application options
MT

constructions
Line
Displacement
force
Torsional moment *

ment *
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
++
++
++
No
Yes
++
++
++
Yes
No
Yes
No

360
117
6
8
12
120
6
8
60-120
122
Parallel Fastener 8
124
Connecting Profiles
125
Pin Elements
10
12
127
Fixed
Movable (linear)
Twistable (axial)
Freely selectable
angle
++ Excellent
+ Good
Recommended for
some cases
Not recommended
609
19
T echnical D ata
Technical Data for Section 3 T-Slot Nuts

T-Slot Nuts

19
610
Order No.
Recommended tightening torque
5 St M5
0.0.370.01
4.5 Nm
500 N
5 St M5, stainless
0.0.425.11
3.6 Nm
400 N
5 St M4
0.0.370.06
3.0 Nm
500 N
5 St M4, stainless
0.0.425.10
2.4 Nm
400 N
5 St M3
0.0.437.19
1.5 Nm
500 N
5 Zn M3
0.0.391.20
1.0 Nm
50 N
6 St M6
0.0.419.40
14.0 Nm
1,750 N *
6 St M6, stainless
0.0.439.75
11.0 Nm
1,400 N *
6 St M5
0.0.419.43
8.0 Nm
1,750 N *
6 St M5, stainless
0.0.439.72
6.5 Nm
1,400 N *
6 St M4
0.0.419.46
4.0 Nm
1,750 N *
6 St M3
0.0.459.44
1.5 Nm
500 N
6 Zn M4
0.0.441.45
1.5 Nm
150 N
8 St M8, heavy
0.0.420.83
34.0 Nm
5,000 N *
8 St M6, heavy
0.0.427.75
14.0 Nm
3,500 N *
V 8 St M8
0.0.480.48
20.0 Nm
4,000 N *
V 8 St M6
0.0.480.50
14.0 Nm
3,500 N *
V 8 St M5
0.0.480.54
8.0 Nm
2,500 N *
V 8 St M4
0.0.480.57
4.0 Nm
2,500 N *
8 St M8
0.0.026.18
25.0 Nm
5,000 N *
8 St M8, stainless
0.0.388.49
20.0 Nm
4,000 N *
8 St M6
0.0.026.23
14.0 Nm
3,500 N *
8 St M6, stainless
0.0.388.51
11.0 Nm
2,800 N *
8 St M5
0.0.420.05
8.0 Nm
2,500 N *
8 St M5, stainless
0.0.428.55
6.5 Nm
2,000 N *
8 St M4
0.0.420.06
4.0 Nm
2,500 N *
8 St M4, stainless
0.0.428.54
3.2 Nm
2,000 N *
8 St/PA M6
0.0.416.17
8.0 Nm
1,000 N
8 St/PA M5
0.0.416.20
4.5 Nm
1,000 N
8 St/PA M4
0.0.416.23
2.0 Nm
500 N
8 St/PA M3
0.0.416.26
1.0 Nm
500 N
8 Zn M5
0.0.373.44
1.5 Nm
250 N
8 Zn M4
0.0.373.58
1.5 Nm
250 N
8 Zn M3
0.0.373.59
1.0 Nm
250 N
8 PA
0.0.436.52
1.5 Nm
150 N
T echnical D ata
T-Slot Nuts

Order No.
Recommended tightening torque
10 St M10, heavy
0.0.624.95
65 Nm
7,000 N *
10 St M8, heavy
0.0.624.97
34 Nm
6,000 N *
10 St M10
0.0.625.02
46 Nm
7,000 N *
10 St M8
0.0.625.04
34 Nm
6,000 N *
10 St M6
0.0.625.06
14 Nm
3,500 N *
12 St M12, heavy
0.0.003.68
100 Nm
10,000 N *
12 St M10, heavy
0.0.003.67
65 Nm
10,000 N *
12 St M8, heavy
0.0.003.66
34 Nm
6,000 N *
12 St M12
0.0.003.65
80 Nm
10,000 N *
12 St M10
0.0.003.64
46 Nm
10,000 N *
12 St M8
0.0.003.63
34 Nm
6,000 N *
12 St M6
0.0.003.72
14 Nm
3,500 N
* Maximum load achievable in standard Profile only. Check profile properties if using e.g. Profile Light or Profile E.
The total load of a screw connection comprises the sum of the pre-tensioning force and the operating load!
The permissible operating load is based on a safety factor of 1.5.
611
19
T echnical D ata
Technical Data for Section 15 Linear slides

Calculation of service life for all linear slides mounted on rolling elements
( )
C 3
L =
__
. 100
P
( )
1666
C 3
. ____

Lh = __
P
Co

S0 = __
P
19
612
L =
Lh =
C =
P =
=
Service life in km
Service life in h
Dynamic load rating in N
Load in N
Mean slide speed in m/min
S0 =
C0 =
Static load safety factor > 3

Static load rating in N
T echnical D ata
Technical Data for Section 16 Mechanical drive elements

Combination options for couplings and accessories
The table of options shown below shows the required components for combining mechanical drive elements
Coupling D30
MD < 8 Nm
20x5: MD < 1 Nm
20x20: MD < 4 Nm
Coupling D55
MD < 50 Nm
Coupling D80
MD 100 Nm

Coupling Insert D30
Coupling Half D30 D6
(Machining required)
Coupling Housing 8 D30
Coupling Adapter Plate D30/D55 Universal 80x80 or
120x120
2 x Button-Head Screw ISO 7380 M6x16
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 5 40 R10

with VK14
MD < 4 Nm

Coupling Insert D30
120x120

with VK14

Coupling Insert D55
MD < 20 Nm

120x120

with VK32

Coupling Insert D80
MD < 60 Nm

Coupling Adapter Plate D80 Universal
120x120 or 160x160
Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8 80 R50 II

with VK32

Coupling Insert D80
MD < 100 Nm

Coupling Adapter Plate D80 Universal
120x120 or 160x160
4 x Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M8x20
Bevel Gear Box WG
Only for MD < 8 Nm (in conjunction with Ball Screw Units

KGT or Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 540 R10):
MD < 28 Nm

Coupling Insert D30
120x120
Only for MD < 28 Nm:

Coupling Insert D55
120x120
613
19
A lphabetical I nde x
A
Acrylic Glass
Adapter 8 D40
Adapter Flange (for motors and drives)
Adapter Plate Profiles and Accessories
Adapter Plates for Castors
Adapter Plates (for motors and drives)
Adapter Shaft
Adapter, Socket / Plug (for Light Fitting 55W)
Adjustable Foot
Adjustable Foot PA
Adjustable Stand Foot
Aluminium profiles > Profiles
Aluminium Roller Shutters
Angle Bracket Al (Profile connection)
Angle Bracket Caps (for Angle Bracket Zn)
Angle Bracket Sets (Profile connection)
Angle Bracket St (Component connection)
Angle Bracket St (Profile connection)
Angle Bracket V
Angle Bracket Zn (Component connection)
Angle Bracket Zn (Profile connection)
Angle Brackets
Angle Elements
Angle Hinge Brackets
Angle Locking Bracket
Angled Profiles
Anti-Loss Washer
Anti-Vibration Insert (for Knuckle Feet)
Assembly Paste
Assembly Tool Lip Seal
297
104
558
162
353
556
161
553
414
319
328
334
334
16
260
96
92
93
158
96
95
157
90
158
115
105
115
117
50
175
324
592
587
120
77
B
Ball Latch
Ball Screw Units
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Sets
Ball-Bearing Guide Bush Units
Ball-Bearing Guide Bushes
Ball-Bearing Hinge
Ball-Bush Block Guides
Ball-Bush Block Sets
Ball-Headed Keys
Ball Joints
Base Plates
Base Plates > Base Plates/Transport Plates
Bearing Carriages
Bearing Units (for Roller Guides)
Bed Plate Profiles
614
281
540
542
495
497
494
109
499
500
593
110
338
357
491
471
36
Belt > Timing Belts

Bevel Gearboxes
Bevel Gearboxes WG
Bolts (for Roller Guides)
Box > Electronic Boxes
Bracket Zn
Brackets, flat
Brush Insert, Brush Insert ESD
Buffer Strip
Buffer > Parabolic Buffer
Button-Head Screw KH
Button-Head Screws ISO 7380
Button-Head Screws T4 (for plastics)
533
543
544
477
454
157
158
370
426
427
573
147
138
C
Cable Conduits > Conduits
Cable Entry Protector, Lid (for Conduits)
Cable Entry Protector, Wall (for Conduits)
Calculations (Profiles)
Cap 45 Angle and 120 Angle
Cap for Handle PA 160
Cap (Profile St) 8
Cap > Caps for Profiles
Caps PA (for Bores / Holes)
Caps PA (for Cover Profiles Al)
Caps PA (for Profile End Face)
Caps St (for Profile End Face)
Caps TPE (for Protective Profile)
Caps Zn (for Profile End Face)
Caps, Button-Head Screws
Captive Nuts
Cap, rubber coated
Castor Adapter Plates
Castor Ball Insert, Castor Ball Set
Castor Insert D30
Castor Rail 8 40x40
Castor Rail 8 40x40 Brake
Castor Rail 8 Cap
Castor Support 8
Castor Units
Castors
Castors swivel with Connecting Plate
Castors, Fixed
Castors, Swivel
Centring Pieces
Chain Carrier
Chain Counter-Reverse Unit
Chain Guidance in the Profile Groove
Chain Guide Profile
Chain Link
Chain Reverse Units
430
443
443
598
62
265
566
52
63
68
198
55
425
57
151
125, 187
56
353
370
368
366
369
371
372
354
253, 257
252, 340
347, 350
340
340
282
87
123
557
537
383
381
381
381
382
Chain Transfer
Chain Transfer End Ramp
Chain Transfer Slide Strips
Chain
Chain-Driven Conveyor Rollers
Chequer Sheet
Clamp Multiblocks
Clamp Profiles (for Panel Elements)
Clamping Element > Dual-Rod Mesh Clamping
Element
Clamping Jaws
Clamping Sets (for Synchronising Shaft Profiles)
Clamping Spring (for Clamp Profile)
Clamp-Block Caps (for Ball-Bush Block Guide)
Clamp-Profile Fasteners
Clamp-Profile Fastening Set
Clamp-Profile Strips
Clamp-Profile System E
Click-Fastening Sets
Clip PA ( for Double Panel Profile)
Clip St
Column D110
Column Lid Profile D110
Column Profile D110
Combination Drilling Jigs
Compact Lamp
Components made of special materials
Compound Material
Conduit Caps
Conduit Caps with Cable Entry Protector
Conduit Profiles
Conduit Profiles E
Conduits
Conduits with fixed sizes
Conduit-Finishing Profiles (for profile groove) > Cover
Profiles
Connecting Cable, Socket / Earthed Plug (for Light
Fitting 55W)
Connecting Shafts
Connection Profile Braces
Connection Profiles
Constructions profiles > Profiles
Contact Pins ESD
Container Mounting
Conveyor Roller TRA50 (Chain-Driven)
Conveyor Rollers
Conveyors
384
384
384
217, 381
378
307
178
204
214
586
554
198
498
207
206
198
210
202
202
88, 113
183
69
450
450
450
588
417
563
302
424
444
446
446
441
432
432
430
432
65
414
551
126
125
17
459
402
375
376
379
375
361
99

Corrugated Mesh Al
Corrugated Mesh St
Counter Reverse Unit > Chain Counter-Reverse Unit
Counter Reverse Unit > Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse
Unit
Countersunk Screw SF
Countersunk Screws DIN 7991
Countersunk Screw, self-threading DIN 7982
Coupling Housings
Coupling sets
Couplings
Cover Profile 32 (for Connection Profile 8)
Cover Profile 60 (for Stand Profile)
Cover Profiles Al (for Profile Groove)
Cover Profiles Al (for profile side face)
Cover Profiles NBR (for profile side face)
Cover Profiles PP
C-Rail Systems
C-Rail, Bearing Sets
C-Rail, Rail Profile Caps
C-Rail, Rail Profiles
C-Rail, Slide Profiles
199
308
309
383
531
57
154
407
548
550
547
125
446
65
68
70
66, 165
482
486
484
489
488
488
D
Digital Position Indicator
Direct-Fastening Sets
Document Holder
Door Catch > Ball Latch
Door Latch
Door Lock 6-8 Zn
Door Locks 8
Door Rabbet
Door Stop
Door Stop Seals
Double Hinges
Double Panel Profile
Double Pivot Arm
Double-Beard Insert (for Integrated Lock System)
Double-Bearing Units
Double-Lip Seal 8
Dowels > Floor-Fastening Sets
Drill D12.2
Drill > Step Drills
Drilling Jig
Drilling Unit
Drive Set KRF
Drive Sets KLE
Dual-Rod Mesh
Dynamic Elements
395
89, 112
405
281
283
287
288
240
240
241
226
182
396
290
473
168
355
570
577
578
577
583
520
513
310
214
213
293
466
615
E
Earthing Connection
Earthing Terminals
Edge Profile
Electronic Boxes
Electronic Transformer 105W (for Lamp 35W)
Electronic-Box Lids
End Cap and Lubricating Systems
End cap > Caps
Extension Cable, Socket / Plug (for Light Fitting 55W)
458
457
315
454
416
455
454
193
475
52
414
F
Face Fastening Set
Fastener 8 M12
Fastener Caps (for corner connections)
Fastening Screw (for Caps PA)
Fastening Set for Hanger
Fastening Set for Security Limit Switch / Lock
compact
Fastening Set Keyboard Shelf
Fastening Sets for Angle Bracket AI and St
Fastening Sets for Bevel Gearboxes
Fastening Sets for Brackets / Angle Brackets
Fastening Sets for Handle Al
Fastening Sets for Hinge PA
Fastening Sets for Lock System 6-8
Fastening Sets (for corner connections)
Fastening Set for Security Limit Switch / Lock compact
Fastening Set, on profile side for Floor-Fixing Plate
Fastenings for Panels in Special Profiles
Fixed Actuator (for Security Limit Switch / Lock
compact)
Flange
Flange -> Adapter Flange
Flat Profiles
Floor elements
Floor-Fixing Plate
Foot Cap
Foot Clamps (for Knuckle Feet)
Footplate
Frame Profile 8
Friction Joints 8
114
98
101
55
212
219
411
97
546
158
267
226
292
99
222
337
71
197
219
192
558
49
317
355
337
447
356
326
327
358
570
399
398
G
Gear Boxes > Bevel Gearboxes
General Tools
Glass Clamp (for panel elements)
Glass > Acrylic Glass
616
543
593
189
297
Grease
Grease Gun
Grip Cover Profile
Grip End Caps
Grip Rail Cap Sets
Grip Rail Profiles
Grip Systems
Grips > Handles
Groove cover > Cover Profiles
Groove Profile 8 Al M4 (for Linear Guide Systems)
Groove Profile 8 Al M8 (for Conveyor Roller)
Groove Profiles
592
592
275
275
274
274
272
265
66
492
377
377
H
Halogen Reflector (for Lamp 35W)
Hammerhead Nut
Handles AI
Handles and grips
Handles PA
Handle, light duty
Hand-Grip Elements (for Handles)
Hanger
Hangers (for Frame Elements)
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
Hinge for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18
Hinge Leaf
Hinge Leaf Profiles
Hinge Pin
Hinge St
Hinges Al
Hinges and fittings
Hinges PA
Hinges Zn
Hinges, heavy-duty
Holder for Cables and Hoses
HPL panels > Plastics
416
136
267, 269
263
265
270
272
211
211
152
232
201
242
231
228
236
228
223
225
237
107
452
304
I
Impact Buffers
Impact Protection > Buffer Strip
Installation elements
427
426
429
289
J
575
K
Key with T-Handle
Keyboard Shelf
Keys
KH Standard-Fastening Set + screw
KLE carriage plates
Knob (for Integrated Lock System)
Knuckle Foot 80x40
594
411
593
573
512
290
325
L
Label Holder
Labeling > Label Holders
Lamp 35W
Lamp 35W, 3-Way Distributor Block
Lamps > Light Fittings
Levelling Feet (for Base Plate)
Levelling Knuckle Feet
Lifting-Door Chain Reverse Units
Lifting-Door Guide Profile
Lifting-Door-System
Light Fittings
Limit Stop (for Linear Slides)
Linear Guide Rail
Linear Guide Unit
Linear Slides
Linear Units KLE
Linear Units KRF
Lip Seals
Locating Profile 8 Al
Locating Washers
Lock System 6-8
Locking Systems
Locking Systems with escutcheons/grips
Locks and catches
Locks > Locking Systems
Locks >Door Lock/Locking System/Door Latch/Integrated Lock System/Lock System
Lubricating Systems > End Cap and Lubricating
Systems
L-Based Feet
L-Keys
412
412
415
415
413
416
337
319
436
216
216
218
215
413
504
453, 517
492
480
461, 466
512
518
167
143
155
291
278
284
277
284
283
475
329
332
594
M
Machine accessories
385
Magnetic Catch
279
Magnetic Catches
279
280
Magnetic Holder
404
507
308, 310,
Mesh Panels > Corrugated Mesh, Dual-Rod Mesh,
Steel Mesh
312
122
111
432
Modular Hinge System
233
Modular rack drive
538
Monitor Adapter
409
Mounting Aid (for Shafts)
589
Mounting Plate (fastening Timing-Belt Reverse Unit 8)
530
Movable Actuator (for Security Limit Switch / Lock

compact)
Multi Bracket
Multiblocks PA
Multiblocks Zn
Multi-Socket Power Strips
Multi-Spline Shafts
219
174
169
172
596
418
552
N
Notice Holders, magnetic
408
O
Operating Consoles > Conduits
592
431
P
Panel Clamp (for Panel Elements)
Panel Elements
Panel Fixing Strip (for Double Panel Profile)
Panel fasteners
Panels > Panel Elements
Panel-fixing profiles > Cover Profiles
Parabolic Buffers
Parallel Fastener 8
Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile
Parallel Fastener 8 Cover Profile End Cap
Partition Adapter
PC Mount
PET-G
Perforated Sheet Al
Pin Elements
Pin Spanners
Pivot Arm
Plastic Roller Shutters
Plastics
Plexiglass > Acrylic Glass
Pliers > Multi-Purpose Pliers
Plug, Spring-Force Connected (for Light Fitting 55W)
Pneumatic Connecting Plates
Pneumatic Connections
Pneumatic Universal-Butt-Fastening Set
Pneumatic Universal-Fastening Set
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate Protective Panel (for Light Fitting
55W)
Positioning Set
Potential Equaliser
Profile Bars
Profile Cylinder (for Lock System)
Profile D25
Profile Edgings
Profile fastening > Fasteners
188
295
183
163
295
180
66, 165
427
124
124
124
336
335
410
301
313
127
590
396
261
304
297
596
414
422
423
420
420
299
414
394
460
569
142
292
273
50
74
617
Profile KH 8 40x40
Profile St 8 40x40
Profiled Steel Rail Guide Systems
Profiles 10
Profiles 12
Profiles 5
Profiles 6
Profiles 8
Profiles M (unfinished elements; flat material, angular
profiles)
Profiles with Integrated Conduit
Protective Conductor Connection > Earthing Terminals
Protective Fence > Dual-Rod Mesh System
Protective Profiles 8 (Protecting against knocks)
Proximity Switches
Proximity-Switch Cam
Proximity-Switch Connecting Cable
571
566
490
45
47
17
21
27
11
50
448
457
310
425
559
561
560
Q
Quick Multiblocks with Securing Pin and with Slotted
Pin
176
R
Rack 8 Drive Module and Rack 8 Coupling Module
Rack 8 Segment and End Section
Radius Seals (for Profiles)
Rebate Profiles
Recessed Grip D50
Retaining Cords
Reverse Unit > Chain Reverse Units
Reverse Unit > Timing-Belt Reverse Units
Rod Latch 8 (for Integrated Lock System)
Rod Mesh >Dual-Rod Mesh
Roller Conveyor > Chain-Driven Conveyor Rollers
Roller Elements (for conveyor applications)
Roller for Corner-Fastener 8 32x18
Roller Guides
Roller Profiles
Roller Shutter Curved Guide Set 45
Roller Shutter End Strip
Roller Shutter Locking System 8
Roller Shutter Slat Insulator
Roller Shutter Slat Profiles
Roller Shutter Slat Sliding Shoe
Roller Shutter Slide Strip
Rollers D60 PU
Rollers (for Roller Guides)
Rollers > Conveyor Rollers
Rotating Pawl Latch (for Integrated Lock System)
618
591
539
538
102
373
373
185
271
399, 407
382
522
290
310
367
378
374
200
466
479
259
262
262
260
260
260
259
258
257
476
376
290
RS Guide
RS Guide Profile
Rubber buffer > Impact Buffer
Rubber Inserts (for Knuckle Feet)
Runner
Runway Profiles
259
259
427
323, 325
402
254
S
Safety Hangers
Screw Strips Al
Screwdriver Socket 8 A/F-
Screws
Sealing Strip
Seals PE (for pneumatic applications)
Security Limit Switch compact
Security L-Key Set
Security Switch Connecting Cable
Self-Tapping Screw DIN 7981
Shafts
Shaft-Clamp Block Sets (for ball-bush block guide)
Shaft-Clamping Bushes
Sheet Material Al
Shelf 8
Slide Caps (for Ball-Bush Block Guide)
Slide Clamps
Slide Guide Strips
Slide Guides
Slide Strip Wedge
Slide Strip Wedge Insert
Slide Strips
Sliders > Tool Runners
Slides > Linear Guides
Sliding-Door Catch Set
Sliding-Door Guide Sets
Sliding-Door Lock
Sockets > Flush Mounted-Sockets
Socket, Spring-Force Connected (for Light Fitting
55W)
Spring Hook
Stand Profile Connection Element
Stand Profiles
Steel bracket > Angle Bracket
Steel Mesh
Step Drill
Step profile > Cover Profiles NBR
173
209
144
595
146
145
184
421
219
219
596
221
445
502
500
470
496
302
400
498
505
248
248
365
371
365
402
466
245
200, 244
242
292
294
447
414
314
403
333
448
448
567
82
158
312
577
70
Support Arm X (for panel elements)

Support Profiles (for installation conduits)
Support Profiles, angled
Swing-Door Lock
Switches > Proximity Switches
Swivel > Castors
Synchroniser Shaft Cover Sets KLE
Synchroniser Shaft Equaliser Couplings
Synchroniser Shaft Profiles
Synchronising Sets KLE
190
437
440
292
559
340
516
555
554
515
W
Wall Profiles (for installation conduits)
Warning and Protective Profile (Protecting against
knocks)
Washer (for Set of Angle Bracket)
439
425
92
T
Technical data
Telescope
Timing Belts
Timing-Belt Counter-Reverse Units
Timing-Belt Drives
Timing-Belt Tensioner
Timing-Belt Tensioner Holder
Tools
Transparent Panels
Transport Plates > Base Plates
Tube (for Integrated Lock System)
Tubes for Synchronising Sets KLE
Tubes (as Conveyor Rollers)
T-Slot Deburrer 8N
T-Slot Nut PA
T-Slot Nuts
T-Slot Nuts F
T-Slot Nuts St
T-Slot Nuts St with 2 Threads
T-Slot Nuts St/PA
T-Slot Nuts V
T-Slot Nuts Zn
T-Slot Nuts > Slot Nuts
T-Slot Opener 8N
T-Slot Roller
T-Slot Slider
191
597
390
533
531
522
522
534
536
575
592
297
357
290
515
375
586
138
129
140
132
135
141
139
133
137
131
585
247
246
U
Universal Holder (cables, hoses)
Universal-Fastening Set (Profile St) 8 40
451
118
568
79
V
Vibration Absorber > Anti-Vibration Insert
324
619
Index of article numbers

Order No.
0.0.001.01
0.0.001.02
0.0.001.03
0.0.001.04
0.0.001.06
0.0.001.07
0.0.001.11
0.0.001.12
0.0.001.13
0.0.001.14
0.0.001.15
0.0.001.16
0.0.001.17
0.0.001.18
0.0.001.19
0.0.001.20
0.0.001.23
0.0.001.24
0.0.001.25
0.0.001.28
0.0.001.29
0.0.001.30
0.0.003.20
0.0.003.21
0.0.003.24
0.0.003.25
0.0.003.35
0.0.003.50
0.0.003.51
0.0.003.53
0.0.003.54
0.0.003.57
0.0.003.61
0.0.003.63
0.0.003.64
0.0.003.65
0.0.003.66
0.0.003.67
0.0.003.68
0.0.003.72
0.0.003.74
0.0.003.75
0.0.005.01
0.0.005.02
0.0.005.03
0.0.005.04
0.0.005.05
0.0.005.06
0.0.005.07
0.0.005.08
0.0.005.28
0.0.005.33
0.0.005.37
0.0.007.01
0.0.007.12
0.0.007.18
0.0.007.34
0.0.007.37
0.0.007.40
0.0.007.43
0.0.007.47
0.0.007.76
0.0.007.79
0.0.009.20
0.0.010.06
0.0.014.03
0.0.026.01
0.0.026.02
0.0.026.03
120
Page
47
47
49
49
47
47
47
47
47
48
48
47
47
47
48
47
47
48
48
47
48
47
91
91
161
65
83
78
121
94
94
80
119
134
134
134
141
141
141
134
143
143
54
54
54
54
54
93
93
67, 166
67, 166
167
167
594
594
174
360
360
360
360
595
353
96
143
127
579
53
53
27
Order No.
0.0.026.04
0.0.026.07
0.0.026.09
0.0.026.10
0.0.026.12
0.0.026.13
0.0.026.17
0.0.026.18
0.0.026.19
0.0.026.23
0.0.026.25
0.0.026.27
0.0.026.28
0.0.026.29
0.0.026.33
0.0.026.34
0.0.026.35
0.0.026.36
0.0.026.37
0.0.026.44
0.0.026.46
0.0.026.54
0.0.026.70
0.0.026.72
0.0.026.73
0.0.026.79
0.0.026.80
0.0.026.83
0.0.026.84
0.0.026.85
0.0.026.87
0.0.026.89
0.0.026.90
0.0.026.91
0.0.026.92
0.0.196.30
0.0.196.36
0.0.196.37
0.0.196.38
0.0.196.39
0.0.196.40
0.0.196.41
0.0.196.42
0.0.196.44
0.0.196.45
0.0.196.48
0.0.196.50
0.0.196.57
0.0.196.60
0.0.196.63
0.0.196.64
0.0.196.65
0.0.196.66
0.0.196.86
0.0.196.87
0.0.196.88
0.0.196.89
0.0.196.90
0.0.259.36
0.0.259.37
0.0.259.44
0.0.259.58
0.0.259.60
0.0.259.61
0.0.265.05
0.0.265.08
0.0.265.09
0.0.265.13
0.0.265.15
Page
29
83
578
226
226
402
338
133
578
133
34
30
227
594
27
29
27
29
53
270
298
593
143
170
303
59
59
252
34
35
402
594
579
578
80
50
239
437
437
439
438
438
439
212
330
279
205
265
272
179
328
452
308
159
159
444
444
444
454
456
456
454
455
455
212
288
288
308
240
Order No.
0.0.265.21
0.0.265.22
0.0.265.23
0.0.265.26
0.0.265.29
0.0.265.30
0.0.265.31
0.0.265.37
0.0.265.38
0.0.265.39
0.0.265.40
0.0.265.44
0.0.265.46
0.0.265.61
0.0.265.63
0.0.265.66
0.0.265.67
0.0.265.68
0.0.265.69
0.0.265.70
0.0.265.74
0.0.265.77
0.0.265.80
0.0.265.84
0.0.265.85
0.0.265.90
0.0.265.91
0.0.265.97
0.0.265.98
0.0.294.01
0.0.294.02
0.0.294.03
0.0.294.10
0.0.294.12
0.0.294.14
0.0.294.15
0.0.294.26
0.0.294.28
0.0.294.34
0.0.294.41
0.0.294.46
0.0.294.52
0.0.294.55
0.0.337.05
0.0.337.10
0.0.337.11
0.0.337.14
0.0.337.15
0.0.337.25
0.0.337.26
0.0.337.31
0.0.337.32
0.0.337.34
0.0.337.63
0.0.337.64
0.0.337.92
0.0.337.93
0.0.350.01
0.0.350.02
0.0.350.03
0.0.350.04
0.0.350.05
0.0.350.09
0.0.350.11
0.0.350.12
0.0.350.13
0.0.350.17
0.0.350.18
0.0.350.19
Page
582
582
31
31
321
326
108
127
589
53
53
330
119
323
596
321
320
321
320
323
320
460
30
438
438
35
19
445
59
502
479
476
478
478
472
472
474
474
470
590
475
476
502
552
533
504
560
561
553
524
561
558
525
552
533
551
551
479
470
476
478
478
503
472
472
475
159
474
474
Order No.
0.0.350.30
0.0.356.01
0.0.356.02
0.0.356.03
0.0.356.04
0.0.356.05
0.0.356.23
0.0.356.24
0.0.356.30
0.0.356.31
0.0.356.32
0.0.356.33
0.0.362.00
0.0.362.07
0.0.364.45
0.0.364.46
0.0.364.60
0.0.364.68
0.0.364.72
0.0.364.81
0.0.366.02
0.0.366.07
0.0.366.11
0.0.370.01
0.0.370.03
0.0.370.04
0.0.370.05
0.0.370.06
0.0.370.08
0.0.370.09
0.0.370.11
0.0.370.13
0.0.370.15
0.0.370.16
0.0.370.18
0.0.370.19
0.0.370.25
0.0.370.27
0.0.370.32
0.0.370.34
0.0.370.35
0.0.370.56
0.0.370.58
0.0.370.59
0.0.370.70
0.0.370.71
0.0.370.85
0.0.370.86
0.0.370.91
0.0.370.92
0.0.370.97
0.0.373.00
0.0.373.15
0.0.373.23
0.0.373.42
0.0.373.44
0.0.373.45
0.0.373.48
0.0.373.52
0.0.373.55
0.0.373.58
0.0.373.59
0.0.373.67
0.0.373.82
0.0.373.91
0.0.373.93
0.0.379.17
0.0.379.18
0.0.386.03
Page
590
502
470
476
477
477
479
475
471
471
473
473
531
532
420
420
58
320
35
445
526
527
527
132
17
18
18
132
82
52
52
52
17
18
225
577
81
79
118
81
577
142
593
594
158, 226
170
19
18
58
52
252
59
588
172
227
137
37
62
101
588
137
137
198
236
108
108
557
557
496
Order No.
0.0.386.06
0.0.386.07
0.0.386.08
0.0.386.09
0.0.386.10
0.0.386.11
0.0.386.12
0.0.387.03
0.0.387.06
0.0.387.07
0.0.387.08
0.0.387.09
0.0.387.10
0.0.387.11
0.0.387.12
0.0.388.00
0.0.388.01
0.0.388.02
0.0.388.03
0.0.388.08
0.0.388.12
0.0.388.20
0.0.388.48
0.0.388.49
0.0.388.51
0.0.388.63
0.0.388.66
0.0.388.67
0.0.388.68
0.0.388.69
0.0.388.70
0.0.388.79
0.0.388.87
0.0.388.91
0.0.388.97
0.0.390.01
0.0.390.02
0.0.390.03
0.0.390.12
0.0.390.13
0.0.390.15
0.0.390.16
0.0.390.17
0.0.390.18
0.0.390.19
0.0.391.02
0.0.391.06
0.0.391.12
0.0.391.14
0.0.391.20
0.0.391.26
0.0.391.32
0.0.391.34
0.0.391.35
0.0.391.60
0.0.391.73
0.0.398.19
0.0.400.04
0.0.400.06
0.0.400.07
0.0.400.11
0.0.401.09
0.0.404.09
0.0.404.11
0.0.404.19
0.0.404.50
0.0.404.51
0.0.404.52
0.0.404.74
Page
498
498
498
498
495
495
497
496
498
498
498
498
496
495
497
105
105
106
106
78
337
281
143
133
133
112
78, 121
89
100
338
218
83
198
188
298
479
470
477
475
590
471
471
473
473
477
19
19
58
58
137
148
279
265
265
78
66, 165
186
533
534
534
533
502
198
148
337
28
28
37
298

Order No.
0.0.404.79
0.0.404.81
0.0.404.87
0.0.406.21
0.0.406.22
0.0.406.23
0.0.406.24
0.0.406.25
0.0.406.32
0.0.406.33
0.0.406.34
0.0.406.38
0.0.406.39
0.0.406.40
0.0.406.41
0.0.406.42
0.0.406.43
0.0.406.45
0.0.406.60
0.0.406.61
0.0.406.66
0.0.406.67
0.0.406.68
0.0.406.77
0.0.406.78
0.0.406.80
0.0.408.06
0.0.408.10
0.0.408.11
0.0.408.12
0.0.408.16
0.0.408.20
0.0.408.23
0.0.408.24
0.0.408.25
0.0.408.26
0.0.408.27
0.0.408.28
0.0.409.14
0.0.409.15
0.0.409.50
0.0.409.51
0.0.410.01
0.0.410.06
0.0.411.14
0.0.411.15
0.0.411.18
0.0.411.19
0.0.411.21
0.0.411.23
0.0.411.24
0.0.411.25
0.0.411.26
0.0.411.30
0.0.411.31
0.0.411.32
0.0.411.33
0.0.411.34
0.0.411.35
0.0.411.36
0.0.411.44
0.0.411.54
0.0.411.58
0.0.411.59
0.0.411.62
0.0.411.63
0.0.411.68
0.0.411.69
0.0.411.72
Page
298
440
243
198
358
358
358
422
358
358
422
594
594
453
453
453
28
37
593
593
242
445
445
136
136
121
556
544
557
557
556
545
546
546
545
545
545
39
40
61
359
359
523
523
185
93
31
439
439
91
91
92
92
453
453
93
445
445
445
445
144
440
446
152
187
187
423
423
423
Order No.
0.0.411.73
0.0.414.32
0.0.414.33
0.0.414.50
0.0.414.51
0.0.415.97
0.0.416.03
0.0.416.08
0.0.416.11
0.0.416.17
0.0.416.20
0.0.416.23
0.0.416.26
0.0.416.29
0.0.416.30
0.0.416.33
0.0.416.35
0.0.416.37
0.0.416.39
0.0.416.41
0.0.416.43
0.0.416.65
0.0.416.66
0.0.416.81
0.0.416.83
0.0.416.85
0.0.416.87
0.0.416.89
0.0.417.06
0.0.417.07
0.0.417.17
0.0.417.26
0.0.417.30
0.0.417.34
0.0.417.42
0.0.417.43
0.0.417.44
0.0.417.45
0.0.417.52
0.0.417.57
0.0.417.58
0.0.417.59
0.0.417.60
0.0.417.71
0.0.417.74
0.0.417.75
0.0.417.77
0.0.418.06
0.0.418.07
0.0.418.08
0.0.418.09
0.0.418.10
0.0.418.11
0.0.418.24
0.0.418.33
0.0.418.35
0.0.418.36
0.0.418.47
0.0.418.48
0.0.418.54
0.0.418.57
0.0.418.81
0.0.418.82
0.0.419.01
0.0.419.02
0.0.419.03
0.0.419.04
0.0.419.05
0.0.419.06
Page
423
542
542
542
542
101
376
100
92
139
139
139
139
30
30
427
427
427
427
427
427
30
30
268
268
267
267
37
417
417
417
149
148
414
414
414
414
414
414
414
414
414
415
415
416
416
416
349
349
348
348
348
348
451
445
31
62
438
438
53
53
267
268
21
22
22
23
23
21
Order No.
0.0.419.07
0.0.419.08
0.0.419.09
0.0.419.10
0.0.419.14
0.0.419.22
0.0.419.23
0.0.419.24
0.0.419.25
0.0.419.26
0.0.419.40
0.0.419.43
0.0.419.46
0.0.419.48
0.0.419.52
0.0.419.53
0.0.419.58
0.0.419.63
0.0.419.64
0.0.419.65
0.0.419.66
0.0.419.67
0.0.419.68
0.0.419.71
0.0.419.74
0.0.419.79
0.0.419.80
0.0.419.85
0.0.420.05
0.0.420.06
0.0.420.12
0.0.420.13
0.0.420.14
0.0.420.15
0.0.420.16
0.0.420.17
0.0.420.43
0.0.420.79
0.0.420.80
0.0.420.83
0.0.420.99
0.0.421.75
0.0.422.04
0.0.422.23
0.0.422.26
0.0.422.35
0.0.422.38
0.0.422.54
0.0.422.63
0.0.422.66
0.0.422.72
0.0.422.75
0.0.422.76
0.0.422.77
0.0.425.02
0.0.425.03
0.0.425.04
0.0.425.05
0.0.425.06
0.0.425.07
0.0.425.10
0.0.425.11
0.0.425.18
0.0.425.23
0.0.425.39
0.0.425.40
0.0.425.41
0.0.425.42
0.0.425.43
Page
22
23
22
23
83
52
52
52
52
52
133
132
132
66, 165
80
119
170
91
92
91
92
93
93
78
121
252
108
108
133
133
344
344
344
344
344
344
125
421
421
141
183
84
365
66, 165
66, 165
125
183
37
376
184
28
29
68
68
93
91
92
93
91
92
132
132
142
70
20
20
20
20
20
Order No.
0.0.425.44
0.0.425.45
0.0.425.53
0.0.425.56
0.0.425.59
0.0.425.62
0.0.425.65
0.0.425.68
0.0.425.71
0.0.425.82
0.0.425.94
0.0.425.97
0.0.426.03
0.0.426.04
0.0.426.05
0.0.426.10
0.0.426.19
0.0.426.21
0.0.426.29
0.0.426.30
0.0.426.33
0.0.426.36
0.0.427.08
0.0.427.09
0.0.427.11
0.0.427.13
0.0.427.23
0.0.427.39
0.0.427.63
0.0.427.66
0.0.427.67
0.0.427.68
0.0.427.69
0.0.427.70
0.0.427.71
0.0.427.72
0.0.427.75
0.0.427.79
0.0.428.05
0.0.428.21
0.0.428.22
0.0.428.23
0.0.428.24
0.0.428.25
0.0.428.26
0.0.428.27
0.0.428.29
0.0.428.30
0.0.428.32
0.0.428.34
0.0.428.36
0.0.428.38
0.0.428.39
0.0.428.43
0.0.428.44
0.0.428.45
0.0.428.46
0.0.428.47
0.0.428.53
0.0.428.54
0.0.428.55
0.0.428.89
0.0.428.90
0.0.428.91
0.0.428.92
0.0.428.93
0.0.428.95
0.0.428.96
0.0.428.97
Page
18
18
52
52
60
60
60
60
60
142
101
99
533
535
535
533
529
529
534
535
536
536
55
57
57
57
143
143
376
40
40
41
61
61
61
377
141
448
57
298
298
299
299
300
300
302
313
313
309
309
309
312
312
305
305
305
305
305
307
133
133
305
305
305
305
305
69
69
69
Order No.
0.0.429.02
0.0.429.04
0.0.429.05
0.0.429.51
0.0.429.54
0.0.429.60
0.0.429.61
0.0.429.62
0.0.429.63
0.0.429.64
0.0.429.95
0.0.431.01
0.0.431.04
0.0.431.06
0.0.431.07
0.0.431.08
0.0.431.09
0.0.431.11
0.0.431.14
0.0.431.16
0.0.431.19
0.0.431.20
0.0.431.23
0.0.431.25
0.0.431.27
0.0.432.06
0.0.432.09
0.0.432.28
0.0.432.84
0.0.432.96
0.0.432.97
0.0.434.23
0.0.434.25
0.0.434.29
0.0.434.50
0.0.434.51
0.0.434.52
0.0.434.65
0.0.434.70
0.0.434.71
0.0.434.72
0.0.434.73
0.0.434.74
0.0.434.75
0.0.434.83
0.0.434.84
0.0.434.85
0.0.434.86
0.0.434.87
0.0.434.88
0.0.436.24
0.0.436.25
0.0.436.32
0.0.436.33
0.0.436.34
0.0.436.35
0.0.436.52
0.0.436.58
0.0.436.59
0.0.436.62
0.0.436.63
0.0.436.85
0.0.436.88
0.0.436.92
0.0.436.93
0.0.436.94
0.0.437.03
0.0.437.05
0.0.437.06
Page
70
31
31
62
62
68
68
69
69
184
205
66, 165
142
357
358
358
358
205
205
50
578
582
226
226
226
64
274
274
320
64
355
582
577
142
323
319
319
226
329
329
25
26
62
60
101
101
101
100
99
100
93
93
101
40
61
99
138
374
374
101
100
167
167
202
308
308
275
275
275
121

Order No.
0.0.437.12
0.0.437.19
0.0.437.24
0.0.437.27
0.0.437.33
0.0.437.46
0.0.437.49
0.0.437.52
0.0.437.55
0.0.437.58
0.0.437.59
0.0.437.60
0.0.437.61
0.0.437.66
0.0.437.67
0.0.437.73
0.0.437.74
0.0.437.75
0.0.437.76
0.0.437.77
0.0.437.78
0.0.437.83
0.0.437.84
0.0.437.85
0.0.437.89
0.0.437.96
0.0.437.98
0.0.437.99
0.0.439.03
0.0.439.10
0.0.439.15
0.0.439.16
0.0.439.17
0.0.439.20
0.0.439.22
0.0.439.23
0.0.439.29
0.0.439.30
0.0.439.33
0.0.439.34
0.0.439.37
0.0.439.42
0.0.439.43
0.0.439.44
0.0.439.45
0.0.439.46
0.0.439.47
0.0.439.48
0.0.439.49
0.0.439.66
0.0.439.70
0.0.439.72
0.0.439.75
0.0.439.85
0.0.439.86
0.0.439.87
0.0.440.05
0.0.440.39
0.0.440.40
0.0.440.41
0.0.440.42
0.0.440.43
0.0.440.48
0.0.440.50
0.0.440.54
0.0.440.56
0.0.440.58
0.0.440.65
0.0.440.71
122
Page
167
132
179
365
226
78
82
79
118
357
357
357
357
17
17
101
17
18
18
18
18
115
116
116
63
100
246
17
142
83
358
357
144
167
320
320
320
320
323
70
326
202
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
179
65
133
133
172
63
63
210
138
138
138
138
138
202
390
390
315
78
112
358
Order No.
0.0.440.72
0.0.440.73
0.0.440.74
0.0.440.75
0.0.440.94
0.0.441.08
0.0.441.11
0.0.441.33
0.0.441.45
0.0.441.52
0.0.441.58
0.0.441.61
0.0.441.67
0.0.441.71
0.0.441.74
0.0.441.77
0.0.441.80
0.0.441.81
0.0.441.84
0.0.441.86
0.0.441.87
0.0.441.97
0.0.441.98
0.0.441.99
0.0.442.01
0.0.442.02
0.0.442.03
0.0.442.06
0.0.442.07
0.0.442.09
0.0.442.10
0.0.442.14
0.0.442.15
0.0.442.23
0.0.443.02
0.0.443.06
0.0.443.16
0.0.443.17
0.0.443.18
0.0.443.31
0.0.443.32
0.0.443.34
0.0.444.03
0.0.444.04
0.0.444.05
0.0.444.06
0.0.444.07
0.0.444.08
0.0.444.09
0.0.444.15
0.0.444.18
0.0.444.32
0.0.444.41
0.0.444.42
0.0.444.43
0.0.444.44
0.0.444.45
0.0.444.46
0.0.444.47
0.0.444.48
0.0.444.68
0.0.444.71
0.0.444.76
0.0.444.81
0.0.444.82
0.0.444.83
0.0.444.84
0.0.444.89
0.0.444.92
Page
358
594
594
314
119
365
210
211
137
202
237
237
78
121
80
119
206
237
275
275
275
115
116
116
479
476
470
477
477
472
472
474
473
475
492
491
491
493
493
492
492
493
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
121
80
143
156
156
156
155
155
155
155
155
588
390
206
162
162
162
162
185
342
Order No.
0.0.444.93
0.0.444.94
0.0.444.95
0.0.446.04
0.0.446.05
0.0.446.06
0.0.446.07
0.0.446.08
0.0.446.09
0.0.446.10
0.0.448.01
0.0.448.02
0.0.448.03
0.0.448.04
0.0.448.05
0.0.448.06
0.0.448.07
0.0.448.08
0.0.448.09
0.0.448.11
0.0.448.12
0.0.448.13
0.0.448.14
0.0.448.15
0.0.448.16
0.0.448.17
0.0.448.18
0.0.448.19
0.0.448.23
0.0.448.25
0.0.448.27
0.0.448.33
0.0.451.01
0.0.451.02
0.0.451.03
0.0.451.04
0.0.451.05
0.0.451.06
0.0.451.07
0.0.451.08
0.0.451.09
0.0.451.10
0.0.451.11
0.0.451.12
0.0.451.13
0.0.451.14
0.0.451.15
0.0.451.16
0.0.451.17
0.0.451.18
0.0.451.19
0.0.451.20
0.0.451.21
0.0.451.39
0.0.451.42
0.0.451.43
0.0.451.44
0.0.451.45
0.0.451.46
0.0.451.47
0.0.451.49
0.0.451.50
0.0.451.52
0.0.451.54
0.0.451.62
0.0.451.63
0.0.451.64
0.0.451.65
0.0.451.66
Page
342
342
342
213
311
311
311
310
293
214
479
19
19
17
17
19
18
18
18
18
18
19
18
20
20
20
20
20
470
488
488
17
205
205
21
21
21
21
21
25
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
26
432
23
436
436
432
433
433
433
202
144
488
489
26
24
26
24
26
Order No.
0.0.451.67
0.0.451.68
0.0.451.76
0.0.451.78
0.0.451.80
0.0.452.02
0.0.452.03
0.0.452.04
0.0.452.09
0.0.452.11
0.0.452.12
0.0.452.17
0.0.452.19
0.0.452.20
0.0.452.21
0.0.452.22
0.0.452.23
0.0.452.24
0.0.452.25
0.0.452.26
0.0.452.29
0.0.452.31
0.0.452.32
0.0.452.33
0.0.452.34
0.0.452.35
0.0.452.37
0.0.452.39
0.0.452.40
0.0.452.41
0.0.452.43
0.0.452.45
0.0.452.47
0.0.452.50
0.0.452.52
0.0.452.54
0.0.452.55
0.0.452.62
0.0.452.63
0.0.452.64
0.0.452.65
0.0.452.66
0.0.452.68
0.0.452.69
0.0.452.71
0.0.452.73
0.0.452.74
0.0.452.76
0.0.452.79
0.0.452.80
0.0.452.81
0.0.452.83
0.0.452.84
0.0.452.86
0.0.452.88
0.0.452.90
0.0.452.91
0.0.452.93
0.0.452.94
0.0.452.95
0.0.452.97
0.0.452.98
0.0.452.99
0.0.453.01
0.0.453.02
0.0.453.03
0.0.453.05
0.0.453.07
0.0.453.11
Page
21
26
232
231
231
449
65
65
436
454
454
274
432
433
202
390
470
198
205
205
39
479
479
479
29
30
479
28
29
29
29
30
30
552
488
489
39
34
34
34
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
27
27
27
27
37
37
37
37
35
34
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
37
37
30
Order No.
0.0.453.13
0.0.453.15
0.0.453.17
0.0.453.18
0.0.453.20
0.0.453.22
0.0.453.24
0.0.453.26
0.0.453.28
0.0.453.30
0.0.453.32
0.0.453.33
0.0.453.35
0.0.453.36
0.0.453.37
0.0.453.39
0.0.453.40
0.0.453.41
0.0.453.43
0.0.453.45
0.0.453.46
0.0.453.47
0.0.453.48
0.0.453.49
0.0.453.50
0.0.453.51
0.0.453.52
0.0.453.53
0.0.453.54
0.0.453.55
0.0.453.56
0.0.453.57
0.0.453.59
0.0.453.60
0.0.453.64
0.0.453.65
0.0.453.66
0.0.453.67
0.0.453.68
0.0.453.69
0.0.453.70
0.0.453.71
0.0.453.74
0.0.453.75
0.0.453.77
0.0.453.78
0.0.453.80
0.0.453.82
0.0.453.85
0.0.453.90
0.0.453.91
0.0.454.02
0.0.454.04
0.0.454.05
0.0.454.09
0.0.454.11
0.0.454.20
0.0.454.22
0.0.454.24
0.0.454.26
0.0.454.29
0.0.454.30
0.0.454.36
0.0.454.37
0.0.454.38
0.0.454.45
0.0.454.47
0.0.454.48
0.0.454.54
Page
30
30
30
35
35
31
31
31
31
31
31
40
40
40
41
40
42
42
50
50
376
144
449
448
437
437
438
438
440
438
438
438
438
440
439
439
439
470
470
470
183
182
439
502
502
502
503
552
376
125
39
42
554
555
36
36
32
32
35
35
41
31
290
28
203
203
407
407
232

Order No.
0.0.454.56
0.0.454.58
0.0.454.59
0.0.457.06
0.0.457.07
0.0.457.09
0.0.457.12
0.0.457.13
0.0.457.14
0.0.457.15
0.0.457.16
0.0.457.17
0.0.457.18
0.0.457.19
0.0.457.20
0.0.457.21
0.0.457.22
0.0.457.23
0.0.457.24
0.0.457.25
0.0.457.26
0.0.457.27
0.0.457.28
0.0.457.29
0.0.457.30
0.0.457.33
0.0.457.36
0.0.457.37
0.0.457.38
0.0.457.45
0.0.457.47
0.0.457.51
0.0.457.52
0.0.457.59
0.0.457.60
0.0.457.72
0.0.457.76
0.0.457.77
0.0.457.78
0.0.457.92
0.0.457.99
0.0.458.01
0.0.458.03
0.0.458.08
0.0.458.14
0.0.458.17
0.0.458.18
0.0.458.21
0.0.458.33
0.0.458.34
0.0.458.35
0.0.458.36
0.0.458.42
0.0.458.58
0.0.458.64
0.0.458.66
0.0.458.75
0.0.458.76
0.0.458.77
0.0.458.78
0.0.458.85
0.0.458.92
0.0.458.93
0.0.459.05
0.0.459.07
0.0.459.09
0.0.459.11
0.0.459.12
0.0.459.26
Page
232
232
412
298
298
302
313
313
299
299
300
300
307
312
312
303
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
309
309
309
315
247
247
30
30
247
68
115
116
116
207
365
426
126
126
126
126
126
126
292
292
292
292
292
249
259
260
260
259
260
262
253
42
324
292
246
207
158
158
158
Order No.
0.0.459.27
0.0.459.30
0.0.459.32
0.0.459.33
0.0.459.35
0.0.459.38
0.0.459.39
0.0.459.40
0.0.459.41
0.0.459.42
0.0.459.44
0.0.459.54
0.0.459.57
0.0.459.65
0.0.459.70
0.0.459.72
0.0.459.74
0.0.459.76
0.0.459.78
0.0.459.82
0.0.460.01
0.0.460.02
0.0.460.30
0.0.460.31
0.0.460.33
0.0.460.34
0.0.460.35
0.0.460.37
0.0.460.38
0.0.460.39
0.0.461.01
0.0.461.02
0.0.461.30
0.0.461.31
0.0.461.33
0.0.461.34
0.0.461.35
0.0.461.37
0.0.461.38
0.0.461.39
0.0.462.01
0.0.462.02
0.0.462.30
0.0.462.31
0.0.462.33
0.0.462.34
0.0.462.35
0.0.462.37
0.0.462.38
0.0.462.39
0.0.463.15
0.0.463.17
0.0.463.24
0.0.463.25
0.0.463.30
0.0.463.37
0.0.463.38
0.0.463.39
0.0.463.46
0.0.463.48
0.0.463.49
0.0.463.50
0.0.463.53
0.0.463.54
0.0.463.56
0.0.463.57
0.0.463.65
0.0.463.72
0.0.463.75
Page
249
249
249
584
26
26
61
61
61
61
132
26
26
460
105
106
105
106
135
135
488
488
484
484
484
486
486
486
489
489
488
489
484
484
485
487
486
487
489
489
488
489
485
485
485
487
487
487
489
489
551
551
39
39
555
382
380
380
537
380
379
381
379
380
555
554
505
554
382
Order No.
0.0.463.81
0.0.463.83
0.0.463.91
0.0.463.95
0.0.463.98
0.0.464.01
0.0.464.02
0.0.464.03
0.0.464.04
0.0.464.05
0.0.464.06
0.0.464.18
0.0.464.19
0.0.464.22
0.0.464.23
0.0.464.24
0.0.464.27
0.0.464.29
0.0.464.30
0.0.464.39
0.0.464.43
0.0.464.45
0.0.464.75
0.0.464.81
0.0.464.83
0.0.465.17
0.0.465.24
0.0.465.26
0.0.465.33
0.0.465.39
0.0.465.50
0.0.465.57
0.0.465.58
0.0.465.63
0.0.465.66
0.0.465.69
0.0.465.70
0.0.465.79
0.0.465.80
0.0.465.82
0.0.465.84
0.0.465.85
0.0.465.86
0.0.465.88
0.0.465.89
0.0.465.90
0.0.472.01
0.0.472.04
0.0.472.08
0.0.472.20
0.0.472.22
0.0.472.23
0.0.472.25
0.0.472.28
0.0.472.29
0.0.472.30
0.0.472.31
0.0.473.02
0.0.473.03
0.0.473.04
0.0.473.05
0.0.473.06
0.0.473.07
0.0.473.08
0.0.473.09
0.0.473.12
0.0.473.16
0.0.473.22
0.0.473.23
Page
380
380
383
384
384
17
17
18
18
18
18
120
120
158
158
248
248
248
584
107
108
460
319
321
17
217, 381
249
249
377
381
62
262
262
259
262
260
259
36
36
447
447
31
32
583
584
579
384
375
375
375
375
375
375
555
555
503
503
98
356
305
305
305
305
302
302
305
305
222
221
Order No.
0.0.473.24
0.0.473.25
0.0.473.26
0.0.473.27
0.0.473.41
0.0.473.42
0.0.473.62
0.0.473.74
0.0.473.75
0.0.473.78
0.0.473.79
0.0.473.81
0.0.473.82
0.0.473.84
0.0.473.86
0.0.473.88
0.0.473.90
0.0.473.93
0.0.474.01
0.0.474.04
0.0.474.07
0.0.474.10
0.0.474.36
0.0.474.37
0.0.474.44
0.0.474.46
0.0.474.48
0.0.474.57
0.0.474.58
0.0.474.59
0.0.474.60
0.0.474.61
0.0.474.62
0.0.474.63
0.0.474.71
0.0.474.72
0.0.474.73
0.0.474.74
0.0.474.82
0.0.474.99
0.0.475.06
0.0.475.07
0.0.475.09
0.0.475.10
0.0.475.11
0.0.475.15
0.0.475.16
0.0.475.20
0.0.475.21
0.0.475.38
0.0.475.41
0.0.476.13
0.0.476.21
0.0.476.22
0.0.476.23
0.0.476.24
0.0.476.25
0.0.476.39
0.0.476.46
0.0.476.47
0.0.476.48
0.0.476.49
0.0.476.58
0.0.476.59
0.0.476.60
0.0.476.64
0.0.476.70
0.0.476.72
0.0.476.96
Page
221
221
220
220
245
245
283
245
245
593
593
245
32
32
35
35
219
221
53
53
59
59
305
305
114
61
41
32
31
294
157
157
157
157
425
425
425
425
192
216
282
450
450
450
450
55
55
98
96
265
321
297
297
406
406
407
407
321
310
310
311
311
124
124
124
55
339
290
290
Order No.
0.0.476.98
0.0.477.69
0.0.478.05
0.0.478.07
0.0.478.09
0.0.478.11
0.0.478.13
0.0.478.22
0.0.478.27
0.0.478.73
0.0.478.74
0.0.478.75
0.0.478.94
0.0.478.95
0.0.478.96
0.0.478.99
0.0.479.59
0.0.479.61
0.0.479.74
0.0.479.75
0.0.479.76
0.0.479.77
0.0.479.96
0.0.479.98
0.0.480.01
0.0.480.02
0.0.480.03
0.0.480.26
0.0.480.34
0.0.480.35
0.0.480.36
0.0.480.37
0.0.480.44
0.0.480.48
0.0.480.50
0.0.480.54
0.0.480.57
0.0.480.58
0.0.480.71
0.0.480.75
0.0.480.76
0.0.480.77
0.0.480.91
0.0.481.01
0.0.482.39
0.0.483.34
0.0.483.35
0.0.483.36
0.0.483.49
0.0.483.50
0.0.483.56
0.0.483.57
0.0.483.59
0.0.483.60
0.0.483.61
0.0.483.62
0.0.484.34
0.0.484.39
0.0.484.40
0.0.485.10
0.0.485.18
0.0.485.19
0.0.485.22
0.0.485.76
0.0.485.82
0.0.485.83
0.0.485.88
0.0.485.89
0.0.485.90
Page
290
299
24
24
58
58
321
321
21
102
103
103
232
231
231
63
271
299
443
443
443
443
97
184
102
103
103
28
593
593
594
594
203
133
133
133
133
38
530
31
31
32
339
66, 165
62
32
32
203
299
299
203
203
234
234
235
235
63
167
587
216
216
216
235
407
355
355
407
407
407
123

Order No.
0.0.485.92
0.0.485.94
0.0.486.16
0.0.486.17
0.0.486.18
0.0.486.28
0.0.486.48
0.0.486.72
0.0.486.76
0.0.486.79
0.0.486.80
0.0.486.81
0.0.486.82
0.0.486.83
0.0.486.84
0.0.486.85
0.0.486.95
0.0.487.07
0.0.487.08
0.0.487.14
0.0.487.18
0.0.487.24
0.0.487.25
0.0.487.27
0.0.487.28
0.0.487.30
0.0.487.31
0.0.487.33
0.0.487.34
0.0.487.36
0.0.487.37
0.0.487.39
0.0.487.40
0.0.487.42
0.0.487.43
0.0.487.45
0.0.487.46
0.0.487.57
0.0.487.59
0.0.487.64
0.0.487.65
0.0.488.07
0.0.488.20
0.0.488.34
0.0.488.35
0.0.488.36
0.0.488.38
0.0.488.39
0.0.488.40
0.0.488.45
0.0.488.51
0.0.488.56
0.0.488.60
0.0.488.63
0.0.488.70
0.0.488.82
0.0.488.84
0.0.488.88
0.0.488.90
0.0.488.92
0.0.488.94
0.0.488.96
0.0.488.98
0.0.489.01
0.0.489.03
0.0.489.05
0.0.489.07
0.0.489.09
0.0.489.11
124
Page
407
53
235
334
334
95
290
240
407
290
290
444
444
444
444
444
458
216
217
216
217
432
432
433
433
433
433
433
433
434
434
434
434
434
434
435
435
217
217
306
306
84
476
232
232
232
351
351
352
287
80
412
80
412
412
29
30
28
229
229
229
230
228
229
229
229
230
230
28
Order No.
0.0.489.18
0.0.489.19
0.0.489.21
0.0.489.39
0.0.489.40
0.0.489.43
0.0.489.44
0.0.489.45
0.0.489.46
0.0.489.47
0.0.489.50
0.0.489.53
0.0.489.60
0.0.489.61
0.0.489.79
0.0.489.82
0.0.489.83
0.0.489.85
0.0.489.86
0.0.489.87
0.0.489.88
0.0.489.91
0.0.489.94
0.0.489.96
0.0.489.98
0.0.491.03
0.0.491.08
0.0.491.30
0.0.491.31
0.0.491.37
0.0.491.40
0.0.491.43
0.0.492.03
0.0.492.04
0.0.492.05
0.0.492.07
0.0.492.08
0.0.492.09
0.0.492.15
0.0.492.16
0.0.492.18
0.0.492.25
0.0.492.30
0.0.492.35
0.0.492.36
0.0.492.37
0.0.492.38
0.0.492.39
0.0.492.40
0.0.492.47
0.0.492.55
0.0.492.59
0.0.492.60
0.0.492.61
0.0.492.75
0.0.492.80
0.0.492.81
0.0.492.87
0.0.492.88
0.0.492.90
0.0.492.91
0.0.492.93
0.0.492.94
0.0.492.96
0.0.492.97
0.0.492.99
0.0.493.01
0.0.493.03
0.0.493.04
Page
29
30
353
43
43
66, 165
66, 165
66, 165
66, 165
64
64
61
54
54
113
221
221
220
104
104
104
167
167
85
54
63
167
22
22
103
103
92
301
301
297
301
301
297
297
297
352
122
111
298
298
298
298
298
298
333
64
594
581
566
34
301
301
33
33
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
Order No.
0.0.493.28
0.0.493.36
0.0.493.37
0.0.493.39
0.0.493.40
0.0.493.42
0.0.493.43
0.0.493.45
0.0.493.46
0.0.493.48
0.0.493.49
0.0.493.53
0.0.493.71
0.0.493.72
0.0.493.73
0.0.493.75
0.0.493.76
0.0.493.77
0.0.493.88
0.0.493.91
0.0.494.11
0.0.494.15
0.0.494.28
0.0.494.33
0.0.494.35
0.0.494.36
0.0.494.37
0.0.494.38
0.0.494.45
0.0.494.46
0.0.494.49
0.0.494.52
0.0.494.58
0.0.494.59
0.0.494.64
0.0.494.71
0.0.494.73
0.0.494.74
0.0.494.76
0.0.494.77
0.0.494.86
0.0.494.95
0.0.494.96
0.0.494.97
0.0.494.98
0.0.495.02
0.0.495.03
0.0.495.04
0.0.495.05
0.0.495.08
0.0.495.09
0.0.495.11
0.0.495.12
0.0.495.13
0.0.495.33
0.0.495.37
0.0.495.96
0.0.496.01
0.0.496.02
0.0.496.03
0.0.600.05
0.0.600.13
0.0.600.55
0.0.600.56
0.0.600.59
0.0.600.70
0.0.600.73
0.0.601.03
0.0.601.12
Page
587
43
43
43
43
44
44
44
44
44
44
181
581
581
181
181
301
301
64
86
109
87
569
566
567
569
569
569
92
103
103
451
274
274
181
199
199
200
201
257
266
35
35
35
35
181
181
181
181
168
274
569
200
200
201
266
326
190
322
322
561
331
359
359
517
270
280
568
108
Order No.
0.0.601.13
0.0.601.21
0.0.601.23
0.0.601.30
0.0.601.36
0.0.601.52
0.0.601.61
0.0.601.62
0.0.601.63
0.0.601.65
0.0.601.70
0.0.601.97
0.0.602.04
0.0.602.12
0.0.602.30
0.0.602.31
0.0.602.36
0.0.602.38
0.0.602.39
0.0.602.40
0.0.602.41
0.0.602.44
0.0.602.46
0.0.603.14
0.0.603.15
0.0.603.16
0.0.603.26
0.0.603.33
0.0.603.41
0.0.603.42
0.0.603.59
0.0.603.74
0.0.604.10
0.0.604.15
0.0.604.41
0.0.604.52
0.0.604.53
0.0.604.56
0.0.604.57
0.0.604.60
0.0.605.02
0.0.605.07
0.0.605.21
0.0.605.29
0.0.605.41
0.0.605.45
0.0.605.46
0.0.605.47
0.0.605.48
0.0.606.47
0.0.606.51
0.0.606.61
0.0.606.67
0.0.606.69
0.0.606.90
0.0.606.94
0.0.607.03
0.0.607.10
0.0.607.26
0.0.607.39
0.0.607.75
0.0.608.48
0.0.608.49
0.0.608.50
0.0.608.57
0.0.608.69
0.0.608.85
0.0.608.87
0.0.608.88
Page
108
356
246
280
273
227
94
94
273
273
279
227
493
570
570
217, 381
96
346
346
346
346
322
322
171
171
566
346
328
176
176
239
328
176
459
517
359
359
392
392
393
512
512
186
346
189
343
343
343
343
122
323
151
151
257
257
88
359
186
29
251
29
393
392
392
393
110
358
24
24
Order No.
0.0.608.90
0.0.608.91
0.0.608.93
0.0.608.94
0.0.608.95
0.0.609.05
0.0.609.16
0.0.609.20
0.0.609.21
0.0.609.24
0.0.609.25
0.0.609.28
0.0.609.29
0.0.609.30
0.0.609.31
0.0.609.32
0.0.609.34
0.0.609.59
0.0.609.60
0.0.609.61
0.0.609.62
0.0.609.63
0.0.609.64
0.0.609.65
0.0.609.66
0.0.609.71
0.0.609.73
0.0.609.77
0.0.609.78
0.0.609.79
0.0.609.80
0.0.609.81
0.0.609.83
0.0.609.85
0.0.609.86
0.0.609.88
0.0.610.10
0.0.610.11
0.0.610.22
0.0.610.23
0.0.610.29
0.0.610.30
0.0.610.72
0.0.610.80
0.0.610.89
0.0.610.95
0.0.610.98
0.0.611.00
0.0.611.08
0.0.611.40
0.0.611.45
0.0.611.86
0.0.611.87
0.0.611.89
0.0.611.90
0.0.611.92
0.0.611.93
0.0.611.95
0.0.611.96
0.0.612.01
0.0.612.04
0.0.612.11
0.0.612.14
0.0.612.15
0.0.612.45
0.0.612.46
0.0.612.47
0.0.612.74
0.0.612.75
Page
24
24
325
257
257
325
97
24
35
512
512
59
59
517
517
24
35
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
51
31
393
514
515
31
514
515
515
515
515
53
135
83
59
59
58
58
135
136
332
110
110
110
136
168
17
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
327
83
459
82
459
516
516
586
592
592

Order No.
0.0.612.78
0.0.612.79
0.0.612.88
0.0.612.89
0.0.612.98
0.0.612.99
0.0.613.12
0.0.613.18
0.0.613.19
0.0.613.20
0.0.613.21
0.0.613.22
0.0.613.23
0.0.614.40
0.0.614.42
0.0.614.59
0.0.614.71
0.0.614.76
0.0.614.85
0.0.614.86
0.0.614.87
0.0.614.88
0.0.614.90
0.0.614.91
0.0.614.93
0.0.614.94
0.0.615.00
0.0.615.01
0.0.615.19
0.0.615.23
0.0.615.30
0.0.615.37
0.0.615.38
0.0.615.39
0.0.615.40
0.0.615.43
0.0.615.45
0.0.615.48
0.0.615.59
0.0.615.69
0.0.616.31
0.0.616.57
0.0.616.63
0.0.616.64
0.0.616.65
0.0.616.69
0.0.616.77
0.0.616.89
0.0.616.93
0.0.616.95
0.0.617.31
0.0.617.63
0.0.617.80
0.0.617.96
0.0.617.97
0.0.617.98
0.0.617.99
0.0.618.28
0.0.618.53
0.0.618.56
0.0.618.61
0.0.618.97
0.0.619.14
0.0.619.15
0.0.619.16
0.0.619.17
0.0.619.26
0.0.619.27
0.0.619.28
Page
95
95
585
585
374
374
274
140
140
140
140
140
140
135
135
502
181
181
306
306
306
306
180
180
180
180
180
180
502
503
32
231
231
232
232
229
230
409
117
395
78, 121
241
395
395
395
395
580
580
399
399
241
191
66, 165
208
208
208
208
366
400
400
399
403
305
305
305
305
284
285
285
Order No.
0.0.619.29
0.0.619.33
0.0.619.34
0.0.619.35
0.0.619.36
0.0.619.37
0.0.619.38
0.0.619.39
0.0.619.40
0.0.619.41
0.0.619.42
0.0.619.43
0.0.619.44
0.0.619.45
0.0.619.50
0.0.619.52
0.0.619.53
0.0.619.55
0.0.619.56
0.0.619.57
0.0.619.62
0.0.619.63
0.0.619.64
0.0.619.65
0.0.619.66
0.0.619.68
0.0.619.69
0.0.619.70
0.0.619.71
0.0.619.72
0.0.620.00
0.0.620.05
0.0.620.06
0.0.620.16
0.0.620.26
0.0.620.84
0.0.620.87
0.0.620.93
0.0.620.94
0.0.621.00
0.0.621.16
0.0.621.69
0.0.621.73
0.0.621.77
0.0.621.93
0.0.621.94
0.0.622.12
0.0.622.20
0.0.622.22
0.0.622.24
0.0.622.26
0.0.622.27
0.0.622.28
0.0.622.29
0.0.622.30
0.0.623.27
0.0.623.30
0.0.623.58
0.0.623.61
0.0.623.88
0.0.623.89
0.0.623.92
0.0.624.45
0.0.624.47
0.0.624.51
0.0.624.52
0.0.624.55
0.0.624.56
0.0.624.59
Page
286
284
369
284
285
285
285
285
286
286
284
284
285
285
284
284
251
285
97
285
251
284
285
285
286
403
123
403
395
395
371
359
368
368
370
371
411
370
400
400
232
539
539
399
538
538
399
373
370
370
371
368
368
255, 372
372
401
401
255
255
398
398
398
255
53
45
45
45
45
45
Order No.
0.0.624.60
0.0.624.67
0.0.624.68
0.0.624.74
0.0.624.78
0.0.624.81
0.0.624.85
0.0.624.87
0.0.624.92
0.0.624.93
0.0.624.95
0.0.624.97
0.0.625.02
0.0.625.04
0.0.625.06
0.0.625.08
0.0.625.09
0.0.625.10
0.0.625.11
0.0.625.12
0.0.625.13
0.0.625.14
0.0.625.15
0.0.625.16
0.0.625.17
0.0.625.18
0.0.625.19
0.0.625.20
0.0.625.23
0.0.625.26
0.0.625.27
0.0.625.28
0.0.625.30
0.0.625.33
0.0.625.39
0.0.625.90
0.0.625.91
0.0.626.00
0.0.626.06
0.0.626.55
0.0.626.63
0.0.626.68
0.0.626.76
0.0.626.77
0.0.626.86
0.0.626.90
0.0.626.91
0.0.626.97
0.0.627.00
0.0.627.06
0.0.627.07
0.0.627.08
0.0.627.09
0.0.627.10
0.0.627.11
0.0.627.12
0.0.627.14
0.0.627.16
0.0.627.18
0.0.627.20
0.0.627.21
0.0.627.23
0.0.627.24
0.0.627.25
0.0.627.27
0.0.627.28
0.0.627.29
0.0.627.30
0.0.627.31
Page
45
45
45
78
97
143
143
127
45
45
141
141
134
134
134
83
54
54
54
54
45
45
360
360
45
45
360
360
93
93
360
365
186
84
591
177
177
209
136
521
173
251
255
255
572
56
366
400
400
368
368
368
368
368
368
111
401
53
53
53
59
198
62
59
53
53
59
53
53
Order No.
0.0.627.32
0.0.627.35
0.0.627.40
0.0.627.42
0.0.627.43
0.0.627.44
0.0.627.46
0.0.627.48
0.0.627.50
0.0.627.51
0.0.627.52
0.0.627.53
0.0.627.54
0.0.627.55
0.0.627.56
0.0.627.57
0.0.627.58
0.0.627.59
0.0.627.60
0.0.627.69
0.0.627.70
0.0.627.71
0.0.627.78
0.0.627.86
0.0.627.90
0.0.628.25
0.0.628.40
0.0.628.41
0.0.628.42
0.0.628.43
0.0.628.55
0.0.628.63
0.0.628.68
0.0.628.69
0.0.628.83
0.0.628.84
0.0.628.85
0.0.628.95
0.0.628.96
0.0.628.97
0.0.628.98
0.0.628.99
0.0.629.00
0.0.629.05
0.0.629.08
0.0.629.16
0.0.629.17
0.0.629.19
0.0.629.26
0.0.629.41
0.0.629.44
0.0.630.01
0.0.630.10
0.0.630.14
0.0.630.18
0.0.630.28
0.0.630.45
0.0.630.71
0.0.630.72
0.0.630.89
0.0.631.00
0.0.631.05
0.0.631.17
0.0.631.19
0.0.631.20
0.0.631.70
0.0.631.73
0.0.631.79
0.0.632.04
Page
61
373
418
418
418
418
520
596
68
68
61
61
61
61
61
92
92
93
101
175
175
175
209
404
452
580
367
367
367
367
580
160
101
101
550
550
550
548
548
549
549
549
549
500
500
501
501
481
261
32
32
475
475
475
475
170
226
435
435
226
18
198
396
396
397
410
416
419
67, 166
Order No.
0.0.632.07
0.0.632.08
0.0.632.09
0.0.632.10
0.0.632.12
0.0.632.25
0.0.632.26
0.0.632.27
0.0.632.28
0.0.632.41
0.0.632.53
0.0.632.54
0.0.632.55
0.0.632.56
0.0.632.63
0.0.632.74
0.0.632.75
0.0.632.84
0.0.632.86
0.0.632.87
0.0.632.88
0.0.632.89
0.0.632.90
0.0.632.91
0.0.632.92
0.0.632.93
0.0.633.43
0.0.633.44
0.0.633.45
0.0.633.46
0.0.633.47
0.0.633.48
0.0.633.49
0.0.633.97
0.0.634.63
0.0.635.09
0.0.635.11
0.0.635.17
0.0.635.20
0.0.635.24
0.0.635.43
0.0.635.49
0.0.635.51
0.0.635.68
0.0.635.98
0.0.636.04
0.0.636.17
0.0.636.18
0.0.636.19
0.0.636.22
0.0.636.61
0.0.636.62
0.0.636.63
0.0.636.95
0.0.636.97
0.0.636.99
0.0.637.01
0.0.637.05
0.0.638.31
0.0.638.39
0.0.639.02
0.0.639.13
0.0.639.52
0.0.640.32
0.0.640.33
0.0.640.34
0.0.640.54
0.0.640.57
0.0.641.21
Page
80
119
579
67, 166
578
54
54
54
54
97
46
46
59
59
65
87
581
232
230
230
181
181
181
181
232
442
347
347
347
350
350
350
350
303
481
170
408
321
321
320
320
320
320
170
424
303
101
101
101
179
408
408
408
321
320
320
320
411
446
446
66, 165
347
442
100
99
100
159
321
519
125

Order No.
0.0.641.36
0.0.641.41
0.0.641.42
0.0.641.45
0.0.641.46
0.0.641.48
0.0.641.52
0.0.641.53
0.0.641.54
0.0.641.58
0.0.641.59
0.0.641.61
0.0.641.94
0.0.641.96
0.0.642.11
0.0.642.12
0.0.642.13
0.0.642.14
0.0.642.15
0.0.642.17
0.0.642.18
0.0.642.28
0.0.642.76
0.0.642.93
0.0.642.94
0.0.644.01
0.0.644.02
0.0.644.03
0.0.644.68
0.0.644.87
0.0.644.88
0.0.645.40
0.0.647.03
0.0.647.05
0.0.648.66
0.3.001.24
0.3.001.25
0.3.001.30
0.3.001.80
0.3.001.81
0.3.004.62
1.0.001.08
1.0.001.09
1.0.001.97
1.0.001.98
1.0.003.61
1.0.003.75
3.0.005.00
3.0.005.01
3.0.005.03
7.0.000.01
7.0.000.03
7.0.000.06
7.0.000.09
7.0.000.12
7.0.000.15
7.0.000.17
7.0.000.20
7.0.000.23
7.0.000.26
7.0.000.29
7.0.001.10
7.0.001.12
7.0.001.14
7.0.001.18
7.0.001.22
7.0.001.26
7.0.001.28
7.0.001.30
126
Page
336
336
336
179
101
101
226
226
225
170
179
572
227
227
99
100
99
100
100
573
573
279
354
443
443
269
269
269
595
592
592
424
574
574
519
560
560
561
457
457
457
345
345
345
345
592
586
449
449
449
34
28
28
27
37
34
29
29
29
28
29
42
42
50
50
51
51
51
51
Order No.
7.0.001.32
7.0.001.34
7.0.001.42
7.0.001.44
7.0.001.46
7.0.001.65
7.0.002.62
7.0.002.66
7.0.002.67
7.0.002.68
7.0.002.69
7.0.002.70
7.0.002.71
7.0.002.72
7.0.002.73
7.0.002.74
7.0.002.75
7.0.002.76
7.0.002.77
7.0.002.78
7.0.002.79
7.0.002.80
7.0.002.85
7.0.002.87
7.0.002.89
7.0.002.91
7.0.002.93
7.0.002.95
7.0.002.97
8.0.000.01
8.0.000.02
8.0.000.04
8.0.000.05
8.0.000.06
8.0.000.07
8.0.000.08
8.0.000.09
8.0.000.10
8.0.000.11
8.0.000.12
8.0.000.13
8.0.000.15
8.0.000.16
8.0.000.17
8.0.000.18
8.0.000.19
8.0.000.20
8.0.000.21
8.0.000.22
8.0.000.23
8.0.000.24
8.0.000.25
8.0.000.28
8.0.000.54
8.0.000.63
8.0.000.92
8.0.001.09
8.0.001.15
8.0.001.84
8.0.001.85
8.0.001.98
8.0.002.01
8.0.002.04
8.0.002.07
8.0.002.10
8.0.002.13
8.0.002.16
8.0.002.19
8.0.002.22
Page
51
51
432
433
436
182
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
51
436
434
434
434
436
434
434
434
436
436
432
433
433
433
432
149
150
150
147
148
148
149
150
150
150
150
445
149
149
149
149
150
150
152
152
152
148
148
152
445
149
152
154
149
154
154
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
Order No.
8.0.002.25
8.0.002.31
8.0.002.34
8.0.002.37
8.0.002.40
8.0.002.45
8.0.002.48
8.0.002.53
8.0.002.56
8.0.002.59
8.0.002.65
8.0.002.68
8.0.002.71
8.0.003.98
8.0.004.02
8.0.004.34
8.0.004.47
8.0.004.50
8.0.004.61
8.0.004.70
8.0.004.74
8.0.004.83
8.0.005.17
8.0.005.24
8.0.005.45
8.0.005.56
8.0.006.36
8.0.007.07
8.0.007.16
8.0.007.43
8.0.007.48
8.0.007.99
8.0.008.09
8.0.008.88
8.0.009.11
Page
148
148
148
148
148
149
149
149
149
149
150
150
150
153
125
153
153
153
152
153
153
152
154
148
148
149
153
154
152
153
154
152
407
153
150
Normal uses of our products
Conversion Chart
Serious bodily injury or property damage may result from improper selection.
Use or failure to properly maintain products available for purchase in this
catalog.
Unit
1 mm
Unit
0.0394
in
1m
All products offered by item Industrietechnik GmbH are property to provide options for product and system development for use by technical experts. Before
purchasing any system or product from this catalog. Technical Experts must
assure the safety of users by further investigation of compatibility of products
purchased from this catalog and the end products intended use. This includes
testing, product use training and overall evaluation that the intended use of
products for sale in this catalog are safe for users, bystanders and surrounding
properties. It is the sole responsibility of purchaser to ensure that adequate
safety testing and analyzation corresponds with the purchase choices from this
catalog. It is important that you provide WARNING requirements where necessary for users and bystanders. This document is to be considered along with
other information regarding product specifications, safety and use provided
by item Industrietechnik GmbH, its associates subsidiaries and authorized
distributors. The articles described in this document are offered for sale by item
Industrietechnik GmbH, its associates, subsidiaries and authorized distri butors.
This offer and its acceptance are governed by provisions stated on the separate
price list of this document entitied Terms and Conditions of Sale.
Product specifications, price, availability and available features may change
without prior notice!
3.28
ft
0.155
in2
1 cm3
0.061
in3
1 cm
0.024
in4
1 kg
2.205
lb
1 da N
2.25
lb
1N
0.2248
lb
1g/m
0.000672
lb /ft
1 kg / m
0.672
lb / ft
1 Nm
0,74
ft / ib
1 Nm
8.86
in - ib
Cx9_
____
+ 32
1m / s2
3.28
ft / sec2
1m/s
2.24
mph
1 bar
14.5
psi
1 cm
0.4.120.40 02/2012
item Industrietechnik GmbHMade in Germany
Your distribution and service partner
Your ideas are worth it.

item Industrietechnik GmbH
Friedenstrasse 107-109
42699 Solingen
Germany
Phone +49 212 6580 0
Fax +49 212 6580 310
[email protected]
www.item24.com

Aluminio Item

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aluminio Item

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aluminio Item

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MB Building Kit System

The Comprehensive Catalogue

What makes us different

Symbols in this catalogue

This symbol indicates that a product is part of Line X.

The antistatic symbol indicates that a product cannot become

The service symbol indicates that special support is available for

This symbol indicates that additional information is available for a

This symbol indicates that a product is a particularly innovative

Concept, design and realization

Technical modifications and errors reserved.

Profiles and Accessories

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

The item MB Building Kit System one principle,

Innovation and originality

Quality and design

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

Service and partnership

Know-how and passion

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

Applications the item MB Building Kit System in use

Machinery the foundation for efficient

Factory equipment outstanding productivity

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

Automation processes for exceptional quality

Transport and conveyor technology for an

Enclosure and guard systems customised

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

Service Spectrum and Sales in Germany

Numerous local service centres throughout Germany provide users with a

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

item is represented in several countries around the world

W h at makes u s d iffe r ent

Other item product lines

requirements associated with lean production.

nomic production environments.

Work bench systems practical and extendible

Line D30 simple and efficient

Profiles in Modular Dimensions

Profiles and accessories

Overview item profile lines

Profiles and accessories

Our most compact aluminium profiles

Minimised edge radii make this line ideal for

building systems with closed surfaces

Compatible with Line 8

Economical use of materials, generous perfor-

Profile groove remains fully functional

The strongest profile line in the MB Building Kit

Highest load-carrying capacity and maximum

Stable basis for extremely strong frames

Exceptionally light due to minimal use of

The standard material for design engineers

forced profile walls

Exceptional reliability against pre-tension losses

Additional cavities help reduce weight

Greater load-carrying capacity thanks to rein-

The alternatives to aluminium stainless steel

or 70 percent wood composite material

For special applications